You are on page 1of 444

IO N

IS S
S M
N
1

A
2 0
1
T-

T R c a ta
l og
5

O R
CT
GE:
23"

M AT
1 - 3 0
H - 3 Y.
J- S QT org
iable
rel
HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALES
These terms and conditions of sales (“terms and conditions”) apply to the purchase by Buyer of any PARTIAL RELEASE
and all Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. (“HPS”) products. HPS hereby gives notice of its rejection to any If an order has multiple releases specified by the Buyer, each release will be treated as individual
different or additional terms and conditions other than as stated herein. Buyer's acceptance of the orders, relative to freight allowance and minimum billing.
provisions of HPS's terms and conditions as recited herein shall be conclusively presumed upon Buyer's
receipt of the product(s), or if no written objection is received by HPS within fifteen (15) days from the
BACK ORDERS
date on HPS's order acknowledgment, whichever event shall first occur.
Back orders that are the responsibility of HPS will be shipped F.O.B. factory or point of shipment with
freight prepaid and allowed via the most cost effective method, providing the original order qualified
PRICING
for freight allowance.
Refer to appropriate Price Schedule, unless otherwise quoted.
MINIMUM BILLING
TERMS
Standard Orders — $750 net per order. Tools — $100 net per order. Parts — $100 net per order.
Payment terms are net 30 days. Invoices will be dated the day of shipment. A service charge of 1-1/2%
per month or, if such rate exceeds the maximum lawful rate, the maximum lawful rate shall be assessed
ORDER ADD-ON POLICY
on all past due accounts and shall be payable on demand.
HPS’ “Add-On” policy allows you to add items to an existing unshipped order for up to fifteen (15) days
from the entry date of the original order. The minimum value for added products is $250. Addition of
QUOTATIONS
tools or parts must be $100.
Unless otherwise stated in writing, HPS’ quotations are subject to acceptance by the Buyer within thirty
(30) days from the date of issue.
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
Shipping dates provided by HPS are estimates only. HPS shall make every reasonable effort to meet
SALES AND SIMILAR TAXES
Buyer's shipping requirements provided HPS promptly receives all necessary information from Buyer
Prices do not include any sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the price
and approved drawings if required by HPS. HPS will not assume liability because of delayed shipment
specified herein, the amount of any present or future sales, use, excise or other similar tax applicable
for any reason. HPS's responsibility ceases upon acceptance of shipment by carrier.
to the sale or use of the equipment hereunder, shall be paid by the Buyer, or in lieu thereof the Buyer
shall provide HPS with a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities.
CANCELLATIONS
Cancellation of an order for current stock product requires a minimum of five (5) days' notice prior
ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS
to actual ship date. Stock product orders shipped after cancellation notice is received, but before
All orders are subject to final acceptance by HPS. Any other terms proposed by Buyer are rejected
expiration of the five-day requirement, will be subject to all standard returned product conditions,
unless expressly accepted in writing. Orders shall be deemed to be executed in the State of Missouri
noted below. Cancellation on non-stock products may be made only if no work has been performed or
and shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of that State. Acceptance of any
material purchased. If cancellation is requested after work is in progress, there will be a cancellation 3
order is subject to availability of product and the ability of HPS to deliver. Orders will be billed at prices
Effective January 1, 2011 charge as established by HPS. Orders may not be cancelled unless HPS gives its
in effect at time of shipment unless otherwise agreed. Unless otherwise stated in writing, HPS reserves
written consent, and then only upon agreement as to applicable cancellation charges.
the right to ship plus or minus 10% of specified quantity for special products that are made to order.
RETURNED PRODUCT
SALES BY AGENTS
Sales by agents or through overseas representatives shall be at prices, terms and conditions of sale GENERAL CONDITIONS applying to all transactions:
specified by HPS. All invoices will be issued by and payment remitted to HPS. 1. Product is not returnable without the written consent of HPS.
2. Request for permission to return product must be made in writing within one year from
DELAY date of shipment, and Buyer must provide original HPS invoice number.
HPS will use reasonable efforts to meet shipment or delivery dates specified by HPS, but such dates are 3. Product to be returned must be considered standard product by HPS.
estimates only. In no event shall be liable for any delay or nondelivery if caused directly or indirectly 4. HPS reserves the right to refuse returns of any special or made-to-order product, regardless
by Acts of God, fire, flood, strike or lockout or other labor dispute, accident, civil commotion, riot, war, of condition.
governmental regulation or order, whether or not it later proves to be invalid, or from any other cause 5. All returned products must be in excellent, resaleable condition and packaged in the
or causes (whether or not similar to any of the foregoing) beyond HPS's control. In no case will HPS be original carton. Products will be inspected upon return; and any service or repair needed to
liable for loss of profits or any special or consequential damages on account of any delay in delivery or place them in first class, saleable condition will be charged
nondelivery whether or not excused hereunder. and added to the restocking charge.
6. A 25% restocking charge will be deducted from all credits issued on authorized returns.
SHIPPING DEFERMENT 7. Return Goods Authorization (RGA) Packing List, supplied by the factory, must accompany
Buyer requests for shipping deferment must be approved by HPS and are subject to price negotiation. the return shipment.
8. Return freight must be prepaid. Product must be received by HPS within sixty (60) days of
LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY issuance of RGA.
HPS warrants to Buyer that the products sold will be free of defects in workmanship or material for a 9. Net value of the return must not be less than $250.
period of one (1) year (or as otherwise specified) from the date of original shipment by HPS when stored, 10. HPS reserves the right to deduct for any damage sustained in transit.
installed, operated or maintained in accordance with recommendations of HPS and standard industry 11. Unauthorized returns will be refused. Equipment returned without proper authorization from HPS
practice and when used under proper and normal use. HPS shall in no event be responsible or liable will, at the sole option of HPS, be returned to the Buyer freight collect, or scrapped immediately
for modifications, alterations, misapplication or repairs made to its products by Buyer or others, or for with no issuance of credit. Unauthorized product included in a return will not be credited.
damage caused thereto by negligence, accident or improper use by Buyer or others. This warranty does
not include reimbursement for the expenses of labor, transportation, removal or reinstallation of the BROKEN PACKAGE POLICY
products. This warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from HPS, from HPS' Buyer, or from Shipments will be made in standard package quantities or multiples thereof. HPS Customer Service
an original equipment manufacturer reselling HPS’ product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable will notify the Buyer of any orders that do not comply with this policy. The Buyer must authorize an
and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. adjustment to comply with standard package quantities before the order will be entered.

APPLICATION: HPS does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance DROP SHIPMENT POLICY
recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether A 10% net order value drop shipment charge will be added to all purchase orders requesting delivery
a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for to a location other than a recognized Buyer stocking warehouse, with the exception of full truckload
selection of the proper product of application rests solely 2 Effective January 1, 2011 with the Buyer. and/or project material. This is in addition to any other charges to the net order.
In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by HPS, its liability will be limited to the
reperformance of any such analysis or study. QUOTATION PRICE PROTECTION
All prices shown in the price lists are subject to change without notice. All quotations on special
BUYER INSPECTIONS: Tests, inspections and acceptance of all material must be made at the factory. products or modifications to catalog products are binding only if confirmed in writing by the factory
Buyer’s inspectors are welcome at the factories and are provided with the necessary facilities for for the period shown on the quotation. Price protection will be provided for a period of thirty (30) days
carrying out their work. Name and phone number of who should be contacted for inspection should be from date of quotation from HPS.
given to HPS no later than two weeks prior to scheduled shipment date.
ORDERS
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER All orders are taken and prices quoted only with the understanding that each order shall be subject
WARRANTIES WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OF to the acceptance of HPS upon such terms as we may specify when order is received. Prices to cover
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF ANY PRODUCT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. amount of any sales or excise tax which now or hereinafter may be imposed by any taxing authority
upon this product or the sale or manufacture thereof.
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY: Any claim by Buyer that a product is defective or non-conforming shall be
deemed waived by Buyer unless submitted to HPS in writing within thirty (30) days from the date Buyer PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
discovered, or by reasonable inspection should have discovered the alleged defect or non-conformity. HPS reserves the right to discontinue products, modify designs, and change specifications or prices
Any warranty claim must be brought within one year of discovery of the alleged defect or non- without incurring obligation.
conformity. Upon prompt written notice by the Buyer that a product is defective or non-conforming,
HPS’ liability shall be limited to repairing or replacing the product, at HPS’ option. INVOICING
All invoices are due and payable per the standard terms stated herein. In the case of an apparent
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL HPS BE LIABLE discrepancy in a line item charge, Buyer is obligated to advise HPS Customer Service in writing of the
TO BUYER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR nature of the claimed discrepancy within five (5) days of receipt of the invoice. This includes all requests
INCIDENTAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS for proof of delivery. A claim of discrepancy does not relieve Buyer of the absolute obligation to pay
OF USE OF ANY PRODUCT, LOST SALES, OR PROFITS, OR DELAY OR FAILURE TO PERFORM THIS the remaining balance of the invoice in accordance with the standard terms of payment. Upon review,
WARRANTY OBLIGATION, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES AGAINST PURCHASER, ARISING OUT OF HPS will have sole discretion to resolve the discrepancy; and the Buyer expressly agrees to abide by HPS'
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE, INSTALLATION, USE OF, INABILITY TO USE, OR THE REPAIR decision. HPS will promptly advise Buyer of its decision regarding any disputed items or charges.
OR REPLACEMENT OF, HPS’ PRODUCTS. As stated herein, the term “person” shall include without
limitation, any individual proprietorship, partnership, corporation or entity. OSHA
HPS warrants that at time of shipment, the products will conform to the applicable occupational safety and
FREIGHT ALLOWANCE and F.O.B. POINT health standards promulgated pursuant to the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, which
All shipments are F.O.B. origin. Risk of loss and title of products shall pass to Buyer upon delivery to the are in effect on the date that HPS enters its acknowledgment of Buyer’s order. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy
designated carrier. Freight is prepaid and allowed on all HPS shipments of products with a net order value and HPS' liability for breach of this warranty is limited to replacement of the nonconforming products.
of $5,000 and above to destinations within the Continental U.S.A and Canada, with the exception of USCO
brand products. Freight is prepaid and allowed on all shipments of USCO brand products with a net order FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AS AMENDED
value of $20,000 and above. An 8% shipping and handling charge will be added to all standard shipments HPS represents that any goods to be delivered hereunder will be produced in compliance with the
under the minimum net order value. Customer expedited orders will be billed at actual freight cost plus requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.
$50.00 handling. Shipments to Alaska and Hawaii are F.O.B. Pacific Coast docks, collect beyond. Tool trailers
will be F.O.B. HPS' dock – no freight allowed. NOTE
HPS reserves the right to route all qualified freight allowed shipments via least expensive surface route These Terms and Conditions supersede all those published and previously issued by The A.B. Chance
within the Continental United States and Canada. Buyer will assume all charges for transportation specified Company, The Ohio Brass Company, Anderson Electrical Products, Inc., Fargo Manufacturing Company,
via more expensive means. Acceptance of a specified routing does not constitute a guarantee of ship date, Inc., Chardon Electrical Components, USCO Power Equipment Corporation, Hubbell Canada LP and
transit time or arrival date. HPS will not be responsible for any cartage or storage charges at destination. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

HPS' responsibility for exception-free delivery ceases when the transportation company receives
shipment in good condition. Claims for loss or damage must be reported directly to the carrier. HPS's
willingness to assist does not indicate liability for claim or replacement.
Contents
Hubbell Power Systems .................................................................................. Page 1
Brands ....................................................................................................................................................1
Expertise..................................................................................................................................................2
Service.....................................................................................................................................................3
Transmission Solutions.............................................................................................................................4

Kitting — TowerPak®........................................................................................ Page 7

Assemblies ..................................................................................................... Page 11


Tangent.................................................................................................................................................14
Angle....................................................................................................................................................20
Deadend ..............................................................................................................................................24
Jumper .................................................................................................................................................30
EHV Tangent..........................................................................................................................................36
EHV Angle.............................................................................................................................................44
EHV Deadend........................................................................................................................................50
EHV Jumper ..........................................................................................................................................56

Products ......................................................................................................... Page 63


Deadends ............................................................................................................................................ 67
Repair Sleeves .....................................................................................................................................103
Splices ................................................................................................................................................107
Jumper Terminals ................................................................................................................................125
Joint Compound/Inhibitor ...................................................................................................................137
Suspension Clamps .............................................................................................................................141
Line and Tower Hardware ...................................................................................................................161
Dampers .............................................................................................................................................207
Quadri*Sil® Insulators .........................................................................................................................211
Anchor, Foundation & Installing Tools .................................................................................................253
Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips ............................................................................................................291
Formed Wire ......................................................................................................................................299

Reference Material ...................................................................................... Page 303


Conductor Charts ...............................................................................................................................305
Combined Load and Line Post Application Curves ...............................................................................319
Quadri*Sil® Insulators .........................................................................................................................383
Braced Line Post Selection Guides .......................................................................................................387
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application .......................................................................................391
Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet ...................................................................................................................407

Glossary........................................................................................................ Page 413


Index
Kitting – TowerPack®.................................................................................Page 7

Assemblies...............................................................................................Page 11

Tangent Suspension, Single Conductor.................................................Page 14


Single-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-IX-11-30, 69kV - 230kV.......................................................... 14
V-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-VX-12-30, 69kV - 230kV ............................................................... 15

Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor............................................Page 16


Single-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-IH-21-30, 138kV - 230kV........................................................ 16
Single-String 50k lb Assembly, TAT-IH-21-50, 138kV - 230kV........................................................ 17
V-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-VH-22-30, 138kV - 230kV.............................................................. 18
V-String 50k lb Assembly, TAT-VH-22-50, 138kV - 230kV.............................................................. 19

Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor................................................Page 20


Running Angle 30k lb Assembly, TAA-IH-21-30, 138kV - 230kV .................................................. 20
Running Angle 50k lb Assembly, TAA-IH-21-50, 138kV - 230kV................................................... 21
Running Angle 30k lb Assembly, TAA-VH-22-30, 138kV - 230kV.................................................. 22
Angle V 50k lb Assembly, TAA-VH-22-50, 138kV - 230kV............................................................. 23

Deadend, Single Conductor....................................................................Page 24


Single Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-11-30, 69kV - 230kV\................................................... 24
Single Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-11-50, 69kV - 230kV.................................................... 25
Double Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-12-30, 69kV - 230kV.................................................. 26

Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor...............................................................Page 27


Single Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-21-50, 138kV - 230kV.................................................. 27
Double Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-22-30, 138kV - 230kV................................................ 28
Double Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-22-50, 138kV - 230kV................................................ 29

Jumper Suspension, Single Conductor..................................................Page 30


Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TAJ-SX-11-30, 69kV - 230kV ������������������������������� 30

Jumper Support, Single Conductor........................................................Page 31


2.5” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PX-11-25, 69kV - 230kV ��������������������������������������� 31

Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor...................................................Page 32


2.5” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PX-21-25, 138kV - 230kV ������������������������������������� 32
3” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PX-21-30, 138kV - 230kV ���������������������������������������� 33
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TAJ-SH-21-30, 138kV - 230kV ����������������������������� 34
2.5” Post (Vertical) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PH-21-25, 138kV - 230kV ����������������������������������������� 35

Index 1 | August 2013


Index (continued)
EHV Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor....................................Page 36
Single-String 30k lb Assembly, TET-IH-21-30, 230kV - 345kV........................................................ 36
Single-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-IH-21-50, 230kV - 345kV........................................................ 37
V-String 30k lb Assembly, TET-VH-22-30, 230kV - 345kV.............................................................. 38
V-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-VH-22-50, 230kV - 345kV.............................................................. 39

EHV Tangent Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor....................................Page 40


V-String 30k lb Assembly, TET-VX-32-30, 345kV - 500kV.............................................................. 40
V-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-VX-32-50, 345kV - 500kV.............................................................. 41
V-String 80k lb Assembly, TET-VX-32-80, 345kV - 500kV.............................................................. 42
Double V-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-DX-34-50, 345kV - 500kV.................................................. 43

EHV Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor........................................Page 44


Running Angle 30k kb Assembly, TEA-IH-21-30, 230kV - 345kV................................................... 44
Running Angle 50k lb Assembly, TEA-IH-21-50, 230kV - 345kV.................................................... 45
Angle V 30k lb Assembly, TEA-VH-22-30, 230kV - 345kV............................................................. 46
Angle V 50k lb Assembly, TEA-VH-22-50, 230kV - 345kV............................................................. 47

EHV Angle Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor........................................Page 48


Angle V 50k lb Assembly, TEA-VX-32-50, 345kV - 500kV............................................................. 48
Double V-String 50k lb Assembly, TEA-DX-34-50, 345kV - 500kV................................................. 49

EHV Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor.......................................................Page 50


Single Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-21-50, 230kV - 345kV.................................................. 50
Double Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TED-1X-22-30, 230kV - 345kV................................................ 51
Double Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-22-50, 230kV - 345kV................................................ 52

EHV Deadend, 3-Bundle Conductor.......................................................Page 53


Double Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-32-50, 345kV - 500kV................................................ 53
Double Insulator 80k lb Assembly, TED-1X-32-80, 345kV - 500kV................................................ 54
Triple Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-33-50, 345kV - 500kV................................................... 55

EHV Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor...........................................Page 56


2.5” Post (Vertical) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PH-21-25, 230kV - 345kV ������������������������������������������ 56
2.5” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PX-21-25, 230kV - 345kV ������������������������������������� 57
3” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PX-21-30, 230kV - 345kV ���������������������������������������� 58
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TEJ-SH-21-30, 230kV - 345kV ����������������������������� 60

EHV Jumper Support, 3-Bundle Conductor...........................................Page 59


3” Post (Vertical) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PX-31-30, 345kV - 500kV.............................................. 59
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TEJ-SH-31-30, 345kV - 500kV ����������������������������� 61

Index 2 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Products...................................................................................................Page 63
Deadends..................................................................................................................................... 67
Bolted Quadrant Strain Clamp Aluminum............................................................................... 68, 71
Bolted Double Groove Strain Clamp Aluminum............................................................................. 70
Bolted Quadrant Strain Clamp Ductile Iron.................................................................................... 73
Bolted Thimble Type DDT.............................................................................................................. 75

Compression Deadends..........................................................................Page 76
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Single Tongue ACSR Conductors ������������������������������� 76
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Double Tongue ACSR Conductors ����������������������������� 79
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Adjustable Clevis Type ACSR Conductors ��������������������������������� 82
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Single Tongue AAAC and ACAR Conductors ............. 85
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Double Tongue AAAC and ACAR Conductors............ 86
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Adjustable Clevis Type AAAC and ACAR Conductors................ 87
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Single Tongue AAC Conductors �������������������������������� 88
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Double Tongue AAC Conductors ������������������������������ 90
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Adjustable Clevis Type AAC Conductors ����������������������������������� 92
Compression Conventional (Two Die) System................................................................................ 94
Compression Conventional (Two Die) ACSR Conductors............................................................... 94
Compression Conventional (Two Die) ACSS Conductors................................................................ 97
Compression Conventional (Two Die) ACSS/TW Conductors......................................................... 99
Accessories Conventional (Two Die) AAC Conductors................................................................. 101
Compression (One Die) Static Wire Deadend Alumoweld® and EHS Steel ����������������������������������� 102

Repair Sleeves.......................................................................................Page 103


Compression (One Die) Repair Sleeve AAC, AAAC, ACAR and ACSR Conductors .......................104
Compression (One Die) Repair Sleeve ACSS Conductors ............................................................. 105
Compression (One Die) Repair Sleeve ACSS/TW Conductors ...................................................... 106

Splices....................................................................................................Page 107
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Full-Tension ACSR Conductors ............................................... 108
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Full-Tension AAAC and ACAR Conductors ����������������������������� 111
Compression Uni-Grip® (One Die) Full-Tension AAC Conductors ................................................. 112
Compression Jumper Loop Limited Tension AAC, AAAC, ACAR and ACSR
Conductor Splice........................................................................................................................114
Compression Conventional (Two Die) ACSR Conductors Splice................................................... 115
Compression Conventional (Two Die) Full-Tension ACSS Conductors .......................................... 118
Compression Conventional (Two Die) Full-Tension ACSS Conductors .......................................... 121
Compression Full-Tension Splice Alumoweld® and EHS Steel ...................................................... 124

Index 3 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Jumper Terminals..................................................................................Page 125
Compression Straight Pad AAC, AAAC,
ACAR and ACSR Conductor Jumper Terminal............................................................................. 126
Compression 15 Degree Pad AAC, AAAC,
ACAR and ACSR Conductor Jumper Terminal............................................................................. 128
Compression Straight Terminal Alumoweld®
and EHS Steel Shield Wire Terminal..................................................................................... 130, 131
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Pad — Open Run AAC, AAAC,
ACAR and ACSR Conductors...................................................................................................... 132
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Pad — Open Run ACSS Conductors........................................... 133
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Pad — Open Run ACSS/TW Conductors ������������������������������������ 134
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Cable — Open Run AAC, Alloy,
ACAR and ACSR Conductors...................................................................................................... 135

Joint Compound/Inhibitor....................................................................Page 137


Distribution/Transmission/Substation Electrical Joint Compound ................................................. 138
Joint Compound Application Guide............................................................................................ 139

Suspension Clamps...............................................................................Page 141


Aluminum Clamp....................................................................................................................... 142
Aluminum Corona Free Clamp (for Use with Armor Rods) .......................................................... 144
Aluminum Corona Free Clamp (for Use without Armor Rods) .................................................... 145
Aluminum Corona Free Clamp for High Temperature Cables (for Use with Armor Rods).............. 146
Aluminum Angle Clamp..................................................................................................... 147, 151
Aluminum Trunnion Clamp......................................................................................................... 148
Aluminum Trunnion Clamp for High Temperature Cables (for Use with Armor Rods) .................. 149
Jumper Clamps and Assemblies.................................................................................................. 150
Bronze Clamp............................................................................................................................. 152
Ductile Iron Clamp...................................................................................................................... 153
Ductile Iron Ground Wire Support Bracket.......................................................................... 154, 155
Ductile Iron Angle Clamp ........................................................................................................... 154
Ductile Iron Trunnion Clamp....................................................................................................... 155
Suspension and Stirrup Clamps .................................................................................................. 156
Aluminum Double Groove Clamp .............................................................................................. 158
Aluminum Double Groove Corona Free Clamp ........................................................................... 159
Aluminum/Ductile Iron Double Groove Trunnion Clamp.............................................................. 160

Line and Tower Hardware....................................................................Page 161


Ductile Iron Socket Eye............................................................................................................... 163
Ductile Iron Socket-Socket.......................................................................................................... 165
Ductile Iron Socket Y-Clevis......................................................................................................... 165

Index 4 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Ductile Iron Socket Clevis............................................................................................................ 166
Ductile Iron Clevis Eye................................................................................................. 167, 168, 170
Ductile Iron Y-Clevis Eye.............................................................................................................. 171
Ductile Iron Clevis Clevis............................................................................................................. 173
Ductile Iron Y-Clevis Clevis.......................................................................................................... 174
Ductile Iron Corona Free Clevis................................................................................................... 174
Forged Steel Ball Clevis............................................................................................................... 175
Forged Steel Ball Y-Clevis............................................................................................................ 176
Forged Steel Anchor Shackle...................................................................................................... 177
Forged Steel Ball Eyes................................................................................................................. 178
Forged Steel Ball Oval-Eye Anchor Shackle Combination............................................................. 179
Steel RIV Clip.............................................................................................................................. 179
Forged Steel Chain Link.............................................................................................................. 180
Forged Steel Hooks..................................................................................................................... 180
Ductile Iron Hot Line Socket Eye.................................................................................................. 181
Ductile Iron Hot Line Extension Clevis Eye................................................................................... 182
Ductile Iron Hot Line Extension Socket Clevis.............................................................................. 183
Ductile Iron Hot Line Clevis Clevis Type HCC............................................................................... 183
Ductile Iron Hot Line Socket Y-Clevis Type HSYC ........................................................................ 184
Ductile Iron Hot Line Y-Clevis Clevis Type HYCC.......................................................................... 184
Ductile Iron Hot Line Y-Y-Clevis................................................................................................... 185
Ductile Iron Hot Line Y-Clevis Eye ............................................................................................... 185
Ductile Iron Hot Line Oval-Eye Pad Eye........................................................................................ 186
Forged Steel Hot Line Ball Clevis................................................................................................. 186
Forged Steel Hot Line Y-Clevis Ball.............................................................................................. 187
Forged Steel Oval-Eye Ball........................................................................................................... 187
Steel Extension Strap.................................................................................................................. 188
Ductile Iron Clevis Eye Extension Link.......................................................................................... 189
Forged Steel Hot Line Extension Links......................................................................................... 190
Forged Steel Turnbuckles............................................................................................................ 192
Ductile/Steel Delta Configuration Yoke Plates.............................................................................. 194
Ductile/Steel Rectangular Configuration Yoke Plates................................................................... 195
Aluminum, Ductile/Steel Transmission Corona Rings.................................................................... 196
Aluminum, Ductile/Steel Vee Configuration Yoke Plates.............................................................. 196
Ductile/Steel Crescent Configuration Yoke Plates........................................................................ 197
Ductile Iron, Steel Tee Configuration Yoke Plates......................................................................... 198
Ductile Iron, Steel Tee-Batwing Configuration Yoke Plates........................................................... 198
Ductile Iron, Steel Tension-Adjustment Configuration Yoke Plates............................................... 199
Ductile Iron, Steel Tension-Adjustment Clevis Yoke Plates............................................................ 199
Aluminum Bundling Wishbone Configuration Yokes................................................................... 200
Aluminum Jumper Yoke Plates.................................................................................................... 201
Cast Iron Rectangular Configuration Hold Down Weight............................................................ 202

Index 5 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Cast Iron Square Configuration Hold Down Weight.................................................................... 202
Ductile/Steel Hold Down Shackle................................................................................................ 203
Cast Iron/Steel Circular Configuration Hold Down Weight .......................................................... 204
Steel Hook Bolt........................................................................................................................... 204
Steel Spring Bolt......................................................................................................................... 205

Dampers ................................................................................................Page 207


Vibration Damper 4R Stockbridge .............................................................................................. 208

Quadri*Sil®.............................................................................................Page 211
Corona Performance................................................................................................................... 220
Suspension Insulator, Most Common End Fittings ...................................................................... 221
Suspension Insulator SML = 25 kip/120 kN..........................................................................222-223
Suspension Insulator SML = 30 kip.......................................................................................224-225
Suspension Insulator SML = 120 kN.....................................................................................226-227
Suspension Insulator SML = 50 kip/210 kN..........................................................................228-229
Suspension Insulator SML = 80 kip/300 kN..........................................................................230-231
Line Post Insulators Mechanical Ratings and Corona Performance............................................... 232
Line Post Insulator 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter........................................................................ 234
Line Post Insulator 3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter........................................................................ 238
Line Post Assembly 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter...................................................................... 240
Base Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter........................................................................... 241
Line Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter ........................................................................... 243
Clamptop Clamps....................................................................................................................... 245
Braced Line Post Assemblies....................................................................................................... 246
Assembly Drawings.................................................................................................................... 247
Dimensions and Strength Ratings................................................................................................ 248
Assembly Catalog Number Key................................................................................................... 251

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools...............................................Page 253


Round Corner Square Shaft Products.......................................................................................... 256
1½“ Round Corner Square Shaft (SS5 Series) ............................................................................. 258
1½“ Round Corner Square Shaft (SS150 Series) ......................................................................... 259
1¾“ Round Corner Square Shaft (SS175 Series).......................................................................... 260
2“ Round Corner Square Shaft (SS200 Series) ............................................................................ 261
2¼“ Round Corner Square Shaft (SS225 Series).......................................................................... 262
Round Corner Square Shaft Termination Adapters...................................................................... 263
Pulldown® Micropiles.................................................................................................................. 264
Displacement Plates for Cased Grout Columns............................................................................ 265
Displacement Plates for Uncased Grout Columns........................................................................ 265

Index 6 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Round-Cornered Square Shaft Leads .......................................................................................... 265
Round Shaft Foundations Catalog Numbering System................................................................. 266
Round Shaft Products ................................................................................................................ 267
2 7/8” Round Shaft Products (RS2875.203 Series)........................................................................ 269
2 7/8” Round Shaft Products (RS2875.276 Series)........................................................................ 270
3 ½” Round Shaft Products (RS3500.300 Series)......................................................................... 271
4 ½” Round Shaft Products (RS4500.337 Series)......................................................................... 272
6 5/8” Round Shaft Products (RS6625.280 Series) ....................................................................... 273
8 5/8” Round Shaft Products (RS8625.250 Series)........................................................................ 274
Transition Coupler...................................................................................................................... 276
Anchors/Piles Accessories and Termination Devices ..................................................................... 277
Anchors/Piles Grillages and Other Terminations .......................................................................... 278
Installing Tools for Anchors/Piles ................................................................................................ 279
2,500 ft-lb Portable Anchor Installer........................................................................................... 280
Optional Hydraulic Power Unit.................................................................................................... 280
Anchor/Foundation Drive Heads................................................................................................. 281
Skid-Steer Utility Plate, Bail and Jib Components......................................................................... 281
Backhoe Mounting Components................................................................................................ 282
Typical Backhoe Tool-Strings....................................................................................................... 282
Anchor/Foundation Drive Heads Kelly Bar Adapters .................................................................... 283
Digital Torque Indicator............................................................................................................... 284
Shear Pin Torque Limiter ............................................................................................................ 285
5¼” to 75/8” Bolt Circle Adapter................................................................................................. 285
Kelly Bar Adapters ..................................................................................................................... 286
Bent Arm Pins............................................................................................................................. 287
Anchor Drive Tools ..................................................................................................................... 288

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips.............................................................Page 291


Non-Adjustable Type for Structure End of Guy Strand................................................................. 292
Adjustable Type for Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand............................................................... 294
For Structure Attachment of Guy Strand
Measuring Guy Tension to Load-Nut Torque................................................................................ 297
Adjustable Type for Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand............................................................... 298

Formed Wire..........................................................................................Page 299


Guy Wire.................................................................................................................................... 300
Guy Wire Alumoweld®................................................................................................................ 301

Reference Material................................................................................Page 303

Index 7 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Conductor Charts .................................................................................Page 307
AAAC......................................................................................................................................... 308
ACAR......................................................................................................................................... 309
AAC........................................................................................................................................... 310
ACSR ACSS................................................................................................................................ 313
ACSR/TW&ACSS/TW.................................................................................................................. 316
AW EHS...................................................................................................................................... 318

Combined Load Curves ........................................................................Page 319


BLP043X12000........................................................................................................................... 320
BLP046X12000........................................................................................................................... 321
BLP051X12000........................................................................................................................... 322
BLP058X12000........................................................................................................................... 323
BLP075X12000........................................................................................................................... 324
BLP080X12000........................................................................................................................... 325
BLP041X00000........................................................................................................................... 326
BLP046X00000........................................................................................................................... 327
BLP053X00000........................................................................................................................... 328
BLP055X00000........................................................................................................................... 329
BLP072X00000........................................................................................................................... 330
BLP080X00000........................................................................................................................... 331

Line Post Application Curves .................................................................Page 333


P250024S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 334
P250026S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 335
P250031S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 337
P250036S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 337
P250043S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 338
P250048S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 340
P250053S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 340
P250058S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 341
P250060S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 342
P250065S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 343
P250070S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 344
P250075S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 345
P250080S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 346
P250087S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 347
P250092S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 348
P250096S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 349

Index 8 | August 2013


Index (continued)
P250101S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 352
P250104S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 351
P250106S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 352
P250109S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 353
P250111S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 354
P300026S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 355
P300042S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 356
P300057S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 357
P300069S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 358
P300085S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 359
P300095S0XX0.......................................................................................................................... 360

2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves — Horizontal Clamptop Cap.....Page 361
P250024S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 362
P250026S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 363
P250031S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 364
P250036S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 365
P250043S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 366
P250048S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 367
P250053S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 368
P250058S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 369
P250060S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 370
P250065S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 371
P250070S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 372
P250075S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 373
P250080S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 374
P250087S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 375
P250092S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 376
P250096S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 377
P250101S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 378
P250104S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 379
P250106S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 380
P250109S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 381
P250111S1XX0.......................................................................................................................... 382

Quadri*Sil® Insulators............................................................................Page 383


Corona Protection of Quadri*Sil® Transmission Insulators............................................................. 384
Insulator Selection Guide............................................................................................................ 385

Index 9 | August 2013


Index (continued)
Braced Line Post Selection Guides.......................................................Page 387
Assembly Drawings ................................................................................................................... 388
Braced Line Post Assembly Selection Guide................................................................................. 389
Horizontal-V Assembly Selection Guide....................................................................................... 389
Pivoting Horizontal-V Assembly Selection Guide.......................................................................... 389

Select 4-RTM............................................................................................Page 391


Fargo 4-R Vibration Damper Application Software Instructions.................................................... 392

Ohio Brass® Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet................................................Page 407

Glossary.................................................................................................Page 413

Index 8 | August 2013


Hubbell Power Systems
From roots that trace back to 1888,
when Harvey Hubbell invented one
of the world’s first practical methods
for controlling electricity, to today’s
commanding global presence, Hubbell
Power Systems (HPS) maintains its
commitment to delivering products of
uncompromising integrity. Harvey Hubbell

Today’s global demand for electricity is growing at an unprecedented


pace. HPS is uniquely positioned to support and serve the utility
industry as it builds and reinforces the transmission infrastructure
needed to deliver power to millions of people worldwide.
Brands — acquiring strength, expanding service

Through a series of strategic acquisitions,


beginning with the 1978 purchase of Ohio
Brass, Hubbell Power Systems has grown to
become a diversified company with multiple
manufacturing plants and markets around
the globe.
Despite a wide range of disciplines, our brands share one
thing in common — a history of innovation.
The HPS product portfolio includes these valued brands:
AndersonTM
CHANCE®
Delmar®
Electro CompositesTM
Fargo®
HotBox®
Ohio Brass®
PCORE®
Polycast®
Quazite®

USCOTM

recognized
Page 1 | August 2013
Expertise — a dedicated support team

The foundation of Hubbell Power Systems'


success is the depth of engineering expertise,
product knowledge and transmission
experience customers around the world have
come to count on.
HPS customers have peace of mind knowing that a
dedicated team of seasoned experts is right there to listen to
their needs and provide expert
technical solutions –– every step
of the way.
For Hubbell Power Systems
Customer Service, contact
HPS at 1.573.682.5521 or
hpscs@hubbell.com.

knowledge
Page 2 | August 2013
Service — a seamless commitment

Hubbell Power Systems is


guided by a core strategy to
exceed your expectations for
product reliability, on-time
service and delivery. We are
continually setting higher
standards for product and
service excellence.
HPS customers benefit from shorter lead
times, reduced inventory costs due to
on-time delivery and a seamless service
commitment. And our commitment
extends far beyond the sale.

With HPS you can count on our…


• Responsive, Flexible Delivery
• World-class Technical Team
• Comprehensive Inventory
• On-time Performance
• Manufacturing Capacity Commitment
• Guaranteed Product Lead Times
• Prioritized Order Fulfillment
• Emergency (Storm/Natural Disaster) Response

To place orders, contact HPS at 1.573.682.5521 or


myhubbell.com.

Page 3 | August 2013


Transmission Solutions
As a global manufacturer and leader in product innovation,
Hubbell Power Systems’ capabilities span a wide range of
products and solutions that support transmission projects,
construction and maintenance.

For products not found in this catalog, but related to


Transmission projects, contact us at hubbellpowersystems.com.

USCO Switches
Designed to comply with ANSI/IEEE standards, USCO high-
voltage air-break disconnecting switches cover a voltage
range of 7.5 to 500kV and a current range from 600 to 6000A.
For more information, visit:
hubbellpowersystems.com/about/usco/

Protecta*Lite® Arresters
Use Protecta*Lite to protect your existing insulators, or order it factory packaged
with HPS Quadri*Sil insulators for new installations. Protecta*Lite is specifically
designed to enhance the reliability of your grid during electrical storms.
For more information, visit:
hubbellpowersystems.com/arresters/trans/

Page 4 | August 2013


Pole Line Hardware
Whether standard or customized, every piece of our comprehensive pole line
hardware offering is manufactured with the same uncompromising reliability
you've come to expect from Hubbell Power Systems.
For more information, visit: hubbellpowersystems.com/catalogs/pole-line/

Guy Strains
HPS fiberglass construction guy strains offer numerous advantages, including
variable lengths, easy terminations, and resistance to fracture. From the
industry’s most reliable product offering, HPS offers guy strains to fit your
installation needs.
For more information, visit: hubbellpowersystems.com/fiberglass/guy/

Ground Connectors
Safely connecting a project means safely securing your project to a neutral
ground. We have a variety of connectors that will protect your infrastructure
and team for the long term.
For more information, visit: hubbellpowersystems.com/connectors/

Tools
Having the right tool on hand assures timely and efficient completion of
your transmission and EHV maintenance projects. Chance® offers your
linemen everything they need, from strain link sticks and strain carriers
to insulator cradles and suspension lifter insulator tools.
For more information, visit: hubbellpowersystems.com/lineman/transmission/

Safety Tools and Protective Gear


Hubbell Power Systems has a global reputation for reliability. And our
valued Chance brand of lineman grade tools is no exception. We take pride
in continually offering innovative tools and solutions to ensure linemen stay
safe on the job.
For more information, visit: hubbellpowersystems.com/lineman

Page 5 | August 2013


TOWERPAK
TOWERPAK
Kitting — TowerPak®
For too long, electric utility companies have
dealt with the burden of obtaining supplies from
different sources, leading to high costs, wasted time
and inconvenience. In response to these project
challenges, Hubbell Power Systems created TowerPak.
Think Inside the Box.
When you order TowerPak, you can trust that all tower hardware
is reviewed before it is shipped to ensure a perfect fit. Custom
developed to suit your individual needs, components are identified by
phase or tower, clearly marked and efficiently packaged
to make tower construction faster and more cost
effective than ever before.

One Tower. One TowerPak.


TowerPak groups all of your transmission hardware
together by assembly or structure for easy distribution.
Packaging by assembly or by structure is a decision
you and your Hubbell partner will make during your
project development. Either solution will ensure clear
descriptive labeling for simple inventory management
in the field.

Page 9 | August 2013


Your Way, Any Way…
Tangent Suspension

Assemblies — components of one or more


assemblies may be packed together in one box
or palletized.
Insulators — with rings in protective cartons,
insulators are carefully packed in wooden crates
and labeled appropriately. For example, 25K lb
SML suspension insulators are crated and labeled
with the insulator catalog number, sales order
number and quantity.

Materials When, Where and


How You Need Them
Each TowerPak arrives at your warehouse — or
even your job site — in durable, weather-resistant
crates. Inside, every part is clearly labeled for quick
identification and accurate assembly.
And we absolutely guarantee on-time delivery via
our expedited, freight-coordinated and trackable
shipping. No surprises. No delays.

The Right Fit, Every Time


With Hubbell Power Systems, you know that each
tower component is designed and manufactured
to meet the highest quality standards.
You can trust that TowerPak is the solution to simplifying inventory management
on complex transmission projects. After all, it was developed by the largest and
most experienced technical staff in the industry — here at Hubbell Power Systems.

For more information, contact your sales representative.

convenient
Page 10 | August 2013
Assemblies

Page 11 | August 2013


ASSEMBLIES
Peace of Mind

Hubbell Power Systems’ (HPS) customers know that their


hardware requirements –– from metallurgy to finished product
–– are not only designed and manufactured with the utmost
precision and electrical integrity, but they come together
quickly and efficiently as well.
With a full spectrum of tower hardware, this section lists Hubbell’s
standard transmission tangent, angle, deadend, and jumper assemblies
which include Anderson™ and Fargo® Connectors and Quadri*Sil™
Insulators. The assemblies are grouped by voltage (Standard or EHV),
number of conductors, general assembly type, and strength of insulators.
See Table of Contents for further clarification.
Each assembly is defined by a Base Assembly Catalog Number which
includes all items in the bill of material chart shown. However, this
assembly number alone will not specify an exact bill of material until final
customer-specific information is provided, i.e., Tangent assemblies require
the customer to provide conductor and specific voltage information to
select the exact suspension clamp and insulator to be included.
For your convenience, a tabulated insulator chart is included which
provides the most common insulator part number for each applicable
voltage for that given assembly. Please see quoting and ordering
instructions below.
For Quotes and Ordering

1. Select Base Assembly Catalog number based on Voltage, Number of


Conductors, Assembly Type, and Insulator String Strength (e.g., TAA-
IH-21-30 for Standard Voltage, 2 Conductors, Angle Assembly, 30k
Insulator String Strength).

2. Specify Conductor Size, Type and Stranding to be used (e.g., 795 kcmil,
ACSS, 26/7).

3. Specify whether armor rods or line guards will be used on the conductor.
NOTE: The suspension clamp/deadend assembly, armor rods/line guards (if required),
and the specific insulator will be chosen by HPS based on selection criteria provided by
the customer.

Page 13 | August 2013


Tangent Suspension, Single Conductor
Tangent Suspension

Single-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-IX-11-30, 69kV - 230kV


0.88

Ø.63
2.78
1

2
ASSEMBLIES

Section Length

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Clamp 4
Assembly 3
Length

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAT-IX-11-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Socket 1 Aluminum —
4 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
69 S030023S2010 35.4 30,000 —
115 S030036S2010 48.4 30,000 —
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options,
including 25k lb offerings.

Page 14 | August 2013


Tangent Suspension, Single Conductor

Tangent Suspension
V-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-VX-12-30, 69kV - 230kV
Ø.63
0.88
2.78

24.00
2

45º
Ø1.25
Lifting
Hole

Section
3 Length
4
5

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
7.07 2.75
7.00
Clamp 6
7
Assembly
Length

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAT-VX-12-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
4 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPD30152382 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 1 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
69 S030023S2010 35.4 30,000 —
115 S030036S2010 48.4 30,000 —
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options,
including 25k lb offerings.

Page 15 | August 2013


Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Tangent Suspension

Single-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-IH-21-30, 138kV - 230kV


0.88
Ø.63
2.78
1

Section Length Inclusion of Ring


Based on Voltage
2

3
2.75
4

4.88

Clamp
Assembly 6
Length 5

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAT-IH-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
4 YPD30184373 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
6 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options,
including 25k lb offerings.

Page 16 | August 2013


Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor

Tangent Suspension
Single-String 50k lb Assembly, TAT-IH-21-50, 138kV - 230kV
0.88
Ø.75

3.50 1

Section Length Inclusion of Ring


Based on Voltage
2

2.88 4

6.19

Clamp
Assembly 6
Length 5

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAT-IH-21-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 1 Polymer —
3 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
4 YPD50185491 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis 2 Aluminum —
6 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspention Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 17 | August 2013


Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Tangent Suspension

V-String 30k lb Assembly, TAT-VH-22-30, 138kV - 230kV


Ø.63 0.88

2.78

24.00
2

45º
Ø1.25
Lifting
Hole
Section
3 Length
4
5

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
6.12
2.75
7.66
Clamp 6 7
Assembly
Length

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAT-VH-22-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
4 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPV30172592 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options,
including 25k lb offerings.

Page 18 | August 2013


Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor

Tangent Suspension
V-String 50k lb Assembly, TAT-VH-22-50, 138kV - 230kV
Ø.75
0.88
3.50

24.00
2

45º
Ø1.25
Lifting
Hole

Section
3 Length
4
5

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
6.07 2.88
7.70
Clamp 6 7
Assembly
Length

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAT-VH-22-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
4 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPV5019011 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspention Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 19 | August 2013


Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Running Angle 30k lb Assembly, TAA-IH-21-30, 138kV - 230kV
Angle Suspension

2.78

1
24.00
String Angle Adjustable
in 15 Degree Increments

2
Section 2.75
Ø.63 Bolt Length

3 12.31

Inclusion of Ring 5
4
Based on Voltage

9.27

Clamp 7 6
Assembly
Length
18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAA-IH-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
4 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPC5026001 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options,
including 25k lb offerings.

Page 20 | August 2013


Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Running Angle 50k lb Assembly, TAA-IH-21-50, 138kV - 230kV

Angle Suspension
3.50
1

24.00
String Angle Adjustable
in 15 Degree Increments
0.88
2.88
2
Ø.75 Bolt Section
Length

3 12.31

ASSEMBLIES
4 5
Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
9.27

Clamp 6
Assembly 7
Length
18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAA-IH-21-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
4 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPC5026001 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 21 | August 2013


Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Running Angle 30k lb Assembly, TAA-VH-22-30, 138kV - 230kV
Angle Suspension

1
Clamp 6
Assembly
Length

2
7

23º

Ø.63 Bolt 0.88


3

78º

5
4 2.78

24.00
8.11

3.25 Section
Length
8.13 2.75

18.00 12.65

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAA-VH-22-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
4 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPC30174241 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options,
including 25k lb offerings.

Page 22 | August 2013


Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Angle V 50k lb Assembly, TAA-VH-22-50, 138kV - 230kV

Angle Suspension
1

Clamp 6
Assembly
2 Length

Ø.75 Bolt 0.88

7
3
45º 72º

3.50

4 5 24.00
Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

6.37 Section
4.85
Length

2.88
8.13

13.69

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAA-VH-22-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
4 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 945834005 Yoke Plate 1 Steel 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 23 | August 2013


Deadend, Single Conductor
Single Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-11-30, 69kV - 230kV
2.78 Section Length
24.00 2.75

1
Deadend

2
4 5
3

0.88

Ø.63
Inclusion of
Ring Based
on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAD-1X-11-30

Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb


1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 1 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
4 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 1 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
69 S030023S2010 35.4 30,000 —
115 S030036S20100 48.4 30,000 —
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options, including 25k lb offerings.

Page 24 | August 2013


Deadend, Single Conductor
Single Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-11-50, 69kV - 230kV
3.50 Section Length
24.00 2.88

Deadend
1 2
4 5
3

0.88

Ø.75
Inclusion of
Ring Based
on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAD-1X-11-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 1 Polymer —
4 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 1 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
69 S050023S2010 37.9 50,000 —
115 S050036S2010 50.8 50,000 —
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 25 | August 2013


Deadend, Single Conductor
Double Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-12-30, 69kV - 230kV
2.75
6.16 Section Length 6.16

3.06
3.06

24.00
Deadend

3.50

18.00

1 2 1 1
6

3 3

5
1.25 4

Ø.88 Inclusion of Ring


Based on Voltage
ASSEMBLIES

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAD-1X-12-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50WBNK Anchor Shackle 3 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 YPD60183771 Yoke Plate 2 Ductile Iron 60,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
5 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 1 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
69 S030023S2010 35.4 30,000 —
115 S030036S2010 48.4 30,000 —
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options, including 25k lb offerings.

Page 26 | August 2013


Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor
Single Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-21-50, 138kV - 230kV
6.19
2.47
2.88
24.00
Section Length
3.50

Deadend
0.88

18.00

Ø.75 2
4
3

6
7

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAD-1X-21-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 1 Polymer —
4 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPD50185491 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
7 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 2 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 27 | August 2013


Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor
Double Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-22-30, 138kV - 230kV
Section Length 2.47
6.16 2.75
7.25

3.06

24.00
Deadend

3.50

18.00

1 2 1

7 8
5 6
1.25 4

Ø.88
Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAD-1X-22-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50WBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 YPD60183771 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 60,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
5 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 YPR30187221 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
7 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
8 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 2 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options, including 25k lb offerings.

Page 28 | August 2013


Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor
Double Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TAD-1X-22-50, 138kV - 230kV
2.88
7.28 Section Length 5.50
3.06

5.44

Deadend
5.50
6.00

18.00

1 1
2
3

7 8
5 6
1.50 4

Ø1.13 Inclusion of Ring


Based on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAD-1X-22-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 974153001 Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 120,000
2 LK150 Chain Link 1 Forged Steel 150,000
3 947604006 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 100,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer 50,000
5 SYC50 Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 YPR50190508 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
7 AS50WBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
8 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 2 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S050043S2010 57.3 50,000 —
161 S050056S2010 70.3 50,000 —
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 29 | August 2013


Jumper Suspension, Single Conductor
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TAJ-SX-11-30, 69kV - 230kV
0.88
Ø.63
2.78

1
Jumper SUSPENSION

Section 2
Length

Clamp 4
Assembly
Length 3

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAJ-SX-11-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Socket 1 Aluminum —
4 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —
5 See Note 4 Hold Down Shackle w/Weights 1 Ductile Iron 10,000

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
69 S030023S2010 35.4 30,000 —
115 S030036S2010 48.4 30,000 —
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End
NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature conductor suspension
clamp options.
Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options, including 25k lb offerings.
(3) See Hardware Fittings section for hold down shackle, weights and hardware options.

Page 30 | August 2013


Jumper Support, Single Conductor
2.5” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PX-11-25, 69kV - 230kV
1.31

R.47
Ø14.00 Ø.94

Ø7.00
8.06

Jumper Support
Ø8.00 12.00

Section Length
2

Gain Base 1
Pole Diameter Range

14.00
Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

12°
3

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAJ-PX-11-25


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator Post 1 Polymer —
2 See Note 1 Trunnion Clamp 1 Aluminum 2,800
3 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
69 P250024S1020 37.7 2,500 —
115 P250036S1020 49.5 1,880 —
138 P250043S1020 56.6 1,600 —
161 P250058S1020 70.8 1,235 —
230 P250070S102A 82.6 1,040 12” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 2,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor trunnion clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 31 | August 2013


Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
2.5” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PX-21-25, 138kV - 230kV
Jumper Clamp Assembly
1.31
Catalog Number Clamp Range

R.47 271724-3001 1.00-1.40 Diameter


Ø14.00 Ø.94 271725-3001 1.40-1.60 Diameter
Ø7.00 8.06
Jumper SuPPORT

271726-3001 1.60-2.00 Diameter


Ø8.00 12.00
JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter
Section Length

Gain Base
Pole Diameter Range

1
18.00

14.00

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
12° 2
3

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAJ-PX-21-25


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator, Post 1 Polymer —
2 See Chart Jumper Clamp Assembly 1 Steel/Aluminum 5,000
3 See Note 1 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
138 P250043S0020 55.9 1,625 —
161 P250058S0020 70.1 1,250 —
230 P250070S002A 81.9 1,050 12” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 7,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 32 | August 2013


Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
3” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PX-21-30, 138kV - 230kV
Jumper Clamp Assembly
1.31
Catalog Number Clamp Range
Ø14.00
R.47 271724-3001 1.00-1.40 Diameter
Ø7.00 8.06
Ø.94
Ø8.00
271725-3001 1.40-1.60 Diameter

Jumper Support
271726-3001 1.60-2.00 Diameter
12.00
JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter
Gain Base Section Length
Pole Diameter Range

1
18.00

14.00

ASSEMBLIES
Inclusion of Ring
12° Based on Voltage 2

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAJ-PX-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator, Post 1 Polymer —
2 See Chart Jumper Clamp Assembly 1 Steel/Aluminum 5,000
3 See Note 1 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
138 P300047S0020 59.7 2,635 —
161 P300063S0020 75.0 2,020 —
230 P300074S002A 85.6 1,740 15” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 12,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 33 | August 2013


Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TAJ-SH-21-30, 138kV - 230kV
0.88
Ø.63
2.78 1
Jumper SuPPORT

Section
Length 2

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

2.75 4 Conductor
Range:
0.974"-1.259" 5
3.63

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAJ-SH-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 SYC30 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000

4 YPJ21018215200 Jumper Yoke w/Weights 1 Aluminum 10,000


See Note 1
5 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
138 S030043S2010 54.9 30,000 —
161 S030056S2010 67.8 30,000 —
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) For jumper yokes with other conductor ranges or different amounts of weight,
please contact HPS.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Hardware Fittings section for additional insulator options, including 25k lb offerings.

Page 34 | August 2013


Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
2.5” Post (Vertical) Insulator Assembly, TAJ-PH-21-25, 138kV - 230kV

4X Ø.69 on 5.0”
Diameter Bolt Circle

Jumper Support
Jumper Clamp Assembly
Catalog Number Clamp Range
271724-3001 1.00-1.40 Diameter
271725-3001 1.40-1.60 Diameter
Section
Length 1 271726-3001 1.60-2.00 Diameter
JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

3
2

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TAJ-PH-21-25


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator Post 1 Polymer —
2 See Chart Jumper Clamp Assembly 1 Steel/ Aluminum 5,000
3 See Note 1 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
138 P250043S5300 53.2 1,625 —
161 P250058S5300 67.8 1,250 —
230 P250070S530A 79.8 1,050 12” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 7,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 35 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Single-String 30k lb Assembly, TET-IH-21-30, 230kV - 345kV
0.88

2.78
1 Ø.63
EHV Tangent Suspension

Section 2
Length

4
2.75

4.88

5 6
Clamp
Assembly
Length

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-IH-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
4 YPD30184373 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
6 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End
345 S0301O3S201B 115.3 30,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 36 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Single-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-IH-21-50, 230kV - 345kV
0.88

3.50
Ø.75
1

EHV Tangent Suspension


2
Section
Length

4
2.88

6.19

5 6
Clamp
Assembly
Length

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-IH-21-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 1 Polymer —
3 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
4 YPD50185491 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
6 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 37 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
V-String 30k lb Assembly, TET-VH-22-30, 230kV - 345kV Ø.63
0.88
1

2.78
2

24.00
EHV Tangent Suspension

45.0˚
Ø1.25
Lifting
Hole

3
4 5 Section
Length

6.12
6
7
7.66
ASSEMBLIES

Clamp
Assembly 2.75
Length

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-VH-22-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 2 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
4 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPV30172592 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End
345 S0301O3S201B 115.3 30,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 38 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
V-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-VH-22-50, 230kV - 345kV Ø.75
0.88
1

3.50
2

24.00

EHV Tangent Suspension


45.0˚
Ø1.25
Lifting
Hole

3
4 5 Section
Length

6.07 6
7.70 7
Clamp 2.75
Assembly
Length
18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-VH-22-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 2 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
4 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPV5019011 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 39 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor
V-String 30k lb Assembly, TET-VX-32-30, 345kV - 500kV
Ø.63 0.88
1

Ø1.25
Lifting 2.78
Hole 50˚
24.00
3
EHV Tangent Suspension

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
5
4
Section
Length

2.75

18.00
12.64
11.06
18.00 18.00

Conductor Clamp 6
7
Configuration Assembly
Length

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-VX-32-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 2 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
4 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPT40236673 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 40,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 3 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S030103S201B 115.3 50,000 12” Line End

500 S030155S201D 167.2 50,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 40 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor
V-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-VX-32-50, 345kV - 500kV
Ø.75 0.88
1

3.50

Ø1.25
2 Lifting
Hole 24.00

EHV Tangent Suspension


Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage
45.0˚
3

Section
Length
4

2.88

18.00
11.10 11.83

18.00 18.00
5
Clamp 7
Assembly 6
Conductor
Configuration Length

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-VX-32-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 2 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
4 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPT5012512 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 3 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

500 S050155S201D 169.6 50,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End
NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 41 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor
V-String 80k lb Assembly, TET-VX-32-80, 345kV - 500kV 1.44
Ø1.00
1

3.75

1
Ø1.25 22.00 3.25
2 Lifting
Hole
EHV Tangent Suspension

45.0˚
3.25

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

3
Section
Length

4
3.25

18.00

11.10 11.83
18.00 18.00
5
Clamp 7
Conductor Assembly 6
Configuration Length

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-VX-32-80


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS60BNK Anchor Shackle 6 Forged Steel 80,000
2 ES80781921 Extension Strap (21”) 2 Galvanized Steel 80,000
3 See Chart Insulator, Eye-Eye 2 Polymer —
4 AS60BNKSN Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 80,000
5 YPT8013055 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 80,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 3 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S080103H000B 124.5 80,000 12” Line End

500 S080155H000D 176.3 80,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 42 | August 2013


EHV Tangent Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor
Double V-String 50k lb Assembly, TET-DX-34-50, 345kV - 500kV
1
3.25 3.75

2 Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage 1.44
24.00 Ø1.00 Bolt

EHV Tangent Suspension


3 6.25
4 45.0˚

6
18.00 Section
Length

18.00 18.00
5
2.88
18.00
Conductor
Configuration

10.17
11.58

7 8
Take note of
Clamp single point attachment
Assembly component strengths.
Length

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TET-DX-34-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS60BNK Anchor Shackle 4 Forged Steel 80,000
2 HOOT8024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 80,000
3 YPD8018475 Yoke Plate 2 Ductile Iron 80,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 4 Polymer —
5 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 4 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 YPTB40114896 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 40,000
7 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 3 Aluminum —
8 See Note 2 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12" Line End

500 S050155S201D 169.6 50,000 15" Line End


8” Ground End
NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 43 | August 2013


EHV Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Running Angle 30k lb Assembly, TEA-IH-21-30, 230kV - 345kV
2.78
1

0.88 24.00

String Angle Adjustable


in 15 Degree Increments
2 Section
Ø.63 Bolt Length
2.75
EHV ANGLE Suspension

3
12.31

4 5

9.27 6

Clamp
Assembly 7
Length
18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEA-IH-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
4 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPC5026001 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End
345 S0301O3S201B 115.3 30,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 44 | August 2013


EHV Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Running Angle 50k lb Assembly, TEA-IH-21-50, 230kV - 345kV
3.50
1

24.00

0.88 String Angle Adjustment


2
in 15 Degree Increments
Section
Ø.75 Bolt Length

2.88

EHV ANGLE Suspension


3
12.31
5

9.27

Clamp 7 6
Assembly
Length
18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEA-IH-21-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb

ASSEMBLIES
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 1 Polymer —
4 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPC5026001 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 45 | August 2013


EHV Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Angle V 30k lb Assembly, TEA-VH-22-30, 230kV - 345kV
1

6
Clamp
Assembly 7
2 Length

23º
EHV ANGLE Suspension

3
Ø.63 Bolt 0.88

78º
5
4
2.78
24.00
8.11
Section
3.25 Length
8.13

2.75

18.00 12.65

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEA-VH-22-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
2 HOO3024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 30,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
4 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
5 YPC30174241 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End
345 S0301O3S201B 115.3 30,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 46 | August 2013


EHV Angle Suspension, 2-Bundle Conductor
Angle V 50k lb Assembly, TEA-VH-22-50, 230kV - 345kV
1

Clamp 6
2 Assembly
Length 7

45º

EHV ANGLE Suspension


72º

Ø.75 Bolt
0.88
5

6.37
3.50
24.00
8.13 4.85
Section
Length

2.88

18.00
13.69

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEA-VH-22-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 2 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
4 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 945834005 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 2 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 47 | August 2013


EHV Angle Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor
Angle V 50k lb Assembly, TEA-VX-32-50, 345kV - 500kV
1 Ø.75 Bolt 0.88

2 Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage 3.50

24.00
3 63º
43º 5
EHV ANGLE Suspension

Section
Length

2.88
18.00

11.59
18.00 18.00 10.85

17.17
Conductor
Configuration Clamp
Assembly 7
Length
6

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEA-VX-32-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 60,000
3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
4 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPC5010833 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 50,000
6 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis 3 Aluminum —
7 See Note 2 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

300 S050155S201D 169.6 50,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 48 | August 2013


EHV Angle Suspension, 3-Bundle Conductor
Double V-String 50k lb Assembly, TEA-DX-34-50, 345kV - 500kV
1
Ø1.00 Bolt

1 1.44
2

23º 18.00
3 78º
Take Note of Single
Point Attachment
Inclusion of Ring Component Strengths.
Based on Voltage

EHV ANGLE Suspension


4 Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

3.25
6
3.75
5

24.00
6.25
18.00
2.88 Section
10.81 Length

11.06 18.81 18.00 18.00


8 7
Clamp
Assembly Conductor
Length Configuration

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEA-DX-34-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS60BNK Anchor Shackle 4 Forged Steel 80,000
2 HOOT8024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 2 Forged Steel 80,000
3 YPD8018475 Yoke Plate 2 Ductile Iron 80,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 4 Polymer —
5 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 4 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 YPCB4011742 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 40,000
7 See Note 1 Suspension Clamp w/Y-Clevis Eye 3 Aluminum —
8 See Note 2 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

500 S050155S201D 169.6 50,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Suspension Clamp section for standard and high temperature
conductor suspension clamp options.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 49 | August 2013


EHV Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor
Single Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-21-50, 230kV - 345kV
6.19
2.47
Section
Length
2.88
3.50

24.00

18.00

1 2 4
3

6
7
EHV Deadend

0.88

Ø.75

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TED-1X-21-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50BNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 60,000
ASSEMBLIES

2 HOOT5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24”) 1 Forged Steel 60,000


3 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 1 Polymer —
4 SYC50SN 4 Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
5 YPD50185491 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 AS25LBNKSN Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
7 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 2 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8” Line End
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 50 | August 2013


EHV Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor
Double Insulator 30k lb Assembly, TED-1X-22-30, 230kV - 345kV
7.25
3.50
24.00 6.16 Section 2.47
Length
3.06 2.75

18.00

1 2 1

7 8
6

EHV Deadend
4 5

1.25

Ø.88

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TED-1X-22-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS50WBNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
2 HOO5024 Oval Eye Ext. Link (24") 1 Forged Steel 60,000
3 YPD60183771 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 60,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 2 Polymer —
5 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 30,000
6 YPR30187221 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
7 AS25LBNKSN Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 30,000
8 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 2 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8" Line End
345 S0301O3S201B 115.3 30,000 12" Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 51 | August 2013


EHV Deadend, 2-Bundle Conductor
Double Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-22-50, 230kV - 345kV
5.44 5.44 2.88
5.50 7.28 Section 5.50
Length
3.06

18.00

1
2 1

3
7 8
4 5 6
EHV Deadend

1.50

Ø1.13

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TED-1X-22-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 974153001 Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 120,000
2 LK150 Chain Link 1 Forged Steel 150,000
3 947604006 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 100,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer —
5 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 YPR50190508 Yoke Plate 1 Ductile Iron 50,000
7 AS50WBNKSN Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 60,000
8 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 2 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S050073S201A 87.6 50,000 8" Line End
345 S050103S201B 117.8 30,000 12" Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 52 | August 2013


EHV Deadend, 3-Bundle Conductor
Double Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-32-50, 345kV - 500kV
5.44 2.84
6.00 7.28 Section 5.75
Length
5.50 3.06

18.00

8 7 9
1
2

3
6 7 9 18.00
4 5

18.00 18.00
1.50

EHV Deadend
Conductor
Configuration
Ø1.13

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TED-1X-32-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 974153001 Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 120,000
2 LK150 Chain Link 1 Forged Steel 150,000
3 947604006 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 100,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 2 Polymer 50,000
5 SC501BNKSN Socket Clevis 2 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 YPX5011275 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 50,000
7 AS50WBNKSN Anchor Shackle 3 Forged Steel 60,000
8 FHOEC5012BNKSN Chain Eye - Clevis Ext. Link (12”) 1 Forged Steel 50,000
9 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 3 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12” Line End

500 S050155S201D 169.6 50,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 53 | August 2013


EHV Deadend, 3-Bundle Conductor
Double Insulator 80k lb Assembly, TED-1X-32-80, 345kV - 500kV
18.00
6.00 3.25 3.25 3.25
12.00 7.53 Section 7.53
Length
5.25 5.25 18.00 18.00

Conductor
Configuration

18.00

1 2 1 7
3
3
8 6 10
4 5 6
2.25
EHV Deadend

9 6
1.50
Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TED-1X-32-80


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 M866AG Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 210,000
2 LK200 Chain Link 1 Forged Steel 200,000
3 YPD16011137 Yoke Plate 2 Galvanized Steel 160,000
4 AS60BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 80,000
5 See Chart Insulator, Eye-Eye 2 Polymer 80,000
6 AS60BNKSN Anchor Shackle 6 Forged Steel 80,000
7 M866AGSN Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 210,000
8 YPX20012551 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 200,000
9 HOOT5013 Chain Eye - Chain Eye Ext. Link (13") 1 Forged Steel 60,000
10 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 3 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S080103H000B 124.5 80,000 12" Line End

500 S080155H000D 176.3 80,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 54 | August 2013


EHV Deadend, 3-Bundle Conductor
Triple Insulator 50k lb Assembly, TED-1X-33-50, 345kV - 500kV
5.25 2.88
5.34 Section
6.00
Length 6.06
5.50 3.06

2.25

8 7
Ø1.50
1
18.00
3 4 5 6 7 9

18.00 18.00
1 2

EHV Deadend
Conductor
Configuration

Inclusion of Ring
Based on Voltage

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TED-1X-33-50


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS135BNK Anchor Shackle 2 Forged Steel 150,000
2 LK150 Chain Link 1 Forged Steel 150,000
3 YPX1509397 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 150,000
4 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-11 3 Polymer 50,000
5 SYC50SN Socket Y-Clevis 3 Ductile Iron 50,000
6 YPX5011744 Yoke Plate 1 Galvanized Steel 50,000
7 AS50WBNKSN Anchor Shackle 3 Forged Steel 60,000
8 FHOEC5012BNKSN Chain Eye - Clevis Ext. Link (12") 1 Forged Steel 50,000
9 See Note 1 Compression Deadend w/Terminal 3 Aluminum Full Tension

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S050103S201B 117.8 50,000 12" Line End

500 S050155S201D 169.6 50,000 15" Line End


8" Ground End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) See Compression Deadends section for standard conductor compression deadend options,
See Compression Conventional (Two Die) System section for high temperature conductor
compression deadend options.
(2) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 55 | August 2013


EHV Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
2.5” Post (Vertical) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PH-21-25, 230kV - 345kV

4x Ø.69 on 5.0” Diameter


Bolt Circle

Jumper Clamp Assembly


Catalog Number Clamp Range
271724-3001 1.00-1.40 Diameter
Support

271725-3001 1.40-1.60 Diameter


1
Section 271726-3001 1.60-2.00 Diameter
Length
SUPPORT

JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter


EHV Jumper
EHV JUMPER

18.00 2 3

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEJ-PH-21-25


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator, Post w/Ring 1 Polymer —
2 See Chart Clamp Assembly 1 Steel/Aluminum 5,000
3 See Note 1 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SCL lb Corona Ring
230 P250070S530A 79.8 1,050 12” Line End
345 P250101S530A 111.3 740 12” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 7,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 56 | August 2013


EHV Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
2.5” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PX-21-25, 230kV - 345kV
Jumper Clamp Assembly

12.00
Catalog Number Clamp Range
271724-3001 1.00-1.40 Diameter
Ø14.00
R.47
271725-3001 1.40-1.60 Diameter
Ø7.00 8.06
271726-3001 1.60-2.00 Diameter
Ø8.00
Ø.94 JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter
1.31

Gain Base
Pole Diameter Range

Section Length

EHV JUMPER SUPPORT


1
18.00

14.00

12˚
3
2

ASSEMBLIES
Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEJ-PX-21-25
Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator, Post w/Ring 1 Polymer —
2 See Chart Clamp Assembly 1 Steel/Aluminum 5,000
3 See Note 1 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
230 P250070S002A 81.9 1,050 12” Line End
345 P250101S002A 112.7 740 12” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 7,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 57 | August 2013


EHV Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
3” Post (Horizontal) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PX-21-30, 230kV - 345kV
Jumper Clamp Assembly
Catalog Number Clamp Range
12.00
271724-3001 1.00-1.40 Diameter
Ø14.00
R.47 271725-3001 1.40-1.60 Diameter
Ø7.00 8.06
271726-3001 1.60-2.00 Diameter
Ø8.00
ø.94 JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter
1.31

Gain Base
Pole Diameter Range
Support

Section Length
SUPPORT
EHV Jumper

1
18.00
EHV JUMPER

14.00

12˚
3
2

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEJ-PX-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator, Post w/Ring 1 Polymer —
2 See Chart Jumper Clamp Assembly 1 Steel/Aluminum 5,000
3 See Note 1 Armor Rods 2 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
230 P300074S002A 85.6 1,740 15” Line End
345 P300099S002A 110.4 1,315 15” Line End

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 12,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 58 | August 2013


EHV Jumper Support, 3-Bundle Conductor
3” Post (Vertical) Insulator Assembly, TEJ-PX-31-30, 345kV - 500kV

4x Ø.69 on 5.0” Diameter


Bolt Circle

Jumper Clamp Assemblies


Catalog Number Clamp Range
Section 1
Length 2738413001 1.00-1.40 Diameter

60º
2738423001 1.40-1.60 Diameter

EHV JUMPER SUPPORT


2738433001 1.60-2.00 Diameter
JLC24818275 2.00-2.48 Diameter

18.00
2
3
4

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEJ-PX-31-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 See Chart Insulator, Post 1 Polymer —
2 2717034001 Yoke Plate 1 Steel 5,000
3 See Chart Jumper Loop Clamp 3 Aluminum 5,000
4 See Note 1 Armor Rods 3 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 2


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches RCL lb Corona Ring
345 P300099SSAAA 110.6 1,315 —
500 P300117SSAAA 128.8 1,120 —

NOTE: RCL is 50% of the ultimate cantilever load capacity.


Maximum design tension load rating is 12,500 lb.
For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.
(1) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(2) See Line Post Insulators section for additional insulator options.

Page 59 | August 2013


EHV Jumper Support, 2-Bundle Conductor
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TEJ-SH-21-30, 230kV - 345kV
0.88
1
2.78
Ø.63

Section
Length 2
Support
SUPPORT

Conductor
EHV Jumper

3 Range:
0.974” - 1.259”

2.75 4
EHV JUMPER

3.63

18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEJ-SH-21-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
4 YPJ21018215200(1) Jumper Yoke w/Weights 1 Aluminum 10,000
5 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
230 S030073S201A 85.1 30,000 8” Line End
345 S0301O3S201B 115.3 30,000 12” Line End

NOTE: For quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) For jumper yokes with other conductor ranges or different amounts
of weight, please contact HPS.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 60 | August 2013


EHV Jumper Support, 3-Bundle Conductor
Single Insulator with Weights 30k lb Assembly, TEJ-SH-31-30, 345kV - 500kV
0.88
1
2.78
Ø.63

Inclusion of Ring
Section 2 Based on Voltage
Length

Conductor
2.75 4 Range:
1.06” - 1.23” 5

EHV JUMPER SUPPORT


4.25

18.00

15.62
18.00

Base Assembly Catalog Number: TEJ-SH-31-30


Item Part Number Description Quantity Material UBS lb
1 AS25LBNK Anchor Shackle 1 Forged Steel 30,000
2 See Chart Insulator, ANSI 52-5 1 Polymer —
3 SYC30SN Socket Y-Clevis 1 Ductile Iron 30,000
4 YPJ310251891300(1) Jumper Yoke Assembly 1 Aluminum 10,000
5 See Note 2 Armor Rods 1 Aluminum —

Typical Insulator Selection — See Note 3


Line Voltage (kV) Quadri*Sil® Part Number Section Length Inches SML lb Corona Ring
345 S030103S201B 115.3 30,000 12” Line End

500 S030155S201D 167.2 30,000 15” Line End


8” Ground End

NOTE: for quoting/ordering instructions, see Assemblies section.


(1) For jumper yokes with other conductor ranges or different amounts of
weight, please contact HPS.
(2) Contact HPS for armor rod recommendations.
(3) See Suspension Insulator section for additional insulator options.

Page 61 | August 2013


products
transmission
Deadends
products
Products
Parts, a la Carte
When you don’t need a complete assembly
or TowerPak®, you can order the individual
components to suit your specific needs. From
insulators and arresters to connecters and
hardware, you’ll find it all here.
A Comprehensive Component Catalog
Our catalog contains nearly everything you need to construct, maintain
and protect your transmission projects. These include:

• Anchors and Foundations

• Dampers

• Deadends

• Formed Wire

• Jumper Terminals

• Line and Tower Hardware

• Splices and Sleeves

• Suspension Clamps and more…

Custom Fabrication
If you need a part in a different configuration, material or design than you see here, give us a
call. We’re always developing new products to meet emerging challenges and we’ll be happy
to engineer and manufacture the part you need to suit your specifications.

For more information, contact your sales representative or email us at hpscs@hubbell.com.

Page 65 | August 2013


Deadends
Deadends

quality
Deadends — Bolted
DEADENDS

Quadrant Strain Clamp Aluminum ALUMINUM


SD
For transmission line construction with all aluminum, ACSR or aluminum
alloy conductor.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Sockets and Clevises – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm)


Number L W H C K PD

SD57 91/16 3/4 63/4 51/8 11/4 5/8


(230.19) (19.05) (171.45) (130.18) (31.75) (15.88)
SD70 101/4 15/16 83/8 61/2 11/4 5/8
(260.35) (23.81) (212.73) (165.10) (31.75) (15.88)
SD86 111/4 11/16 95/8 73/8 11/4 5/8
(285.75) (26.99) (244.48) (187.33) (31.75) (15.88)
SD112 131/8 13/8 111/2 81/4 13/8 3/4
(333.38) (34.93) (292.1) (209.6) (34.33) (19.05)
SD130 14 17/16 131/8 91/2 11/2 3/4
(355.6) (36.51) (333.38) (241.3) (38.10) (19.05)
SD155 151/2 2 153/4 123/8 11/2 3/4
(393.70) (50.8) (400.05) (314.32) (38.10) (19.05)
SD185 17 17/8 18 123/8 11/2 1
(431.80) (47.63) (457.20) (314.32) (38.10) (25.40)

Page 68 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted

Deadends
Quadrant Strain Clamp Aluminum (continued)
L PD

K Dia W

Groove
H Angle 60º 7
/8“ 5
/8“
13
/16“ 3
/4“

21/16“ 21/2“ 21/2“ 33/8“

Socket Type SA Socket Type SA1417 Clevis Type CA Clevis Type CA1517033

Fitting Clamping Range U-Bolts


Ultimate Approx
Catalog Size
Catalog Inches Strength Weight Each
Number Type ACSR Aluminum No Inches
Number (mm) lb (kN) lb (kg)
(mm)
SD57N None SA04 #4-6/1 #4-7 str .20-.64 1/2 3.2 (1.45)
SD57S Socket CA04 to to (5.08-16.26) 15,000 (67) 3 (12.70) 4.4 (2.00)
SD57C Clevis 266.8-26/7 300-37 str 4.8 (2.63)
SD70N None — #2-7/1 #1-7 str .30-.75 1/2 4.7 (2.14)
SD70S Socket SA06 to to (7.62-19.05) 20,000 (89) 4 (12.70) 6.0 (2.72)
SD70C Clevis CA06 397.5-18/1 397.5-37 str 6.4 (2.90)
SD86N None — #3/0-6/1 3/0-19 str .46-.94 1/2 5.4 (2.45)
SD86S Socket SA07 to to (10.16-23.88) 25,000 (111) 4 (12.70) 6.8 (3.09)
SD86C Clevis CA06 556-26/7 650-61 str 7.1 (3.22)
SD112N None — #3/0-6/1 4/0-19 str .50-1.20 30,000 (133) 1/2 8.4 (3.81)
SD112S Socket SA1013 to to (12.80-30.48) 30,000 (133) 5 (12.70) 9.9 (4.5)
SD112C Clevis CA1013 954-54/7 1033.5-61 str 25,000 (111) 10.4 (4.73)
SD130N None — 336.4-26/7 397.5-19 str .70-1.39 35,000 (156) 5/8 13.2 (6.00)
SD130S Socket SA1013 to to (17.78-35.30) 30,000 (133) 5 (15.88) 15.3 (6.95)
SD130C Clevis CA1013 1272-54/19 1431-61 str 25,000 (111) 15.5 (7.04)
SD155N None — 1,033.5 (36/1) 1,100-91 str 1.18-1.55 35,000 (156) 5/8 15.5 (7.00)
SD155S Socket SA1613 to to (29.97-38.61) 30,000 (133) 5 (15.88) 17.3 (7.85)
SD155C Clevis CA1613 1510.5 (54/19) 1,700-127 str 25,000 (111) 17.3 (7.85)
SD185N None — 1,192.5 (45/7) 1,272-61 str 1.30-1.85 50,000 (222) 5/8 21.0 (9.53)
SD185S Socket SA1417 to to (33.02-46.99) 30,000 (133) 5 (15.88) 22.7 (10.30)
SD185C Clevis CA1517033 2,156 (84/19) 2,500-127 str 30,000 (133) 22.3 (10.11)

Note: Sag eye ultimate strength is 60% of clamp strength without fitting. Rated slip strength as a percentage of conductor
RBS varies with conductor type, size and stranding. Minimum slip strength rating on standard strength conductors is 40% RBS
(partial tension). For most standard strength conductors, minimum slip strength of this clamp series is 60% RBS (normal tension).
Consult factory for slip strength test data on specific clamp and conductor combinations. Recommended torque on U-bolts:
1/2” — 480 in-lb, 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number. For
corona-free applications on EHV lines, add suffix “CRF” to catalog number. Example SD130NCRF.

Page 69 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted
DEADENDS

Double Groove Strain Clamp Aluminum ALUMINUM


SDT2
Made with double groove keeper to
accommodate twin conductor. For
transmission line construction with
all aluminum, ACSR or aluminum
alloy conductor. X

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Sockets and clevises – galvanized ductile iron PD
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
PRODUCTS

Double K Dia
Groove
Keeper Single
Groove R
Body Groove
H Angle
60º

Tighten to
Recommended
Torque
Section A-A

Clamp Range Ultimate Dimensions Inches Approx


Catalog U-Bolts
Strength Weight
Number No
ACSR Aluminum Inches lb Size L H C K PD R X Each lb
SDT286N 1/0-6/1 2/0-7 str .398 25,000 5.4
SDT286S to to to 25,000 4 1/2 111/4 95/8 73/8 11/4 5/8 5 11/16 6.0
SDT286C 2/0-6/1 2/0-19 str .447 25,000 6.4
SDT2112N 3/0-6/1 4/0-7 str .502 30,000 8.4
SDT2112S to to to 30,000 5 1/2 131/8 111/2 81/4 13/8 3/4 61/2 13/8 9.9
SDT2112C 4/0-6/1 4/0-19 str .562 25,000 10.0
SDT2185N 226.8-26/7 336.4-19 str .642 50,000 21.0
SDT2185S to to to 30,000 5 5/8 17 18 123/8 1 1/2 1 12 17/8 22.7
SDT2185C 556.5-18/1 556.5-37 str .879 30,000 22.3

Note: Sag eye ultimate strength is 60% of clamp strength without fitting. Rated slip strength as a percentage of conductor
RBS varies with conductor type, size and stranding. Minimum slip strength rating on standard strength conductors is 40% RBS
(partial tension). For most standard strength conductors, minimum slip strength of this clamp series is 60% RBS (normal tension).
Consult factory for slip strength test data on specific clamp and conductor combinations. Recommended torque on U-bolts:
1/2” — 480 in-lb, 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number. For
corona-free applications on EHV lines, add suffix “CRF” to catalog number. Example SD130NCRF.

Page 70 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted

Deadends
Quadrant Strain Clamp Aluminum ALUMINUM
PG/DE
For distribution and light transmission construction with all aluminum,
ACSR or aluminum alloy conductor.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Sockets and Clevises – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm)


Number L W H K

DE46 37/8 11/16 313/16 7/8


(98.30) (17.46) (96.84) (22.10)
PG46 41/16 11/16 43/4 1
(103.18) (17.46) (120.65) (25.40)
PG57 51/2 11/16 55/16 1
(139.7) (17.46) (134.87)) (25.40)
PG70 67/16 25/32 7 11/8
(163.51) (19.84) (177.80) (28.58)
PG86 125/16 11/16 11 11/4
(312.74) (26.99) (279.40) (31.75)
PG86L 69/16 11/16 77/16 1
(166.69) (26.99) (188.91) (25.40)
PG100L 97/8 13/16 95/16 11/4
(250.83) (30.16) (236.54) (31.75)

7
/8”
/8”
5

21/16” 21/2”

Socket Type SA Clevis Type CA

5
/8”
L L

K W

H
H
Groove
Angle

Type PG Type DE46

Page 71 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted
DEADENDS

Quadrant Strain Clamp Aluminum (continued)


Product Data and Conductor Size
Fitting Clamping Range U-Bolts
Ultimate Approx
Catalog Size Groove Weight
Catalog Strength Each
Number Type ACSR Aluminum Inches (mm) No Inches Angle
Number lb (kN) lb (kg)
(mm)
DE46N None — #6 (6/1) #6 -7 str .18-.52 1/2 1.2 (.54 )
DE46S Socket SA04 to to (4.57-13.21) 8,000 (33) 1 (12.70) 85° 2.2 (1.00)
DE46C Clevis CA04 3/0 (6/1) 3/0-19 str 2.2 (1.00)
PG46N(1) None — #6 (6/)1 #6 -7 str .18-.52 3/8 1.1 (.50)
PG46S Socket SA04 to to (4.57-13.21) 8,000 (33) 2 (9.53) 90° 2.4 (1.08)
PG46C Clevis CA04 3/0 (6/1) 3/0-19 str 2.7 (1.22)
PG57N(1) None — #4 (6/1) #3 -7 str .25-.57 1/2 2.0 (.91)
PG57S Socket SA04 to to (6.35-14.48) 10,000 (44) 2 (12.70) 90° 3.2 (1.45)
PG57C Clevis CA04 336.4 (26/7) 4/0-19 str 3.6 (1.63)
PG70N None — #134.6 (12/7) 3/0 -7 str .46-.73 1/2 2.5 (1.13)
PG70S Socket SA04 to to (11.68-18.54) 15,000 (67) 2 (12.70) 85° 3.8 (1.72)
PG70C Clevis CA04 556.5 (18/1) 400-37 str 4.1 (1.86)
PG86LN None — 336.4-26/7 4/0 -7 str .52-.88 1/2 2.9 (1.32)
PG86LS Socket SA07 to to (13.21-22.35) 15,000 (67) 2 (12.70) 70° 4.2 (1.91)
PG86LC Clevis CA06 1272-54/19 556.5-37 str 4.6 (2.09)
PG100LN None — 3/0 (6/1) 4/0 -7 str .50-1.00 1/2 4.5 (2.04)
PG100LS Socket SA10 to to (12.70-25.40) 18,000 (80) 2 (12.70) 60° 5.9 (2.68)
PG100LC Clevis CA101 666.6 (24.7) 750-61 str 6.2 (2.81)

Note: Sag eye ultimate strength is 60% of clamp strength without fitting. Rated slip strength as a percentage of conductor
RBS varies with conductor type, size and stranding. Minimum slip strength rating on standard strength conductors is 40%
RBS (partial tension). For many standard strength conductors, minimum slip strength of this clamp series is 60% RBS (normal
tension). Consult factory for slip strength test data on specific clamp and conductor combinations. Recommended torque on
U-bolts: 3/8 ” — 240 in-lb, 1/2” — 480 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) RUS Listed

Page 72 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted

Deadends
Quadrant Strain Clamp Ductile Iron DUCTILE IRON
SWDE/MD
For deadending static wires. May be used to deadend copper or
Copperweld® phase conductors. Magnetic induction heating will occur.

Material: Body and Keeper – galvanized ductile iron


Sockets and Clevises – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm)


Number L H C W
MD52N 225/32 43/32 21/8 5/8
MD52S (70.61) (103.89) (54.10) (15.88)
MD52C
SWDE46N 6 51/2 43/8 5/8
SWDE46S (152.40) (139.70) (111.12) (15.88)
SWDE46C
SWDE55N 8 85/8 73/8 11/16
SWDE55S (203.20) (219.08) (187.33) (17.46)
SWDE55C
SWDE84N 103/4 105/8 87/16 15/16
SWDE84S (273.05) (270.00) (214.38) (23.88)
SWDE84C

/8”
7
/16”
15
/8”
5

Groove
Angle 21/16” 21/2”
97º
1
/2-13” Thd.
L Socket Clevis
Type SA Type CA
Figure 4
L
L
L 11/4” /8”
5

1 /8”
1
/8”
5

11/8” H
/8”
5 Groove
Groove H W
H Angle
Angle W
60º 60º C
Groove C
C
W
Angle
60º
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

Page 73 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted
DEADENDS

Quadrant Strain Clamp Ductile Iron (continued)


Product Data and Cable Size
Fitting Clamping Range U-Bolts
Ultimate Approx
Catalog Figure Galvanized Steel Inches Size
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number Type Number Copper (mm) No Inches
Number lb (kN) lb (kg)
Diameter No Str Grade (mm)

MD52N None — ACSR # 6 sol .160-.563 12,000 1/2 1.9 (.86)


MD52S Socket SA04 4 #6 (6/1) — — to (4.06-14.30) (53) 1 (12.70) 3.2 (1.45)
MD52C Clevis CA04 4/0 (6/1) 4/0 str 3.5 (1.59)

SWDE46N None — 3/8 (9.53) 7 Utilities # 6 str .18-.46 15,000 (67) 1/2 4.1 (1.86)
SWDE46S Socket SA04 1 7/16 (11.11) 7 High str to (4.57-11.68) 15,000 (67) 2 (12.70) 5.4 (2.45)
SWDE46C Clevis CA04 3/16 (4.76) 7 Utilities 4/0 sol 15,000 (67) 5.7 (2.49)

1/4 (6.35)
SWDE55N None — 9/32 (7.14) 7 # 4 (7) 19,000 (85) 6.0 (3.08)
5/16 (7.94) All .22-.55 1/2
SWDE55S Socket SA04 2 3/8 (9.53) 7 Grades to (5.59-13.97) 18,000 (80) 3 (12.70) 8.0 (3.63)
SWDE55C Clevis CA04 7/16 (11.11) 7 Within 4/0 (19) 18,000 (80) 8.4 (3.81)
1/2 (12.70) Clamping
And

SWDE84N None — 3/8 (9.53) 7 Strength 2/0 sol .36-.84 30,000 (133) 1/2 11.0 (4.99)
SWDE84S Socket SA07 3 through 7 Rating to (8.89-21.34) 30,000 (133) 4 (12.70) 12.35 (5.60)
SWDE84C Clevis CA06 3/4 (19.05) 7 500 str 25,000 (111) 12.7 (5.76)

Note: Sag eye ultimate strength is 60% of clamp strength without fitting. Rated slip strength as a percentage of conductor
RBS varies with cable size and stranding. Minimum slip strength on standard shield wire cables is 40% RBS (partial tension).
For many shield wire cables, minimum slip strength of this clamp series is 60% RBS (normal tension). Consult factory for slip
strength test data on specific clamp and conductor combinations. Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb. Bolt and
nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Page 74 | August 2013


Deadends — Bolted

Deadends
Thimble Type DDT
Provides a convenient and efficient means for loop
dead ending of steel static wire and formed-wire L
guy grips.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
H

PD W

Ultimate Dimensions Approx


Catalog Conductor Range Inches (mm)
Strength Wt Each
Number Inches (mm) lb (kN) L B W H PD lb (kg)

DDTO7 0-.875 40,000 53/8 25/16 7/8 21/4 3/4 2.5 (1.13)
(0-22.23) (178) (136.53) (58.74) (22.23) (57.15) (19)

DDT12(1) 0-1.0 60,000 713/16 33/4 1 5/16 33/4 1 5.7 (2.5)


(0-25.40) (267) (45.97) (95.25) (33.27) (95.25) (25)(1)

(1) Bolt, nut and cotter pin are standard.

Page 75 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, Single Tongue ACSR Conductors ALUMINUM/STEEL
A01/A03
Full tension deadend assembly for ACSR conductors
consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend body
precompressed onto a steel eye, a prefilled 15° Before
C
jumper terminal, mounting hardware and core A Compression
gripping unit. FARGO

B
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube .56 [14] Dia
Hardware – aluminum alloy 15° Jumper Bolt Holes
Terminal
IDENTIFICATION: 1.75 [44]
DEADEND & TERMINAL:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code 1.75 [44]
CORE GRIPPING UNIT:
Conductor, Size & Stranding

Single Tongue, Single Tongue,


Horizontal Eye Vertical Eye

Product Data and Conductor Size


Vertical Horizontal Length Minimum
Outside
Eye Eye Stranding Code Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Catalog Catalog Kcmil Diameter Compression A B C
AL/ST Word Width Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Tons

A010710 A030710 266.8 26/7 Partridge 0.642 12.2 (310) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
(50) (25) (10)
A010812 A030812 336.4 18/1 Merlin 0.684 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
(50) (25) (10)
A010813 A030813 336.4 26/7 Linnet 0.72 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
(50) (25) (10)
A010914 A030914 336.4 30/7 Oriole 0.741 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(50) (25) (10)
A010815 A030815 397.5 18/1 Chickadee 0.743 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
(50) (25) (10)
A010917 A030917 397.5 26/7 Ibis 0.783 14.0 (356) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(50) (25) (13)
A011018 A031018 397.5 30/7 Lark 0.806 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13)
A010919 A030919 477.0 18/1 Pelican 0.814 14.0 (356) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(50) (25) (13)
A010920 A030920 477.0 24/7 Flicker 0.846 14.0 (356) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(50) (25) (13)
A0110211 A0310211 477.0 26/7 Hawk 0.858 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13)

Page 76 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Vertical Horizontal Length Minimum
Outside
Eye Eye Stranding Code Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Catalog Catalog Kcmil Diameter Compression A B C
AL/ST Word Width Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Tons

A011122 A031122 477.0 30/7 Hen 0.883 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011023 A031023 556.5 18/1 Osprey 0.879 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A011024 A031024 556.5 24/7 Parakeet 0.914 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A011025 A031025 556.5 26/7 Dove 0.927 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60

PRODUCTS
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A011126 A031126 556.5 30/7 Eagle 0.953 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011127 A031127 605.0 24/7 Peacock 0.953 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011128 A031128 605.0 26/7 Squab 0.966 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011030 A031030 636.0 36/1 Swift 0.93 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A011031 A031031 636.0 18/1 Kingbird 0.94 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A011132 A031132 636.0 24/7 Rook 0.977 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011133 A031133 636.0 26/7 Grosbeak 0.99 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011234 A031234 636.0 30/19 Egret 1.019 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011136 A031136 666.6 24/7 Flamingo 1 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011137 A031137 666.6 26/7 Gannett 1.014 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011138 A031138 715.5 24/7 Stilt 1.036 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011239 A031239 715.5 26/7 Starling 1.051 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011141 A031141 795.0 36/1 Coot 1.04 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011242 A031242 795.0 45/7 Tern 1.063 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A0112431 A0312431 795.0 24/7 Cuckoo 1.092 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A0112441 A0312441 795.0 54/7 Condor 1.092 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A0112451 A0312451 795.0 26/7 Drake 1.108 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A011346 A031346 795.0 30/19 Mallard 1.14 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011247 A031247 900.0 45/7 Ruddy 1.131 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)

Page 77 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)


Vertical Horizontal Length Minimum
Outside
Eye Eye Stranding Code Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Catalog Catalog Kcmil Diameter Compression A B C
AL/ST Word Width Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Tons

A011348 A031348 900.0 54/7 Canary 1.162 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011350 A031350 954.0 45/7 Rail 1.165 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A0113511 A0313511 954.0 54/7 Cardinal 1.196 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011353 A031353 1033.5 45/7 Ortolan 1.212 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011454 A031454 1033.5 54/7 Curlew 1.245 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011455 A031455 1113.0 45/7 Bluejay 1.259 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011456 A031456 1113.0 54/19 Finch 1.293 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011457 A031457 1192.5 45/7 Bunting 1.302 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011558 A031558 1192.5 54/19 Grackle 1.338 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A0115591 A0315591 1272.0 45/7 Bittern 1.345 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011560 A031560 1272.0 54/19 Pheasant 1.382 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011561 A031561 1351.5 45/7 Dipper 1.386 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011562 A031562 1351.5 54/19 Martin 1.424 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19) (76)
A011663 A031663 1431.0 45/7 Bobolink 1.427 23.5 (596) 2.5 1.2 .94 3.0 4 16CD 60
(63) (30) (23) (76)
A011667 A031667 1590.0 45/7 Lapwing 1.504 23.5 (596) 2.5 1.2 .94 3.0 4 16CD 60
(63) (30) (23) (76)
A0117681 A0317681 1590.0 54/19 Falcon 1.545 24.4 (621) 2.5 1.2 .94 4.0 4 17CD 60
(63) (30) (23) (101)
A011769 A031769 1780.0 84/19 Chukar 1.602 24.4 (621) 2.5 1.2 .94 4.0 4 17CD 60
(63) (30) (23) (101)
A011871 A031871 2034.5 72/7 Mockingbird 1.681 25.3 (643) 2.5 1.2 .94 4.0 4 18CD 100
(63) (30) (23) (101)
A011972 A031972 2156.0 84/19 Bluebird 1.762 25.3 (643) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 4 19CD 100
(76) (38) (27) (101)
A011973 A031973 2167.0 72/7 Kiwi 1.735 25.3 (643) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 4 19CD 100
(76) (38) (27) (101)
A011974 A031974 2312.0 76/19 Thrasher 1.802 25.3 (643) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 4 19CD 100
(76) (38) (27) (101)
A012075 A032075 2515.0 76/19 Joree 1.808 28.7 (729) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 4 20CD 100
(76) (38) (27) (101)

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: A0112451XL24. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: A0112451NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
A0112451NPNT. Consult factory for Self-Dampening (SD),Trapezoidal (TW) and Metric ACSR Conductors.

Page 78 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, ALUMINUM/STEEL

Double Tongue ACSR Conductors A02/A04

Full tension deadend assembly for ACSR conductors


consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend body
precompressed onto a steel eye, two prefilled 15°
jumper terminals, mounting hardware and core wire
gripping unit. Before Compression
C
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube A
FA R G O
Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube B
Hardware – aluminum alloy
.56 [14] Dia
IDENTIFICATION: 15° Jumper Bolt Holes
DEADEND & TERMINAL: Terminal
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size 1.75 [44]
Part Number, Date Code
CORE GRIPPING UNIT:
Conductor, Size & Stranding 1.75 [44]

Double Tongue, Double Tongue,


Vertical Eye Horizontal Eye

Product Data and Conductor Size


Vertical Horizontal Length Minimum
Outside
Eye Eye Stranding Code Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Catalog Kcmil Diameter Compression A B C
Catalog AL/ST Word Width Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Tons

A020710 A040710 266.8 26/7 Partridge 0.642 12.2 (310) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 2 07CD 12
(50) (25) (10) (50)
A020812 A040812 336.4 18/1 Merlin 0.684 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 2 08CD 12
(50) (25) (10) (50)
A020813 A040813 336.4 26/7 Linnet 0.72 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 2 08CD 12
(50) (25) (10) (50)

A020914 A040914 336.4 30/7 Oriole 0.741 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 2 09CD 12
(50) (25) (10) (50)

A020815 A040815 397.5 18/1 Chickadee 0.743 13.2 (336) 2.0 1.0 .41 2.0 2 08CD 12
(50) (25) (10) (50)
A020917 A040917 397.5 26/7 Ibis 0.783 14.0 (356) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 09CD 12
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021018 A041018 397.5 30/7 Lark 0.806 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A020919 A040919 477.0 18/1 Pelican 0.814 14.0 (356) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 09CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)

Page 79 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)


Vertical Horizontal Length Minimum
Outside
Eye Eye Stranding Code Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Catalog Catalog Kcmil Diameter Compression A B C
AL/ST Word Width Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Tons

A020920 A040920 477.0 24/7 Flicker 0.846 14.0 (356) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 09CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A0210211 A0410211 477.0 26/7 Hawk 0.858 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021122 A041122 477.0 30/7 Hen 0.883 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021023 A041023 556.5 18/1 Osprey 0.879 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021024 A041024 556.5 24/7 Parakeet 0.914 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021025 A041025 556.5 26/7 Dove 0.927 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021126 A041126 556.5 30/7 Eagle 0.953 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021127 A041127 605.0 24/7 Peacock 0.953 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021128 A041128 605.0 26/7 Squab 0.966 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021030 A041030 636.0 36/1 Swift 0.93 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021031 A041031 636.0 18/1 Kingbird 0.94 14.9 (378) 2.0 1.0 .52 2.0 2 10CD 60
(50) (25) (13) (50)
A021132 A041132 636.0 24/7 Rook 0.977 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021133 A041133 636.0 26/7 Grosbeak 0.99 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021234 A041234 636.0 30/19 Egret 1.019 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)

A021136 A041136 666.6 24/7 Flamingo 1 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)

A021137 A041137 666.6 26/7 Gannett 1.014 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021138 A041138 715.5 24/7 Stilt 1.036 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021239 A041239 715.5 26/7 Starling 1.051 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021141 A041141 795.0 36/1 Coot 1.04 16.3 (413) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 11CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A021242 A041242 795.0 45/7 Tern 1.063 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A0212431 A0412431 795.0 24/7 Cuckoo 1.092 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A0212441 A0412441 795.0 54/7 Condor 1.092 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)
A0212451 A0412451 795.0 26/7 Drake 1.108 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15) (76)

Page 80 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Vertical Horizontal Length Minimum
Outside
Eye Eye Stranding Code Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Catalog Catalog Kcmil Diameter Compression A B C
AL/ST Word Width Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Tons

A021346 A041346 795.0 30/19 Mallard 1.14 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021247 A041247 900.0 45/7 Ruddy 1.131 17.2 (436) 2.0 1.0 .62 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(50) (25) (15)
A021348 A041348 900.0 54/7 Canary 1.162 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021350 A041350 954.0 45/7 Rail 1.165 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A0213511 A0413511 954.0 54/7 Cardinal 1.196 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021353 A041353 1033.5 45/7 Ortolan 1.212 19.6 (496) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021454 A041454 1033.5 54/7 Curlew 1.245 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021455 A041455 1113.0 45/7 Bluejay 1.259 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021456 A041456 1113.0 54/19 Finch 1.293 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021457 A041457 1192.5 45/7 Bunting 1.302 20.6 (522) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021558 A041558 1192.5 54/19 Grackle 1.338 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A0215591 A0415591 1272.0 45/7 Bittern 1.345 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021560 A041560 1272.0 54/19 Pheasant 1.382 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021561 A041561 1351.5 45/7 Dipper 1.386 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021562 A041562 1351.5 54/19 Martin 1.424 21.5 (545) 2.5 1.2 .78 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(63) (30) (19)
A021663 A041663 1431.0 45/7 Bobolink 1.427 23.5 (596) 2.5 1.2 .94 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
(63) (30) (23)
A021664 A041664 1431.0 54/19 Plover 1.465 23.5 (596) 2.5 1.2 .94 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
(63) (30) (23)
A021667 A041667 1590.0 45/7 Lapwing 1.504 23.5 (596) 2.5 1.2 .94 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
(63) (30) (23)
A0217681 A0417681 1590.0 54/19 Falcon 1.545 24.4 (621) 2.5 1.2 .94 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
(63) (30) (23)
A021769 A041769 1780.0 84/19 Chukar 1.602 24.4 (621) 2.5 1.2 .94 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
(63) (30) (23)
A021871 A041871 2034.5 72/7 Mockingbird 1.681 25.3 (643) 2.5 1.2 .94 4.0 (101) 4 18CD 100
(63) (30) (23)
A021972 A041972 2156.0 84/19 Bluebird 1.762 27.7 (704) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
(76) (38) (27)
A021973 A041973 2167.0 72/7 Kiwi 1.735 27.7 (704) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
(76) (38) (27)
A021974 A041974 2312.0 76/19 Thrasher 1.802 27.7 (704) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
(76) (38) (27)
A022075 A042075 2515.0 76/19 Joree 1.808 28.7 (729) 3.0 1.5 1.1 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100
(76) (38) (27)

Page 81 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Uni-Grip® (One Die) Adjustable Clevis Type ACSR Conductors ALUMINUM/STEEL


A09/A10
Full tension deadend assembly for ACSR conductors
consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend body
precompressed onto a steel adjustable clevis. Single
Length Before Compression
tongue deadends are supplied with one jumper
terminal and double tongue deadends are supplied Maximum
Adjustment Maximum
with two jumper terminals, mounting hardware and Adjustment
core wire gripping unit.
AB
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
Clevis – galvanized forged steel Bolt .56 [14] Dia
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube Dia Bolt Holes
PRODUCTS

Terminal Hardware – aluminum alloy


Cotter Pin – stainless steel 1.75 [44]

1.75 [44]
IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code
CORE GRIPPING UNIT:
Conductor Type, Size & Stranding

Single Tongue, Double Tongue,


Adjustable Clevis Adjustable Clevis

Product Data and Conductor Size


Single Double Length Single Min
Outside
Tongue Tongue Kcmil Stranding Code Diameter Before Max Bolt Tongue Bolt Die Press
A B
Catalog Catalog AL/ST Word Compression Adjust Diameter Pad Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Width Tons

A090812 A100812 336.4 18/1 Merlin 0.684 19.3 (491) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
(43) (28)
A090813 A100813 336.4 26/7 Linnet 0.72 19.3 (491) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
(43) (28)
A090914 A100914 336.4 30/7 Oriole 0.741 19.3 (491) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(43) (28)
A090815 A100815 397.5 18/1 Chickadee 0.743 19.3 (491) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
(43) (28)
A090917 A100917 397.5 26/7 Ibis 0.783 20.2 (512) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(43) (28)
A091018 A101018 397.5 30/7 Lark 0.806 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A090919 A100919 477.0 18/1 Pelican 0.814 20.2 (512) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(43) (28)
A090920 A100920 477.0 24/7 Flicker 0.846 20.2 (512) 1.7 1.1 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
(43) (28)

Page 82 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Single Double Length Single Min
Outside
Tongue Tongue Kcmil Stranding Code Diameter Before Max Bolt Tongue Bolt Die Press
A B
Catalog Catalog AL/ST Word Inches Compression Adjust Diameter Pad Holes Size Size
Number Number Inches (mm) Width Tons

A0910211 A1010211 477.0 26/7 Hawk 0.858 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A091122 A101122 477.0 30/7 Hen 0.883 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091023 A101023 556.5 18/1 Osprey 0.879 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A091024 A101024 556.5 24/7 Parakeet 0.914 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A091025 A101025 556.5 26/7 Dove 0.927 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A091126 A101126 556.5 30/7 Eagle 0.953 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091127 A101127 605.0 24/7 Peacock 0.953 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091128 A101128 605.0 26/7 Squab 0.966 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091030 A101030 636.0 36/1 Swift 0.93 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A091031 A101031 636.0 18/1 Kingbird 0.94 21.0 (534) 1.7 1.1 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
(43) (28)
A091132 A0101132 636.0 24/7 Rook 0.977 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091133 A101133 636.0 26/7 Grosbeak 0.99 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091234 A101234 636.0 30/19 Egret 1.019 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)
A091136 A101136 666.6 24/7 Flamingo 1 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091137 A101137 666.6 26/7 Gannett 1.014 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091138 A101138 715.5 24/7 Stilt 1.036 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091239 A101239 715.5 26/7 Starling 1.051 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)
A091141 A101141 795.0 36/1 Coot 1.04 24.3 (617) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
(61) (35)
A091242 A101242 795.0 45/7 Tern 1.063 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)
A0912431 A0912431 795.0 24/7 Cuckoo 1.092 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)
A0912441 A1012441 795.0 54/7 Condor 1.092 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)
A0912451 A1012451 795.0 26/7 Drake 1.108 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)
A091346 A101346 795.0 30/19 Mallard 1.14 27.0(686) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(61) (35)
A091247 A101247 900.0 45/7 Ruddy 1.131 25.2 (640) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
(61) (35)

Page 83 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)


Single Double Length Single Min
Outside
Tongue Tongue Kcmil Stranding Code Before Max Bolt Tongue Bolt Die Press
Diameter Compression A B
Catalog Catalog AL/ST Word Adjust Diameter Pad Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Width Tons

A091348 A101348 900.0 54/7 Canary 1.162 27.0 (686) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(61) (35)
A091350 A101350 954.0 45/7 Rail 1.165 27.0 (686) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(61) (35)
A0913511 A1013511 954.0 54/7 Cardinal 1.196 27.0 (686) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(61) (35)
A091353 A101353 1033.5 45/7 Ortolan 1.212 27.0 (686) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
(61) (35)
A091454 A101454 1033.5 54/7 Curlew 1.245 28.0 (712) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(61) (35)
A091455 A0101455 1113.0 45/7 Bluejay 1.259 28.0 (712) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(61) (35)
A091456 A101456 1113.0 54/19 Finch 1.293 28.0 (712) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(61) (35)
A091457 A101457 1192.5 45/7 Bunting 1.302 28.0 (712) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
(61) (35)
A091558 A101558 1192.5 54/19 Grackle 1.338 33.4 (849) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(61) (35)
A0915591 A1015591 1272.0 45/7 Bittern 1.345 33.4 (849) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(61) (35)
A091560 A101560 1272.0 54/19 Pheasant 1.382 33.4 (849) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(61) (35)
A091561 A101561 1351.5 45/7 Dipper 1.386 33.4 (849) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(61) (35)
A091562 A101562 1351.5 54/19 Martin 1.424 33.4 (849) 2.4 1.4 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
(61) (35)
A091663 A101663 1431.0 45/7 Bobolink 1.427 33.9 (862) 2.4 1.6 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
(61) (40)
A091667 A101667 1590.0 45/7 Lapwing 1.504 33.9 (862) 2.4 1.6 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
(61) (40)
A0917681 A1017681 1590.0 54/19 Falcon 1.545 35.1 (891) 2.4 1.6 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
(61) (40)
A091769 A101769 1780.0 84/19 Chukar 1.602 35.1 (891) 2.4 1.6 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
(61) (40)
A091871 A101871 2034.5 72/7 Mockingbird 1.681 35.8 (909) 2.4 1.6 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 18CD 100
(61) (40)
A091972 A101972 2156.0 84/19 Bluebird 1.762 36.4 (925) 3.1 2.0 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
(79) (50)
A091973 A101973 2167.0 72/7 Kiwi 1.735 36.4 (925) 3.1 2.0 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
(79) (50)
A091974 A101974 2312.0 76/19 Thrasher 1.802 36.4 (925) 3.1 2.0 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
(79) (50)
A092075 A102075 2515.0 76/19 Joree 1.808 37.4 (949) 3.1 2.0 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100
(79) (50)

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: A0912451XL24. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: A0912451NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
A0912451NPNT. Consult factory for Self-Dampening (SD), Trapezoidal (TW) conductors and Metric Conductors.

Page 84 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, ALUMINUM/STEEL
AB01/AB03
Single Tongue AAAC and ACAR Conductors
Full tension deadend assembly for AAAC and ACAR
conductors consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend Before Compression
body precompressed onto a steel eye, a prefilled 15° C A
jumper terminal and mounting hardware. FA R G O

B
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube .56 [14] Dia
Hardware – aluminum alloy 15° Jumper Bolt Holes
Terminal
1.75 [44]
IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range 1.75 [44]
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Single Tongue, Single Tongue,


Horizontal Eye Vertical Eye

Vertical Horizontal Conductor Length Pad Minimum


Eye Eye Outside AAAC/ACAR Before Width Bolt Die Press
A B C
Catalog Catalog Diameter Kcmil Range Compression Inches Holes Size Size
Number Number Range Inches Inches (mm) (mm) Tons
AB010707 AB030707 0.595-0.680 281.4-312.8 12.2 (310) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.41 (10) 1.7 (44) 2 07CD 12
AB010808 AB030808 0.681-0.765 394.5-419.6 13.2 (336) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.41 (10) 1.7 (44) 2 08CD 12
AB010909 AB030909 0.766-0.855 465.4-503.6 14.0 (356) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.52 (13) 2.2 (56) 2 09CD 12
AB011010 AB031010 0.856-0.950 545.0-657.3 14.9 (378) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.52 (13) 2.2 (56) 2 10CD 60
AB011111 AB031111 0.950-1.045 739.8-740.8 16.3 (413) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
AB011212 AB031212 1.026-1.131 833.6-932.6 17.2 (436) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
AB011313 AB031313 1.140-1.235 1000-1127 19.6 (496) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
AB011414 AB031414 1.236-1.330 1172-1300 20.6 (523) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
AB011515 AB031515 1.331-1.425 1361-1500 21.5 (546) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
AB011616 AB031616 1.426-1.520 1534-1703 23.5 (597) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
AB011717 AB031717 1.521-1.615 1750-1933 24.4 (620) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 17CD 100
AB011919 AB031919 1.630-1.805 2000-2300 25.3 (643) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
AB012020 AB032020 1.806-1.900 2493-2500 28.7 (729) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: AB011212XL24. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: AB011212NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
AB011212NPNT.

Page 85 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, ALUMINUM/STEEL

Double Tongue AAAC and ACAR Conductors AB02/AB04

Full tension deadend assembly for AAAC and ACAR


conductors consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend body
precompressed onto a steel eye, two prefilled 15° jumper
terminals and mounting hardware.

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Eye – galvanized forged steel Before
C Compression
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube A
Hardware – aluminum alloy
B
IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL:
.56 [14] Dia
Conductor Type & Diameter Range 15° Jumper Bolt Holes
Die Size, Minimum Press Size Terminal
Part Number, Date Code
1.75 [44]

1.75 [44]

Double Tongue, Double Tongue,


Vertical Eye Horizontal Eye

Vertical Horizontal Conductor AAAC/ ACAR Length Pad Minimum


Eye Eye Outside Before Width Bolt Die Press
Kcmil A B C
Catalog Catalog Diameter Compression Inches Holes Size Size
Range
Number Number Range Inches Inches (mm) (mm) Tons
AB020707 AB040707 0.595-0.680 281.4-312.8 12.2 (310) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.41 (10) 1.7 (44) 2 07CD 12
AB020808 AB040808 0.681-0.765 394.5-419.6 13.2 (336) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.41 (10) 1.7 (44) 2 08CD 12
AB020909 AB040909 0.766-0.855 465.4-503.6 14.0 (356) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.52 (13) 2.2 (56) 2 09CD 12
AB021010 AB041010 0.856-0.950 545.0-657.3 14.9 (378) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.52 (13) 2.2 (56) 2 10CD 60
AB021111 AB041111 0.950-1.045 739.8-740.8 16.3 (413) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
AB021212 AB041212 1.026-1.131 833.6-932.6 17.2 (436) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) 0.62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
AB021313 AB041313 1.140-1.235 1000-1127 19.6 (496) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
AB021414 AB041414 1.236-1.330 1172-1300 20.6 (523) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
AB021515 AB041515 1.331-1.425 1361-1500 21.5 (546) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
AB021616 AB041616 1.426-1.520 1534-1703 23.5 (597) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
AB021717 AB041717 1.521-1.615 1750-1933 24.4 (620) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) 0.94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 17CD 100
AB021919 AB041919 1.630-1.805 2000-2300 25.3 (643) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
AB022020 AB042020 1.806-1.900 2493-2500 28.7 (729) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: AB041313XL24. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: AB041313NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
AB041313NPNT. Consult factory for Self-Dampening (SD) and Trapezoidal (TW) conductors.

Page 86 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Uni-Grip® (One Die) ALUMINUM/STEEL
AB09/AB10
Adjustable Clevis Type AAAC and ACAR Conductors
Full tension deadend assembly for AAAC and ACAR conductors consists of a prefilled aluminum
deadend body precompressed onto a steel adjustable clevis. Single tongue deadends are supplied
with one jumper terminal and double tongue deadends are supplied with two jumper terminals
and mounting hardware.

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Clevis – galvanized forged steel Length Before Compression
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube Maximum
Adjustment Maximum
Terminal Hardware – aluminum alloy Adjustment
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
AB
IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL: Bolt .56 [14] Dia
Conductor Type & Diameter Range Dia Bolt Holes
Die Size, Minimum Press Size 1.75 [44]
Part Number, Date Code
1.75 [44]

Single Tongue, Double Tongue,


Adjustable Clevis Adjustable Clevis

Single Double Conductor AAAC/ ACAR Length Pad Minimum


Tongue Tongue Outside Before Max Bolt Width Bolt Die Press
Kcmil A B
Catalog Catalog Diameter Compression Adjust Diameter Inches Holes Size Size
Number Number Range Inches Range Inches (mm) (mm) Tons
AB090808 AB100808 0.681-0.765 394.5-419.6 19.3 (491) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) 0.62 (16) 1.7 (44) 2 08CD 12
AB090909 AB100909 0.766-0.855 465.4-503.6 20.2 (512) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) 0.62 (16) 2.2 (56) 2 09CD 12
AB091010 AB101010 0.856-0.950 545.0-657.3 21.0 (534) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.8 (71) 0.75 (19) 2.2 (56) 2 10CD 60
AB091111 AB101111 0.950-1.045 739.8-740.8 24.3 (617) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
AB091212 AB101212 1.026-1.131 833.6-932.6 25.2 (640) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
AB091313 AB101313 1.140-1.235 1000-1127 27.0 (686) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
AB091414 AB101414 1.236-1.330 1172-1300 28.0 (712) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
AB091515 AB101515 1.331-1.425 1361-1500 33.4 (849) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
AB091616 AB101616 1.426-1.520 1534-1703 33.9 (862) 2.4 (61) 1.6 (41) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
AB091717 AB101717 1.521-1.615 1750-1933 35.1 (891) 2.4 (61) 1.6 (41) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 4 17CD 100
AB091919 AB101919 1.630-1.805 2000-2300 36.4 (925) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (102) 4 19CD 100
AB092090 AB102020 1.806-1.900 2493-2500 37.4 (949) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (102) 4 20CD 100

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches.Example: AB091212XL24. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: AB091212NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
AB091212NPNT.

Page 87 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, ALUMINUM/STEEL


C01/C03
Single Tongue All Aluminum (AAC) Conductors
Full tension deadend assembly for All Aluminum (AAC) Before Compression
conductors consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend C A
body precompressed onto a steel eye, a prefilled 15” FAR G O

jumper terminal and mounting hardware. B

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Eye – galvanized forged steel .56 [14] Dia
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube 15° Jumper Bolt Holes
Hardware – aluminum alloy Terminal
1.75 [44]

IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL: 1.75 [44]
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Single Tongue, Single Tongue,


Horizontal Eye Vertical Eye
Product Data and Conductor Size
Min
Vertical Horizontal Outside Length Before
Code Pad Bolt Die Press
Eye Catalog Eye Catalog Kcmil Strands Diameter Compression A B C
Word Width Holes Size Size
Number Number Inches Inches (mm) Tons
C010707 C030707 300.0 19 Peony 0.629 10.1 (257) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
C010707 C030707 336.4 19 Tulip 0.666 10.1 (257) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
C010707 C030707 350.0 19 Daffodil 0.679 10.1 (257) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
C010808 C030808 397.5 19 Canna 0.724 10.7 (272) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
C010808 C030808 400.0 19 Four-O’Clock 0.726 10.7 (272) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
C010909 C030909 450.0 19 Goldentuft 0.770 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C010909 C030909 450.0 37 Yarrow 0.772 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C010909 C030909 477.0 19 Cosmos 0.792 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C010909 C030909 477.0 37 Syringa 0.795 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C010909 C030909 500.0 19 Zinnia 0.811 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C010909 C030909 500.0 37 Hyacinth 0.813 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C010909 C030909 550.0 37 Ganzania 0.853 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C011010 C031010 556.5 19 Dahlia 0.856 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C011010 C031010 556.5 37 Mistletoe 0.858 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C011010 C031010 600.0 37 Meadowsweet 0.891 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C011010 C031010 636.0 37 Orchid 0.918 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C011010 C031010 650.0 37 Heuchera 0.928 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C011111 C031111 700.0 37 Verbena 0.963 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 700.0 61 Flag 0.964 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 4 11CD 60

Page 88 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Min
Vertical Horizontal Outside Length Before
Code Pad Bolt Die Press
Eye Catalog Eye Catalog Kcmil Strands Diameter Compression A B C
Word Width Holes Size Size
Number Number Inches Inches (mm) Tons
C011111 C031111 715.5 37 Violet 0.974 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 715.5 61 Nasturtium 0.975 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 750.0 37 Petunia 0.997 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 750.0 61 Cattail 0.998 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 795.0 37 Arbutus 1.026 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 795.0 61 Lilac 1.028 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60

PRODUCTS
C011111 C031111 800.0 37 Fuchsia 1.029 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C011111 C031111 800.0 61 Heliotrope 1.031 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C011212 C031212 874.5 37 Anemone 1.077 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C011212 C031212 874.5 61 Crocus 1.078 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C011212 C031212 900.0 37 Cockscomb 1.092 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C011212 C031212 900.0 61 Snapdragon 1.094 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C011212 C031212 954.0 37 Magnolia 1.124 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C011212 C031212 954.0 61 Goldenrod 1.126 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C011313 C031313 1000.0 37 Hawkweed 1.151 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C011313 C031313 1000.0 61 Camellia 1.152 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C011313 C031313 1033.5 37 Bluebell 1.170 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C011313 C031313 1033.5 61 Larkspur 1.172 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C011313 C031313 1113.0 61 Marigold 1.216 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C011414 C031414 1192.5 61 Hawthorn 1.258 16.4 (417) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
C011414 C031414 1272.0 61 Narcissus 1.300 16.4 (417) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
C011515 C031515 1351.5 61 Columbine 1.340 17.0 (431) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C011515 C031515 1431.0 61 Carnation 1.379 17.0 (431) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C011515 C031515 1510.5 61 Gladiolus 1.417 17.0 (431) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C011616 C031616 1590.0 61 Coreopsis 1.454 18.7 (474) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
C011616 C031616 1590.0 91 Dogwood 1.454 18.7 (474) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
C011717 C031717 1750.0 61 Jessamine 1.525 19.3 (491) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .94 (23) 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
C011919 C031919 2000.0 91 Cowslip 1.630 22.0 (560) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C011919 C031919 2250.0 91 Sagebrush 1.729 22.0 (560) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C011919 C031919 2300.0 61 Pigweed 1.748 22.0 (560) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C012020 C032020 2500.0 91 Lupine 1.823 22.7 (577) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100
C012020 C032020 2750.0 91 Bitterroot 1.912 22.7 (577) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: C011414XL18. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: C011414NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
C01141421NPNT.

Page 89 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Uni-Grip® (One Die) Eye Type, ALUMINUM/STEEL


C02/C04
Double Tongue All Aluminum (AAC) Conductors
Full tension deadend assembly for All Aluminum (AAC)
conductor consists of a prefilled aluminum deadend body
precompressed onto a steel eye, two prefilled 15˚ jumper Before
Compression
terminals and mounting hardware. C
A

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube B


Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
.56 [14] Dia
Hardware – aluminum alloy 15° Jumper Bolt Holes
Terminal
1.75 [44]
IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range 1.75 [44]
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Double Tongue, Double Tongue,


Vertical Eye Horizontal Eye

Product Data and Conductor Size


Length Min
Vertical Horizontal Outside Before Pad Bolt Die Press
Eye Catalog Eye Catalog Kcmil Strands Code Diameter Compression A B C Width Holes Size Size
Number Number Word Inches Inches (mm) Tons
C020707 C040707 300.0 19 Peony 0.629 10.1 (257) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
C020707 C040707 336.4 19 Tulip 0.666 10.1 (257) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
C020707 C040707 350.0 19 Daffodil 0.679 10.1 (257) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 07CD 12
C020808 C040808 397.5 19 Canna 0.724 10.7 (272) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
C020808 C040808 400.0 19 Four-O’Clock 0.726 10.7 (272) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .41 (10) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
C020909 C040909 450.0 19 Goldentuft 0.770 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C020909 C040909 450.0 37 Yarrow 0.772 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C020909 C040909 477.0 19 Cosmos 0.792 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C020909 C040909 477.0 37 Syringa 0.795 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C020909 C040909 500.0 19 Zinnia 0.811 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C020909 C040909 500.0 37 Hyacinth 0.813 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C020909 C040909 550.0 37 Ganzania 0.853 11.3 (287) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C021010 C041010 556.5 19 Dahlia 0.856 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C021010 C041010 556.5 37 Mistletoe 0.858 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C021010 C041010 600.0 37 Meadowsweet 0.891 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C021010 C041010 636.0 37 Orchid 0.918 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C021010 C041010 650.0 37 Heuchera 0.928 11.9 (302) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .52 (13) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C021111 C041111 700.0 37 Verbena 0.963 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 700.0 61 Flag 0.964 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60

Page 90 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Min
Vertical Horizontal Outside Length Before
Code Pad Bolt Die Press
Eye Catalog Eye Catalog Kcmil Strands Diameter Compression A B C
Word Width Holes Size Size
Number Number Inches Inches (mm) Tons
C021111 C041111 715.5 37 Violet 0.974 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 715.5 61 Nasturtium 0.975 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 750.0 37 Petunia 0.997 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 750.0 61 Cattail 0.998 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 795.0 37 Arbutus 1.026 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 795.0 61 Lilac 1.028 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 800.0 37 Fuchsia 1.029 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021111 C041111 800.0 61 Heliotrope 1.031 13.0 (329) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C021212 C041212 874.5 37 Anemone 1.077 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C021212 C041212 874.5 61 Crocus 1.078 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C021212 C041212 900.0 37 Cockscomb 1.092 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C021212 C041212 900.0 61 Snapdragon 1.094 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C021212 C041212 954.0 37 Magnolia 1.124 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C021212 C041212 954.0 61 Goldenrod 1.126 13.6 (344) 2.0 (50) 1.0 (25) .62 (15) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C021313 C041313 1000.0 37 Hawkweed 1.151 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C021313 C041313 1000.0 61 Camellia 1.152 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C021313 C041313 1033.5 37 Bluebell 1.170 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C021313 C041313 1033.5 61 Larkspur 1.172 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C021313 C041313 1113.0 61 Marigold 1.216 15.6 (397) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C021414 C041414 1192.5 61 Hawthorn 1.258 16.4 (417) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
C021414 C041414 1272.0 61 Narcissus 1.300 16.4 (417) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
C021515 C041515 1351.5 61 Columbine 1.340 17.0 (431) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C021515 C041515 1431.0 61 Carnation 1.379 17.0 (431) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C021515 C041515 1510.5 61 Gladiolus 1.417 17.0 (431) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .78 (19) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C021616 C041616 1590.0 61 Coreopsis 1.454 18.7 (474) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
C021616 C041616 1590.0 91 Dogwood 1.454 18.7 (474) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .94 (23) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
C021717 C041717 1750.0 61 Jessamine 1.525 19.3 (491) 2.5 (63) 1.2 (30) .94 (23) 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
C021919 C041919 2000.0 91 Cowslip 1.630 22.0 (560) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C021919 C041919 2250.0 91 Sagebrush 1.729 22.0 (560) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C021919 C041919 2300.0 61 Pigweed 1.748 22.0 (560) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C022020 C042020 2500.0 91 Lupine 1.823 22.7 (577) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100
C022020 C042020 2750.0 91 Bitterroot 1.912 22.7 (577) 3.0 (76) 1.5 (38) 1.1 (27) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: C041212XL18. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: C041212NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
C041212NPNT. Consult factory for Self-Dampening (SD) and Trapezoidal (TW) conductors.

Page 91 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Uni-Grip® (One Die) Adjustable ALUMINUM/STEEL

Clevis Type All Aluminum (AAC) Conductors C09/C10

Full tension deadend assembly for All Aluminum


(AAC) conductors consists of a prefilled aluminum Length Before Compression
deadend body precompressed onto a steel adjustable Maximum
Adjustment Maximum
clevis. Single tongue deadends are supplied with Adjustment
one jumper terminal and double tongue deadends
are supplied with two jumper terminals and AB
mounting hardware.
Bolt .56 [14] Dia
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube Dia Bolt Holes
Clevis – galvanized forged steel 1.75 [44]
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
Terminal Hardware – aluminum alloy
Cotter Pin – stainless steel 1.75 [44]

IDENTIFICATION:
DEADEND & TERMINAL:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Single Tongue, Double Tongue,


Adjustable Clevis Adjustable Clevis

Product Data and Conductor Size


Single Double Length Single Min
Outside
Tongue Tongue Kcmil Strands Code Before Max Bolt Tongue Bolt Die Press
Diameter Compression A B
Catalog Catalog Word Adjust Diameter Pad Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Width Tons
C090808 C100808 397.5 19 Canna 0.724 16.9 (430) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
C090808 C100808 400.0 19 Four-O’Clock 0.726 16.9 (430) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 08CD 12
C090909 C100909 450.0 19 Goldentuft 0.770 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C090909 C100909 450.0 37 Yarrow 0.772 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C090909 C100909 477.0 19 Cosmos 0.792 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C090909 C100909 477.0 37 Syringa 0.795 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C090909 C100909 500.0 19 Zinnia 0.811 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C090909 C100909 500.0 37 Hyacinth 0.813 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C090909 C100909 550.0 37 Ganzania 0.853 17.5 (444) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.9 (73) .62 (16) 2.0 (50) 2 09CD 12
C091010 C101010 556.5 19 Dahlia 0.856 18.0 (458) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C091010 C101010 556.5 37 Mistletoe 0.858 18.0 (458) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C091010 C101010 600.0 37 Meadowsweet 0.891 18.0 (458) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C091010 C101010 636.0 37 Orchid 0.918 18.0 (458) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C091010 C101010 650.0 37 Heuchera 0.928 18.0 (458) 1.7 (43) 1.1 (28) 2.8 (71) .75 (19) 2.0 (50) 2 10CD 60
C091111 C101111 700.0 37 Verbena 0.963 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60

Page 92 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Single Double Length Single Min
Outside
Tongue Tongue Kcmil Strands Code Before Max Bolt Tongue Bolt Die Press
Diameter Compression A B
Catalog Catalog Word Adjust Diameter Pad Holes Size Size
Inches Inches (mm)
Number Number Width Tons
C091111 C101111 700.0 61 Flag 0.964 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 715.5 37 Violet 0.974 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 715.5 61 Nasturtium 0.975 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 750.0 37 Petunia 0.997 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 750.0 61 Cattail 0.998 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 795.0 37 Arbutus 1.026 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 795.0 61 Lilac 1.028 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 800.0 37 Fuchsia 1.029 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091111 C101111 800.0 61 Heliotrope 1.031 21.0 (533) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 11CD 60
C091212 C101212 874.5 37 Anemone 1.077 21.6 (549) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C091212 C101212 874.5 61 Crocus 1.078 21.6 (549) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C091212 C101212 900.0 37 Cockscomb 1.092 21.6 (549) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C091212 C101212 900.0 61 Snapdragon 1.094 21.6 (549) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C091212 C101212 954.0 37 Magnolia 1.124 21.6 (549) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C091212 C101212 954.0 61 Goldenrod 1.126 21.6 (549) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 12CD 60
C091313 C101313 1000.0 37 Hawkweed 1.151 23.1 (587) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C091313 C101313 1000.0 61 Camellia 1.152 23.1 (587) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C091313 C101313 1033.5 37 Bluebell 1.170 23.1 (587) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C091313 C101313 1033.5 61 Larkspur 1.172 23.1 (587) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C091313 C101313 1113.0 61 Marigold 1.216 23.1 (587) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 13CD 60
C091414 C101414 1192.5 61 Hawthorn 1.258 23.8 (605) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
C091414 C101414 1272.0 61 Narcissus 1.300 23.8 (605) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 14CD 60
C091515 C101515 1351.5 61 Columbine 1.340 28.9 (735) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C091515 C101515 1431.0 61 Carnation 1.379 28.9 (735) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C091515 C101515 1510.5 61 Gladiolus 1.417 28.9 (735) 2.4 (61) 1.4 (35) 3.5 (88) 1.0 (25) 3.0 (76) 4 15CD 60
C091616 C101616 1590.0 61 Coreopsis 1.454 29.1 (740) 2.6 (66) 1.6 (40) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
C091616 C101616 1590.0 91 Dogwood 1.454 29.1 (740) 2.6 (66) 1.6 (40) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 4 16CD 60
C091717 C101717 1750.0 61 Jessamine 1.525 30.0 (762) 2.6 (66) 1.6 (40) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 17CD 60
C091919 C101919 2000.0 91 Cowslip 1.630 30.7 (780) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C091919 C101919 2250.0 91 Sagebrush 1.729 30.7 (780) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C091919 C101919 2300.0 61 Pigweed 1.748 30.7 (780) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 19CD 100
C092020 C102020 2500.0 91 Lupine 1.823 31.4 (797) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100
C092020 C102020 2750.0 91 Bitterroot 1.912 31.4 (797) 3.1 (79) 2.0 (50) 4.4 (111) 1.1 (28) 4.0 (101) 4 20CD 100

Note: For XL repair deadend add suffix “XL” and repair cutoff length in inches. Example: C091212XL18. Suffix “NT”
omits jumper terminal. Example: C091212NT. Suffix “NPNT” omits both jumper terminal and deadend tongue. Example:
C091212NPNT.

Page 93 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Conventional (Two Die) System ALUMINUM/STEEL


SEDA/DEDA
Full-tension deadend assemblies for ACSR and ACSS (SSAC) conductors consist of an
aluminum deadend body, a steel eye, a 15˚ jumper terminal and mounting hardware.

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
Hardware – aluminum alloy(1)
PRODUCTS

SEDA
Single-Tongue Eye type Deadend Assembly
(after installation)

Steel Deadend Eye

Deadend Body
(Single Tongue)

Jumper Terminal

Deadends Compression Conventional (Two Die) ACSR Conductors ALUMINUM/STEEL


SEDA/DEDA
Full-tension deadend assemblies for ACSR conductors consist of an aluminum
deadend body, steel deadend eye, 15˚ jumper terminal and terminal mounting
hardware. Terminal and tongue have NEMA hole spacing.
L
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube C A Steel Eye
Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube B
Terminal Hardware – ½ - 13 aluminum alloy(1)
15º Jumper
IDENTIFICATION: Terminal
Conductor Size, Stranding & Type Die Size,
Minimum Press Size, Fargo Component,
Part Number, Date Code

Product Data and Conductor Size


Single Tongue(2) ACSR Conductor(3) Component Catalog Number Length Before Compression Inches Die Size(5)
Bolt
Deadend Assembly Strand Aluminum Steel Terminal Holes
Catalog Number Code Word Kcmil AL/STL Body Eye 15°(4) L A B C Alum Steel
SEDA7829 Pigeon 3/0 6/1 12546A 133S17 30546 2 15.1 2.50 1.00 0.49 75AH 75SH
SEDA7929 Penguin 4/0 6/1 12609 134S20 30609 2 16.6 2.50 1.00 0.49 76AH 75SH
SEDA1102 Waxwing 266.8 18/1 12657 130114 30657 2 17.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 76AH 74SH
SEDA1109 Partridge 266.8 26/7 12688 130126 30688 2 19.3 2.50 1.00 0.49 76AH 76SH
SEDA1209 Ostrich 300.0 26/7 12740 130128 30740 2 19.9 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1302 Merlin 336.4 18/1 12740 130115 30740 2 17.6 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 74SH

Page 94 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Single Tongue(2) ACSR Conductor(3) Component Catalog Number Length Before Compression Inches Die Size(5)
Bolt
Deadend Assembly Strand Aluminum Steel Terminal Holes
Catalog Number Code Word Kcmil AL/STL Body Eye 15°(4) L A B C Alum Steel
SEDA1309 Linnet 336.4 26/7 12800 130129 30800 2 20.7 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1313 Oriole 336.4 30/7 12800 130234 30800 2 20.7 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1502 Chickadee 397.5 18/1 12800 130117 30800 2 17.7 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 74SH
SEDA1508 Brant 397.5 24/7 12845 130128 30845 2 23.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1509 Ibis 397.5 26/7 12845 130131 30845 2 23.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1513 Lark 397.5 30/7 12845 130236 30845 2 23.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 12SH
SEDA1802 Pelican 477.0 18/1 12883 130217 30883 2 18.6 2.50 1.00 0.49 24AH 75SH
SEDA1808 Flicker 477.0 24/7 12922 130331 30922 2 19.5 2.50 1.00 0.49 24AH 10SH
SEDA1809 Hawk 477.0 26/7 12922 130234 30922 2 19.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA1813 Hen 477.0 30/7 12922 130440 30922 2 19.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA2202 Osprey 556.5 18/1 12922 130419 30922 2 19.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 75SH
SEDA2208 Parakeet 556.5 24/7 12990 130332 30990 2 19.8 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 10SH
SEDA2209 Dove 556.5 26/7 12990 130436 30990 2 19.8 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA2213 Eagle 556.5 30/7 12107C 130843 30107 4 22.5 2.62 1.00 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2408 Peacock 605.0 24/7 12107 130734 30107 4 22.2 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2409 Squab 605.0 26/7 12107 130737 30107 4 22.2 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2413 Wood Duck 605.0 30/7 12107C 130845 30107 4 22.5 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2417 Teal 605.0 30/19 12107C 130845 30107 4 22.5 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2502 Kingbird 636.0 18/1 12102A 130720 30102 4 20.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 75SH
SEDA2508 Rook 636.0 24/7 12107 130735 30107 4 20.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2509 Grosbeak 636.0 26/7 12107 130739 30107 4 20.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2513 Scoter 636.0 30/7 12107C 130846 30107 4 22.5 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2517 Egret 636.0 30/19 12107C 130846 30107 4 22.5 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2808 Flamingo 666.6 24/7 12107 130736 30107 4 20.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2809 Gannet 666.6 26/7 12107 130440 30107 4 20.5 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA3008 Stilt 715.5 24/7 12117 131037 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3009 Starling 715.5 26/7 12117 130840 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3017 Redwing 715.5 30/19 12117 130950 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA3312 Coot 795.0 36/1 12110 131017 30110 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 74SH
SEDA3318 Tern 795.0 45/7 12117 131429 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 10SH
SEDA3308 Cuckoo 795.0 24/7 12117 131039 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3321 Condor 795.0 54/7 12117 131039 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3309 Drake 795.0 26/7 12117 130843 30117 4 23.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3317 Mallard 795.0 30/19 12126 130951 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA3721 Crane 874.5 54/7 12126 131040 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3818 Ruddy 900.0 45/7 12126 131431 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 10SH
SEDA3821 Canary 900.0 54/7 12126 131240 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA4112 Catbird 954.0 36/1 12122 131018 30122 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 75SH
SEDA4118 Rail 954.0 45/7 12126 131432 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 10SH
SEDA4119 Towhee 954.0 48/7 12126 131036 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA4121 Cardinal 954.0 54/7 12126 1308453 30126 4 23.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA4117 Canvasback 954.0 30/19 12134 132256 30132 4 27.0 2.62 1.24 0.94 34AH 18SH
SEDA4412 Tanager 1033.5 36/1 12126 131018 30126 4 24.5 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 75SH
SEDA4418 Ortolan 1033.5 45/7 12127 1310H328 30127 4 24.7 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 10SH
SEDA4421 Curlew 1033.5 54/7 12127 131243 30127 4 24.7 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 14SH
SEDA4718 Bluejay 1113.0 45/7 12136A 131634 30132 4 25.7 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 12SH
SEDA4724 Finch 1113.0 54/19 12136A 131545 30136 4 26.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 14SH
SEDA4918 Bunting 1192.5 45/7 12136A 131635 30136 4 26.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 12SH
SEDA4924 Grackle 1192.5 54/19 12141 131546 30141 4 26.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 14SH

Page 95 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)


Single Tongue(2) ACSR Conductor(3) Component Catalog Number Length Before Compression Inches Die Size(5)
Bolt
Deadend Assembly Strand Aluminum Steel Terminal Holes
Catalog Number Code Word Kcmil AL/STL Body Eye 15°(4) L A B C Alum Steel
SEDA5112 Skylark 1272.0 36/1 12136A 131621 30136 4 26.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 75SH
SEDA5118 Bittern 1272.0 45/7 12141 131834 30141 4 26.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 12SH
SEDA5124 Pheasant 1272.0 54/19 12145 131950 30141 4 26.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 16SH
SEDA5218 Dipper 1351.5 45/7 12145 131837 30141 4 26.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 12SH
SEDA5224 Martin 1351.5 54/19 12151 132249 30149 4 27.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 16SH
SEDA5418 Bobolink 1431.0 45/7 12145 131839 30141 4 26.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 12SH
SEDA5424 Plover 1431.0 54/19 12151 132253 30149 4 27.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 16SH
SEDA5618 Nuthatch 1510.5 45/7 12151 132140 30149 4 27.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 12SH
SEDA5624 Parrot 1510.5 54/19 12157 132053 30157 4 29.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 16SH
SEDA5718 Lapwing 1590.0 45/7 12157 132140 30157 4 29.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 12SH
SEDA5724 Falcon 1590.0 54/19 12157 132254 30157 4 29.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 18SH
SEDA6028 Chukar 1780.0 84/19 12167 132346 30167 4 29.7 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 14SH
SEDA6105 Seahawk 1869.0 68/7 12167 132129 30167 4 29.7 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 12SH
SEDA6205 Mockingbird 2034.5 72/7 12167 132235 30167 4 29.7 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 14SH
SEDA6210 Roadrunner 2057.0 76/19 12167 132348 30167 4 29.7 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 12SH
SEDA6328 Bluebird 2156.0 84/19 12184 132450 30184 4 32.2 3.00 1.50 1.08 44AH 16SH
SEDA6425 Kiwi 2167.0 72/7 12181 132137 30181 4 32.2 3.00 1.50 1.08 44AH 12SH
SEDA6610 Thrasher 2312.0 76/19 12188 132645 30184 4 32.2 3.00 1.50 1.08 44AH 14SH

NOTE: Joint compound: use Fargo® UJC-16 joint compound. For lowest resistance connection, install with Fargo HTJC-16
compound — see table below for number of 16 oz tubes required per component.
(1) To specify optional stainless steel terminal hardware, including required Belleville washers, add “SS” suffix to catalog number
of deadend assembly or separately ordered terminal.
(2) To specify double tongue deadend assembly, change first character of catalog number from “S” to “D”. To specify deadend
assembly without jumper terminal, add “NT” suffix to catalog number.
(3) Deadends are full-tension rated for conductors with standard strength steel cores.
(4) 15° jumper terminal allows for 0° or 30° jumper take-off angle from 15° deadend tongue. Separately ordered straight
terminals may be specified by changing terminal component catalog number prefix from “30” to “33”.
(5) Compression press minimum size: 20AH and smaller — 12 ton; 10SH and smaller — 12 ton; 12SH and larger — 60 ton;
42AH and larger — 100 ton.

Fargo Type UJC16 or HTJC16 Joint Compound Required (Cartridges Per Fitting)
Catalog Die Size
Component Series 74AH 75AH 76AH 20AH 24AH 27AH 30AH 34AH 36AH 38AH 40AH 42AH 44AH
Deadend Body 12 / 15 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.15 0.24 0.34 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.82 0.90 1.10 1.20
Jumper Terminal 30 / 33 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.30

Page 96 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Conventional (Two Die) ACSS Conductors ALUMINUM/STEEL
SEDA/DEDA-SSAC
Full-tension deadend assemblies for ACSS conductors consist of an aluminum
deadend body, steel deadend eye, 15˚ jumper terminal and terminal mounting
hardware. Terminal and tongue have NEMA hole spacing.
L
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube C A Steel Eye
Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube B
Terminal Hardware – aluminum alloy(1)
15º Jumper
Identification: Terminal
Conductor Size, Stranding & Type Die Size,
Minimum Press Size, FARGO® Component,
Part Number, Date Code

Product Data and Conductor Chart


Length Before Compression
Single Tongue(2) ACSS Conductor(3) Component Catalog Number Inches Die Size(5)
Bolt
Deadend Assembly Holes
Catalog Number Code Word Kcmil Strand Aluminum Terminal
Steel Eye L A B C Alum Steel
AL/STL Body 15°(4)
SEDA1109SSAC Partridge 266.8 26/7 12734SSAC 130126 30734SSAC 2 19.3 2.50 1.00 0.49 76AH 10SH
SEDA1113SSAC Junco 266.8 30/7 12740SSAC 130131 30740SSAC 2 19.9 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1209SSAC Ostrich 300.0 26/7 12740SSAC 130128 30740SSAC 2 19.9 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1309SSAC Linnet 336.4 26/7 12800SSAC 130129 30800SSAC 2 20.7 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 12SH
SEDA1313SSAC Oriole 336.4 30/7 12800SSAC 130232 30800SSAC 2 20.7 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 12SH
SEDA1508SSAC Brant 397.5 24/7 12845SSAC 130128 30845SSAC 2 23.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 10SH
SEDA1509SSAC Ibis 397.5 26/7 12845SSAC 1302301 30845SSAC 2 23.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 12SH
SEDA1513SSAC Lark 397.5 30/7 12845SSAC 130236 30845SSAC 2 23.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 12SH
SEDA1808SSAC Flicker 477.0 24/7 12922SSAC 130235 30922SSAC 2 24.2 2.50 1.00 0.49 24AH 12SH
SEDA1809SSAC Hawk 477.0 26/7 12922SSAC 130234 30922SSAC 2 24.3 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA1813SSAC Hen 477.0 30/7 12922SSAC 130841 30922SSAC 2 24.7 2.62 1.24 0.67 24AH 14SH
SEDA2208SSAC Parakeet 556.5 24/7 12990SSAC 130233 30990SSAC 2 25.0 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA2209SSAC4 Dove 556.5 26/7 12102SSAC 131037 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 12SH
SEDA2213SSAC Eagle 556.5 30/7 12102SSAC 130843 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2408SSAC Peacock 605.0 24/7 12107SSAC 130234 30107SSAC 4 25.7 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2409SSAC Squab 605.0 26/7 12102SSAC 130849 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2213SSAC Wood Duck 605.0 30/7 12102SSAC 130952 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 16SH
SEDA2417SSAC Teal 605.0 30/19 12102SSAC 130952 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 16SH
SEDA2508SSAC Rook 636.0 24/7 12107SSAC 130735 30107SSAC 4 25.7 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2509SSAC Grosbeak 636.0 26/7 12102SSAC 130849 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA2513SSAC Scoter 636.0 30/7 12102SSAC 130953 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 16SH
SEDA2517SSAC Egret 636.0 30/19 12102SSAC 130953 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 16SH
SEDA2808SSAC Flamingo 666.0 24/7 12107SSAC 130735 30107SSAC 4 25.7 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2809SSAC Gannet 666.0 26/7 12107SSAC 130841 30107SSAC 4 26.1 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA3008SSAC Stilt 715.5 24/7 12110SSAC 130848 30117SSAC 4 27.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3009SSAC Starling 715.5 26/7 12110SSAC 131242 30117SSAC 4 27.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3017SSAC Redwing 715.5 30/19 12110SSAC 130950 30117SSAC 4 27.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA3318SSAC Tern 795.0 45/7 12110SSAC 131030 30117SSAC 4 27.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3308SSAC Cuckoo 795.0 24/7 12110SSAC 131242 30117SSAC 4 27.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3321SSAC Condor 795.0 54/7 12117SSAC 131242 30117SSAC 4 27.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3309SSAC Drake 795.0 26/7 12122SSAC 130949 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH

Page 97 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)


Length Before Compression
Single Tongue(2) ACSS Conductor(3) Component Catalog Number Die Size(5)
Bolt Inches
Deadend Assembly
Catalog Number Code Word Kcmil Strand Aluminum Steel Terminal Holes
L A B C Alum Steel
AL/STL Body Eye 15°(4)
SEDA3317SSAC Mallard 795.0 30/19 12122SSAC 130951 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA3818SSAC Ruddy 900.0 45/7 12126SSAC 131032 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3821SSAC Canary 900.0 54/7 12126SSAC 131242 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA4118SSAC Rail 954.0 45/7 12126SSAC 131032 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA4119SSAC Towhee 954.0 48/7 12126SSAC 130847 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA4121SSAC Cardinal 954.0 54/7 12126SSAC 130952 30126SSAC 4 28.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA4117SSAC Canvasback 954.0 30/19 12134SSAC 132256 30132SSAC 4 31.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 34AH 18SH
SEDA4418SSAC Ortolan 1033.5 45/7 12132SSAC 131632 30132SSAC 4 29.9 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 12SH
SEDA4421SSAC Curlew 1033.5 54/7 12133SSAC 131948 30132SSAC 4 30.1 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA4718SSAC Bluejay 1113.0 45/7 12133SSAC 131634 30132SSAC 4 30.1 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 12SH
SEDA4724SSAC Finch 1113.0 54/19 12136SSAC 131949 30136SSAC 4 31.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA4918SSAC Bunting 1192.5 45/7 12136SSAC 131541 30136SSAC 4 31.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 14SH
SEDA4924SSAC Grackle 1192.5 54/19 12136SSAC 131949 30136SSAC 4 31.0 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA5118SSAC Bittern 1272.0 45/7 12145SSAC 131541 30145SSAC 4 31.8 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 14SH
SEDA5124SSAC Pheasant 1272.0 54/19 12141SSAC 132250 30145SSAC 4 32.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 36AH 18SH
SEDA5218SSAC Dipper 1351.5 45/7 12145SSAC 131540 30145SSAC 4 31.8 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 14SH
SEDA5224SSAC Martin 1351.5 54/19 12151SSAC 132250 30149SSAC 4 33.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 18SH
SEDA5418SSAC Bobolink 1431.0 45/7 12151SSAC 1323391 30149SSAC 4 33.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 14SH
SEDA5424SSAC Plover 1431.0 54/19 12151SSAC 132251 30149SSAC 4 33.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 18SH
SEDA5618SSAC Nuthatch 1510.5 45/7 12151SSAC 132041 30149SSAC 4 33.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 16SH
SEDA5624SSAC Parrot 1510.5 54/19 12157SSAC 132252 30157SSAC 4 34.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 18SH
SEDA5718SSAC Lapwing 1590.0 45/7 12157SSAC 132042 30157SSAC 4 34.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 16SH
SEDA5724SSAC Falcon 1590.0 54/19 12157SSAC 132254 30157SSAC 4 34.9 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 18SH
SEDA6028SSAC Chukar 1780.0 84/19 12167SSAC 132248 30167SSAC 4 35.8 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 16SH
SEDA6210SSAC Roadrunner 2057.0 76/19 12167SSAC 132043 30167SSAC 4 35.8 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 16SH
SEDA6328SSAC Bluebird 2156.0 84/19 12184SSAC 1327516 30184SSAC 4 39.0 3.00 1.50 1.08 44AH 18SH
SEDA6610SSAC Thrasher 2312.0 76/19 12184SSAC 132701 30184SSAC 4 39.0 3.00 1.50 1.08 44AH 18SH

NOTE: Joint compound: fittings are ACSS-rated when installed with Fargo® HTJC-16 joint compound — see table below for number
of 16 oz tubes required for deadend body and terminal components.
(1) To specify optional stainless steel terminal hardware, including required Belleville washers, add “SS” suffix to catalog number
of deadend assembly or separately ordered terminal.
(2) To specify double tongue deadend assembly, change first character of catalog number from “S” to “D”. To specify deadend
assembly without jumper terminal, add “NT” suffix to catalog number.
(3) Deadends are full-tension rated for conductors with standard, aluminum-clad (AW), and high-strength (HS) steel cores.
(4) 15° jumper terminal allows for 0° or 30° jumper take-off angle from 15° deadend tongue. Separately ordered straight
terminals may be specified by changing terminal component catalog number prefix from “30” to “33”.
(5) Compression press minimum size: 20AH and smaller — 12 ton; 10SH and smaller — 12 ton; 24AH through 40AH — 60 ton;
20SH and larger — 60 ton; 42AH and larger — 100 ton.

Fargo Type HTJC-16 Joint Compound Required (Cartridges Per Fitting)


Catalog Die Size
Component Series 76AH 20AH 24AH 27AH 30AH 34AH 36AH 38AH 40AH 42AH 44AH
Deadend Body 12 / 15 0.08 0.15 0.24 0.34 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.82 0.90 1.10 1.20
Jumper Terminal 30 / 33 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.30

Page 98 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
Conventional (Two Die) ACSS/TW Conductors ALUMINUM/STEEL
SEDA/DEDA-STW
Full tension deadend assemblies for ACSS conductors consist of an aluminum
deadend body, steel deadend eye, 15” jumper terminal and terminal mounting
hardware. Terminal and tongue have NEMA hole spacing.
L

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube C A Steel Eye


Eye – galvanized forged steel
Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube B
Terminal Hardware – ½ - 13 aluminum alloy(1)
15º Jumper
Terminal
IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Size, Stranding & Type Die Size,
Minimum Press Size, Fargo® Component
Part Number, Date Code

Product Data and Conductor Size


Length Before Compression Die Size(5)
Single Tongue(2) ACSS Conductor(3) Component Catalog Number
Bolt Inches
Deadend Assembly
Code Terminal Holes
Kcmil Type Strand
Catalog Number Aluminum Steel L A B C Alum Steel
Word AL/STL Body Eye 15°(4)
SEDA1323STW Oriole/TW 336.4 23 16/7 12800STW 130232 30800STW 2 19.6 2.50 1.00 0.49 20AH 12SH
SEDA1813STW Flicker/TW 477.0 13 18/7 12922STW 130235 30922STW 2 24.0 2.50 1.00 0.49 24AH 12SH
SEDA1816STW Hawk/TW 477.0 16 18/7 12922STW 130234 30922STW 2 24.0 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA1823STW Hen/TW 477.0 23 16/7 12922STW 130841 30922STW 2 24.0 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 14SH
SEDA2213STW Parakeet/TW 556.5 13 18/7 12990STW 130233 30990STW 2 24.6 2.50 1.00 0.55 24AH 12SH
SEDA2216STW4 Dove/TW 556.5 16 20/7 12102STW 131037 30102STW 4 25.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 12SH
SEDA0216STW4 Calumet 565.3 16 20/7 12102STW 131037 30102STW 4 25.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 12SH
SEDA0113STW Mohawk 571.7 13 18/7 12102STW 131034 30102STW 4 25.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 12SH
SEDA2513STW Rook/TW 636.0 13 18/7 12107STW 130735 30102STW 4 25.3 2.50 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA2516STW Grosbeak/TW 636.0 16 20/7 12102STW 130839 30102STW 4 25.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA0416STW Oswego 664.6 16 20/7 12102STW 130839 30102STW 4 25.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 27AH 14SH
SEDA0313STW Mystic 666.6 13 20/7 12107STW 130237 30102STW 4 25.6 2.62 1.00 0.55 27AH 12SH
SEDA0513STW Maumee 762.8 13 20/7 12110STW 130849 30110STW 4 27.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA0616STW Wabash 762.8 16 20/7 12110STW 130843 30110STW 4 27.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3307STW Tern/TW 795.0 7 17/7 12110STW 131030 30110STW 4 27.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA3313STW Condor/TW 795.0 13 20/7 12110STW 130849 30110STW 4 27.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA3316STW Drake/TW 795.0 16 20/7 12122STW 130952 30126STW 4 27.0 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA3323STW Mallard/TW 795.0 23 22/19 12122STW 130951 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA3813STW Canary/TW 900.0 13 30/7 12122STW 131240 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA0810STW Frasier 946.7 10 35/7 12126STW 130848 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 14SH
SEDA4107STW Rail/TW 954.0 7 32/7 12126STW 131032 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA4113STW Cardinal/TW 954.0 13 20/7 12126STW 130952 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA0707STW Kettle 957.2 7 32/7 12126STW 131033 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 12SH
SEDA1016STW Suwanee 959.6 16 22/7 12126STW 130948 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA0913STW Columbia 966.2 13 21/7 12126STW 130949 30126STW 4 27.6 2.62 1.24 0.67 30AH 16SH
SEDA4407STW Ortolan/TW 1033.5 7 32/7 12132STW 131632 30132STW 4 29.4 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 12SH
SEDA4413STW Curlew/TW 1033.5 13 22/7 12133STW 131948 30132STW 4 29.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA4707STW Bluejay/TW 1113.0 7 33/7 12133STW 131634 30132STW 4 29.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 12SH

Page 99 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression
DEADENDS

Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)


Single Tongue(2) ACSR Conductor(3) Length Before Compression
Component Catalog Number Die Size(5)
Deadend Bolt Inches
Assembly Code Holes
Kcmil Type Strand Aluminum Steel Terminal
Catalog Number L A B C Alum Steel
Word AL/STL Body Eye 15°(4)
SEDA4713STW Finch/TW 1113.0 13 38/19 12133STW 131949 30132STW 4 29.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA1407STW Genesee 1158.0 7 33/7 12132STW 130847 30132STW 4 29.4 2.62 1.24 0.67 34AH 14SH
SEDA1513STW Hudson 1158.4 13 25/7 12133STW 131949 30132STW 4 29.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA4907STW Bunting/TW 1192.5 7 33/7 12133STW 131541 30132STW 4 29.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 14SH
SEDA4913STW Grackle/TW 1192.5 13 38/19 12133STW 131955 30132STW 4 29.6 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA1913STW Yukon 1233.6 13 38/19 12136STW 131950 30136STW 4 30.4 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 16SH
SEDA1707STW Nelson 1257.1 7 35/7 12137STW 131540 30136STW 4 30.4 2.62 1.24 0.78 34AH 14SH
SEDA5107STW Bittern/TW 1272.0 7 35/7 12145STW 131541 30145STW 4 31.2 2.26 1.24 0.78 36AH 14SH
SEDA5113STW Pheasant/TW 1272.0 13 39/19 12141STW 132250 30141STW 4 31.5 2.62 1.24 0.94 36AH 18SH
SEDA2313STW Thames 1334.6 13 39/19 12141STW 132250 30141STW 4 31.5 2.62 1.24 0.94 36AH 18SH
SEDA5207STW Dipper/TW 1351.5 7 35/7 12145STW 131540 30145STW 4 31.2 2.62 1.24 0.78 36AH 14SH
SEDA5213STW Martin/TW 1351.5 13 39/19 12151STW 132250 30149STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 18SH
SEDA5407STW Bobolink/TW 1431.0 7 36/7 12151STW 1323391 30149STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 14SH
SEDA5413STW Plover/TW 1431.0 13 39/19 12151STW 132251 30149STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 18SH
SEDA2713STW Merrimack 1433.6 13 39/19 12151STW 132251 30149STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 18SH
SEDA3013STW Rio Grande 1533.3 13 39/19 12151STW 132252 30149STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 18SH
SEDA2907STW Potomac 1557.4 7 36/7 12151STW 132042 30149STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 38AH 16SH
SEDA5707STW Lapwing/TW 1590.0 7 36/7 12157STW 132042 30157STW 4 33.4 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 16SH
SEDA5713STW Falcon/TW 1590.0 13 42/19 12157STW 132254 30157STW 4 34.2 2.62 1.24 0.94 40AH 18SH
SEDA3107STW Schukill 1657.4 7 36/7 12157STW 132042 30157STW 4 34.2 2.26 1.24 0.94 40AH 16SH
SEDA6008STW Chukar/TW 1780.0 8 37/19 12167STW 132248 30167STW 4 35.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 16SH
SEDA3413STW Cumberland 1926.9 13 42/19 12168STW 132703 30167STW 4 35.8 3.00 1.50 1.08 42AH 20SH
SEDA3607STW Athabaska 1949.6 7 42/7 12167STW 132046 30167STW 4 35.1 2.62 1.24 0.94 42AH 16SH
SEDA6308STW Bluebird/TW 2156.0 8 64/19 12184STW 1327516 30184STW 4 39.0 3.00 1.50 1.08 44AH 18SH

NOTE: Joint compound: fittings are ACSS-rated when installed with Fargo® HTJC-16 joint compound — see table below for number
of 16 oz tubes required for deadend body and terminal components.
(1) To specify optional stainless steel terminal hardware, including required Belleville washers, add “SS” suffix to catalog number
of deadend assembly or separately ordered terminal.
(2) To specify double tongue deadend assembly, change first character of catalog number from “S” to “D”. To specify deadend
assembly without jumper terminal, add “NT” suffix to catalog number.
(3) Deadends are full-tension rated for conductors with standard, aluminum-clad (AW), and high-strength (HS) steel cores.
(4) 15° jumper terminal allows for 0° or 30° jumper take-off angle from 15° deadend tongue. Separately ordered straight
terminals may be specified by changing terminal component catalog number prefix from “30” to “33”.
(5) Compression press minimum size: 20AH and smaller — 12 ton; 10SH and smaller — 12 ton; 24AH through 40AH — 60 ton;
12SH and larger — 60 ton; 42AH and larger — 100 ton.

Fargo Type HTJC-16 Joint Compound Required (Cartridges Per Fitting)


Die Size
Component
20AH 24AH 27AH 30AH 34AH 36AH 38AH 40AH 42AH 44AH 44AH
Deadend Body 0.15 0.24 0.34 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.82 0.90 1.10 1.20 1.20
Jumper Terminal 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.30 0.30

Page 100 | August 2013


Deadends — Compression

Deadends
One Die System Static Wire Deadend Alumoweld® and EHS Steel FORGED STEEL
86
A full-tension shield wire deadend assembly for Alumoweld conductor
consists of a grit-lined steel body that is capped and sealed. Also available
with a two-hole tongue or U-bolt pad factory compressed. Two-hole
tongue has NEMA hole spacing.

Material: Body – galvanized forged steel


Two-Hole Pad – cast aluminum
U-bolt & Hardware – aluminum alloy
A
IDENTIFICATION:
E D
Conductor Size, Stranding & Type Die Size, End Cap
Minimum Press Size,
Minimum Press Size Fargo®, B C
Date Code, Uni-Grip®, Catalog Number
Grit Lined I.D.
Marking:
Galvanized Steel Wire Size
Forging Die Size, Min. Press Size
Date Code, Fargo, Cat. No.
Cast Aluminum Factory
Compression

30°
Aluminum
.56 Dia
(Both in. Flat

Aluminum
)

1
/2” U-Bolt
Sides

2 Holes Washer
15°
3.5 M

2.38
Aluminum
1.75
Nut
.38 Cast
.62
CL Aluminum
Sym Pad
1.75 Suffix “J”
U-Bolt Connector
Suffix “S” (Range .220-.590)
2-Hole Pad

Product Data and Cable Sizes


Steel Eye Dimensions
Shield Wire Data
Min Inches (mm)
Catalog Die Net Wt
Outside Press
Number EHS Size lb (kg)
Diameter Alumoweld® Tons A B C D E
Steel
Inches
861022 0.306 - 0.313 5/16 7 # 10, 3 # 7 10SH 12 1.5 (.68) 10.6 (270) 1.98 (50) 1.00 (25) 2.5 (60) .49 (12)
861225 0.343 - 0.375 3/8 7 # 9, 3 # 6 12SH 60 1.5 (.68) 10.6 (270) 1.98 (50) 1.00 (25) 2.5 (60) .49 (12)
861227 0.385 - 0.392 — 7 # 8, 3 # 5 12SH 60 1.5 (.68) 10.6 (270) 1.98 (50) 1.00 (25) 2.5 (60) .49 (12)
861430 0.417 - 0.438 7/16 7#7 14SH 60 3.0 (1.4) 13.4 (340) 2.58 (60) 1.24 (30) 2.62 (70) .67 (17)
861635 0.486 - 0.500 1/2 7#6 16SH 60 3.0 (1.4) 13.4 (340) 2.58 (60) 1.24 (30) 2.62 (70) .67 (17)

Note: For two hole pad add suffix “S." Examples: 861225S — Vertical Eye, 861225SH — Horizontal Eye. For U-bolt jumper
pad add suffix “J.” Examples: 861225J — Vertical Eye, 861225JH — Horizontal Eye. Consult factory for other wire sizes.

Page 101 | August 2013


Deadends — Accessories
DEADENDS

Conventional (Two Die) System All Aluminum (AAC) Conductors


Product Data and Conductor Size
AAC Conductor Information
Conductor Deadend Catalog Number Min
Assembly 15˚ Jumper Aluminim Press
Outside Rated Number Terminal Compression
Diameter Strength (Suffix)(1) Aluminum Aluminum Size
Kcmil Code Steel Catalog Die
Average Strands Inches lb Single Double Tons
Word Eye Number (2)
Tongue Tongue
795.0 37 Arbutus 1.026 13,900 3300 21107 24107 2210 30107 27AH 60
795.0 61 Lilac 1.028 14,300 3300 21107 24107 2210 30107 27AH 60
800.0 37 Fuchsia 1.029 14,000 3400 21110 24110 2210 30110 30AH 60
800.0 61 Heliotrope 1.031 14,500 3400 21110 24110 2210 30110 30AH 60
874.5 37 Anemone 1.077 15,000 3700 21114 24114 2210 30114 30AH 60
874.5 61 Crocus 1.078 15,800 3700 21114 24114 2210 30114 30AH 60
900.0 37 Cockscomb 1.092 15,400 3800 21117 24117 2210 30117 30AH 60
900.0 61 Snapdragon 1.094 15,900 3800 21117 24117 2210 30117 30AH 60
954.0 37 Magnolia 1.124 16,400 4100 21119 24119 2210 30119 30AH 60
954.0 61 Goldenrod 1.126 16,900 4100 21119 24119 2210 30119 30AH 60
1000.0 37 Hawkweed 1.151 17,200 4200 21119 24119 2210 30119 30AH 60
1000.0 61 Camellia 1.152 17,700 4200 21119 24119 2210 30119 30AH 60
1033.5 37 Bluebell 1.170 17,700 4400 21122 24122 2212 30122 30AH 60
1033.5 61 Larkspur 1.172 18,300 4400 21122 24122 2212 30122 30AH 60
1113.0 61 Marigold 1.216 19,700 4700 21127 24127 2212 30127 34AH 60
1192.5 61 Hawthorn 1.258 21,100 4900 21132 24132 2216 30132 34AH 60
1272.0 61 Narcissus 1.300 22,000 5100 21136 24136 2216 30136 34AH 60
1351.5 61 Columbine 1.340 23,400 5200 21141 24141 2216 30141 36AH 60
1431.0 61 Carnation 1.379 24,300 5400 21145 24145 2216 30145 36AH 60
1510.5 61 Gladiolus 1.417 25,600 5600 21149 24149 2218 30149 38AH 60
1590.0 61 Coreopsis 1.454 27,000 5700 21153 24153 2218 30153 38AH 60
1590.0 91 Dogwood 1.454 27,800 5700 21153 24153 2218 30153 38AH 60
1750.0 61 Jessamine 1.525 29,700 5900 21157 24157 2221 30157 40AH 60
2000.0 91 Cowslip 1.630 34,200 6200 21169 24169 2221 30169 42AH 100
2250.0 91 Sagebrush 1.729 37,700 6500 21178 24178 2221 30178 44AH 100
2300.0 61 Pigweed 1.748 39,000 6600 21181 24181 2225 30181 44AH 100
2500.0 91 Lupine 1.823 41,900 6800 21188 24188 2225 30188 44AH 100
PRODUCTS

NOTE: The deadend assemblies include the steel bodies, aluminum bodies, and jumper terminals (with mounting hardware).
Install with Fargo® type UJC joint compound. For lowest resistance connection, install with Fargo type HTJC joint compound.
For ACC conductors smaller than 795 kcmil, Fargo offers Uni-Grip® one die deadends.
(1) To construct assembly catalog numbers
Step 1. Choose assembly type from following:
SEDA = single tongue, eye type, deadend assembly
DEDA = double tongue, eye type, deadend assembly
Step 2. Refer to conductor listing for assembly number (suffix)
example: SEDA-3300 = single tongue, eye type, deadend for 795 kcmil 37 strand “ARBUTUS”
Suffix “NT” = assembly without jumper terminal.
(2) 15° jumper terminal allows for 0° or 30° jumper take-off angle from 15° deadend tongue. Straight Terminals (15° deadend
jumper take-off) may be specified by changing terminal catalog number prefix from “30” to “33.”

Page 102 | August 2013


Repair sleeves
Repair Sleeves

power
Repair Sleeves — Compression
One Die Repair Sleeve AAC, AAAC, ACAR and ACSR Conductors ALUMINUM
RS1700
Two piece repair sleeve is used to restore electrical and mechanical integrity to
conductors with damage to strands in the outer layer only.

If damage extends to the inner layer of aluminum or alloy strands, a full tension
repair sleeves

Extra Long XL repair splice should be used.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy

IDENTIFICATION: Length
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Conductor Range (1) (2)


Minimum Length Before
Catalog Outside Net Wt
Die Size(4) Press Size Compression
Number Diameter AAC Size Kcmil ACSR Size Kcmil (Str) lb (kg)
Tons Inches (mm)
Inches(3)
RS1707 0.595 - 0.679 300, 336.4, 350 266.8 (18/1) (26/7) (30/7) 07CD 12 8.40 (213) .40 (.18)
300 (26/7) 08CD
RS1708 0.680 - 0.765 350, 397.5, 400 336.4 (18/1) (26/7) (30/7) 76AH 12 9.60 (243) .85 (.38)
397.5 (18/1)
RS1709 0.772 - 0.855 450, 477, 500, 550 397.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7) 09CD 12 10.80 (274) .95 (.43)
477 (18/1)
556.5, 600, 636, 477 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7) 10CD
RS1710 0.856 - 0.950 650 556.5 (18/1) (24/7) (26/7) 24AH 60 12.00 (304) 1.2 (.38)
636 (18/1)
556.5 (30/7),
605 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7) (30/19),
RS1711 0.940 - 1.036 700, 715, 750 636 (18/1) – (30/19), 11CD 60 13.20 (335) 1.6 (.72)
666 (24/7) (26/7),
715.5 (24/7)
795, 800, 715.5 (26/7) (30/19),
RS1712 1.026 - 1.131 874.5, 900, 954 795 (24/7) (26/7) (45/7) (54/7) 12CD 60 14.40 (365) 2.0 (.90)
795 (36/1), 900 (45/7)
1000, 1033.5 795 (30/19) 13CD
30AH
RS1713 1.140 - 1.235 795 (30/19), 900 (54/7) 60 15.60 (396) 2.5 (1.1)
1100, 1113 954 (45/7) (54/7) 13CD
1033.5 (36/1) (45/7)
1192.5, 1200, 954 (30/19), 1033.5 (54/7) 14CD
RS1714 1.236 - 1.330 1250, 1272, 1300 1113 (45/7) (54/19) 34AH 60 16.80 (426) 3.2 (1.4)
1192.5 (45/7)
1351.5, 1400, 1192.5 (54/19) 15CD
RS1715 1.331 - 1.425 1431, 1500, 1510.5 1272 (45/7) (54/19) 36AH 60 18.00 (457) 4.0 (1.8)
1351.5 (45/7) (54/19)
1431 (45/7) (54/19, 16CD
RS1716 1.426 - 1.520 1590, 1600, 1700 1510.5 (45/7) (54/19) 38AH 60 19.20 (487) 4.8 (2.2)
1590 (45/7)
RS1717 1.521 - 1.615 1750, 1800, 1900 1590 (54/19), 17CD 60 20.40 (518) 5.7 (2.6)
1780 (84/19), 1869(68/7) 40AH
2000, 2250, 2300 2034.5 (72/7), 2057 (76/19) 19CD
RS1719 1.630 - 1.805 2167 (72/7) 40AH 100 22.80 (579) 8.0 (3.6)
— 2156 (84/19), 2312 (76/19) 19CD
(1) Install with Fargo® type UJC or, for lowest resistance repair, type HTJC inhibitor compound.
(2) Repair sleeves are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.
(3) Repair sleeves are suitable for EHV applications on conductors over 1 in O.D.
(4) Standard hex dies not available for some sleeve and conductor combinations. If no AH die listed
for conductor, use only the CD die shown.

Page 104 | August 2013


Repair Sleeves — Compression
One Die Repair Sleeve ACSS Conductors ALUMINUM
RS1700SSAC
Two-piece repair sleeve is used to restore electrical and mechanical integrity to
conductors with partial damage to aluminum strands.

The repair sleeves listed below will restore damaged ACSS cables where the damage

repair sleeves
section is not longer than 20% of repair splice length before crimping; and at least
50% of the aluminum strand and 100% of the steel core are undamaged.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy


Length
IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Product Data and Conductor Size


ACSS Conductors(1) Minimum Length Before
Catalog Net Wt
Outside Diameter Die Size (3) Press Size Compression
Number Access Size Kcmil (Str) lb (kg)
Inches(2) Tons Inches (mm)
RS1707SSAC 0.595 - 0.679 266.8 (26/7) (30/7) 07CD 12 12.6 (307) 0.6 (0.27)

RS1708SSAC 0.680 - 0.765 300 (26/7) 08CD 12 14.4 (351) 1.3 (0.59)
336.4 (22/7) (26/7) (30/7) 76AH
RS1709SSAC 0.772 - 0.855 397.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7) 09CD 12 16.2 (395) 1.4 (0.64)
477 (24/7}
RS1710SSAC 0.856 - 0.950 477 (24/7) (30/7) 10CD 60 18.0 (439) 1.8 (1.00)
556.5 (24/7) (26/7) 24AH
556.5 (30/7), 605 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7)
RS1711SSAC 0.940 - 1.036 636 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7) (30/19) 11CD 60 19.8 (483) 2.4 (1.09 )
666 (24/7) (26/7), 715.5 (24/7)
715.5 (26/7) (30/19),
RS1712SSAC 1.026 - 1.131 795 (24/7) (26/7) (45/7) (54/7) 12CD 60 21.6 (527) 3.0 (1.36)
900 (45/7)
795 (30/19) 13CD
30AH
RS1713SSAC 1.140 - 1.235 60 23.4 (571) 3.8 (1.73 )
900 (54/7),954 (45/7) (54/7), 13CD
1033.5 (45/7)
954 (30/19), 1033.5 (54/7) 14CD 25.2 (615)
RS1714SSAC 1.236 - 1.330 1113 (45/7) (54/19) 34AH 60 4.8 (2.18)
1192.5 (45/7)
1192.5 (54/19) 15CD
RS1715SSAC 1.331 - 1.425 1272 (45/7) (54/19) 36AH 60 27.0 (659) 6.0 (2.72)
1351.5 (45/7) (54/19)
1431 (45/7) (54/19, 16CD
RS1716SSAC 1.426 - 1.520 1510.5 (45/7) (54/19) 38AH 60 28.8 (703) 7.2 (3.27)
1590 (45/7)
1590 (54/19) 17CD
RS1717SSAC 1.521 - 1.615 60 30.6 (747) 8.6 (3.90)
1780 (84/19) 40AH
2034.5 (72/7), 2057 (76/19) 19CD
RS1719SSAC 1.630 - 1.805 100 34.2 (834) 12.0 (5.45)
2156 (84/19), 2312 (76/19) 19CD

(1) Install with Fargo® type HTJC inhibitor compound.


(2) Repair sleeves are suitable for EHV applications on conductors over 1.0 in O.D.
(3) Repair sleeves are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.

Page 105 | August 2013


Repair Sleeves — Compression
One Die Repair Sleeve ACSS/TW Conductors ALUMINUM
RS1700STW
Two piece repair sleeve is used to restore electrical and mechanical integrity to
conductors with partially damage to aluminum strands.

The repair sleeves listed below will restore damaged ACSS/TW cables where the
repair sleeves

damage section is not longer than 20% of repair splice length before crimping; and
at least 50% of the aluminum strand and 100% of the steel core are undamaged.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy

Length
IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Product Data and Conductor Size


PRODUCTS

(1)
ACSS/TW Conductor Minimum Length Before Net Wt
Catalog Outside Diameter Die Size(3) Press Size Compression
Kcmil Size (Type) lb (kg)
Number Inches(2) Tons Inches (mm)
RS1708STW 0.630 - 0.695 336.4 (18/7) T23 08CD 12 14.4 (351) 1.3 (0.59)
76AH
RS1709STW 0.721 - 0.776 477 (18/7) T13 09CD 12 16.2 (395) 1.4 (0.64)
477 (18/7) T16 & T23 10CD
RS1710STW 0.776 - 0.858 556 (18/7) T13 (20/7) T16 24AH 60 18.0 (439) 1.8 (1.00)
565.3 (18/7) T16, 571.7 (18/7) T13

RS1711STW 0.880 - 0.930 636.0 (19/7) T13 (20/7) T16 795.0 11CD 60 19.8 (483) 2.4 (1.09)
(17/7) T7 (20/7) T13 &T16

RS1712STW 0.960 - 1.010 762.8 (20/7) T13 & T16 12CD 60 21.6 (527) 3.0 (1.36)
795.0 (17/7) T7 (20/7) T13 & T16
795.0 T23 13CD
30AH
RS1713STW 1.046 - 1.108 954 (32/7) T7 (20/7) T13 60 23.4 (571) 3.8 (1.73)
959.6 (22/7) T16, 966.2 (21/7) T13 13CD
1033.5 (32/7) T7
1033.5 (22/7) T13
RS1714STW 1.125 - 1.196 1113 (32/7) T7, 1113 (38/19) T13 14CD 60 25.2 (615) 4.8 (2.18)
1158.0 (33/7) T7, 1158.4 (26/7) T13 34AH
1192.5 (33/7) T7
1192.5 (38/19) T13, 1233.6 (38/19) T13
RS1715STW 1.212 - 1.300 1272 (35/7) T7 (39/19) T13 15CD 60 27.0 (659) 6.0 (2.72)
1334.6 (39/19) T13, 1351.5 (35/7) T7 36AH
1351.5 (39/19) T13, 1431 (36/7) T7
1431 (37/19) T13 16CD
RS1716STW 1.301 - 1.382 1433.6 (39/19) T13, 1533.3 (39/19) T13 38AH 60 28.8 (703) 7.2 (3.27 )
1590 (36/7) T7
RS1717STW 1.385 - 1.455 1590 (42/19) T13 17CD 60 30.6 (747) 8.6 (3.90)
1657.4 (36/7) T7, 1780 (37/19) T8 40AH

RS1719STW 1.504 - 1.608 1929.6 (42/19) T13, 1949.6 (42/7) T7 19CD 100 34.2 (834) 12.0 (5.45)
2153.8 (64/19) T7, 2156 (64/19) T8

(1) Install with Fargo® type HTJC inhibitor compound.


(2) Repair sleeves are suitable for EHV applications on conductors over 1.0 in O.D.
(3) Repair sleeves are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.

Page 106 | August 2013


Splices
Splices

trust
Splices — Compression
Uni-Grip® (One Die) Full-Tension ACSR Conductors ALUMINUM
A15
A splice assembly for ACSR consists of a prefilled aluminum body and two core
wire gripping units.
SPLICES

Splices are prefilled with inhibitor and barrel ends plugged.

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Gripping Unit – aluminum alloy

IDENTIFICATION:
SPLICE BODY:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code
CORE GRIPPING UNIT:
Conductor Type, Size & Stranding

Product Data and Conductor Size


Outside Length Before Minimum
Catalog Stranding Approx Wt
Kcmil Code Word Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size
Number AL/ST lb (kg)
Inches Inches (mm) Tons
A150709 266.8 6/7 Owl 0.633 12.6 (320) 07CD 12 .60 (.27)
A150710 266.8 26/7 Partridge 0.642 12.6 (320) 07CD 12 .60 (.27)
A150811 300.0 26/7 Ostrich 0.680 14.4 (365) 08CD 12 .89 (.40)
A150812 336.4 18/1 Merlin 0.684 14.4 (365) 08CD 12 .89 (.40)
A150813 336.4 26/7 Linnet 0.721 14.4 (365) 08CD 12 .89 (.40)
A150914 336.4 30/7 Oriole 0.741 14.4 (365) 09CD 12 .89 (.40)
A150815 397.5 18/1 ChicKadee 0.743 14.4 (365) 08CD 12 .89 (.40)
A150916 397.5 24/7 Brant 0.772 16.2 (411) 09CD 12 1.3 (.58)
A150917 397.5 26/7 Ibis 0.783 16.2 (411) 09CD 12 1.3 (.58)

NOTE: For Extra Length repair splice, add “XL” suffix and repair cutoff length in inches. Example A151021XL24. For Self-
Dampening (SD) and Trapezoidal (TW) and metric ACSR conductors consult factory. Splices are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0
in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.

Page 108 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Outside Length Before Minimum
Catalog Stranding Approx Wt
Kcmil Code Word Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size

Splices
Number AL/ST lb (kg)
Inches Inches (mm) Tons
A151018 397.5 30/7 Lark 0.806 18.0 (457) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)
A150919 477.0 18/1 Pelican 0.814 16.2 (411) 09CD 12 1.3 (.58)
A150920 477.0 24/7 Flicker 0.846 16.2 (411) 09CD 12 1.3 (.58)
A1510211 477.0 26/7 Hawk 0.858 18.0 (457) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)
A151122 477.0 30/7 Hen 0.883 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151023 556.5 18/1 Osprey 0.879 18.0 (457) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)

PRODUCTS
A151024 556.5 24/7 Parakeet 0.914 18.0 (457) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)
A151025 556.5 26/7 Dove 0.927 16.2 (411) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)
A151126 556.5 30/7 Eagle 0.953 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151127 605.0 24/7 Peacock 0.953 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151128 605.0 26/7 Squab 0.966 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151229 605.0 30/19 Teal 0.994 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A151030 636.0 36/1 Swift 0.930 18.0 (457) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)
A151031 636.0 18/1 Kingbird 0.940 18.0 (457) 10CD 60 1.7 (.77)
A151132 636.0 24/7 Rook 0.977 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151133 636.0 26/7 Grosbeak 0.990 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151234 636.0 30/19 Egret 1.019 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A151136 666.6 24/7 Flamingo 1.000 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151137 666.6 26/7 Gannett 1.014 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151138 715.5 24/7 Stilt 1.036 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151239 715.5 26/7 Starling 1.051 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A151141 795.0 36/1 Coot 1.040 19.8 (502) 11CD 60 2.4 (1.0)
A151242 795.0 45/7 Tern 1.063 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A151243 795.0 24/7 Cuckoo 1.092 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A1512441 795.0 54/7 Condor 1.093 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A1512451 795.0 26/7 Drake 1.108 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A151346 795.0 30/19 Mallard 1.140 23.4 (594) 13CD 60 3.7 (1.6)
A151247 900.0 45/7 Ruddy 1.131 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)
A151348 900.0 54/7 Canary 1.162 23.4 (594) 13CD 60 3.7 (1.6)
A151249 954.0 36/1 Catbird 1.140 21.6 (548) 12CD 60 3.0 (1.3)

Page 109 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Outside Length Before Minimum
Catalog Stranding Approx Wt
Kcmil Code Word Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size
SPLICES

Number AL/ST lb (kg)


Inches Inches (mm) Tons
A151350 954.0 45/7 Rail 1.165 23.4 (594) 13CD 60 3.7 (1.6)
A1513511 954.0 54/7 Cardinal 1.196 23.4 (594) 13CD 60 3.7 (1.6)
A151353 1033.5 45/7 Ortolan 1.213 23.4 (594) 13CD 60 3.7 (1.6)
A151454 1033.5 54/7 Curlew 1.246 25.2 (640) 14CD 60 4.8 (2.1)
A151455 1113.0 45/7 Bluejay 1.259 25.2 (640) 14CD 60 4.8 (2.1)
A151456 1113.0 54/19 Finch 1.293 25.2 (640) 14CD 60 4.8 (2.1)
A151457 1192.5 45/7 Bunting 1.302 25.2 (640) 14CD 60 4.8 (2.1)
A151558 1192.5 54/19 Grackle 1.333 27.0 (685) 15CD 60 5.9 (2.6)
A1515591 1272.0 45/7 Bittern 1.345 27.0 (685) 15CD 60 5.9 (2.6)
A151560 1272.0 54/19 Pheasant 1.382 27.0 (685) 15CD 60 5.9 (2.6)
A151561 1351.5 45/7 Dipper 1.386 27.0 (685) 15CD 60 5.9 (2.6)
A151562 1351.5 54/19 Martin 1.424 27.0 (685) 15CD 60 5.9 (2.6)
A151663 1431.0 45/7 Bobolink 1.427 28.8 (731) 16CD 60 7.2 (3.2)
A151667 1590.0 45/7 Lapwing 1.502 28.8 (731) 16CD 60 7.2 (3.2)
A1517681 1590.0 54/19 Falcon 1.545 30.6 (777) 17CD 60 8.5 (3.8)
A151769 1780.0 84/19 Chukar 1.602 30.6 (777) 17CD 60 8.5 (3.8)
A151770 1869.0 68/7 Seahawk 1.603 30.6 (777) 17CD 60 8.5 (3.8)
A151871 2034.5 72/7 Mockingbird 1.681 32.4 (822) 18CD 100 10.0 (4.5)
A151972 2156.0 84/19 Bluebird 1.762 34.2 (868) 19CD 100 11.9 (5.3)
A151973 2167.0 72/7 Kiwi 1.735 34.2 (868) 19CD 100 11.9 (5.3)
A151974 2312.0 76/19 Thrasher 1.802 34.2 (868) 19CD 100 11.9 (5.3)
A152075 2515.0 76/19 Joree 1.880 36.0 (914) 20CD 100 14.0 (6.3)

Page 110 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Uni-Grip® (One Die) Full-Tension AAAC and ACAR Conductors ALUMINUM
AB15
A splice assembly for alloy consists of a prefilled aluminum body.

Splices are prefilled with inhibitor and barrel ends plugged.

Splices
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube

IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Length Before Compression

Product Data and Conductor Size


Conductor Length Before Minimum
Catalog AAAC /ACAR
Ouside Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size
Number Kcmil Range
Range Inches Inches (mm) Tons
AB150707 0.595-0.680 281.4-312.8 12.6 (320) 07CD 12
AB150808 0.681-0.765 394.5-419.6 14.4 (365) 08CD 12
AB150909 0.772-0.855 465.4-503.6 16.2 (411) 09CD 12
AB151010 0.856-0.950 545.0-657.3 19.8 (502) 10CD 60
AB151111 0.940-1.036 739.8-740.8 21.6 (548) 11CD 60
AB151212 1.026-1.131 833.6-932.6 23.4 (594) 12CD 60
AB151313 1.140-1.235 1000-1127 25.2 (640) 13CD 60
AB151414 1.236-1.330 1172-1300 27.0 (685) 14CD 60
AB151315 1.331-1.425 1361-1500 28.8 (731) 15CD 60
AB151616 1.426-1.520 1534-1703 30.6 (777) 16CD 60
AB151717 1.521-1.615 1750-1933 32.4 (822) 17CD 100
AB151919 1.630-1.805 2000-2300 34.2 (868) 19CD 100
AB152020 1.806-1.900 2493-2500 36.0 (914) 20CD 100

NOTE: For Extra Length repair splice, add “XL” suffix and repair cutoff length in inches Example
A15 1021 XL 24. Splices are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.

Page 111 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Uni-Grip® (One Die) Full-Tension AAC Conductors ALUMINUM
C15
A splice assembly for alloy consists of a prefilled aluminum body.

Splices are prefilled with inhibitor and barrel ends plugged.


SPLICES

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube

IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Length Before Compression

Product Data and Conductor Size


Outside Length Before Minimum Approx
Catalog Kcmil Strands Code Word Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size Wt
Number Inches Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)
C150707 300.0 19 Peony 0.629 8.4 (213) 07CD 12 .40 (.18)
C150707 336.4 19 Tulip 0.666 8.4 (213) 07CD 12 .40 (.18)
C150707 350.0 19 Daffodil 0.679 8.4 (213) 07CD 12 .40 (.18)
C150808 397.5 19 Canna 0.724 9.6 (243) 08CD 12 .59 (.26)
C150808 400.0 19 Four-O’Clock 0.726 9.6 (243) 08CD 12 .59 (.26)
C150909 450.0 19 Goldentuft 0.770 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C150909 450.0 37 Yarrow 0.772 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C150909 477.0 19 Cosmos 0.792 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C150909 477.0 37 Syringa 0.795 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C150909 500.0 19 Zinnia 0.811 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C150909 500.0 37 Hyacinth 0.813 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C150909 550.0 37 Ganzania 0.853 10.8 (274) 09CD 12 .85 (.38)
C151010 556.5 19 Dahlia 0.856 12.0 (304) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)
C151010 556.5 37 Mistletoe 0.858 12.0 (304) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)
C151010 600.0 37 Meadowsweet 0.891 12.0 (304) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)
C151010 636.0 37 Orchid 0.918 12.0 (304) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)
C151010 650.0 37 Heuchera 0.928 12.0 (304) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)
C151111 700.0 37 Verbena 0.963 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)

Page 112 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Outside Length Before Minimum Approx
Catalog Kcmil Strands Code Word Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size Wt
Number

Splices
Inches Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)
C151111 700.0 61 Flag 0.964 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 715.5 37 Violet 0.974 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 715.5 61 Nasturtium 0.975 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 750.0 37 Petunia 0.997 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 750.0 61 Cattail 0.998 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 795.0 37 Arbutus 1.026 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 795.0 61 Lilac 1.028 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 800.0 37 Fuchsia 1.029 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151111 800.0 61 Heliotrope 1.031 13.2 (335) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
C151212 874.5 37 Anemone 1.077 14.4 (365) 12CD 60 2.0 (.90)
C151212 874.5 61 Crocus 1.078 14.4 (365) 12CD 60 2.0 (.90)
C151212 900.0 37 Cockscomb 1.092 14.4 (365) 12CD 60 2.0 (.90)
C151212 900.0 61 Snapdragon 1.094 14.4 (365) 12CD 60 2.0 (.90)
C151212 954.0 37 Magnolia 1.124 14.4 (365) 12CD 60 2.0 (.90)
C151212 954.0 61 Goldenrod 1.126 14.4 (365) 12CD 60 2.0 (.90)
C151313 1000.0 37 Hawkweed 1.151 15.6 (396) 13CD 60 2.5 (1.1)
C151313 1000.0 61 Camellia 1.152 15.6 (396) 13CD 60 2.5 (1.1)
C151313 1033.5 37 Bluebell 1.170 15.6 (396) 13CD 60 2.5 (1.1)
C151313 1033.5 61 Larkspur 1.172 15.6 (396) 13CD 60 2.5 (1.1)
C151313 1113.0 61 Marigold 1.216 15.6 (396) 13CD 60 2.5 (1.1)
C151414 1192.5 61 Hawthorn 1.258 16.8 (426) 14CD 60 3.2 (1.4)
C151414 1272.0 61 Narcissus 1.300 16.8 (426) 14CD 60 3.2 (1.4)
AC151515 1351.5 61 Columbine 1.340 18.0 (457) 15CD 60 3.9 (1.7)
AC151515 1431.0 61 Carnation 1.379 18.0 (457) 15CD 60 3.9 (1.7)
AC151515 1510.5 61 Gladiolus 1.417 18.0 (457) 15CD 60 3.9 (1.7)
C151616 1590.0 61 Coreopsis 1.454 19.2 (487) 16CD 60 4.8 (2.1)
C151616 1590.0 91 Dogwood 1.454 19.2 (487) 16CD 60 4.8 (2.1)
C151717 1750.0 61 Jessamine 1.525 20.4 (518) 17CD 60 5.7 (2.5)
C151818 2000.0 91 Cowslip 1.630 21.6 (548) 18CD 100 6.6 (2.9)
C151919 2250.0 91 Sagebrush 1.729 22.8 (579) 19CD 100 7.9 (3.5)
C151919 2300.0 61 Pigweed 1.748 22.8 (579) 19CD 100 7.9 (3.5)
AC152020 2500.0 91 Lupine 1.823 24.0 (609) 20CD 100 9.3 (4.2)
AC152020 2750.0 91 Bitterroot 1.912 24.0 (609) 20CD 100 9.3 (4.2)

NOTE: For extra length repair splice, add “XL” suffix and repair cutoff length in inches. Example A15 1021 XL 24. Splices are
EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.

Page 113 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Jumper Loop Limited Tension AAC, AAAC, ALUMINUM

ACAR and ACSR Conductor Splice JLS

Jumper Loop Splices are prefilled with inhibitor and barrel ends are plugged.
SPLICES

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube

Length Before Compression


IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Product Data and Conductor Size


PRODUCTS

Conductor Range(1) (2)


Length Before Minimum
Catalog Outside Approx Wt
AAC Size ACSR Size Compression Die Size Press Size
Number Diameter lb (kg)
Kcmil Kcmil (Str) Inches (mm) Tons
Inches
JLS0707 0.595 - 0.680 300, 336.4, 350 266.8 (18/1) (6/7) (26/7) 7.0 (178) 07CD 12 .33 (.15)
300 (26/7)
JLS0808 0.681 - 0.765 350, 397.5, 400 336.4 (18/1) (26/7) (30/7) 8.0 (203) 08CD 12 .49 (.22)
395.5 (18/1)
JLS0909 0.772 - 0.855 450, 477, 397.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7), 9.0 (229) 09CD 12 .69 (.32)
500, 550 477 (18/1) (24/7)
556.5, 600, 477 (26/7) (30/7),
JLS1010 0.856 - 0.950 636, 650 556.5 (18/1) (24/7) (26/7), 10.0 (254) 10CD 60 .95 (.44)
636 (18/1) (36/1)
556.5 (30/7)
605 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19),
JLS1111 0.940 - 1.036 700, 715, 750, 636 (18/1) – (30/19), 11.0 (279) 11CD 60 1.3 (.56)
795, 800 666 (24/7 (26/7),
715.5 (24/7), 795 (36/1)
715.5 (26/7) (30/19),
JLS1212 1.026 - 1.131 874.5, 900, 954 795 (24/7) (26/7) (45/7), 12.0 (305) 12CD 60 1.7 (.77)
795 (54/7)
900 (45/7)
1000, 1033.5, 795 (30/19), 900 (54/7),
JLS1313 1.140 - 1.235 1100, 1113 954 (45/7) (54/7), 13.0 (333) 13CD 60 2.1 (.96)
1033.5 (36/1) (45/7)
1192.5, 1200, 954 (30/19),
JLS1414 1.236 - 1.330 1250, 1272, 1113 (45/7) (54/19), 14.0 (356) 14CD 60 2.7 (1.2)
1300 1192.5 (45/7) 1272 (36/1)
1351.5, 1400, 1192.5 (54/19),
JLS1515 1.331 - 1.425 1431,1500, 1272 (45/7) (54/19), 15.0 (381) 15CD 60 3.1 (1.4)
1510.5 1351.5 (45/7) (54/19)
1590, 1600, 1431 (45/7) (54/19),
JLS1616 1.426 - 1.520 1700 1510.5 (45/7) (54/19), 16.0 (406) 16CD 60 3.8 (1.7)
1590 (45/7)
JLS1717 1.521 - 1.615 1750, 1800, 1590 (54/19), 1780 (84/19), 17.0 (432) 17CD 60 4.7 (2.1)
1900 1869 (68/7)
JLS1818 1.616 - 1.710 2000 2034.5 (72/7) 18.0 (457) 18CD 100 5.6 (2.5)
2167 (72/7),
JLS1919 1.711 - 1.805 2250, 2300 2156 (84/19), 19.0 (483) 19CD 100 6.5 (3.0)
2312 (76/19)
JLS2020 1.806 - 1.900 2500 2515 (76/19) 20.0 (508) 20CD 100 7.6 (3.4)

(1) These splices also approved for minimum tension applications on AAAC and ACAR conductors
within the diameter ranges listed.
(2) Repair sleeves are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger.

Page 114 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Conventional (Two Die) Full-Tension ACSR Conductors ALUMINUM
TJA
Splice assemblies for ACSR conductors consist of an aluminum splice body and
steel sleeve.

Splices
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum tube
Steel Sleeve – plated steel

L
IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Size, Stranding & Type
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Fargo® Component, Part Number Steel Filler Aluminum
Date Code
Sleeve Plug Body

Product Data and Conductor Size


Length Before
Component
Full Tension ACSR Conductor (1) Catalog Number Jumper Compression Die Size(3)
Splice Assembly Loop Inches
Catalog Number Strand Aluminum Steel Splice(2) Full Loop
Code Word Kcmil Alum Steel
AL / STL Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA7829 Pigeon 3/0 6/1 10546 113S17 40546 16.2 5.75 75AH 75SH
TJA7929 Penguin 4/0 6/1 10609 114S20 40609 16.8 6.3 76AH 75SH
TJA1102 Waxwing 266.8 18/1 10657 11141 40657 19.0 6.3 76AH 74SH
TJA1109 Partridge 266.8 26/7 10688 11265 40688 19.0 6.3 76AH 76SH
TJA1302 Merlin 336.4 18/1 10740 11152 40740 21.3 6.5 20AH 74SH
TJA1309 Linnet 336.4 26/7 10800 11296 40800 21.7 7.0 20AH 10SH
TJA1313 Oriole 336.4 30/7 10800 11343 40800 21.7 7.0 20AH 10SH
TJA1502 Chickadee 397.5 18/1 10800 11173 40800 21.7 7.0 20AH 74SH
TJA1508 Brant 397.5 24/7 10845 11281 40845 22.9 7.3 20AH 10SH
TJA1509 Ibis 397.5 26/7 10845 11313 40845 22.9 7.3 20AH 10SH
TJA1513 Lark 397.5 30/7 10845 11368 40845 22.9 7.3 20AH 12SH
TJA1802 Pelican 477.0 18/1 10883 11177 40883 21.0 7.5 24AH 75SH
TJA1808 Flicker 477.0 24/7 10922 11313 40922 24.6 8.0 24AH 10SH
TJA1809 Hawk 477.0 26/7 10922 11344 40922 24.6 8.0 24AH 12SH
TJA1813 Hen 477.0 30/7 10950 11405 40950 24.6 8.0 24AH 12SH
TJA2202 Osprey 556.5 18/1 10950 11221 40950 24.6 8.0 24AH 75SH
TJA2208 Parakeet 556.5 24/7 10990 11328 40990 25.2 8.0 24AH 10SH
TJA2209 Dove 556.5 26/7 10990 11368 40990 25.2 8.0 24AH 12SH
TJA2213 Eagle 556.5 30/7 10107 11436 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 14SH
TJA2408 Peacock 605.0 24/7 10102 11344 40102 27.9 9.0 27AH 12SH
TJA2409 Squab 605.0 26/7 10102 11390 40102 27.9 9.0 27AH 12SH

Page 115 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Length Before
Component
Full Tension ACSR Conductor(1) Catalog Number Jumper Compression Die Size(3)
SPLICES

Splice Assembly Loop Inches


Catalog Number Strand Aluminum Steel Splice(2) Full Loop
Code Word Kcmil Alum Steel
AL / STL Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA2413 Wood Duck 605.0 30/7 10107 11452 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 14SH
TJA2417 Teal 605.0 30/19 10107 11452 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 14SH
TJA2508 Rook 636.0 24/7 10107 11359 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 12SH
TJA2509 Grosbeak 636.0 26/7 10107 11390 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 12SH
TJA2513 Scoter 636.0 30/7 10107 11454 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 14SH
TJA2517 Egret 636.0 30/19 10107 11454 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 14SH
TJA2808 Flamingo 666.6 24/7 10107 11359 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 12SH
TJA2809 Gannet 666.6 26/7 10107 11405 40107 27.9 9.0 27AH 12SH
TJA3008 Stilt 715.5 24/7 10110 11368 40110 30.9 10.0 30AH 12SH
TJA3009 Starling 715.5 26/7 10110 11407 40110 30.9 10.0 30AH 14SH
TJA3017 Redwing 715.5 30/19 10110 11500 40110 30.9 10.0 30AH 16SH
TJA3318 Tern 795.0 45/7 10114 11296 40114 30.9 10.0 30AH 10SH
TJA3308 Cuckoo 795.0 24/7 10117 11390 40117 30.9 10.0 30AH 12SH
TJA3321 Condor 795.0 54/7 10117 11390 40117 30.9 10.0 30AH 12SH
TJA3309 Drake 795.0 26/7 10117 11452 40117 30.9 10.0 30AH 14SH
TJA3317 Mallard 795.0 30/19 10122 11515 40122 31.4 10.5 30AH 16SH
TJA3721 Crane 874.5 54/7 10122 11405 40122 31.4 10.5 30AH 12SH
TJA3818 Ruddy 900.0 45/7 10122 11313 40122 31.4 10.5 30AH 10SH
TJA3821 Canary 900.0 54/7 10122 11407 40122 31.4 10.5 30AH 14SH
TJA4118 Rail 954.0 45/7 10122 11328 40122 31.4 10.5 30AH 10SH
TJA4119 Towhee 954.0 48/7 10126 11359 40126 31.4 10.5 30AH 14SH
TJA4121 Cardinal 954.0 54/7 10126 11452 40126 31.4 10.5 30AH 14SH
TJA4117 Canvasback 954.0 30/19 10132 11563 40132 32.8 11.3 34AH 18SH
TJA4418 Ortolan 1033.5 45/7 10127 11328 40127 32.8 11.3 34AH 10SH
TJA4421 Curlew 1033.5 54/7 10127 11436 40127 32.8 11.3 34AH 14SH
TJA4718 Bluejay 1113.0 45/7 10132 11344 40132 32.8 11.3 34AH 12SH
TJA4724 Finch 1113.0 54/19 10136 11454 40136 34.9 11.9 34AH 14SH
TJA4918 Bunting 1192.5 45/7 10136 11359 40136 34.9 11.9 34AH 12SH
TJA4924 Grackle 1192.5 54/19 10141 11454 40141 35.1 12.5 36AH 14SH
TJA5118 Bittern 1272.0 45/7 10141 11359 40141 36.3 12.5 36AH 12SH

Page 116 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Length Before
(1) Component (3)
Full Tension ACSR Conductor Jumper Compression Die Size

Splices
Catalog Number
Splice Assembly Loop Inches
Catalog Number Strand Aluminum Steel Splice(2) Full Loop
Code Word Kcmil Alum Steel
AL / STL Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA5124 Pheasant 1272.0 54/19 10145 11500 40145 36.3 12.5 36AH 16SH
TJA5218 Dipper 1351.5 45/7 10145 11374 40145 36.3 12.5 36AH 12SH
TJA5224 Martin 1351.5 54/19 10149 11500 40149 36.3 13.3 38AH 16SH
TJA5418 Bobolink 1431.0 45/7 10145 11390 40145 35.1 12.5 36AH 12SH
TJA5424 Plover 1431.0 54/19 10149 11515 40149 36.3 13.3 38AH 16SH
TJA5618 Nuthatch 1510.5 45/7 10149 11390 40149 36.3 13.3 38AH 12SH
TJA5624 Parrot 1510.5 54/19 10157 11531 40157 36.3 13.3 40AH 16SH
TJA5718 Lapwing 1590.0 45/7 10157 11405 40157 36.3 13.3 40AH 12SH
TJA5724 Falcon 1590.0 54/19 10157 11546 40157 36.3 13.3 40AH 18SH
TJA6028 Chukar 1780.0 84/19 10167 11454 40167 37.6 14.5 42AH 14SH
TJA6105 Seahawk 1869.0 68/7 10167 11297 40167 37.6 14.5 42AH 12SH
TJA6205 Mockingbird 2034.5 72/7 10175 11360 40175 37.6 14.5 42AH 14SH
TJA6210 Roadrunner 2057.0 76/19 10175 11421 40175 37.6 14.5 42AH 12SH
TJA6328 Bluebird 2156.0 84/19 10184 11515 40184 40.0 15.3 44AH 16SH
TJA6425 Kiwi 2167.0 72/7 10181 11374 40181 40.0 15.3 44AH 12SH
TJA6610 Thrasher 2312.0 76/19 10188 11436 40188 40.7 15.7 44AH 14SH

NOTE: Splices are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger. Joint compound: use Fargo® UJC16 Joint
compound. Or, for lowest resistence connection, install with Fargo HTJC-16 compound. See table below for number of 16 oz
tubes required per component.
(1) TJA splice assemblies are full-tension rated for conductors with standard strength steel cores.
(2) Loop splice is minimum tension connector (no steel sleeve component required).
(3) Compression press minimum size:
20AH and smaller — 12 ton
24AH through 40AH — 60 ton
42AH and larger — 100 ton

Fargo Type UJC16 or HTJC16 Joint Compound Required (Cartridges per Fitting)
Die Size
Catalog
Component Series 74AH 75AH 76AH 20AH 24AH 27AH 30AH 34AH 36AH 38AH 40AH 42AH 44AH
FT Splice Body 10 0.04 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.32 0.44 0.60 0.94 0.98 1.10 1.10 1.40 1.52
Loop Splice 40 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.54 0.68

Page 117 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Conventional (Two Die) Full-Tension ACSS Conductors ALUMINUM
TJA-SSAC
Splice assemblies for ACSS conductors consist of an aluminum splice body and
steel sleeve.
SPLICES

Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Steel Sleeve – plated steel

IDENTIFICATION: L
Conductor Size, Stranding &
Type Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Fargo® Component, Part Number
Date Code
Steel Filler Aluminum
Sleeve Plug Body

Product Data and Conductor Size


Length Before
ACSR Conductor
(1) Component (3)
Full Tension Jumper Compression Die Size
Catalog Number
Splice Assembly Loop(2) Inches
Catalog Number Strand Aluminum Steel Splice Full Loop
Code Word Kcmil Alum Steel
AL / STL Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA1113SSAC Junco 266.8 30/7 10740SSAC 11313 40740SSAC 24.5 16.5 20AH 10SH
TJA1109SSAC Partridge 266.8 26/7 10734SSAC 11266 40734SSAC 23.2 15.2 76AH 10SH
TJA1309SSAC Linnet 336.4 26/7 10800SSAC 11297 40800SSAC 26.5 16.5 20AH 12SH
TJA1313SSAC Oriole 336.4 30/7 10800SSAC 11344 40800SSAC 26.5 16.5 20AH 12SH
TJA1508SSAC Brant 397.5 24/7 10845SSAC 11281 40845SSAC 28.9 18.5 20AH 10SH
TJA1509SSAC Ibis 397.5 26/7 10845SSAC 11312 40845SSAC 28.9 18.5 20AH 12SH
TJA1513SSAC Lark 397.5 30/7 10845SSAC 11368 40845SSAC 28.9 18.5 20AH 12SH
TJA1808SSAC Flicker 477.0 24/7 10922SSAC 11312 40922SSAC 32.1 20.5 24AH 12SH
TJA1809SSAC Hawk 477.0 26/7 10922SSAC 11344 40922SSAC 32.1 20.5 24AH 12SH
TJA1813SSAC Hen 477.0 30/7 10922SSAC 11406 40922SSAC 32.1 20.5 24AH 14SH
TJA2209SSAC Dove 556.5 26/7 10102SSAC 11368 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA2213SSAC Eagle 556.5 30/7 10102SSAC 11452 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 14SH
TJA2408SSAC Peacock 605.0 24/7 10102SSAC 11344 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA2408SSAC Peacock 605.0 24/7 10102SSAC 11344 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA2409SSAC Squab 605.0 26/7 10102SSAC 11391 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 14SH
TJA2417SSAC Teal 605.0 30/19 10102SSAC 11453 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 16SH
TJA2413SSAC Wood Duck 605.0 30/7 10102SSAC 11453 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 16SH
TJA2517SSAC Egret 636.0 30/19 10102SSAC 11469 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 16SH
TJA2509SSAC Grosbeak 636.0 26/7 10102SSAC 11406 40102SSAC0 35.8 23.1 27AH 14SH
TJA2508SSAC Rook 636.0 24/7 10107SSAC 11359 40107SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA2513SSAC Scoter 636.0 30/7 10102SSAC 11469 40102SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 16SH
TJA2808SSAC Flamingo 666.6 24/7 10107SSAC 11359 40107SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH

Page 118 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Length Before
(1) Component (3)
Full Tension ACSR Conductor Catalog Number Jumper Compression Die Size

Splices
Splice Assembly Loop(2) Inches
Catalog Number Strand Aluminum Steel Splice Full Loop
Code Word Kcmil Alum Steel
AL / STL Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA2809SSAC Gannet 666.6 26/7 10107SSAC 11406 40107SSAC 35.8 23.1 27AH 14SH
TJA3017SSAC Redwing 715.5 30/19 10110SSAC 11500 40110SSAC 38.7 25.8 30AH 16SH
TJA3009SSAC Starling 715.5 26/7 10110SSAC 11407 40110SSAC 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA3008SSAC Stilt 715.5 24/7 10110SSAC 11375 40110SSAC 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA3321SSAC Condor 795.0 54/7 10117SSAC 11421 40117SSAC 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA3308SSAC Cuckoo 795.0 24/7 10110SSAC 11421 40110SSAC 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA3309SSAC Drake 795.0 26/7 10122SSAC 11453 40122SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 16SH
TJA3317SSAC Mallard 795.0 30/19 10102SSAC 11516 41022SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 18SH
TJA3318SSAC Tern 795.0 45/7 10110SSAC 11297 40110SSAC 40.6 25.8 30AH 12SH
TJA3821SSAC Canary 900.0 54/7 10126SSAC 11407 40126SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 14SH
TJA3818SSAC Ruddy 900.0 45/7 10126SSAC 11312 40126SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 12SH
TJA4117SSAC Canvasback 954.0 30/19 10134SSAC 11563 40132SSAC 42.6 29.0 34AH 18SH
TJA4121SSAC Cardinal 954.0 54/7 10126SSAC 11453 40126SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 16SH
TJA4118SSAC Rail 954.0 45/7 10126SSAC 11329 40126SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 12SH
TJA4119SSAC Towhee 954.0 48/7 10126SSAC 11360 40126SSAC 40.6 27.1 30AH 14SH
TJA4421SSAC Curlew 1033.5 54/7 10132SSAC 11453 40132SSAC 42.6 29.0 34AH 16SH
TJA4418SSAC Ortolan 1033.5 45/7 10132SSAC 11329 40132SSAC 42.6 29.0 34AH 12SH
TJA4718SSAC Bluejay 1113.0 45/7 10132SSAC 11329 40132SSAC 42.6 29.0 34AH 12SH
TJA4724SSAC Finch 1113.0 54/19 10136SSAC 11469 40136SSAC 44.4 30.6 34AH 16SH
TJA4918SSAC Bunting 1192.5 45/7 10136SSAC 11360 40136SSAC 44.4 30.6 34AH 14SH
TJA4924SSAC Grackle 1192.5 54/19 10136SSAC 11484 40145SSAC 45.5 32.3 36AH 16SH
TJA5118SSAC Bittern 1272.0 45/7 10145SSAC 11360 40145SSAC 45.5 32.3 36AH 14SH
TJA5124SSAC Pheasant 1272.0 54/19 10145SSAC 11501 40145SSAC 45.5 32.3 36AH 18SH
TJA5218SSAC Dipper 1351.5 45/7 10145SSAC 11375 40145SSAC 45.5 32.3 36AH 14SH
TJA5224SSAC Martin 1351.5 54/19 10149SSAC 11501 40149SSAC 46.3 34.0 38AH 18SH
TJA5418SSAC Bobolink 1431.0 45/7 10149SSAC 11391 40149SSAC 46.3 34.0 38AH 14SH
TJA5424SSAC Plover 1431.0 54/19 10149SSAC 11516 40149SSAC 46.3 34.0 38AH 18SH
TJA5618SSAC Nuthatch 1510.5 45/7 10149SSAC 11392 40149SSAC 46.3 34.0 38AH 16SH
TJA5624SSAC Parrot 1510.5 54/19 10157SSAC 11532 40157SSAC 47.0 35.4 40AH 18SH
TJA5724SSAC Falcon 1590.0 54/19 10157SSAC 11546 40157SSAC 47.0 35.4 40AH 18SH

Page 119 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Length Before
(1) Component (3)
Full Tension ACSR Conductor Jumper Compression Die Size
Catalog Number
SPLICES

Splice Assembly Loop(2) Inches


Catalog Number Strand Aluminum Steel Splice Full Loop
Code Word Kcmil Alum Steel
AL / STL Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA5718SSAC Lapwing 1590.0 45/7 10157SSAC 11506 40157SSAC 47.0 35.4 40AH 16SH
TJA6028SSAC Chukar 1780.5 84/19 10167SSAC 11569 40167SSAC 48.8 37.5 42AH 18SH
TJA6210SSAC Roadrunner 2057.0 76/19 10167SSAC 11438 40167SSAC 48.8 37.5 42AH 16SH
TJA6328SSAC Bluebird 2156.0 84/19 10184SSAC 11516 40184SSAC 50.7 39.1 44AH 18SH
TJA6610SSAC Thrasher 2312.0 76/19 10184SSAC 11438 40184SSAC 52.0 40.8 44AH 18SH

NOTE: Splices are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger. Joint compound: Fittings are ACSS-rated when
installed with Fargo® HTJC16 joint compound — see table below for number of 16 oz tubes required for deadend body and
terminal components.
(1) TJA splice assemblies are full-tension rated for ACSS conductors with standard high-strength (HS) and extra high-strength
(EHS/UHS) steel cores.
(2) Loop splice is minimum tension connector (no steel sleeve component required).
(3) Compression press minimum size:
20AH and smaller — 12 ton
24AH through 40AH — 60 ton
42AH and larger — 100 ton

Fargo Type HTJC16 Joint Compound Required (Cartridges Per Fitting)


Catalog Die Size
Component Series 76AH 20AH 24AH 27AH 30AH 34AH 36AH 38AH 40AH 42AH 44AH
FT Splice Body 10 0.10 0.20 0.32 0.44 0.60 0.94 0.98 1.10 1.10 1.40 1.52
Loop Splice 40 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.54 0.68

Page 120 | August 2013


Splices— Compression
Conventional (Two Die) Full-Tension ACSS Conductors ALUMINUM
TJA-STW
Splice assemblies for ACSS/TW conductors consist of an aluminum splice
body and steel sleeve.

Splices
Material: Body – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube
Steel Sleeve – plated steel

IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Size, Stranding &
Type Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Fargo® Component, Part Number
Date Code

Steel Filler Aluminum


Sleeve Plug Body

Product Data and Conductor Size


ACSS/TW Conductor(2) Length Before
Full Tension Component Compression Die Size
Splice(1) Catalog Number Jumper Loop
Strand Inches
Assembly Code Word Kcmil Type AL Splice(3)
Catalog Number / STL Aluminum Steel Full Loop Alum Steel
Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA1323STW Oriole/TW 336.4 23 16/7 10800STW 11344 40800STW 25.0 16.5 20AH 12SH
TJA1813STW Flicker/TW 477.0 13 18/7 10922STW 11312 40922STW 32.1 20.5 24AH 12SH
TJA1816STW Hawk/TW 477.0 16 18/7 10922STW 11344 40922STW 32.1 20.5 24AH 12SH
TJA1823STW Hen/TW 477.0 23 16/7 10922STW 11406 40922STW 32.1 20.5 24AH 14SH
TJA2213STW Parakeet/TW 556.5 13 18/7 10990STW 11329 40990STW 33.4 23.1 24AH 12SH

PRODUCTS
TJA2216STW Dove/TW 556.5 16 20/7 10102STW 11368 40102STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA0216STW Calumet 565.3 16 20/7 10102STW 11368 40102STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA0113STW Mohawk 571.7 13 18/7 10102STW 11344 40102STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH

Page 121 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
ACSS/TW Conductor(2) Length Before
Full Tension Component Compression Die Size
SPLICES

Splice(1) Catalog Number Jumper Loop


Strand Inches
Assembly Code Word Kcmil Type AL Splice(3)
Catalog Number / STL Aluminum Steel Full Loop Alum Steel
Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA2513STW Rook/TW 636.0 13 18/7 10107STW 11359 40107STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA2516STW Grosbeak/TW 636.0 16 20/7 10102STW 11406 40102STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 14SH
TJA0416STW Oswego 664.6 16 20/7 10102STW 11406 40102STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 14SH
TJA0313STW Mystic 666.6 13 20/7 10107STW 11359 40107STW 35.8 23.1 27AH 12SH
TJA0513STW Maumee 762.8 13 20/7 10110STW 11391 40110STW 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA0616STW Wabash 762.8 16 20/7 10110STW 11452 40110STW 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA3307STW Tern/TW 795.0 7 17/7 10110STW 11297 40110STW 38.7 25.8 30AH 12SH
TJA3313STW Condor/TW 795.0 13 20/7 10110STW 11421 40110STW 38.7 25.8 30AH 14SH
TJA3316STW Drake/TW 795.0 16 20/7 10122STW 11453 40122STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 16SH
TJA3323STW Mallard/TW 795.0 23 22/19 10122STW 11516 40122STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 18SH
TJA3813STW Canary/TW 900.0 13 30/7 10122STW 11407 40122STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 14SH
TJA0810STW Frasier 946.7 10 35/7 10126STW 11391 40126STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 14SH
TJA4107STW Rail/TW 954.0 7 32/7 10126STW 11329 40126STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 12SH
TJA4113STW Cardinal/TW 954.0 13 20/7 10126STW 11453 40126STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 16SH
TJA0707STW Kettle 957.2 7 32/7 10126STW 11312 40126STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 12SH
TJA1016STW Suwanee 959.6 16 22/7 10126STW 11484 40126STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 16SH
TJA0913STW Columbia 966.2 13 21/7 10126STW 11469 40126STW 40.6 27.0 30AH 16SH
TJA4407STW Ortolan/TW 1033.5 7 32/7 10132STW 11329 40132STW 42.6 29.0 34AH 12SH
TJA4413STW Curlew/TW 1033.5 13 22/7 10132STW 11453 40132STW 42.6 29.0 34AH 16SH
TJA4707STW Bluejay/TW 1113.0 7 33/7 10132STW 11329 40132STW 42.6 29.0 34AH 12SH
TJA4713STW Finch/TW 1113.0 13 38/19 10132STW 11469 40132STW 44.4 30.6 34AH 16SH
TJA1407STW Genesee 1158.0 7 33/7 10132STW 11391 40132STW 44.4 30.6 34AH 14SH
TJA1513STW Hudson 1158.4 13 25/7 10132STW 11469 40132STW 44.4 30.6 34AH 16SH
TJA4907STW Bunting/TW 1192.5 7 33/7 10132STW 11360 40132STW 44.4 30.6 34AH 14SH
TJA4913STW Grackle/TW 1192.5 13 38/19 10145STW 11484 40145STW 45.5 32.3 36AH 16SH
TJA1913STW Yukon 1233.6 13 38/19 10145STW 11484 40145STW 45.5 32.3 36AH 16SH
TJA1707STW Nelson 1257.1 7 35/7 10136STW 11360 40136STW 44.4 30.6 34AH 14SH
TJA5107STW Bittern/TW 1272.0 7 35/7 10145STW 11360 40145STW 45.5 32.3 36AH 14SH
TJA5113STW Pheasant/TW 1272.0 13 39/19 10141STW 11501 40141STW 45.5 32.3 36AH 18SH
TJA2313STW Thames 1334.6 13 39/19 10141STW 11501 40141STW 45.5 32.3 36AH 18SH
TJA5207STW Dipper/TW 1351.5 7 35/7 10145STW 11375 40145STW 45.5 32.3 36AH 14SH
TJA5213STW Martin/TW 1351.5 13 39/19 10149STW 11501 40149STW 46.3 34.0 38AH 18SH
TJA5407STW Bobolink/TW 1431.0 7 36/7 10149STW 11391 40149STW 46.3 34.0 38AH 14SH
TJA5413STW Plover/TW 1431.0 13 39/19 10149STW 11516 40149STW 46.3 34.0 38AH 18SH

Page 122 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
ACSS/TW Conductor(2) Length Before
Full Tension Component Compression Die Size
Catalog Number

Splices
Splice(1) Jumper Loop Inches
Assembly Strand Splice(3)
Code Word Kcmil Type AL
Catalog Number / STL Aluminum Steel Full Loop Alum Steel
Body Sleeve Tension Splice
TJA2713STW Merrimack 1433.6 13 39/19 10149STW 11516 40149STW 46.3 34.0 38AH 18SH
TJA3013STW Rio Grande 1533.3 13 39/19 10149STW 11532 40149STW 46.3 34.0 38AH 18SH
TJA2907STW Potomac 1557.4 7 36/7 10149STW 11506 40149STW 46.3 34.0 38AH 16SH
TJA5707STW Lapwing/TW 1590.0 7 36/7 10157STW 11469 40157STW 47.0 35.7 38AH 16SH
TJA5713STW Falcon/TW 1590.0 13 42/19 10157STW 11546 40157STW 47.0 35.7 40AH 18SH
TJA3107STW Schukill 1657.4 7 36/7 10157STW 11422 40157STW 47.0 35.7 40AH 16SH
TJA6008STW Chukar/TW 1780.0 8 37/19 10167STW 11569 40167STW 48.8 37.5 42AH 18SH
TJA3413STW Cumberland 1926.9 13 42/19 10167STW 11548 40167STW 48.8 37.5 42AH 20SH
TJA3607STW Athabaska 1949.6 7 42/7 10167STW 11453 40167STW 48.8 37.5 42AH 16SH
TJA6308STW Bluebird/TS 2156.0 8 64/19 10184STW 11516 40184STW 50.7 39.1 44AH 18SH

NOTE: Splices are EHV rated where conductor is 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D. or larger. Joint compound: Fittings are ACSS-rated
when installed with Fargo® HTJC16 joint compound. See table below for number of 16 oz tubes required for deadend body and
terminal connections.
(1) TJA splice assemblies ae full-tension rated for ACSS/TW conductors with standard high-strength (HS) and extra high-strength
(EHS/UHS) steel cores.
(2) Loop splice is minimum tension connector (no steel sleeve component required).
(3) Compression press minimum size:
20AH and smaller — 12 ton
24AH through 40AH — 60 ton
42AH and larger — 100 ton

Fargo Type HTJC16 Joint Compound Required (Cartridges Per Fitting)


Catalog Die Size
Component Series 76AH 20AH 24AH 27AH 30AH 34AH 36AH 38AH 40AH 42AH 44AH
FT Splice Body 10 0.10 0.20 0.32 0.44 0.60 0.94 0.98 1.10 1.10 1.40 1.52
Loop Splice 40 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.54 0.68

Page 123 | August 2013


Splices — Compression
Compression Full-Tension Splice Alumoweld® and EHS Steel ALUMINUM
81
Material: Body – aluminum alloy (SWS series galvanized steel)
SPLICES

IDENTIFICATION:
Wire Size
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

End Cap
Both Ends
A

Grit Lined I.D.

Product Data and Conductor Size


Shield Wire Data Length Before Minimum
Catalog Net Wt
Outside Diameter Compression Die Size Press Size
Number EHS Steel Alumoweld lb (kg)
Inches Inches (mm) Tons
811222 0.306 - 0.313 5/16 7 # 10, 3 # 7 8.0 (203) 12SH 60 .20 (.09)
811425 0.343 - 0.375 3/8 7 # 9, 3 # 6 9.9 (251) 14SH 60 .30 (.14)

811427 0.385 - 0.392 — 7 # 8, 3 # 5 10.7 (272) 14SH 60 .30 (.14)

811630 0.417 - 0.438 7/16 7#7 12.8 (325) 16SH 60 .40 (.20)
SWS100547 0.486 - 0.500 1/2 7#6 10.5 (267) 16SH 60 .60 (.27)

NOTE: Add “PC” suffix for factory loaded inhibitor. Example: 811425PC for extra length repair splice, add “XL” suffix and repair
cutoff length in inches. Example: 811425XL24.

Page 124 | August 2013


Jumper Terminals
Jumper Terminals

delivery
Jumper Terminals
Compression Straight Pad AAC, AAAC, ALUMINUM

ACAR and ACSR Conductor Jumper Terminal JTS

Jumper terminals are prefilled with inhibitor. Tongue holes have NEMA
spacing. Standard hardware includes one aluminum 1/2 - 13 bolt, nut and two
aluminum washers per .56 diameter hole.
Jumper Terminals

Material: Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Hardware – aluminum alloy

IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Length Before
Compression

Pad
Width

1.75 .56 Dia


[44] [14]

Pad 1.75
Width [44]

Page 126 | August 2013


Jumper Terminals
Product Data and Conductor Size
Conductor Range(1)
Pad Width
Outside Diameter Length Minimum Net
Catalog Inches (mm)
Inches(2) ACSR Kcmil (Str) Inches Die Size Press Weight
Number AAC Size —
Std Cond / (mm) Tons lb (kg)
Kcmil Holes
Compact/TW ACSR/TW (Typ)

Jumper Terminals
0.595-0.679 1.7 (44)
JTS07 300-350 266.8 (26/7) - 336.4 (18/1) — 9.2 (234) 07CD 12 0.4 (.19)
0.547-0.611 2
0.680-0.765 336.4 (18/1) - 397.5 (20/7) 1.7 (44)
JTS08 397.5-400 — 9.8 (249) 08CD 12 0.6 (.27)
0.630-0.695 336.4 (T23) 2
0.766-0.855 397.5 (24/7) - 477 (24/7) 2.2 (56)
JTS09 450-550 — 10.4 (264) 09CD 12 0.8 (.36)
0.702-0.776 397.5 (T13) - 477 (T13) 2
0.856-0.950 477 (24/7) - 636 (18/1) 2.2 (56)
JTS10 556.5-650 — 11.4 (290) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)

PRODUCTS
0.789-0.858 477 (T16) - 565.3 (T16) 2
0.950-1.045 636 (18/1) - 795 (36/1) 3.0 (76)
JTS11 700-800 — 12.1 (307) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
0.880-0.930 636 (T13) - 664.6 (T13) 4
1.026-1.131 795 (36/1) - 900 (45/7) 3.0 (76)
JTS12 795-954 — 12.7 (323) 12CD 60 1.8 (.81)
0.960-1.010 795 (T7) - 795 (T16) 4
1.140-1.235 795 (30/19) - 1033.5 (45/7) 3.0 (76)
JTS13 1000-1113 — 13.4 (340) 13CD 60 2.2 (.99)
1.046-1.108 795 (T23) - 959.5 (T16) 4
1.236-1.330 954 (30/19) - 1272 (36/1) 3.0 (76)
JTS14 1192.5-1300 — 14.0 (356) 14CD 60 2.7 (1.2)
1.125-1.196 1035 (T13) - 1158.4 (T13) 4
1.331-1.425 1192.5 (54/19) - 1351.5 (54/19) 3.0 (76)
JTS15 1351.5-1510.5 — 14.6 (371) 15CD 60 3.1 (1.4)
1.212-1.300 1192.5 (T13) - 1351.5 (T13) 4
1.426-1.520 1431 (45/7) -1590 (45/7) 3.0 (76)
JTS16 1590-1700 — 15.9 (404) 16CD 60 3.9 (1.7)
1.290-1.382 1431 (T7) - 1590 (T7) 4
1.521-1.615 1590 (54/19)-1868 (68/7) 4.0 (102)
JTS17 1750-1900 — 16.5 (419) 17CD 60 4.7 (2.1)
1.385-1.455 1590 (T13) - 1780 (T8) 4
1.630-1.805 2034.5 (72/7) - 2312 (76/19) 4.0 (102)
JTS19 2000-2300 — 17.8 (452) 19CD 100 6.1 (2.8)
1.504-1.608 1926.9 (T13) - 2156 (T8) 4
1.806-1.900 4.0 (102)
JTS20 2500 2515 (76/19) — 18.4 (467) 20CD 100 7.1 (3.2)
1.662-1.710 4

NOTE: Conventional (AH Die) jumper terminals in catalog number series 33XXX listed separately. To specify stainless steel
hardware add “SS” to catalog number. Example: JTS12SS
(1) Compact AAC and ACSR/TW conductor terminal diameter ranges are the lower of the dual listings.
(2) These terminals also approved for minimum tension applications on AAAC and ACAR conductors within the
diameter ranges.

Page 127 | August 2013


Jumper Terminals
Compression 15° Pad AAC, AAAC, ALUMINUM

ACAR and ACSR Conductor Jumper Terminal JTF

Jumper terminals are prefilled with inhibitor. Tongue holes have NEMA spacing.
Standard hardware includes one aluminum 1/2 - 13 bolt, nut and two aluminum
washers per .56 diameter hole.
Jumper Terminals

Material: Terminal – seamless extruded aluminum alloy tube


Hardware – aluminum alloy

IDENTIFICATION:
Conductor Type & Diameter Range Length Before
Die Size, Minimum Press Size Compression
Part Number, Date Code

15°

Pad .56 Dia


Width [44]

1.75
[44]

1.75
[44]

Pad
Width

assurance
Page 128 | August 2013
Jumper Terminals
Product Data and Conductor Size
Conductor Range(1)
Outside ACSR Kcmil (Str) Pad Width
Diameter Length Minimum Net
Catalog
Inches(2) AAC Size Inches Die Size Press Weight
Number
Std Cond / Kcmil ACSR/TW (Typ) (mm) Tons lb (kg)

Jumper Terminals
Compact/TW
0.595-0.679 1.7 (44)
JTF07 300-350 266.8 (26/7) - 336.4 (18/1) — 9.2 (234) 07CD 12 0.4 (.19)
0.547-0.611 2
0.680-0.765 336.4 (18/1) - 397.5 (20/7) 1.7 (44)
JTF08 397.5-400 — 9.8 (249) 08CD 12 0.6 (.27)
0.630-0.695 336.4 (T23) 2
0.766-0.855 397.5 (24/7) - 477 (24/7) 2.2 (56)
JTF09 450-550 — 10.4 (264) 09CD 12 0.8 (.36)
0.702-0.776 397.5 (T13) - 477 (T13) 2
0.856-0.950 477 (24/7) - 636 (18/1) 2.2 (56)
JTF10 556.5-650 — 11.4 (290) 10CD 60 1.1 (.49)
0.789-0.858 477 (T16) - 565.3 (T16) 2
0.950-1.045 636 (18/1) - 795 (36/1) 3.0 (76)
JTF11 700-800 — 12.1 (307) 11CD 60 1.5 (.68)
0.880-0.930 636 (T13) - 664.6 (T13) 4
1.026-1.131 795 (36/1) - 900 (45/7) 3.0 (76)
JTF12 795-954 — 12.7 (323) 12CD 60 1.8 (.81)
0.960-1.010 795 (T7) - 795 (T16) 4
1.140-1.235 795 (30/19) - 1033.5 (45/7) 3.0 (76)
JTF13 1000-1113 — 13.4 (340) 13CD 60 2.2 (.99)
1.046-1.108 795 (T23) - 959.5 (T16) 4
1.236-1.330 954 (30/19) - 1272 (36/1) 3.0 (76)
JTF14 1192.5-1300 — 14.0 (356) 14CD 60 2.7 (1.2)
1.125-1.196 1035 (T13) - 1158.4 (T13) 4
1.331-1.425 1192.5 (54/19) - 1351.5 (54/19) 3.0 (76)
JTF15 1351.5-1510.5 — 14.6 (371) 15CD 60 3.1 (1.4)
1.212-1.300 1192.5 (T13) - 1351.5 (T13) 4
1.426-1.520 1431 (45/7) -1590 (45/7) 3.0 (76)
JTF16 1590-1700 — 15.9 (404) 16CD 60 3.9 (1.7)
1.290-1.382 1431 (T7) - 1590 (T7) 4
1.521-1.615 1590 (54/19)-1868 (68/7) 4.0 (102)
JTF17 1750-1900 — 16.5 (419) 17CD 60 4.7 (2.1)
1.385-1.455 1590 (T13) - 1780 (T8) 4
1.630-1.805 2034.5 (72/7) - 2312 (76/19) 4.0 (102)
JTF19 2000-2300 — 17.8 (452) 19CD 100 6.1 (2.8)
1.504-1.608 1949.6 (T7) - 2156 (T8) 4
1.806-1.900 4.0 (102)
JTF20 2500 2515 (76/19) — 18.4 (467) 20CD 100 7.1 (3.2)
1.662-1.710 4

NOTE: Conventional (AH Die) jumper terminals in catalog number series 33XXX listed separately. To specify stainless
steel hardware add “SS” to catalog number. Example: JTF09SS
(1) Compact AAC and ACSR/TW conductor terminal diameter ranges are the lower of the dual listings.
(2) These terminals also approved for minimum tension applications on AAAC and ACAR conductors within the
diameter ranges.

Page 129 | August 2013


Shield Wire Terminals
Compression Straight Terminal Alumoweld® ALUMINUM

and EHS Steel Shield Wire Terminal 33

The bore is capped and pad holes have NEMA spacing. Standard hardware
includes two aluminum 1/2 - 13 bolts, nuts and four aluminum washers.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy


Jumper Terminals

Hardware – aluminum alloy

IDENTIFICATION:
Wire Type & Size
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Part Number, Date Code

Length Before Compression


PRODUCTS

1.1
.56 Dia [27]
[14]
1.75
[44]

Product Data and Wire Size


Shield Wire Data
Length Before Minimum Net
Catalog Outside Compression Die Size Press Weight
Number Diameter EHS Steel Alumoweld Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)
Inches
331022 0.306-0.313 5/16 7 # 10, 3 # 7 7.2 (180) 10SH 12 .18 (.08)
331225 0.343-0.375 3/8 7 # 9, 3 # 6 7.4 (190) 12SH 60 .27 (.12)
331227 0.385-0.392 — 7 # 8, 3 # 5 7.6 (190) 12SH 60 .38 (.17)
331430 0.417-0.438 7/16 7#7 7.6 (190) 14SH 60 .40 (.18)
331635SW 0.486-0.500 1/2 7#6 7.8 (200) 16SH 60 .57 (.26)

Page 130 | August 2013


Shield Wire Terminals
Compression Straight Terminal Alumoweld® ALUMINUM

and EHS Steel Shield Wire Terminal 30

The bore is capped and pad holes have NEMA spacing. Standard hardware
includes two aluminum 1/2 - 13 bolts, nuts and four aluminum washers.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy

Jumper Terminals
Hardware – aluminum alloy

IDENTIFICATION:
Wire Type & Size
Die Size, Minimum Press Size Length Before Compression
Part Number, Date Code

15º

.56 Dia
[14]
1.1
1.75 [27]
[44]

Product Data and Wire Size


Shield Wire Data
Length Before Minimum Net
Catalog Outside Compression Die Size Press Weight
Number Diameter EHS Steel Alumoweld Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)
Inches
301022SW 0.306-0.313 5/16 7 # 10, 3 # 7 6.1 (150) 12SH 60 .18 (.08)
301225SW 0.343-0.375 3/8 7 # 9, 3 # 6 6.4 (160) 12SH 60 .27 (.12)
301227SW 0.385-0.392 — 7 # 8, 3 # 5 6.4 (160) 12SH 60 .38 (.17)
301430SW 0.417-0.438 7/16 7#7 6.9 (170) 14SH 60 .40 (.18)
301635SW 0.486-0.500 1/2 7#6 7.4 (190) 16SH 60 .57 (.26)

Page 131 | August 2013


Tee Connectors
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Pad — Open Run AAC, AAAC, ALUMINUM

ACAR and ACSR Conductors ORT21


Length Before Compression
Pad holes have NEMA spacing.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy


Pad – cast aluminum
Jumper Terminals

Min 1.75
Flat [44]
IDENTIFICATION: Min 1.75
B Flat [44]
Conductor Type & Diameter Range .56 [14]
Die Size, Minimum Press Size Dia Holes 1.75
Part Number, Date Code [44]
Pad Width
Pad Width

Product Data and Wire Size


Conductor Range (1)
Pad Details Length
Fargo Before Die Minimum Net
Catalog Outside Width Press Weight
AAC Size ACSR Size Bolt Compression Size(2)
Number Diameter Inches Tons lb (kg)
Kcmil Kcmil (Str) Holes (mm) Inches (mm)
Inches (mm)
ORT2107 0.595 - 0.679 300, 336.4, 350 266.8 (18/1) (6/7) (26/7) 2 2.0 (51) 11.3 (287) 07CD 12 0.84 (0.37)
(15.1 - 17.2)
ORT2108 0.680 - 0.765 350, 397.5, 400 336.4 (18/1) (26/7) (30/7), 2 2.0 (51) 12.7 (323) 08CD 12 1.1 (0.48)
(17.3 - 19.4) 397.5 (18/1)
ORT2109 0.766 - 0.855 450, 477, 500, 550 397.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7), 2 2.0 (51) 13.4 (340) 1.4 (0.61)
ORT2109C (19.5 - 21.7) 477 (18/1) (24/7) 4 3.0 (76) 14.4 (366) 09CD 12 1.5 (0.65)
ORT2110 0.856 - 0.950 556.5, 600, 477 (26/7) (30/7), 2 2.0 (51) 14.3 (363) 10CD 1.7 (0.74)
ORT2110C (21.7 - 24.1) 636, 650 556.5 (18/1) (24/7) (26/7), 4 3.0 (76) 15.3 (389) 24AH 60 1.8 (0.78)
636 (18/1) (36/1)
556.5 (30/7),
0.950 - 1.045 605 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19),
ORT2111 (24.2 - 26.5) 700, 715.5, 750 636 (18/1) – (30/19), 4 3.0 (76) 16.3 (414) 11CD 60 2.5 (1.09)
666 (24/7) (26/7),
715.5 (24/7)
ORT2112 1.026 - 1.131 795, 800, 874.5, 715.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19), 3.0 (76) 17.3 (439) 3.1 (1.35)
ORT2112D (26.1 - 28.7) 900, 954 795 (24/7) (26/7) (45/7) (54/7), 4 4.0 (102) 18.3 (465) 12CD 60 3.3 (1.50)
795 (36/1), 900 (45/7)
1000, 1033.5, 795 (30/19) 4 13CD
30AH
ORT2113 1.140 - 1.235 900 (54/7), 3.0 (76) 18.5 (470) 60 3.6 (1.57)
ORT2113D (29.0 - 31.4) 1100, 1113 954 (45/7) (54/7), 4 4.0 (102) 19.5 (495) 13CD 3.8 (1.66)
1033.5 (36/1) (45/7)
ORT2114 1.236 - 1.330 1192.5, 1200, 1250 954 (30/19), 1033.5 (54/7), 3.0 (76) 19.8 (503) 14CD 4.6 (2.00)
ORT2114D (31.5 - 33.8) 1272, 1300 1113 (45/7) (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 20.8 (528) 34AH 60 4.8 (2.09)
1192.5 (45/7)
ORT2115 1.331 - 1.425 1351.5, 1400, 1431, 1192.5 (54/19), 3.0 (76) 20.7 (526) 15CD 5.5 (2.40)
ORT2115D (33.9 - 36.2) 1500, 1510.5 1272 (45/7) (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 21.7 (551) 36AH 60 5.7 (2.48)
1351.5 (45/7) (54/19)
ORT2116 1.426 - 1.520 1431 (45/7) (54/19), 3.0 (76) 21.6 (549) 16CD 6.1 (2.66)
ORT2116D (36.3 - 38.6) 1590, 1600, 1700 1510.5 (45/7) (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 22.6 (574) 38AH 60 6.3 (2.74)
1590 (45/7)
ORT2117 1.521 - 1.615 1750, 1800, 1900 1590 (54/19) 4 4.0 (102) 23.5 (597) 17CD 60 7.8 (3.40)
(38.7 - 41.0) 1780 (84/19), 1869 (68/7)
2000, 2250, 2300 2034.5 (72/7), 2057 (76/19), 4 19CD
ORT2119 1.630 - 1.805 2167 (72/7) 4.0 (102) 25.4 (645) 44AH 100 10.2 (4.43)
(41.4 - 45.8)
— 2156 (84/19), 2312 (76/19) 4 19CD

NOTE: Install with Fargo type UJC or, for lowest resistance connection, type HTJC inhibitor compound. Tees are suitable for EHV
applications on conductors over 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O. D.
(1) These tee taps also approved application on AAAC and ACAR conductors within the diameter ranges listed.
(2) Hex dies not available for some sleeve & conductor combinations. If no AH die listed for conductor, use only the CD die shown.

Page 132 | August 2013


Tee Connectors
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Pad — Open Run ACSS Conductors ALUMINUM
ORT21SSAC
Tee-taps listed below are rated for use on
ACSS conductors when installed with Fargo® Length Before Compression
type HTJC, high-temperature joint compound.
Tap pad holes have NEMA spacing.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy

Jumper Terminals
Pad – cast aluminum
Min 1.75
Flat [44]
Min 1.75
IDENTIFICATION: B [44]
Flat
Conductor Type & Diameter Range .56 [14]
Die Size, Minimum Press Size Dia Holes 1.75
Part Number, Date Code [44]
Pad Width
Pad Width

Product Data and Conductor Size


Conductor Range Pad Details
Fargo Length Before Die Min Net
Catalog Outside Width Compression Size(1) Press Weight
ACSS Size Bolt
Number Diameter Inches Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)
Kcmil (Str) Holes
Inches (mm) (mm)
ORT2107SSAC 0.595-0.679 266.8 (18/1) (6/7) (26/7) 2 2.0 (51) 12.7 (323) 07CD 12 0.90 (0.41)
ORT2107CSSAC (15.1 - 17.2) 4 3.0 (76) 13.7 (348) 0.97 (0.44)
ORT2108SSAC 0.680-0.765 336.4 (18/1) (26/7) (30/7), 2 2.0 (51) 13.5 (343) 08CD 12 1.1 (0.50)
ORT2108CSSAC (17.3 - 19.4) 397.5 (18/1) 4 3.0 (76) 14.5 (368) 76AH 1.2 (0.60)
ORT2109SSAC 0.766-0.855 397.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7), 2 2.0 (51) 15.6 (396) 09CD 12 1.5 (0.68)
ORT2109CSSAC (19.5 - 21.7) 477 (18/1) (24/7) 4 3.0 (76) 16.6 (422) 1.6 (0.73)
ORT2110SSAC 0.856-0.950 477 (26/7) (30/7), 2 2.0 (51) 16.3 (414) 10CD 1.9 (0.86)
ORT2110CSSAC (21.7 - 24.1) 556.5 (18/1) (24/7) (26/7), 4 3.0 (76) 17.3 (439) 24AH 60 2.0 (0.91)
636 (18/1) (36/1)
556.5 (30/7), 605 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19),
ORT2111SSAC 0.950-1.045 636 (18/1) (24/7) (26/7) (30/19), 4 3.0 (76) 18.1 (459) 11CD 60 2.6 (1.18)
(24.2 - 26.5) 666 (24/7) (26/7),
715.5 (24/7)
ORT2112SSAC 1.026-1.131 715.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19), 3.0 (76) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (1.50)
ORT2112DSSAC (26.1 - 28.7) 795 (24/7) (26/7) (45/7) (54/7), 4 4.0 (102) 20.5 (521) 12CD 60 3.5 (1.59)
900 (45/7)
795 (30/19) 13CD
30AH
ORT2113SSAC 1.140-1.235 4 3.0 (76) 21.3 (541) 3.9 (1.77)
ORT2113DSSAC (29.0 - 31.4) 795 (30/19), 900 (54/7), 4.0 (102) 22.3 (566) 60 4.1 (1.86)
954 (45/7) (54/7), 13CD
1033.5 (36/1) (45/7)
ORT2114SSAC 1.236-1.330 954 (30/19), 1033.5 (54/7), 3.0 (76) 22.2 (564) 14CD 5.1 (2.31)
ORT2114DSSAC (31.5 - 33.8) 1113 (45/7) (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 23.3 (589) 34AH 60 5.3 (2.40)
1192.5 (45/7)
ORT2115SSAC 1.331-1.425 1192.5 (54/19), 3.0 (76) 24.0 (610) 15CD 5.9 (2.67)
ORT2115DSSAC (33.9 - 36.2) 1272 (45/7) (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 25.0 (635) 36AH 60 6.1 (2.77)
1351.5 (45/7) (54/19)
ORT2116SSAC 1.426-1.520 1431 (45/7) (54/19), 3.0 (76) 25.0 (635) 16CD 8.1 (3.67)
ORT2116DSSAC (36.3 - 38.6) 1510.5 (45/7) (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 26.0 (660) 38AH 60 8.3 (3.76)
1590 (45/7)
ORT2117SSAC 1.521-1.615 1590 (54/19), 4 4.0 (102) 26.0 (660) 17CD 60 8.5 (3.86)
(38.7 - 41.0) 1780 (84/19), 1869 (68/7)
2034.5 (72/7), 2057 (76/19), 19CD
ORT2119SSAC 1.630-1.805 2167 (72/7) 4 4.0 (102) 28.8 (732) 44AH 100 11.3 (5.13)
(41.4 - 45.8)
2156 (84/19), 2312 (76/19) 19CD

NOTE: Install with Fargo type HTJC inhibitor compound. Tees are suitable for EHV applications on conductors
over 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D.
(1) Hex dies not available for some sleeve and conductor combinations. If no AH die listed for conductor, use
only the CD die shown.

Page 133 | August 2013


Tee Connectors
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Pad — Open Run ACSS/TW Conductors ALUMINUM
ORT21STW
Tee taps listed below are rated for use on ACSS/
TW conductors when installed with Fargo® type Length Before Compression
HTJC, high-temperature joint compound.
Tap pad holes have NEMA spacing.

Material: Body – aluminum alloy


Jumper Terminals

Pad – cast aluminum Min 1.75


Flat [44]
Min 1.75
B Flat [44]
IDENTIFICATION:
.56 [14]
Conductor Type & Diameter Range Dia Holes 1.75
Die Size, Minimum Press Size [44]
Part Number, Date Code Pad Width
Pad Width
Product Data and Conductor Size
ACSS/TW Conductor Range Pad Details Min
Fargo Length Before Net
Outside Die Press
Catalog Bolt Width Compression Weight
Diameter Kcmil Size (Type) Size(1) Size
Number Holes Inches (mm) Inches (mm) lb (kg)
Inches (mm) Tons
ORT2107STW 0.547-0.611 266.8 (T16) 2 2.0 (51) 12.7 (323) 07CD 12 0.90 (0.41)
ORT2107CSTW (13.9 - 15.5) 4 3.0 (76) 13.7 (348) 0.97 (0.44)
ORT2108STW 0.630-0.695 336.4 (T16 & T23) 2 2.0 (51) 13.5 (343) 08CD 12 1.1 (0.50)
ORT2108CSTW (16.0 - 17.7) 4 3.0 (76) 14.5 (368) 76AH 1.2 (0.60)
ORT2109STW 0.702-0.776 397.5 (T13 & T16), 2 2.0 (51) 15.6 (398) 09CD 12 1.5 (0.68)
ORT2109CSTW (17.8 - 19.7) 477 (T13) 4 3.0 (76) 16.6 (422) 1.6 (0.73)
ORT2110STW 0.789-0.858 477 (T16 & T23), 2 2.0 (51) 16.3 (414) 10CD 1.9 (0.86)
ORT2110CSTW (20.0 - 21.8) 556.5 (T13 & T16), 4 3.0 (76) 17.3 (439) 24AH 60 2.0 (0.91)
565.3 (T16), 571.7 (T13)
ORT2111STW 0.880-0.930 636 (T13 & T16) 18.1 (459) 11CD 60
(22.4 - 23.6) 4 3.0 (76) 2.6 (1.18)

ORT2112STW 0.960-1.010 762.8 (T13 & T16), 3.0 (76) 19.5 (495) 12CD 60 3.3 (1.50)
ORT2112DSTW (24.4 - 25.7) 795 (T7, T13 & T16) 4 4.0 (102) 20.5 (521) 3.5 (1.59)

795 (T23) 13CD


30AH
ORT2113STW 1.046-1.108 4 3.0 (76) 21.3 (541) 60 3.9 (1.77)
ORT2113DSTW (26.6 - 28.1) 795 (T23), 900 (T13), 4.0 (102) 22.3 (566) 4.1 (1.86)
954 (T7 & T13), 959.6 (T16), 13CD
966.2 (T13), 1033.5 (T7)
1033.5 (T13),
ORT2114STW 1.125-1.196 1113 (T7 & T13), 4 3.0 (76) 22.2 (564) 14CD 60 5.1 (2.31)
ORT2114DSTW (28.6 - 30.4) 1158 (T7), 1158.4 (T13), 4.0 (102) 23.3 (589) 34AH 5.3 (2.40)
1192.5 (T7)
1192.5 (T13),
ORT2115STW 1.212-1.300 1233.3 (T13), 3.0 (76) 24.0 (610) 15CD 5.9 (2.67)
ORT2115DSTW (30.8 - 33.0) 1272 (T7 & T13), 4 4.0 (102) 25.0 (635) 36AH 60 6.1 (2.77)
1351.5 (T7 & T13),
1431 (T7)
ORT2116STW 1.290-1.382 1431 (T7 & T13), 1433.6 (T13) 4 3.0 (76) 25.0 (635) 16CD 60 8.1 (3.67)
ORT2116DSTW (32.8 - 35.1) 1533.3 (T13), 1590 (T7) 4.0 (102) 26.0 (660) 38AH 8.3 (3.76)
ORT2117STW 1.385-1.455 1590 (T13), 4.0 (102) 26.0 (660) 17CD 60 8.5 (3.88)
(35.2 - 37.0) 1657.4 (T7), 1780 (T8) 4
1926.9 (T13), 1949.6 (T7) 19CD
ORT2119STW 1.504-1.608 4 4.0 (102) 28.8 (732) 44AH 100 11.3 (5.13)
(38.2 - 40.8)
2156 (T8) 19CD

NOTE: Install with Fargo type HTJC inhibitor compound. Tees are suitable for EHV applications on conductors
over 1.0 in (25.4 mm) O.D.
(1) Hex dies not available for some sleeve and conductor combinations. If no AH die listed for conductor, use only the CD die shown.

Page 134 | August 2013


Tee Connectors
Tee-Taps Compression Cable to Cable — Open Run AAC, Alloy, ALUMINUM

ACAR and ACSR Conductors ORT22

Tap barrel is prefilled with inhibitor. Identification:


Run
Conductor Type & Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size

Jumper Terminals
Material: Body – aluminum alloy Part Number, Date Code
Tap – extruded aluminum alloy tube Tap
Conductor Diameter Range
Die Size, Minimum Press Size
Run Length Before Compression

Branch Length
Before Compression
CATALOG NO.
ORT 22 XX YY
TAP CODE
RUN CODE
PRODUCT SERIES

Product Data and Conductor Size


Conductor Range(1) Run or Length Before Minimum Net
Die
Outside Diameter AAC Size Tap Run Tap Press Size Weight
ACSR Size Kcmil (Str) Size
Inches (mm) Kcmil Code Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)
0.595 - 0.679 300, 336.4, 350 266.8 (18/1) (6/7) (26/7) 07 10.7 (272) 3.6 ( 91) 07CD 12 0.51 (0.23)
(15.1 - 17.2)

0.680 - 0.765 300 (26/7), 08CD


(17.3 - 19.4) 350, 397.5, 400 336.4 (18/1) (26/7) (30/7), 08 12.3 (311) 4.1 (105) 76AH 12 0.76 (0.34)
395.5 (18/1)
0.766 - 0.855 450, 477, 397.5 (24/7) (26/7) (30/7), 09 13.8 (350) 4.6 (118) 09CD 12 1.10 (0.49)
(19.5 - 21.7) 500, 550 477 (18/1) (24/7)

0.856 - 0.950 556.5, 600, 477 (26/7) (30/7), 10CD


(21.7 - 24.1) 636, 650 556.5 (18/1) (24/7) (26/7) 10 14.3 (363) 5.2 (131) 24AH 60 1.40 (0.63)
636 (18/1) (36/1)
556.5 (30/7),
0.950 - 1.045 605 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19)
(24.2 - 26.5) 700, 715, 750 636 (24/7) (26/7) (30/19) 11 15.7 (400) 5.7 (144) 11CD 60 1.90 (0.86)
666 (24/7) (26/7)
715.5 (24/7)

715.5 (26/7) (30/19),


1.026 - 1.131 795, 800, 874.5, 795 (24/7) (26/7) (45/7) 12 17.2 (436) 6.2 (157) 12CD 60 2.40 (1.09)
(26.1 - 28.7) 900, 954 795 (54/7) 795 (36/1)
900 (45/7)

1000, 1033.5 795.5 (30/19) 13CD


30AH
1.140 - 1.235 13 18.6 (473) 6.7 (170) 60 3.00 (1.36)
(29.0 - 31.4) 795.5 (30/19), 900 (54/7),
1100, 1113 954 (45/7) (54/7) 13CD
1033.5 (36/1) (45/7)

1.236 - 1.330 1192.5, 1200, 954 (30/19), 14CD


(31.5 - 33.8) 1250, 1272, 1300 1113 (45/7) (54/19), 14 20.1 (509) 7.2 (183) 34AH 60 3.80 (1.73)
1192.5 (45/7), 1272 (36/1)

Page 135 | August 2013


Tee Connectors
Product Data and Conductor Size (continued)
Conductor Range(1) Run or Length Before Minimum Net
Die
Outside Diameter AAC Size Tap Run Tap Press Size Weight
ACSR Size Kcmil (Str) Size
Inches (mm) Kcmil Code Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Tons lb (kg)

1.331 - 1.425 1351.5, 1400, 1192.5 (54/19), 15CD


1431, 1272 (45/7) (54/19), 15 21.5 (546) 7.7 (197) 60 4.70 (2.14)
Jumper Terminals

(33.9 - 36.2) 1500, 1510.5 1351.5 (45/7) (54/19) 36AH

1431 (45/7) (54/19), 16CD


1.426 - 1.520 1590, 1600, 1700 1510.5 (45/7) (54/19), 16 21.3 (541) 8.2 (210) 38AH 60 5.30 (2.41)
1590 (45/7)

1.521 - 1.615 1750, 1800, 1900 1590 (54/19), 1780 17 22.6 (575) 8.8 (223) 17CD 60 6.30 (2.86)
40AH
2000, 2250, 2300 2034.5 (72/7), 2057 (76/19) 19CD
1.630 - 1.805 2167 (72/7) 19 25.3 (643) 9.8 (249) 44AH 100 8.90 (4.04)
— 2156 (84/19), 2312 (76/19) 19CD

NOTE: Standard Hex dies not available for some sleeve and conductor combinations. If no AH die listed for conductor, use
only the CD die shown. Install with Fargo® type UJC or, for lowest resistance connection, type HTJC inhibitor compound. Tees are
suitable for EHV applications on conductors larger than 1.0 in O.D. Example: ORT221211 would be the catalog number for a
ACSR 795 (26/7) Run with an ACSR 636 (24/7) Tap.
(1) These tee taps also approved application on AAAC and ACAR conductors within the diameter ranges listed.

Page 136 | August 2013


Joint Compound/Inhibitor

Joint Compound/Inhibitor

expertise
Joint Compound/Inhibitor
Distribution/ Transmission/Substation Electrical Joint Compound
HTJC
Anderson® Versa-Seal® High-Temperature Joint Compound (HTJC) is a
synthetic-based, gritted, high-temperature compound developed for
use on two-piece compression fittings on ACSS conductors rated 250° C.

HTJC employs conductive grit and thermally conductive filler to


reduce connection resistance and allows connectors operate at
cooler temperatures.

This electrically and thermally conductive compound is also ideal for


use on standard aluminum conductor (AAC and ACSR) fittings including
Joint Compound/Inhibitor

Fargo® Uni-Grip® deadends, splices and terminals.

HTJC fills internal voids in compression and bolted joints, sealing out
moisture. HTJC is also an excellent choice for pad-to-pad applications as
the grit is very fine and conductive.

See Application Guide on page 139 for more information.

See joint compound requirements in table below.

Fargo Hi-Temperature Joint Compound (HTJC) Amount Required (Pounds Per Fitting)
Catalog Aluminum (AH) Die Size
Series Fitting Type 74 75 76 20 24 27 30 34 36 38 40 42 44 48

10 FT Splice Body 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.20 0.32 0.44 0.60 0.94 0.98 1.10 1.10 1.40 1.52 1.62
ACSR/ACSS/STW

12 /15 Sgl/Dbl DE Body 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.15 0.24 0.34 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.82 0.90 1.10 1.20 1.32
ACSR/ACSS/STW
20 FT Splice Body AAC 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.09 0.14 0.20 0.33 0.42 0.54 0.60 0.72 0.85 1.20 1.32
21 / 24 Sgl/Dbl DE Body AAC 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.11 0.16 0.22 0.26 0.28 0.38 0.47 0.56 0.70
30 / 33 15/10 Degree Terminals 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.30 0.34

40 Loop Splice 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.54 0.68 0.79
AAC/ACSR/ACSS

NOTE: Fargo synthetic based, HTJC is required with ACSS conductor fittings. HTJC compound is also recommended for lowest
resistance connections on standard aluminum conductor fittings.

Page 138 | August 2013


Joint Compound/Inhibitor
APPLICATION GUIDE
To Be Used On Base Oil Grit Type
Catalog Trade Desc Service
Groove/ Synth/ Fine Non Non Color
Number Name Size Temp Compression Pad Petrol
Bolted Veg Conduct Conduct Gritted
8 oz -40°F to
VS8HTJC ANDERSONTM Plastic +480°F GRAY
Bottle (-40°C to
250°C)
HTJC16 FARGO® 1 lb Caulk GRAY
Tube
8 oz

Joint Compound/Inhibitor
UJC8 FARGO Plastic TAN
Bottle
UJC16 FARGO 1 lb Caulk TAN
Tube
8 oz
GF138 FARGOLENE® Plastic GREEN
Bottle
GF131 FARGOLENE 1 lb Can GREEN
8 oz
GF178 FARGOLENE Plastic GRAY
Bottle
GF171 FARGOLENE 1 lb Can GRAY
8 oz

PRODUCTS
GF198 FARGOLENE Plastic GRAY
Bottle
GF191 FARGOLENE 1 lb Can GRAY
M19203 CHANCE® 8 oz Plastic GRAY/
ZLN-100 Bottle BROWN
CHANCE 4 oz GRAY/
M19204 ZLN-100 Plastic BROWN
Bottle
CHANCE 8 oz GRAY/
M19205 ZLN-200 Plastic BROWN
Bottle -40°F to
+300°F
CHANCE 4 oz (-40°C to GRAY/
M19206 ZLN-200 Plastic 149°C) BROWN
Bottle
ANDERSON 8 oz
VS8B Plastic YELLOW
VERSA-SEAL® Bottle
ANDERSON 8 oz
VSG8B VERSA-SEAL Plastic BLUE
Bottle
ANDERSON 4 oz
ING4 INHIBOX Plastic GRAY
Bottle
ANDERSON 8 oz
ING8 INHIBOX Plastic GRAY
Bottle
INGQC ANDERSON 1 qt Can GRAY
INHIBOX
INGGC ANDERSON 1 gal Can GRAY
INHIBOX
ANDERSON 4 oz
I4 INHIBOX 220 Plastic GRAY
Bottle
ANDERSON 8 oz
I8 INHIBOX 220 Plastic GRAY
Bottle
IGC ANDERSON
INHIBOX 220 1 gal Can GRAY

NOTE: All compounds have a greater than 500° F (260° C) withstand temperature.

Page 139 | August 2013


suspension clamps
Suspension Clamps

performance
Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Aluminum Clamp
suspension clamps

ALUMINUM
HAS
For standard voltage application with all aluminum, ACSR,
or aluminum alloy conductor.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy /8”


7
Hardware – galvanized steel /8”
5

Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron


Cotter Pin – stainless steel
21/16” 21/2”

Socket Clevis
Type SA Type CA

W
/8”
7
/8”
5

H
2 /16”
1 2 /2”
1

Ø
Socket Clevis L J
Type SA Type CA

W
7
/8” 5
/8”
5
/8 ”
H
21/16” 21/2”

Ø
Socket Clevis L J
Type SA Type CA

dependable

Page 142 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum

suspension clamps
Fitting Clamping Ultimate Body Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Max Take-
Range Strength Wt Each
Number Off Angle
Type Cat No Inches (mm) lb (kN) L W H J lb (kg)

HAS62N None — .20-.62 17,000 63/4 29/32 29/32 1/2 1.9 (.86)
HAS62S Socket SA04 (5.08-15.75) (76) 30° (171.45) (23.02) (57.94) (12.70) 3.2 (1.45)
HAS62C Clevis CA04 3.5 (1.59)

HAS85N None — .40-.85 18,000 71/2 15/16 29/16 1/2 2.1 (.95)
HAS85S Socket SA06 (10.16-21.59) (80) 30° (190.50) (23.81) (65.09) (12.70) 3.4 (1.54)
HAS85C Clevis CA06 3.8 (1.72)

HAS104N None — .50-1.04 25,000 81/8 15/32 23/4 1/2 2.5 (1.13)
HAS104S Socket SA10 (12.70-26.42) (111) 30° (206.38) (29.37) (69.85) (12.70) 3.9 (1.77)
HAS104C Clevis CA101 4.2 (1.91)

HAS118N None — .70-1.18 25,000 8 111/32 23/4 1/2 2.8 (1.27)


HAS118S Socket SA10 (17.78-29.97) (111) 22.5° (203.20) (34.13) (69.85) (12.70) 4.2 (1.91)
HAS118C Clevis CA101 4.5 (2.04)

HAS139N None — .90-1.39 25,000 87/8 117/32 3 1/2 3.2 (1.45)


HAS139S Socket SA13 (22.86-35.31) (111) 22.5° (225.43) (38.89) (76.20) (12.70) 4.9 (2.22)
HAS139C Clevis CA13 5.0 (2.27)

HAS147N None — 1.00-1.47 25,000 93/16 19/16 31/8 1/2 3.5 (1.59)
HAS147S Socket SA13 (25.40-37.34) (111) 22.5° (233.36) (39.69) (79.38) (12.70) 5.2 (2.36)
HAS147C Clevis CA13 5.3 (2.40)

HAS162N None — 1.10-1.62 25,000 91/2 113/16 35/64 1/2 3.8 (1.72)
HAS162S Socket SA13 (27.94-41.15) (111) 22.5° (241.30) (46.04) (78.18) (12.70) 5.5 (2.49)
HAS162C Clevis CA13 5.6 (2.54)

HAS182N None — 1.25-1.82 25,000 10 115/16 311/64 1/2 4.2 (1.91)


HAS182S Socket SA16 (31.75-46.23) (111) 25° (254) (49.21) (80.57) (12.70) 6.0 (2.72)
HAS182C Clevis CA16 6.2 (2.81)

HAS204N None — 1.40-2.04 25,000 101/2 211/64 317/32 1/2 4.9 (2.22)
HAS204S Socket SA16 (35.56-51.82) (111) 20.5° (266.70) (55.17) (89.69) (12.70) 6.7 (3.04)
HAS204C Clevis CA16 6.9 (3.13)

HAS213N None — 1.40-2.13 25,000 101/2 21/4 35/8 5/8 6.0(2.72)


HAS213S Socket SA16 (35.56-54.10) (111) 22° (266.70) (57.15) (92.08) (15.88) 7.8(3.54)
HAS213C Clevis CA16 8.0(3.63)

30,000 9.0 (4.08)


HAS252N None (133)
HAS252S Socket SA22 2.00-2.52 30,000 17.5° 12 211/16 41/4 5/8 10.8 (4.90)
HAS252C Clevis CA22 (50.80-64.01) (133) (304.80) (68.26) (107.95) (15.88)
25,000 11.3 (5.13)
(111)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Page 143 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Corona Free Clamp (For Use with Armor Rods)
suspension clamps

ALUMINUM
CFS
Designed for use on extra-high voltage transmission lines.
Corona and RIV are controlled through the design of the
clamp, thus eliminating the need for control rings.

Type CFS is recommended for all aluminum, ACSR or


aluminum alloy conductors with straight, tapered or
formed armor rods.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron
PRODUCTS

Cotter Pin – stainless steel


Grommet – neoprene 7
/8” 5
/8”

J (U-Bolt Dia) W

PD
21/16” 21/2”
H

Ø
L

Socket Type SA Clevis Type CA

Fitting Clamping Ultimate Body Max Take- Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Range Strength Wt Each
Number Off Angle(1)
Type Cat No Inches (mm) lb (kN) L W H J PD lb (kg)
CFS182N None — 1.55-1.82 10 21/16 31/4 1/2 5/8 4.5 (2.04)
CFS182S Socket SA16 (39.4-46.2) 25,000 (111) 17 1/2° (254) (52.4) (82.5) (12.7) (15.9) 6.3 (2.86)
CFS182C Clevis CA16 6.3 (2.86)

CFS204N None — 1.73-2.04 101/2 27/32 31/2 1/2 5/8 5.0 (2.27)
CFS204S Socket SA16 (43.94-51.82) 25,000 (111) 17 1/2° (266) (56.4) (88.9) (12.7) (15.9) 6.8 (3.08)
CFS204C Clevis CA16 6.8 (3.08)

CFS213N None — 1.80-2.13 25,000 11 25/16 35/8 5/8 5/8 6.2 (2.81)
CFS213S Socket SA16 (45.72-54.10) (111) 17 1/2° (279.40) (58.74) (92.08) (15.9) (15.9) 8.0 (3.63)
CFS213C Clevis CA16 8.0 (3.63)
CFS252N None — 2.14-2.52 30,000 (133) 12 11/16 41/2 5/8 5/8 6.2 (2.81)
CFS252S Socket SA22 (54.36-64.01) 30,000 (133) 17 1/2° (305) (68.26) (114.3) (15.9) (15.9) 8.0 (3.63)
CFS252C Clevis CA22 25,000 (111) 8.0 (3.63)

CFS280N None — 2.29-2.80 36,000 (160) 14 3 51/32 5/8 3/4 11.4 (5.17)
CFS280S Socket SA2613 (58.17-71.12) 30,000 (133) 20° (355) (76.2) (127) (15.9) (19.1) 14.3 (6.46)
CFS280C Clevis CA2413 25,000 (111) 14.4 (6.51)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb, 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) For larger angles, a special corona free angle clamp is available. For information on special clamps, contact factory.

Page 144 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Corona Free Clamp (For Use without Armor Rods)

suspension clamps
ALUMINUM
CFS (LONG)
Designed for use on extra-high voltage transmission lines.
Corona and RIV are controlled through the design of the
clamp, thus eliminating the need for control rings.

Type CFS (Long) is recommended for all aluminum, ACSR or


aluminum alloy conductor.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
Grommet – neoprene

7
/8”
5
/8”
J (U-Bolt Dia) W

21/16” 21/2”
H PD

Ø
Socket
Socket Clevis
Clevis
Type SA
SA Type L
Type TypeCA
CA

Clamping Range Ultimate Body Max Take- Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
atalog Fitting Strength Wt Each
Number Inches (mm) Off Angle(1)
Type Cat No lb (kN) L W H J PD lb (kg)
CFS11810N None — 1.0-1.20 25,000 10 15/16 21/2 1/2 5/8 4.0 (1.81)
CFS11810S Socket SA10 (25.40-30.48) (111) 17 1/2° (254) (33.34) (63.50) (12.70) (15.88) 5.4 (2.45)
CFS11810C Clevis CA101 5.7 (2.59)

CFS139105N None — 1.18-1.39 25,000 10-1/2 117/32 27/8 1/2 5/8 4.7 (2.13)
CFS139105S Socket SA13 (29.97-35.31) (111) 17 1/2° (266.70) (38.89) (73.03) (12.70) (15.88) 6.4 (2.90)
CFS139105C Clevis CA13 6.5 (2.94)

CFS14711N None — 1.25-1.47 25,000 11 15/8 33/16 1/2 5/8 5.2 (2.36)
CFS14711S Socket SA13 (31.75-37.34) (111) 17 1/2° (279.40) (41.28) (80.96) (12.70) (15.88) 6.9 (3.13)
CFS14711C Clevis CA13 7.0 (3.17)

CFS16212N None — 1.38-1.62 25,000 12 13/4 31/4 1/2 5/8 5.5 (2.49)
CFS16212S Socket SA13 (35.05-41.15) (111) 17 1/2° (304.80) (44.45) (82.55) (12.70) (15.88) 7.2 (3.27)
CFS16212C Clevis CA13 7.3 (3.31)

CFS18214N None — 1.55-1.82 25,000 14 131/32 31/4 1/2 5/8 6.5 (2.95)
CFS18214S Socket SA16 (39.37-46.23) (111) 17 1/2° (355.60) (50.01) (82.55) (12.70) (15.88) 8.3 (3.76)
CFS18214C Clevis CA16 8.5 (3.86)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts; 1/2” — 480 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix
“BNK” to catalog number.
(1) For larger angles a special corona free angle clamp is available. For information on special clamps, contact factory.

Page 145 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Corona Free Clamp for High Temperature Cables
suspension clamps

ALUMINUM

(For Use with Armor Rods) CFSHT

/ 8”
7

Designed for use on extra-high voltage transmission lines. 5


/ 8”

Corona and RIV are controlled through the design of the


clamp, thus eliminating the need for control rings. 21/2”
21/16”

Type CFSHT is designed for use on conductors operating


at continuous temperatures up to 250° C. Armor rods
or line guards required on conductors with continuous Socket Socket
Type SA
Type SA
Socket Type CA
Clevis Type CA

temperatures exceeding 200° C.


J Hardware C

Material: Clamp Body – high-temperature aluminum alloy


Keeper – aluminum alloy
Hardware – galvanized steel B

Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron Take Off


Angle
Cotter Pin – stainless steel Rubber Grommet
to Retain U-Bolt
Grommet – neoprene A

Fitting Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Clamping Range Max Take-
Strength Wt Each
Number Inches (mm) Off Angle(1)
Type Cat No lb (kN) A B C PD J lb (kg)
CFSHT120N None — 25,000 5.0 (2.27)
(111)
CFSHT120S Socket SA10 1.00-1.20 25,000 17.5° 9.15 2.52 1.42 .62 .50 7.1 (3.22)
(25.40-30.48) (111) (232.4) (64.0) (36.07) (15.88) (12.70)
CFSHT120C Clevis CA101 25,000 7.1 (3.22)
(111)
25,000
CFSHT139N None — (111) 5.6 (2.54)

CFSHT139S Socket SA13 1.18-1.39 25,000 17.5° 9.45 3.00 1.63 .62 .50 7.6 (3.44)
(29.97-35.31) (111) (240.03) (76.2) (41.40) (15.88) (12.70)
CFSHT139C Clevis CA13 25,000 7.6 (3.44)
(111)
CFSHT182N None — 30,000 6.9 (3.13)
(133)
CFSHT182S Socket SA16 1.55-1.82 30,000 17.5° 10.19 3.34 2.03 .62 .50 9.0 (4.08)
(39.37-46.23) (133) (258.83) (84.84) (51.56) (15.88) (12.70)
CFSHT182C Clevis CA16 25,000 9.0 (4.08)
(111)
30,000
CFSHT213N None — (133) 8.9 (4.04)

CFSHT213S Socket SA22 1.80-2.13 30,000 17.5° 11.75 3.62 2.39 .62 .50 10.7 (4.86)
(45.72-54.10) (133) (298.45) (91.95) (60.70) (15.88) (12.70)
CFSHT213C Clevis CA22 25,000 10.7 (4.86)
(111)
30,000
CFSHT252N None — (133) 11.0 (5.0)

CFSHT252S Socket SA24 2.14-2.52 30,000 17.5° 12.75 4.02 2.79 .62 .50 12.9 (5.86)
(54.36-64.01) (133) (323.85) (102.1) (70.87) (15.88) (12.70)
CFSHT252C Clevis CA24 25,000 13.3 (6.04)
(111)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb, 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) For larger angles, a special corona free angle clamp is available. For information on special clamps, contact factory.
In addition to industry standard markings for connectors, CFSHT suspension clamps are permanently marked with the
IEC standard symbol for hot surface, allowing construction inspectors to easily verify that the installed clamps are high-
temperature rated.

Page 146 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Angle Clamp

suspension clamps
ALUMINUM
HAC
For standard voltage angle construction with all aluminum,
ACSR, or aluminum alloy conductor.

Designed for use in turning angles up to 70° (including sag


and turn angle).

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

/8”
7
5
/8”
W
H PD
21/16” 21/2”

15° Min
35° Max J
L
Socket Clevis
Type SA Type CA

Fitting Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Clamping Range Ultimate Body Wt Each
Number Type Cat No Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN) L W H J PD lb (kg)
HAC118N None — 35,000 3.6 (1.63)
(156)
HAC118S Socket SA10 1.00-1.18 30,000 97/8 19/32 23/4 1/2 5/8 5.0 (2.27)
(25.40-29.97) (133) (250.83) (32.54) (69.85) (12.70) (15.88)
HAS118C Clevis CA101 25,000 5.3 (2.40)
(111)
HAC147N None — 35,000 4.0 (1.81)
(156)
HAC147S Socket SA13 1.25-1.47 30,000 93/4 111/16 31/4 1/2 5/8 5.7 (2.59)
(31.75-37.34) (133) (247.65) (42.86) (82.55) (12.70) (15.88)
HAC147C Clevis CA13 25,000 5.8 (2.63)
(111)
HAC182N None — 40,000 4.8 (2.18)
(178)
HAC182S Socket SA1613 1.55-1.82 30,000 101/8 21/32 31/2 1/2 3/4 6.6 (3.02)
(39.37-46.23) (133) (257.18) (51.59) (88.90) (12.70) (19.05)
HAC182C Clevis CA1613 25,000 6.8 (3.08)
(111)
HAC204N None — 40,000 5.6 (2.54)
(178)
HAC204S Socket SA1613 1.73-2.04 30,000 111/4 211/64 31/2 1/2 3/4 7.4 (3.36)
(43.94-51.82) (133) (285.75) (55.17) (88.90) (12.70) (19.05)
HAC204C Clevis CA1613 25,000 7.6 (3.45)
(111)
HAC213N None — 40,000 6.0 (2.72)
(178)
HAC213S Socket SA1613 1.81-2.13 30,000 111/4 21/4 33/4 5/8 3/4 7.9 (3.58)
(45.97-54.10) (133) (285.75) (57.15) (95.25) (15.88) (19.05)
HAC213C Clevis CA1613 25,000 8.0 (3.63)
(111)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb; 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Page 147 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Trunnion Clamp
suspension clamps

ALUMINUM
TSC
For standard voltage applications with AAC, ACSR or AAAC conductor.

Designed for use on tangent suspension spans with horizontal or


vertical post insulators.

Keeper is reversible for proper fit on different size conductors.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Anti-static Spring – stainless steel(1)

W W
15° 15°

L L

20° 20°
19
/32” Dia /32” Dia
19

Figure
Figure 1 1 Figure
Figure 2 2

Ultimate Body Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Figure Clamping Range Strength Wt Each
Number Number Inches (mm) L W J
lb (kN) lb (kg)
TSC57 1 .25-.57 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 .81 (.37)
(6.3-14.4) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
TSC86 1 .35-.86 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 .95 (.43)
(8.8-21.8) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
TSC106 1 .50-1.06 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 .98 (.44)
(12.7-26.9) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
TSC150 1 1.00-1.50 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 1.09 (.49)
(25.4-38.1) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
TSC200 2 1.50-2.00 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 1.33 (.60)
(38.1-50.8) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)

NOTE: Recommended torque on bolts: 1/2” — 300 in-lb.


(1) Anti-static spring can be supplied by adding “ARIV” to catalog number. Example, TSC57ARIV.

Page 148 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Trunnion Clamp for High Temperature Cables

suspension clamps
ALUMINUM

(For Use with Armor Rods) TSCHT

Type TSCHT is designed for use on conductors operating at continuous


temperatures up to 250° C. Armor rods or line guards required to limit
heat transfer from conductor to post insulator cap.

Also for standard voltage applications with AAC, ACSR or AAAC conductor.

Designed for use on tangent suspension spans with horizontal or vertical


post insulators.

Keeper is reversible for proper fit on different size conductors.

Material: Clamp Body – high-temperature aluminum alloy


Keeper – aluminum alloy
Hardware – galvanized steel
Anti-static Spring – stainless steel(1)

W W
15° 15°

L L

20° 20°
19
/32” Dia /32” Dia
19

Figure
Figure 1 1 Figure
Figure 2 2

Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Figure Clamping Range Ultimate Body Wt Each
Number Number Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN) L W J lb (kg)
TSCHT150 1 1.00-1.50 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 1.34 (.61)
(25.4-38.1) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
TSCHT200 2 1.50-2.00 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 1.54 (.70)
(38.1-50.8) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
NOTE: Recommended torque on bolts: 1/2” — 300 in-lb.
(1) Anti-static spring can be supplied by adding “ARIV” to catalog number. Example, TSCHT150ARIV.

In addition to industry standard markings for connectors, TSCHT suspension clamps are permanently marked with
the IEC standard symbol for hot surface, allowing construction inspectors to easily verify that the installed clamps
are high-temperature rated.

Page 149 | August 2013


Jumper Clamps and Assemblies
suspension clamps

0.5” Dia
(13 mm)
To fit 0.75” (19 mm)
THK Plate

4.25”
(108 mm) 2.375”
(60 mm)

18”
5” (457 mm)
(127 2.625”
mm) (67 mm)
Figure 1 Figure 3

18”
(457 mm)

18”
(457 mm)

Figure 2 Figure 4

A practical application of Quadri*Sil® line Figure Catalog Clamping Range


Yoke Type
posts is for support of jumper loops on Number Number Inches (mm)
transmission lines.
1 976423002 None 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36)
Horizontal motion of the jumper is restricted, 1 976423003 None 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41)
and the factor of wind sway is eliminated. 1 600643001 None 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51)
Additionally, the crossarm length may be
reduced. The difference in cost of insulation 2 2717243001 Dual 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36)
is not significant, but the savings in tower cost 2 2717253001 Dual 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41)
can be attractive. Regardless of cost, the use 2 2717263001 Dual 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51)
of a jumper support improves construction.
3 2721763001 Triple 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36)
If using a single clamp, clamp position relative 3 2721773001 Triple 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41)
to the insulator may be changed by bolting 3 2721783001 Triple 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51)
the clamp through the upper hole in the
insulator end fitting. 4 2721793001 Quad 1.00 - 1.40 (25 - 36)
4 2721803001 Quad 1.40 - 1.60 (36 - 41)
Jumper clamps are not intended for tangent
4 2721813001 Quad 1.60 - 2.00 (41 - 51)
span applications.

Page 150 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Angle Clamp

suspension clamps
ALUMINUM
YAAC
Intended for angle construction with AAC,
ACSR or AAAC conductor.

Built-in Y-Clevis Fitting allows compound horizontal and


vertical angles necessary for residential and urban construction.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

PRODUCTS
45°
D Ø .750

.250

L W
Captive
Hardware
½ - 13 NC2

Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Clamping Range Ultimate Body Max Take- Wt Each
Number Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN) Off Angle D L W H lb (kg)
YAAC125 .50-1.25 12,000 45° 2.45 4.50 4.83 4.27 2.0
(12.70-31.75) (53) (62.23) (114.3) (122.68) (108.46) (.91)

NOTE: Recommended torque on 1/2” clamping bolt: 300 in-lb.

Page 151 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Bronze
Clamp
suspension clamps

BRONZE
BRS
For use with copper or Copperweld® cable.

Through the use of these clamps hysteresis and


eddy current power losses are reduced to a
minimum. Liners are not required.

Material: Body – high tensile bronze alloy


Keeper – bronze
Hardware – galvanized steel(1)
Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

7
/8” 5
/8”

21/16” 21/2” W

5
/8”

Socket Type SA Clevis Type CA


Ø
L 1
/2” (U-Bolt Dia)

Fitting Clamping Ultimate Body Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Max Take-
Range Strength Wt Each
Number Off Angle
Type Cat No Inches (mm) lb (kN) L W H lb (kg)
BRS60N None — .20-.60 16,000 61/2 3/4 21/4 2.9 (1.32)
BRS60S Socket SA04 (5.08-15.24) (71) 15° (165.10) (19.05) (57.15) 4.4 (1.90)
BRS60C Clevis CA04 4.5 (2.04)

BRS83N None — .40-.83 18,000 71/4 31/32 23/8 3.7 (1.68)


BRS83S Socket SA06 (10.16-21.08) (80) 15° (184.15) (24.6) (60.33) 5.0 (2.27)
BRS83C Clevis CA06 5.4 (2.45)

BRS100N None — .625-1.00 22,000 8 11/8 21/2 4.5 (2.04)


BRS100S Socket SA07 (15.88-25.40) (98) 15° (203.20) (28.58) (63.50) 5.9 (2.68)
BRS100C Clevis CA101 6.3 (2.81)

BRS118N None — .70-1.18 25,000 8 19/32 21/2


BRS118S Socket SA11 (17.78-29.97) (111) 20° (203.20) (32.55) (63.50) 4.9 (2.22)
BRS118C Clevis CA101
NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb.
(1) Bronze U-bolts, nuts and washers can be furnished by adding suffix “ED” to catalog number. Example, BRS60NED.

Page 152 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Ductile Iron
Clamp

suspension clamps
DUCTILE IRON
MS
For ground wire application with galvanized steel cable with or
without armor rods.

Type MS may also be used to suspend copper or Copperweld®


cable. Magnetic induction heating will occur.

Material: Body and Keeper – galvanized ductile iron


Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
W
7
/8” /8”
5

5
/8"
H 21/16” 21/2”

30°
Socket Clevis
L 1
/2” U-Bolt Dia Type SA Type CA

Clamp Recommendations for Galvanized Overhead Ground Wire


Bare Conductor Formed Armor Rods
Steel
Cable Size Clamp Diameter Clamp Diameter
Cat No Inches (mm) Cat No Inches (mm)
1/4”-7 str MS46 .240 (6.10) MS46 .412 (10.46)
5/16”-7 str MS46 .312 (7.92) MS60 .512 (13.00)
3/8”-7 str MS46 .360 (9.14) MS60 .560 (14.22)
7/16”-7 str MS46 .435 (11.05) MS82 .673 (17.09)
1/2”-7 str MS60 .495 (12.57) MS82 .771 (19.58)
5/8”-7 str MS70 .621 (15.77) — —

Fitting Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Clamping Range Ultimate Body Wt Each
Number Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN)
Type Cat No L H W lb (kg)
MS46N None — .20-.46 16,000 55/8 2 7/8 2.15 (.98)
MS46S Socket SA04 (5.08-11.68) (71) (142.88) (50.8) (22.2) 3.4 (1.54)
MS46C Clevis CA04 3.8 (1.73)

MS60N None — .20-.60 16,000 67/16 2 7/8 2.65 (1.20)


MS60S Socket SA04 (5.08-15.24) (71) (163.51) (50.8) (22.2) 3.9 (1.77)
MS60C Clevis CA04 4.3 (1.95)

MS70N None — .30-.70 18,000 63/8 2 15/16 2.90 (1.32)


MS70S Socket SA05 (7.62-17.78) (80) (161.93) (50.8) (23.8) 4.2 (1.91)
MS70C Clevis CA05 4.6 (2.09)

MS82N None — .40-.82 18,000 71/2 23/8 15/16 3.25 (1.47)


MS82S Socket SA06 (10.16-20.83) (80) (190.50) (60.33) (23.8) 4.7 (2.13)
MS82C Clevis CA06 5.0 (2.27)

MS104N None — .50-1.04 25,000 8 23/4 11/8 5.70 (2.59)


MS104S Socket SA07 (12.70-26.42) (111) (203.2) (69.9) (28.6) 7.1 (3.22)
MS104C Clevis CA06 7.4 (3.36)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix "BNK" to catalog number

Page 153 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Ductile Iron
Ground Wire Support Bracket
suspension clamps

DUCTILE IRON
GWB1S
Designed to be used with most types of suspension clamps (aluminum
or ferrous). May be mounted with through bolt and lag screw.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Link – galvanized forged steel
4”
3” 4”
13
/16” Dia
Hole

51/2”

21/4”

9
/16”
9
/16” Dia Hole

Mounting Hardware Max Mounting Bolt Approx


Catalog Diameter Inches (mm) Ultimate Strength
Spacing Weight Each
Number Vertical lb (kN)
Bolt Lag Screws Inches (mm) lb (kg)
GWB1S 3/4 (19.05) 1/2 (12.70) 35/16 (84.14) 5,000 (22) 2.6 (1.18)

Angle Clamp
DUCTILE IRON
Intended for use in angle construction with galvanized steel
overhead ground wire or copper and Copperweld® phase wire.
Magnetic induction heating will occur.

Material: Body and Keeper – galvanized ductile iron


Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
Grommet – neoprene
11
/16” /16”
11

/8”
5 11/2”
13/8”
5
/8”

11/8” 15
/16”
21/8” 21/8”
4 /16”
5 43/8”

43/16” 43/16”

Catalog Number 82860 Catalog Number 81460

Catalog Clamping Range Inches (mm) Ultimate Body Strength Approx Wt


Max Take-Off Angle
Number Small Groove Large Groove lb (kN) Each lb (kg)
814602000 .162-.25 .25-.60 7,000 60° 1.5
828602000 (4.11-6.35) (6.35-15.24) (31) (.68)

NOTE: Recommended torque on 1/2” bolt — 480 in-lb.

Page 154 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Ductile Iron
Trunnion Clamp

suspension clamps
DUCTILE IRON

For ground wire applications with galvanized steel cable.


Designed for use on tangent suspension spans with horizontal
or vertical post insulators.
W
Keeper is reversible for proper fit on different size conductors.
15°
Material: Body and Keeper – galvanized ductile iron
Hardware – galvanized steel
L
Anti-Static Spring – stainless steel

15°
39
/64” Dia

Catalog Clamping Range Ultimate Body Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx Weight
Number Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN) L W J Each lb (kg)
2706503001 .25-.56 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 2.50 (1.13)
(6.13-14.2) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
2706513001 .50-1.06 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 2.75 (1.24)
(12.7-26.9) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)
2706523001 1.06-1.50 2,800 51/4 37/8 1/2 3.00 (1.36)
(26.9-38.1) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7)

NOTE: Recommended torque on bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb. Anti-static spring can be supplied by adding “ARIV”
to catalog number. Example, 2706513001ARIV.

Ground Wire Support Bracket DUCTILE IRON


GWB1R
Designed to accommodate most (aluminum or
ferrous) trunnion type clamps. May be mounted 4.00
.50
with one bolt and lag screw or two bolts.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Ø.625
Bolt and
Lock
Washer
6.00

Ø.81
R.81

Mounting Hardware Maximum


Catalog Diameter Inches (mm) Mounting Bolt Spacing Ultimate Strength Approx Wt
Number Inches (mm) Vertical lb (kN) Each lb (kg)
Bolt Lag Screw
GWB1R 5/8 (15.88) 1/2 (12.70) 31/4 (82.55) 5,000 (22) 3.1 (1.40)

NOTE: Mounting hardware by others.

Page 155 | August 2013


Suspension and Stirrup Clamps — For T2 Conductors
suspension clamps

T2 is the designation for a type of conductor developed in the mid-1960s by Kaiser Aluminum
Company. The “T” is for “twisted” and the “2” indicates two wires twisted together. T2 is
actually two regular round conductors of any type (ACSR, AAC, ACAR, AAAC, etc.) twisted around
each other at 9-foot intervals. The main purpose of the twisted design is to prevent galloping
by constantly varying the cable diameter face. This wind-induced galloping phenomena occurs
primarily in the Midwestern U.S.

Some utilities prefer suspension and strain clamps with “double groove” clamping, while others
find that single-groove standard clamps, properly sized and tested, perform adequately on T2.

AndersonTM offers both single and double groove clamps. In the early days of T2, filler rods were
used and designed for round conductors. After years of field service and testing, Anderson believes
filler rods are no longer necessary, and we do not recommend them.

Another clamp approach is to separate the two round conductors at the clamping point and use
PRODUCTS

two separate single-groove clamps attached to a small yoke plate.

Anderson can supply your T2 clamp needs regardless of your construction preference.

safety
Page 156 | August 2013
Suspension and Stirrup Clamps
Recommended Application Chart of AndersonTM Clamps for T2 Conductor
Conductor Data Recommended Clamps

Page 157 | August 2013


Ductile Iron
Trunnion
Dual T2 345 kV Corona Aluminum Suspension Aluminum
Conductors Conductor Aluminum Free Aluminum Trunnion Clamp with Aluminum Trunnion Aluminum
Outside Ultimate Suspension Suspension Suspension Aluminum Suspension Suspension Mechanical
Conductor Size Dimensions Strength Clamp Double Clamp Double Clamp Double Double Groove Clamp Single Clamp Single Stirrup
Code Word (Qty) AWG Inches lb Groove Keeper Groove Groove Keeper Keeper Groove Groove Single Groove
T-2 Iris 2-7 str AAC(2) .292 x .584 2532 — — — — HAS85 TSC57 (1) AHLS024019-E
T-2 Sparrow 2-6/1 ACSR(2) .316 x .682 5580 — — TSCT2150 TSCDT2150 HAS85 TSC86(2) AHLS024019-E
T-2 Raven 1/0-6/1 ACSR(2) .398 x .796 8560 HAST2118 — TSCT2150 TSCDT2150 HAS104 TSC86 (1) AHLS397021-E
T-2 Quail 2/0-6/1 ACSR(2) .447 x .894 10,690 HAST2118 — TSCT2150 TSCDT2150 HAS104 TSC106T2(1) AHLS397021E
T-2 Pigeon 3/0-6/1 ACSR(2) .502 x 1.004 13,350 HAST2118 — TSCT2150 TSCDT2150 HAS118 TSC150T2(2) AHLS954022E
T-2 Penquin 4/0-6/1 ACSR(2) .562 x 1.126 16,840 HAST2139 — TSCT2150 TSCDT2150 HAS139 TSC150-T2(1) AHLS954022-E
T-2 Partridge 266.8-26/7 ACSR(2) .642 x 1.284 22,500 HAST2139 — TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS139 TSC150-T2(1) —
T-2 Linnet 336.4-26/7 ACSR(2) .721 x 1.442 28,100 HAST2182 — TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS162 TSC150-T2(1) —
T-2 Chickadee 397.5-18/1 ACSR(2) .743 x 1.486 20,080 HAST2182 — TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS182 — —
T-2 Ibis 397.5-26/7 ACSR(2) .783 x 1.566 32,380 HAST2182 CFST288 TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS182 — —
T-2 Pelican 477.0-18/1 ACSR(2) .814 x 1.628 23,740 HAST2182 CFST288 TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS182 — —
T-2 Mistletoe 556.5-37 str AAC(2) .858 x 1.716 19,660 HAST2204 CFST288 TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS204 — —
T-2 Hawk 477.0-26/7 ACSR(2) .858 x 1.716 38,860 HAST2204 CFST288 TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS204 — —
T- 2 Osprey 556.5-18/1 ACSR(2) .879 x 1.758 27,700 HAST2204 CFST288 TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 HAS204 — —
T-2 Hen 447.0-30/7 ACSR(2) .883 x 1.766 46,600 HAST2204 CFST288 TSCT2200 TSCDT2200 — — —
T-2 Parakeet 556.5-18/1 ACSR(2) .914 x 1.828 39,700 HAST2204 CFST2130 — — — — —
T-2 Arbutus 795-37 str AºAC(2) 1.026 x 2.052 27,540 HAST2252 CFST2130 — — — — —
T-2 Dove 556.5-26/7 ACSR(2) .927 x 1.854 44,800 HAST2204 CFST2130 — — HAS204 — —
T-2 Rook 636.0-24/7 ACSR(2) .977 x .1.954 45,200 HAST2252 CFST2130 — — — — —
T-2 Grosbeak 636.0-26/7 ACSR(2) .990 x 1.980 50,000 HAST2252 CFST2130 — — HAS227 — —
T-2 Tern 795.0-45/7 ACSR(2) 1.063 x 2.126 45,800 HAST2252 CFST2130 — — HAS252T2 — —
Suspension and Stirrup Clamps — For T2 Conductors

T-2 Rail 954.0-45/7 ACSR(2) 1.165 x 2.330 53,800 HAST2252 CFST2130 — — HAS252T2 — —
T-2 Bluejay 1113.0-45/7 ACSR(2) 1.259 x 2.518 61,800 CFST2130 — — HAS280 — —
(1) On catalog type TSC use large side of keeper on cable specified.
(2) On catalog type TSC use small side of keeper on cable specified.

suspension clamps
Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Double Groove Clamp
suspension clamps

ALUMINUM
HAST2
Made with double groove keeper to accommodate twin conductor.

For standard voltage application with all aluminum, ASCR, or


aluminum alloy conductor.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Sockets and Clevises – galvanized ductile iron
Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pins – stainless steel

Double Groove D
Single Groove Keeper C
Body

B .63”

A J

Fitting Clamping Range Dimensions Inches Ultimate Approx


Catalog Body
Catalog Wt Each
Number Type ACSR Inches Aluminum A B C D Ø J Strength
Number lb (kg)
lb (kN)
HAST2118S Socket SA10 1/0 .398 2/0-7 str 25,000 4.40 (2.00)
HAST2118C Clevis CA101 to to to 8.00 2.75 1.41 2.41 22.5 1/2 (111) 4.50 (2.04)
HAST2118N None — 3/0 .502 3/0-19 str 2.80 (1.27)

HAST2139S Socket SA13 134-12/7 .522 4/0-7 str 25,000 4.90 (2.22)
HAST2139C Clevis CA13 to to to 8.88 3.00 1.63 2.56 22.5 1/2 (111) 5.00 (2.27)
HAST2139N None — 266.8-26/7 .642 300-61 str 3.30 (1.50)

HAST2182S Socket SA16 336-18/1 .684 350-37 str 25,000 6.00 (2.72)
HAST2182C Clevis CA16 to to to 10.00 3.25 2.06 3.00 25.0 1/2 (111) 6.10 (2.77)
HAST2182N None — 477-18/1 .814 500-37 str 4.30 (1.95)

HAST2204S Socket SA16 477-26/7 .858 556-37 str 25,000 6.60 (3.00)
HAST2204C Clevis CA16 to to to 10.50 3.53 2.17 3.13 20.5 1/2 (111) 6.70 (3.03)
HAST2204N None — 556.5-26/7 .927 636-37 str 4.90 (2.22)

HAST2252S Socket SA22 30,000 11.80 (5.35)


(133)
HAST2252C Clevis CA22 636-24/7 .977 750-61 str 12.00 4.25 2.68 3.81 17.5 5/8 25,000 12.30 (5.58)
to to to (111)
HAST2252N None — 954-45/7 1.165 1,000-61 str 30,000 10.00 (4.54)
(133)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2” — 480 in-lb, 5/8 ” — 720 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number. Clamp may be furnished with 5/8 ”-11 galvanized steel bolt and nut with stainless steel
cotter pin by adding “BNK” suffix to catalog number. Example: HAST2118SBNK.

Page 158 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum
Double Groove Corona Free Clamp

suspension clamps
ALUMINUM
CFST2
Type CFST2 is recommended for AAC, ACSR or
AAAC T2 conductors.

Designed with double grooves for use on standard or


extra-high voltage T2 transmission lines. Corona and
RIV are controlled through the design of the clamp,
thus eliminating the need for control rings.

U-bolts are retained in place by grommets.

Material: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


Hardware – galvanized steel
Socket and Clevis – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
Grommet – neoprene

W
7
/8”
5
/8”
J
PD
H
21/16” 21/2"

ø
L
Section Socket Type SA Clevis Type CA

Fitting Dimensions Inches (mm)


Clamping Ultimate Body Max Approx
Catalog
Catalog Range Strength Take-Off Wt Each
Number Type L W H J PD
Number Inches (mm) lnches (kN) Angle lb (kg)

CFST288N None — .753-.883 20,000 87/16 2 21/2 1/2 5/8 2.8 (1.134)
CFST288S Socket SA16 (19.13-22.43) (89) 17.5° (214.38) (50.80) (63.50) (12.70) (15.88) 4.2 (1.905)
CFST288C Clevis CA16 4.3 (1.951)

CFST2130N None — .88-1.30 25,000 101/2 3 3 1/2 5/8 6.0 (2.7)


CFST2130S Socket SA22 (22.35-33.0) (111) 17.5° (266.7) (76.2) (76.2) (12.70) (15.88) 7.9 (3.6)
CFST2130C Clevis CA24 8.3 (3.8)

NOTE: Recommended torque on U-bolts: 1/2”— 480 in-lb. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix
“BNK” to catalog number.

Page 159 | August 2013


Suspension Clamps — Aluminum/Ductile Iron
Double Groove Trunnion Clamp
suspension clamps

ALUMINUM/DUCTILE
TSCT2/TSCDT2
For standard voltage applications with AAC, ACSR, or
AAAC T2 conductor.

Designed with double groove keeper for use on tangent suspension


spans with horizontal or vertical post insulators.

Keeper is reversible for proper fit on different size conductors.

Material: TSCT2: Body and Keeper – aluminum alloy


TSCDT2: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Keeper – aluminum alloy
Hardware – galvanized steel
Anti-static Spring – stainless steel

J J

Anti-Static Spring

19
/32” Dia 19
/32” Dia

Ø Ø
L L
Figure 1 Figure 2
Reversable Double
Groove Keepers

W W

Dimensions Inches (mm)


Catalog Figure Clamping Range Ultimate Body Max Take- Approx Wt
Number Number Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN) Off Angle L W J Each lb (kg)

TSCT2150 1 .316-.563 2,800 20° 51/4 37/8 1/2 1.14


(8.03-14.3) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7) (.52)
TSCT2200 2 .642-.927 2,800 20° 51/4 37/8 1/2 1.75
(16.31-23.54) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7) (.79)
TSCDT2150 1 .316-.563 2,800 15° 51/4 37/8 1/2 2.50
(8.03-14.3) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7) (1.13)
TSCDT2200 2 .642-.927 2,800 20° 51/4 37/8 1/2 2.94
(16.31-23.54) (12) (133.3) (98.4) (12.7) (1.33)

NOTE: Recommended torque on 1/2” clamping bolts: 300 in-lb. Anti-static springs can be supplied by adding “ARIV” to
catalog number.

Page 160 | August 2013


LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE
Line and Tower Hardware

strength
Line And Tower Hardware
AndersonTM manufactures a complete line of quality line and tower end hardware to meet all
transmission line construction needs. A variety of devices are available to bundle conductors,
attach conductors to insulator strings and attach insulator strings to support arms.

Most of our line and tower end hardware is manufactured from ductile iron. Ductile iron
castings offer great design flexibility and freedom to utilize design improvements without
expensive tooling changes. We also provide a line of forged steel tower end fittings. Steel
forgings are often required to provide the necessary ultimate strength when dimensional
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

restrictions are imposed such as with most ball fittings, shackles and links.

Ball and socket fittings are specified under an ANSI class with respect to insulators. We offer
two types of ball and socket fittings: Standard fittings (rated 30,000 pounds) for ANSI 52-3 and
52-5 class insulators, and high strength fittings (rated 50,000 pounds) for ANSI 52-8 and 52-11
class insulators.

The ultimate strength rating of our line and tower end hardware indicates the load where
rupture can occur. It is a fairly common industry practice to match the ultimate strength of
line and tower end hardware to that of the associated insulators. Consequently, the ultimate
strengths should not be construed to be a recommended constant tension applied to a fitting.
It is expected that the customer will apply suitable safety factors.

Page 162 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Socket Eye DUCTILE IRON
SA
Socket eyes can be used for connecting
CL Ball
conductor clamping devices to ball and
socket type insulators.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Cotter Pin – stainless steel
L

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Dia
R

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number W R L Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
SA04 18,000 (80) 1/2 (12.7) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.25 (.57)
SA049 20,000 (89) 1/2 (12.7) 13/16 (20.6) 31/4 (82.6) 9/16 (14.3) 1.28 (.58)
SA05 20,000 (89) 5/8 (15.9) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.25 (.57)
SA06 25,000 (111) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.30 (.59)
936032000 27,000 (120) 3/4 (19.1) 1 (25.4) 3 (76.2) 13/16 (20.6) 2.2 (1.00)
SA07 30,000 (133) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.35 (.61)
SA10 30,000 (133) 1 (25.4) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.40 (.64)
SA10054 30,000 (133) 1 (25.4) 13/16 (20.6) 51/2 (139.7) 11/16 (17.5) 1.90 (0.86)
SA11 30,000 (133) 11/8 (28.6) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.50 (.68)
936062000
936063002
SA13
30,000 (133)
30,000 (133)
30,000 (133)
11/4 (31.8)
11/4 (31.8)
13/8 (34.9)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
13/16 (20.6)
3 (76.2)
3 (76.2)
21/16 (52.4)
11/16 (27)
13/16 (30.2)
11/16 (17.5)
PRODUCTS
2.3 (1.04)
2.3 (1.04)
1.70 (.77)
SA13054 30,000 (133) 13/8 (34.9) 13/16 (20.6) 51/2 (139.7) 11/16 (17.5) 2.00 (0.91)
SA1550 (1)
50,000 (222) 15/8 (41.3) 1 (25.4) 39/32 (83.3) 11/16 (27) 3.00 (1.36)

Page 163 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Socket Eye
Product Data (continued)
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number W R L Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
SA15501(1) 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 1 (25.4) 39/32 (83.3) 11/16 (17.5) 3.00 (1.36)
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

SA15502 (1)
30,000 (133) 3/4 (19.1) 1 (25.4) 39/32 (83.3) 11/16 (17.5) 2.75 (1.25)
SA15503(1) 36,000 (160) 15/16 (33.3) 1 (25.4) 39/32 (83.3) 13/16 (20.6) 2.90 (1.32)
SA16 30,000 (133) 13/4 (44.5) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.80 (.82)
SA20 30,000 (133) 2 (50.8) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.85 (.84)
SA22 30,000 (133) 21/4 (57.2) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 11/16 (17.5) 1.85 (.84)
SA1013 30,000 (133) 1 (25.4) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 1.50 (.68)
SA10.513 30,000 (133) 11/16 (27) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 1.30 (.50)
SA1113 30,000 (133) 11/8 (28.6) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 1.50 (.68)
SA1313 30,000 (133) 13/8 (34.9) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 1.75 (.79)
SA1417 30,000 (133) 11/2 (38.1) 1 (25.4) 21/2 (63.5) 11/16 (27) 1.75 (.79)
SA1613 30,000 (133) 13/4 (44.5) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 1.85 (.84)
SA16054 30,000 (133) 13/4 (44.5) 13/16 (20.6) 51/2 (139.7) 11/16 (17.5) 2.10 (0.95)
SA2113 30,000 (133) 21/8 (54) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 2.00 (.91)
SA2213 30,000 (133) 21/4 (57.2) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 2.00 (.91)
SA2413 30,000 (133) 21/2 (63.5) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 2.25 (1.02)
SA2613 30,000 (133) 23/4 (69.9) 13/16 (20.6) 21/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 2.85 (1.29)
909662000(1) 50,000 (222) 11/16 (27) 11/8 (28.6) 51/2 (139.7) 11/16 (27) 5.8 (2.63)
909642000(1) 50,000 (222) 13/16 (30.2) 11/8 (28.6) 51/2 (139.7) 13/16 (20.6) 5.3 (2.40)
909672000(1) 50,000 (222) 17/32 (31) 11/8 (28.6) 51/2 (139.7) 13/16 (30.2) 5.6 (2.54)
909622000(1) 50,000 (222) 17/16 (36.5) 11/8 (28.6) 51/2 (139.7) 13/16 (30.2) 5.8 (2.63)
909612000(1) 50,000 (222) 11/2 (38.1) 11/8 (28.6) 51/2 (139.7) 13/16 (20.6) 6.0 (2.72)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Page 164 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Socket - Socket DUCTILE IRON
SS
Socket-sockets are used to connect ball and socket insulators
to associated hardware within an insulator string.
CL Ball
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

Product Data L

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Dimensions Approx Wt
Catalog Ultimate Strength Inches (mm) Each
Number lb (kN)
L lb (kg)
CL Ball
SS30 30,000 3 2.00
(133) (76.2)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Ductile Iron Socket Y-Clevis DUCTILE IRON


SYC
Socket Y-clevises are used to connect yoke plates or associated
hardware to ball and socket insulators. The bent bolt in the Y-section
provides an additional point of articulation within an assembly.

Type SYCS is a short coupling version of Type SYC that offers


the same articulation advantages.
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
SYCS3090 SYC30 SYC50 & 942773001

R
R L
L L
F B F
B B R PD
PD

45° 45° 45°

SYC3090 SYC30 SYC50 & 942773001

Product Data
Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Ultimate Strength Wt Each
Number lb (kN) L B R F PD lb (kg)
SYC30 30,000 23/4 19/16 7/16 — 3/4 3.0
(133) (69.9) (39.7) (11.1) (19.2) (1.36)
SYCS3090 30,000 29/32 13/16 3/8 1/2 3/4 2.5
(133) (57.9) (30.2) (9.5) (12.7) (19.2) (1.13)
SYC50(1) 50,000 27/8 15/8 1/2 1/4 7/8 5.0
(222) (73) (41.3) (12.7) (6.4) (22.2) (2.27)
942773001(1) 50,000 215/16 15/8 3/8 9/16 7/8 5.0
(222) (74.6) (41.3) (9.5) (14.3) (22.2) (2.27)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C 29.2-71.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C 29.2-71. Shield nut can be supplied by adding suffix “SN” to
catalog number. Example: SYC30SN.

Page 165 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Socket Clevis DUCTILE IRON
SC
Socket clevises are used primarily for connecting
associated hardware to ball and socket type insulators.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

CL Ball

CL Ball CL Ball

/16”
11

L L L
/16”
11

B Dia Hole B B

B PD PD
PD 3
/4” 7
/8”

W 13/4”
11/2” W
W
TYPE 876032000
Type SC
TYPE SC Type SC30AHM
TYPE SC30AHM
Type
TYPE115452000
115452000 Type 876032000

Product Data
Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Ultimate Strength Wt Each
Number lb (kN) W L B PD lb (kg)
876032000 30,000 13/16 25/8 15/8 5/8 2.7
(133) (20.6) (66.7) (41.3) (15.9) (1.22)
SC30 30,000 7/8 25/8 111/16 5/8 2.0
(133) (22.2) (66.7) (42.9) (15.9) (.91)
SC30AHM 30,000 7/8 41/2 115/16 5/8 3.5
(133) (22.2) (114.3) (49.2) (15.9) (1.58)
PRODUCTS

SC301 30,000 1 1/8 37/8 27/8 5/8 3.0


(133) (28.6) (98.4) (72) (15.9) (1.36)
115452000(1) 18,000 13/16 21/8 13/16 5/8 1.35
(80) (20.6) (54) (30.2) (15.9) (.61)
SC501(2) 50,000 11/8 39/32 21/16 7/8 4.6
(222) (28.6) (85.3) (52.4) (22.2) (2.09)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) For use with class 52-3 insulators only per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.
(2) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71

Page 166 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Clevis Eye DUCTILE IRON
CA
Clevis eyes are used to connect conductor D
5
/8“ Dia
clamping devices to clevis tongue insulators.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel B

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


L

Dia
R

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number R W B D L Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

CA04 18,000 13/16 1/2 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 1.6


(80) (20.6) (12.7) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.73)

CA05 20,000 13/16 5/8 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 1.6


(89) (20.6) (15.9) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.73)

CA05033 30,000 15/16 5/8 13/4 7/8 33/8 11/16 2.6


(133) (23.8) (15.9) (44.5) (22.2) (85.7) (17.5) (1.18)

CA06 25,000 13/16 3/4 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 1.7


(111) (20.6) (19.1) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.77)

CA101 25,000 13/16 1 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 1.7


(111) (20.6) (25.4) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.77)

CA11 25,000 13/16 11/8 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 1.7


(111) (20.6) (28.6) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.77)

CA13 25,000 13/16 13/8 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 1.8


(111) (20.6) (34.9) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.82)

CA16 25,000 13/16 13/4 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 2.0


(111) (20.6) (44.5) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (.91)

CA22 25,000 13/16 21/4 11/16 7/8 21/2 11/16 2.3


(111) (20.6) (57.2) (27.1) (22.2) (63.5) (17.5) (1.04)

CA1013 25,000 13/16 1 (25.4) 11/16 7/8 21/2 13/16 2.0


(111) (20.6) (227.1) (22.2) (63.5) (20.6) (.91)

CA1313 25,000 13/16 13/8 11/16 7/8 21/2 13/16 2.0


(111) (20.6) (34.9) (227.1) (22.2) (63.5) (20.6) (.91)

CA1517033(1) 30,000 11/32 15/8 13/4 13/16 33/8 11/16 2.3


(133) (26.2) (41.3) (44.5) (20.6) (85.7) (27.1) (1.04)

NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) Furnished with 3/4” diameter clevis pin.

Page 167 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Clevis Eye DUCTILE IRON
CE
Type CE clevis eyes are used to connect quadrant
type deadends to clevis tongue insulators or yoke
plates. The eye of type CE is 90° from type CA.
D
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel PD
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

W Dia

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Weight Each
Number D W L B R PD Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

CE02504 20,000 7/8 1/2 25/8 11/4 13/16 5/8 11/16 1.7
(89) (22.2) (12.7) (66.7) (31.8) (20.6) (15.9) (17.5) (.77)

CE02506 25,000 7/8 3/4 25/8 11/4 13/16 5/8 11/16 1.7
(111) (22.2) (19.1) (66.7) (31.8) (20.6) (15.9) (17.5) (.77)

CE02513 25,000 7/8 1 3/8 25/8 11/4 13/16 5/8 11/16 2.2
(111) (22.2) (34.9) (66.7) (31.8) (20.6) (15.9) (17.5) (1.00)

CE025504 18,000 13/16 1/2 2 11/16 11/16 7/8 5/8 11/16 1.7
(80) (20.6) (12.7) (68.3) (27) (22.2) (15.9) (17.5) (.77)

CE03305 30,000 7/8 5/8 33/8 19/16 7/8 5/8 11/16 1.8
(133) (22.2) (15.9) (85.7) (39.7) (22.2) (15.9) (17.5) (.82)

CE03404 20,000 7/8 1/2 31/2 21/2 1 5/8 13/16 1.8


(89) (22.2) (12.7) (88.9) (63.5) (25.4) (15.9) (20.6) (.82)

CE0340611 36,000 1 3/4 31/2 11/2 1 3/4 11/16 2.2


(160) (25.4) (19.1) (88.9) (38.1) (25.4) (19.1) (17.5) (1.00)

CE0340615 36,000 1 3/4 31/2 11/2 1 3/4 15/16 2.1


(160) (25.4) (19.1) (88.9) (38.1) (25.4) (19.1) (23.8) (.95)

CE03410 30,000 7/8 1 31/2 21/2 1 5/8 13/16 2.0


(133) (22.2) (25.4) (88.9) (63.5) (25.4) (15.9) (20.6) (.91)

Page 168 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Clevis Eye
Product Data (continued)
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number D W L B R PD Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

CE03413 30,000 7/8 13/8 31/2 21/2 1 5/8 13/16 2.5

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


(133) (22.2) (34.9) (88.9) (63.5) (25.4) (15.9) (20.6) (1.13)

CE03415 50,000 7/8 15/8 31/2 21/2 1 3/4 11/16 2.9


(222) (22.2) (41.3) (88.9) (63.5) (25.4) (19.1) (27) (1.32)

CE03616 25,000 7/8 13/4 33/4 23/4 1 5/8 11/16 2.7


(111) (22.2) (44.5) (95.3) (69.9) (25.4) (15.9) (17.5) (1.23)

879002000 36,000 7/8 3/4 51/2 21/8 11/4 3/4 13/16 3.9
(160) (22.2) (19.1) (139.7) (54) (31.8) (19.1) (20.6) (1.77)

CE054106 50,000 7/8 11/16 51/2 21/8 1 3/4 13/16 3.0


(222) (22.2) (27) (139.7) (54) (25.4) (19.1) (20.6) (1.36)

CE05410 40,000 1 1 51/2 21/2 1 3/4 13/16 3.2


(178) (25.4) (25.4) (139.7) (63.5) (25.4) (19.1) (20.6) (1.45)

CE0541160 60,000 7/8 11/8 51/2 21/8 11/8 3/4 13/16 3.7
(267) (22.2) (28.6) (139.7) (54) (28.6) (19.1) (20.6) (1.68)

CE054125 30,000 7/8 15/16 51/2 21/8 1 5/8 13/16 3.5


(133) (22.2) (33.3) (139.7) (54) (25.4) (15.9) (20.6) (1.59)

CE05414 50,000 7/8 11/2 51/2 21/8 1 3/4 13/16 3.5


(222) (22.2) (38.1) (139.7) (54) (25.4) (19.1) (30.2) (1.59)

CE05415 50,000 7/8 15/8 51/2 21/8 1 3/4 11/16 3.5


(222) (22.2) (41.3) (139.7) (54) (25.4) (19.1) (27) (1.59)

CE0541660 60,000 7/8 13/4 51/2 21/8 1 7/8 13/16 3.7


(267) (22.2) (44.5) (139.7) (54) (25.4) (22.2) (20.6) (1.68)

CE05420 50,000 7/8 2 51/2 21/8 1 3/4 13/16 3.7


(222) (22.2) (50.8) (139.7) (54) (25.4) (19.1) (20.6) (1.68)

NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Page 169 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Clevis Eye DUCTILE IRON
CEW
Wide clevis eyes are used to attach suspension clamps
to associated hardware in a single conductor VEE
string assembly.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Hardware – galvanized steel
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

D D D

B PD PD B
27/8” PD 27/8”

R R
Dia
Dia W Dia

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Figure Strength Wt Each
Number Number W D B PD R Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

CEW1030 1 30,000 1 21/4 115/16 5/8 1 11/16 2.6


(133) (25.4) (57.2) (49.2) (15.9) (25.4) (17.5) (1.18)

CEW13530 1 30,000 17/16 2 113/16 5/8 1 11/16 2.6


(133) (36.5) (50.8) (46) (15.9) (25.4) (17.5) (1.18)

CEW1630 1 30,000 13/4 2 113/16 5/8 1 11/16 2.8


(133) (44.5) (50.8) (46) (15.9) (25.4) (17.5) (1.27)

CEW2230 1 30,000 2 1/4 2 113/16 5/8 1 11/16 3.2


(133) (57.2) (50.8) (46) (15.9) (25.4) (17.5) (1.45)

CEW223013 1 30,000 21/4 2 113/16 5/8 1 13/16 3.2


(133) (57.2) (50.8) (46) (15.9) (25.4) (20.6) (1.45)

CEW2330 2 30,000 23/8 21/4 17/16 5/8 13/16 11/16 3.5


(133) (60.3) (57.2) (36.5) (15.9) (20.6) (17.5) (1.59)


NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Page 170 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Y-Clevis Eye DUCTILE IRON
YCS
Y-clevis eyes are primarily used to attach clamping devices
to yoke plates or other associated hardware in a bundle
conductor assembly. The bent bolt in the Y-section provides
an additional point of articulation within an assembly. 45°
PD
45°
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron or galvanized forged steel PD
Hardware – galvanized steel

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Cotter Pin – stainless steel B
L
B
L
Dia
R
R
W Dia
Figure
Figure11 YCS
YCS Figure
Figure 2 YCS90
2 YCS90

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Figure Strength Wt Each
Number Number B L W R PD Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

YCS04 1 19,000 (85) 13/8 (34.9) 213/16 (71.4) 1/2 (12.7) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.75 (.79)

YCS0490 2 19,000 (85) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 1/2 (12.7) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.75 (.79)

YCS04034 1 19,000 (85) 13/4 (44.5) 31/2 (88.9) 1/2 (12.7) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.7 (1.22)

854502000(1) 1 30,000 (133) 11/2 (38.1) 33/4 (95.3) 5/8 (15.9) 25/32 (19.8) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.0 (.91)

854512000(1) 2 30,000 (133) 11/2 (38.1) 33/4 (95.3) 5/8 (15.9) 25/32 (19.8) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.0 (.91)

YCS05 1 20,000 (89) 13/8 (34.9) 213/16 (71.4) 5/8 (15.9) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.85 (.84)

YCS0590 2 20,000 (89) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 5/8 (15.9) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.85 (.84)

YCS059030 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 5/8 (15.9) 7/8 (22.2) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.85 (.84)

YCS06 1 25,000 (111) 13/8 (34.9) 213/16 (71.4) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.90 (.86)

YCS0690 2 25,000 (111) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.90 (.86)

YCS069040 2 40,000 (178) 2 (50.8) 35/16 (84.1) 3/4 (19.1) 1 (25.4) 7/8 (22.2) 11/16 (17.5) 3.4 (1.54)

YCS07 1 30,000 (133) 13/8 (34.9) 213/16 (71.4) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.90 (.86)

YCS10 1 30,000 (133) 13/8 (34.9) 213/16 (71.4) 1 (25.4) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.95 (.88)

YCS1090 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 1 (25.4) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 1.95 (.88)

YCS10590 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 11/16 (27.1) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.00 (.91)

(1) Forged Steel

Page 171 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Y-Clevis Eye
Product Data (continued)
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Figure Strength Wt Each
Number Number B L W R PD Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

YCS1059013 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 11/16 (27.1) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 (20.6) 2.00 (.91)
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

YCS11 1 30,000 (133) 13/8 (34.9) 213/16 (71.4) 11/8 (28.6) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.00 (.91)

YCS119045 2 45,000 (200) 11/16 (27) 29/16 (65.1) 11/8 (28.6) 29/32 (23) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 2.50 (1.13)

YCS1290 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 11/4 (31.8) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.50 (1.13)

YCS129040 2 40,000 (178) 19/16 (39.7) 23/8 (60.3) 11/4 (31.8) 13/16 (20.6) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 2.50 (1.13)

YCS1390 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 13/8 (34.9) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.25 (1.02)

YCS1690 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 13/4 (44.5) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.30 (1.04)

YCS169040 2 40,000 (178) 19/16 (39.7) 23/8 (60.3) 13/4 (44.5) 13/16 (20.6) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 2.50 (1.13)

YCS2090 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 2 (50.8) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.75 (1.25)

YCS209040 2 40,000 (178) 19/16 (39.7) 23/8 (60.3) 2 (50.8) 13/16 (20.6) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 3.00 (1.36)

YCS219013 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 21/8 (54) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 (20.6) 3.00 (1.36)

YCS2290 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 21/4 (57.2) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5) 2.75 (1.25)

YCS2490 2 30,000 (133) 15/8 (41.3) 27/16 (62) 21/2 (63.5) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) 11/16 (17.5 3.00 (1.36)

YCS269040 2 40,000 (178) 19/16 (39.7) 23/8 (60.3) 23/4 (69.9) 13/16 (20.6) 7/8 (22.2) 13/16 (20.6) 3.45 (1.47)

Page 172 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Clevis Clevis DUCTILE IRON
CCC
Clevis clevises are used to attach clevis tongue insulators to various
associated hardware within an insulator string.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


D PD

PRODUCTS
W

Type CCC Type CCC90

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Weight Each
Number L B C W D PD
lb (kN) lb (kg)

CCC25 25,000 3 11/16 11/2 11/16 13/16 5/8 2.5


(111) (76.2) (27) (38.1) (17.5) (30.2) (15.9) (1.13)
CCC30 30,000 4 13/4 13/4 7/8 7/8 5/8 2.5
(133) (101.6) (44.5) (44.5) (22.2) (22.2) (15.9) (1.13)
CCC30115 30,000 4 2 11/2 13/16 7/8 5/8 3.0
(133) (101.6) (50.8) (38.1) (30.2) (22.2) (15.9) (1.36)
CCC3090 30,000 3 13/8 13/8 7/8 7/8 5/8 2.5
(133) (76.2) (34.9) (34.9) (22.2) (22.2) (15.9) (1.13)
CCC309055 30,000 51/2 13/4 13/4 15/16 15/16 5/8 5.7
(133) (139.7) (44.5) (44.5) (23.8) (23.8) (15.9) (2.59)
CCC40 40,000 4 13/4 13/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 3.2
(178) (101.6) (44.5) (44.5) (22.2) (22.2) (19.1) (1.45)
CCC4090 40,000 31/2 11/2 11/2 7/8 7/8 3/4 3.2
(178) (88.9) (38.1) (38.1) (22.2) (22.2) (19.1) (1.45)
CCC50 50,000 41/2 2 2 1 1 3/4 4.0
(222) (114.3) (50.8) (50.8) (25.4) (25.4) (19.1) (1.81)
CCC5090 50,000 41/2 2 2 1 1 3/4 4.0
(222) (114.3) (50.8) (50.8) (25.4) (25.4) (19.1) (1.81)
CCC80BNK 80,000 51/8 21/4 21/4 15/8 11/4 (1) 6.0
(356) (130.2) (57.2) (57.2) (41.3) (31.8) (2.72)

NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) Furnished with bolt, nut and cotter pin; 1.0 in diameter bolt at “D” opening, 11/8 in diameter bolt at “W” opening.

Page 173 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Y-Clevis Clevis 45°
BD
DUCTILE IRON
YCC
Y-clevis clevises are used to attach clevis tongue
insulators to various associated hardware C
within an insulator string. The bent bolt in the
L
Y-clevis section provides an additional point of
articulation within an assembly. B
PD
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Hardware – galvanized steel D


Type YCC90
Type YCC90
Type YCC
Type YCC

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number D L B C PD BD
lb (kN) lb (kg)
YCC30 30,000 7/8 31/4 13/8 13/8 5/8 3/4 2.5
(133) (22.2) (82.6) (34.9) (34.9) (15.9) (19.1) (1.13)
YCC3090 30,000 7/8 31/4 13/8 11/2 5/8 3/4 2.5
(133) (22.2) (82.6) (34.9) (38.1) (15.9) (19.1) (1.13)

Corona Free Clevis DUCTILE IRON


CFCC
Corona free clevis clevises are used at EHV levels to attach clevis tongue insulators
to various associated hardware within an insulator string.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

D D

PD PD
C C
L L

B B
PD PD

W
W
Type CFCC Type CFCC90

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B C W D PD
lb (kN) lb (kg)
CFCC30 30,000 31/8 119/32 17/32 7/8 11/16 5/8 3.00
(133) (79.4) (40.5) (31) (22.2) (17.5) (15.9) (1.36)
CFCC3090 30,000 31/8 119/32 17/32 7/8 11/16 5/8 3.00
(133) (79.4) (40.5) (31) (22.2) (17.5) (15.9) (1.36)
CFCC40 40,000 31/4 13/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 3/4 4.75
(178) (82.6) (44.5) (30.2) (22.2) (23.8) (19.1) (2.15)
CFCC4090 40,000 31/4 13/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 3/4 4.75
(178) (82.6) (44.5) (30.2) (22.2) (23.8) (19.1) (2.15)

Page 174 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Ball Clevis FORGED STEEL
BC
Ball clevises are used to attach ball and socket insulators to other
associated tower hardware.

Material: Body – galvanized steel W


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


PD

T Dia

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B W PD T Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
BC30 30,000 27/8 19/16 15/16 5/8 23/32 .95
(133) (73) (39.7) (23.8) (15.9) (18.3) (.43)
BC50(1) 50,000 45/16 115/16 15/16 7/8 57/64 2.3
(222) (109.5) (49.2) (23.8) (22.2) (22.6) (1.04)
704882000 30,000 315/16 21/2 13/16 5/8 23/32 1.24
(133) (100) (63.5) (20.6) (15.9) (18.3) (.56)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Page 175 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Ball Y-Clevis FORGED STEEL
YBC
Ball Y-clevises are used to attach ball and socket
insulators to other associated hardware. The
bent bolt in the Y-clevis section provides an 45°
additional point of articulation.

Material: Body – galvanized steel


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Cotter Pin – stainless steel


PD
B
R
L

T Dia

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B R PD T Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
YBC30 30,000 33/32 11/2 0.406 3/4 23/32 1.90
(133) (78.5) (35.1) (13.5) (19.1) (18.3) (.86)
YBC50(1) 50,000 315/16 113/16 0.531 7/8 57/64 2.80
(222) (100.2) (46) (10.3) (22.2) (22.6) (1.27)
NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Page 176 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Anchor Shackle FORGED STEEL
AS
Anchor shackles are used to attach hardware PD
to the tower pad. Back to back anchor
shackles are commonly used at the tower
attachment point to orient the plane of
R W
the tower plate and the balance of the
insulator hardware.

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


B
Material: Body – galvanized steel L
Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel * Type BNK
T C

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B W C T R PD
lb (kN) lb (kg)

AS25 30,000 23/8 5/8 7/8 13/8 1/2 11/16 5/8 .74
(133) (60.3) (15.9) (22.2) (34.9) (12.7) (17.56) (15.9) (.34)

AS25BNK 30,000 23/8 5/8 7/8 13/8 1/2 11/16 5/8 .86
(133) (60.3) (15.9) (22.2) (34.9) (12.7) (17.5) (15.9) (.39)

AS25L 30,000 225/32 5/8 7/8 13/8 1/2 21/32 5/8 1.00
(133) (70.6) (15.9) (22.2) (34.9) (12.7) (16.7) (15.9) (.45)

AS25LBNK 30,000 225/32 5/8 7/8 13/8 1/2 21/32 5/8 1.12
(133) (70.6) (15.9) (22.2) (34.9) (12.7) (16.7) (15.9) (.51)

AS25WBNK 30,000 3 5/8 13/4 111/16 5/8 1 5/8 1.65


(133) (76.2) (15.9) (44.5) (42.9) (15.9) (25.4) (15.9) (.75)

AS35 35,000 225/32 11/16 11/16 111/16 5/8 3/4 3/4 1.47
(156) (70.6) (17.5) (27) (42.9) (15.9) (19.1) (19.1) (.67)

AS35BNK 40,000 225/32 11/16 11/16 111/16 5/8 3/4 3/4 1.66
(178) (70.6) (17.5) (27) (42.9) (15.9) (19.1) (19.1) (.75)

AS50 50,000 31/2 7/8 7/8 17/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 2.25
(222) (88.9) (22.2) (22.2) (47.6) (19.1) (19.1) (19.1) (1.02)

AS50BNK 60,000 31/2 7/8 7/8 17/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 2.44
(267) (88.9) (22.2) (22.2) (47.6) (19.1) (19.1 (19.1) (1.11)

970303001 60,000 5 5/8 11/8 17/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2.4


(267) (127) (15.9) (28.6) (47.6) (19.1) (14.3) (19.1) (1.10)

970303002(1) 60,000 5 5/8 11/8 17/8 3/4 9/16 3/4 2.5


(267) (127) (15.9) (28.6) (47.6) (19.1) (14.3) (19.1) (1.13)

AS50W 50,000 31/2 7/8 11/4 115/16 3/4 1 7/8 2.25


(222) (88.9) (22.2) (31.8) (49.2) (19.1) (25.4) (22.2) (1.02)

AS50WBNK 60,000 31/2 7/8 11/4 115/16 3/4 1 7/8 2.75


(267) (88.9) (22.2) (31.8) (49.2) (19.1) (25.4) (22.2) (1.25)

AS60BNK 80,000 33/4 7/8 17/16 21/8 7/8 11/8 1 4.31


(356) (95.3) (22.2) (36.5) (54) (22.2) (28.6) (25.4) (1.96)

AS60875BNK 72,000 33/4 7/8 17/16 21/8 7/8 11/8 7/8 4.10
(320) (95.3) (22.2) (36.5) (54) (22.2) (28.6) (22.2) (1.86)

974153001(1) 120,000 6 1 11/2 23/8 1 11/16 11/8 6.20


(534) (152.4) (25.4) (38.1) (60.3) (25.4) (27) (28.6) (2.81)

Page 177 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Product Data (continued)
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B W C T R PD
lb (kN) lb (kg)

974153002 100,000 6 1 11/2 23/8 1 11/16 11/8 6.00


(445) (152.4) (25.4) (38.1) (60.3) (25.4) (27) (28.6) (2.72)
100,000 45/16 1 111/16 23/8 1 111/32 11/8 5.90
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

976743001(1) (445) (109.5) (25.4) (42.9) (60.3) (25.4) (34.1) (28.6) (2.69)

946693001(1) 100,000 45/16 1 13/16 23/8 1 111/32 11/8 5.70


(445) (109.5) (25.4) (30.2) (60.3) (25.4) (34.1) (28.6) (2.59)

AS135BNK 150,000 6 11/2 21/4 33/8 13/8 113/16 11/2 15.75


(667) (152.4) (38.1) (57.2) (85.7) (34.9) (46) (38.1) (7.14)

(1) These shackles are type BNK (furnished with Bolt, Nut and Cotter Key).

Ball Eyes FORGED STEEL


BE
Ball eyes are used to attach ball and socket insulators to other associated
hardware. The use of the ball oval-eye and an anchor shackle is one of the
most common distribution tower attachment combinations.
PRODUCTS

Material: Body – galvanized steel

W
W
3
/4”
⁄16”
11

B
B
L L

Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B W
lb (Kn) lb (kg)
BE30(1) 30,000 323/32 2 1 1.00
(133) (94.5) (50.8) (25.4) (.45)
909462000(2) 50,000 41/2 21/2 11/4 1.55
(222) (114.3) (63.5) (31.8) (.70)

(1) For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.
(2) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Page 178 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Ball Oval-Eye Anchor Shackle Combination FORGED STEEL
BEAS
Ball oval-eye anchor shackle combinations
are popular combinations which are sold as W
assemblies to save field assembly time. Contact
factory for other pre-assembled combinations.

Material: Body – galvanized steel PD

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


L

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number W L T PD
lb (kN) lb (kg)

BE30AS25 30,000 7/8 529/32 11/16 5/8 1.74


(133) (22.2) (150) (17.5) (15.9) (.79)
BE30AS35 30,000 11/16 61/2 11/16 3/4 2.47
(133) (27) (165.1) (17.5) (19.1) (1.12)
BE30AS50 30,000 7/8 77/32 11/16 3/4 3.25
(133) (22.2) (183.4) (17.5) (19.1) (1.47)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71. Other combinations may be used, contact factory
for additional information. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Steel
Clevis connections, especially if working under light mechanical
load, can develop oxide films on their bearing surfaces. If these
films are not fractured by weight and movement, they are subject to
puncture by line voltages whose small discharges can create RIV. By
establishing a shunt around the clevis joint, by means of RIV clips,
the condition is easily remedied. Clips are made of spring stainless
steel wire with ends cut flat and sharp to give good point contact.
They are held securely by snapping around the Clevis Pin. Clip
weight is 0.845 pounds per hundred. RIV Clip
Catalog Number 941104001

Page 179 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Chain Links FORGED STEEL
LK

Links are used to maintain proper


Type LK8 Type LK8T
tower clearance and connect associated
L
hardware within an insulator string.
W A
W
T
W

A
Material: Body – galvanized steel
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

T
L L
B T

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches mm) Approx
Catalog Figure Strength Wt Each
Number Number L A B W T
lb (kN) lb (kg)
LK30 1 30,000 21/4 — 1/2 1 1/2 .44
(133) (57.2) (12.7) (25.4) (12.7) (.20)
LK60 1 60,000 31/2 — 3/4 1 3/4 1.5
(267) (88.9) (19.1) (25.4) (19.1) (.68)
LK80 1 80,000 4 — 7/8 11/4 7/8 2.15
(356) (101.6) (22.2) (31.8) (22.2) (.96)
LK150 1 150,000 51/2 — 13/8 13/4 13/8 6.90
(667) (139.7) (34.9) (44.5) (34.9) (3.13)
LK830 2 30,000 33/8 11/8 — 7/8 9/16 .75
(133) (85.7) (28.6) (22.2) (14.3) (.34)
LK830T 3 30,000 33/8 11/8 — 7/8 9/16 .75
(133) (85.7) (28.6) (22.2) (14.3) (.34)
792722000 1 45,000 31/4 — 11/16 1 11/16 .95
(200) (82.6) (17.5) (25.4) (17.5) (.43)

Hooks 1” Hooks are used to attach


31/2” 11/4”
31/8” 1”
7
/ 8” ball and socket or clevis
1”
1” 113/16” insulators directly to the
11/4”
2”
L W L
tower attachment pad.
W L W 13
/16” All hooks are of the self-
11
/16”
T T T locking design.
HBL HB HB30 HBL30 Number 792702000
ANSI Class 52-4 & 52-6

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L W T
lb (Kn) lb (kg)
HB30 30,000 2 13/16 23/32 1.05
(133) (50.8) (20.6) (18.3) (.48)
HBL30 30,000 31/8 7/8 23/32 1.33
(133) (79.4) (22.2) (18.3) (.60)
792702000 30,000 3 13/16 1/2 1.30
(133) (76.2) (20.6) (12.7) (.59)

NOTE: Hooks for use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71. 797202000 for use with class 52-4 and
52-6 clevis type insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Page 180 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Hot Line Socket Eye CL Ball
DUCTILE IRON
HSE
Hot line socket eyes are used to connect
ball and socket insulators to other
associated hardware. Shoulders are
provided to accommodate hot line tools.
L B 7
/8” Dia
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Dia
R

Product Data
Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Ultimate Strength
Catalog Number Wt Each
lb (kN) L B W R Diameter lb (kg)
HSE07712 30,000 77/8 41/8 11/4 1 11/16 3.23
(133) (200) (105) (31.8) (25.4) (17.5) (1.47)
HSE10004 19,000 10 61/4 1/2 13/16 11/16 2.78
(85) (254) (159) (12.7) (20.6) (17.5) (1.26)
HSE10005 30,000 10 61/4 5/8 7/8 11/16 2.87
(133) (254) (159) (15.9) (22.2) (17.5) (1.30)
HSE100055 30,000 10 61/4 11/16 7/8 11/16 2.9
(133) (254) (159) (17.5) (22.2) (17.5) (1.32)
HSE10006 30,000 10 61/4 3/4 7/8 11/16 2.97
(133) (254) (159) (19.1) (22.2) (17.5) (1.35)
HSE100065 30,000 10 61/4 13/16 15/16 13/16 3.00
(133) (254) (159) (20.6) (23.8) (20.6) (1.36)
HSE1000613 30,000 10 61/4 3/4 7/8 13/16 2.97
(133) (254) (159) (19.1) (22.2) (20.6) (1.35)
HSE10010 30,000 10 61/4 1 1 11/16 3.00
(133) (254) (159) (25.4) (25.4) (27.1) (1.36)
HSE100105 30,000 10 61/4 11/16 11/4 11/16 3.10
(133) (254) (159) (27.1) (31.8) (27.1) (1.41)
HSE10012 30,000 10 61/4 11/4 1 13/16 3.10
(133) (254) (159) (31.8) (25.4) (30.2) (1.41)
HSE100121116 30,000 10 61/4 11/4 1 11/16 3.20
(133) (254) (159) (31.8) (25.4) (17.5) (1.45)
HSE10016 30,000 10 61/4 13/4 13/16 11/16 3.90
(133) (254) (159) (44.5) (20.6) (17.5) (1.77)
HSE12560613 30,000 129/16 813/16 3/4 1 13/16 3.36
(133) (319.1) (224) (19.1) (25.4) (20.6) (1.52)
HSE1001550(1) 50,000 10 61/2 15/8 2 11/16 5.15
(222) (254) (165) (41.3) (50.8) (27.1) (2.34)
HSE10015501(1) 50,000 10 61/2 111/32 2 11/16 4.90
(222) (254) (165) (34.1) (50.8) (27.1) (2.22)

NOTE: Others for use with ANSI class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators.
(1) These items for use with ANSI class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators.

Page 181 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Hot Line Extension Clevis Eye DUCTILE IRON
D D HCE
Hot line clevis eyes are used to connect
clevis tongue insulators to various PD
associated hardware. Shoulders are 11/2”
provided to accommodate hotline tools.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel S Dia S Dia
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

L
Cotter Pin – stainless steel B

R
Dia
W

TYPE HCE90 TYPE HCE

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B D W R Diameter PD S
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HCE0705 30,000 7 3 13/16 5/8 7/8 11/16 5/8 7/8 2.5
(133) (177.8) (76.2) (20.6) (15.9) (22.2) (17.5) (15.9) (22.2) (1.13)
HCE10005 30,000 10 6 13/16 5/8 7/8 11/16 5/8 7/8 2.7
(133) (254) (152.4) (20.6) (15.9) (22.2) (17.5) (15.9) (22.2) (1.22)
HCE1000590 30,000 10 6 1 5/8 7/8 11/16 5/8 7/8 2.8
(133) (254) (152.40) (25.4) (15.9) (22.2) (17.5) (15.9) (22.2) (1.27)
HCE10006 30,000 10 6 13/16 3/4 7/8 11/16 5/8 7/8 3.1
(133) (254) (152.4) (20.6) (19.1) (22.2) (17.5) (15.9) (22.2) (1.41)
HCE1000613 30,000 10 6 13/16 3/4 7/8 13/16 5/8 7/8 3.1
(133) (254) (152.4) (20.6) (19.1) (22.2) (20.6) (15.9) (22.2) (1.41)
HCE1101240 40,000 11 6 7/8 11/4 11/4 13/16 3/4 11/8 3.52
(178) (279.4) (152.4) (22.2) (31.8) (31.8) (30.2) (19.1) (28.6) (1.60)

Page 182 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Hot Line Extension Socket Clevis CL Ball DUCTILE IRON
HSC
Hot line socket clevis are used to connect
ball and socket insulators to other associated L
hardware. Shoulders are provided to S B
accommodate hot line tools.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron C


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel PD

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Cotter Pin – stainless steel
W HSC110501

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B C W PD S
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HSC083 30,000 83/8 45/8 11/2 1 5/8 7/8 3.0
(133) (212.7) (117.5) (38.1) (25.4) (15.9) (22.2) (1.36)
HSC100 30,000 10 61/4 11/2 1 5/8 7/8 3.5
(133) (254) (158.8) (38.1) (25.4) (15.9) (22.2) (1.59)
HSC10035 35,000 10 63/32 15/8 1 3/4 11/32 4.5
(156) (254) (154.8) (41.3) (25.4) (19.1) (26.2) (2.04)
HSC110501(1) 50,000 11 613/16 2 115/16 7/8 13/16 7.0
(222) (279.4) (173) (50.8) (33.3) (22.2) (30.2) (3.18)
HSC110503(1) 50,000 11 613/16 2 15/16 7/8 13/16 6.6
(222) (279.4) (173) (50.8) (23.8) (22.2) (30.2) (3.0)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71. Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by
adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

W
PD
Hot Line Clevis Clevis Type HCC DUCTILE IRON
D HCC
A hot line clevis clevis is used to connect
associated hardware within an insulator string. L B
Shoulders are provided to accommodate hot S Dia

line tools.
PD
D
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel W

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B W D S Diameter PD
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HCC30 30,000 10 57/8 1 15/8 7/8 5/8 3.4
(133) (254) (149.2) (25.4) (41.3) (22.2) (15.9) (1.54)
HCC3090 30,000 10 6 1 15/8 7/8 5/8 3.4
(133) (254) (152.4) (25.4) (41.3) (22.2) (15.9) (1.54)
HCC4015 40,000 15 93/4 11/16 2 11/8 3/4 4.5
(178) (381) (247.6) (27) (50.8) (28.6) (19.1) (2.04)

Page 183 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Hot Line Socket Y-Clevis Type HSYC DUCTILE IRON
CL Ball HSYC
Hot line socket Y-clevises are used to attach
ball and socket insulators to other associated
hardware. Shoulders are provided to
accommodate hot line tools and the bent 7
/8” Dia
13/16” Dia B
L
bolt in the Y-section provides an additional
7
/8”
point of articulation within an assembly. /4”
3
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

C
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel 45 45
HSYC3090 HSYC50

Product Data
Ultimate Dimension Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B C
lb ( kN) lb (kg)
HSYC30 30,000 911/16 6 19/16 3.6
(133) (246.1) (152.4) (39.7) (1.63)
HSYC3090 30,000 911/16 6 19/16 3.6
(133) (246.1) (152.4) (39.7) (1.63)
HSYC50(1) 50,000 105/16 529/32 15/8 7.5
(222) (261.9) (150) (41.3) (3.40)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

45°

Hot Line Y-Clevis Clevis Type HYCC 1


/4 DUCTILE IRON
15/8” HYCC
Hot line Y-clevis clevises are used to connect BD
associated hardware within an insulator string.
Shoulders are provided to accommodate hot
line tools and the bent bolts in the Y-clevises
7
/8” Dia 61/4” L
provide additional points of articulation
within an assembly.
15/8”
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron PD
Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel W
Type HYCC90 Type HYCC

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L W PD BD
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HYCC30 30,000 103/8 1 5/8 3/4 3.5
(133) (263.5) (25.4) (15.9) (19.1) (1.59)
HYCC3090 30,000 103/8 1 5/8 3/4 3.5
(133) (263.5) (25.4) (15.9) (19.1) (1.59)

NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

Page 184 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Hot Line Y-Y-Clevis 45°
DUCTILE IRON
1
/4
HYYC
Hot line Y-Y-clevis is used to connect associated
hardware within an insulator string or connecting BD 15/8”
deadend clamps to yoke plates providing clearances
for jumper ends. Shoulders are provided to 7
/8” Dia 61/4” L
accommodate hot line tools and the bent bolts in the
Y-clevises provide additional points of articulation
within an assembly.

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


15/8”
PD
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Hardware – galvanized steel W
Cotter Pin – stainless steel Type HYCC90 Type HYCC

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog
Strength Wt Each
Number lb (kN) L B BD Diameter S Diameter lb ( kg)
HYYC3015 30,000 15 103/8 3/4 7/8 4.3
(133) (381) (263.7) (19.1) (22.2) (1.98)
50,000 15 101/8 7/8 11/8 9.0

PRODUCTS
HYYC50157 (222) (381) (257.2) (22.2) (28.6) (4.08)

Hot Line Y-Clevis Eye DUCTILE IRON


HYCE
Hot line Y-clevis eyes are used to connect
45°
associated hardware within an insulator
BD (Dia)
string. Shoulders are provided to
accommodate hot line tools. The bent 15/8”
bolt in the Y-section provides an additional
point of articulation within an assembly.
B L
S Dia
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Hardware – galvanized steel
Dia
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
R
W

Type HYCE Type HYCE90

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L R S Diameter B Diameter W BD
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HYCE1512 15,000 12 15/16 5/8 73/8 11/16 1/2 3/4 3.4
(67) (304.8) (23.8) (15.9) (187.3) (17.5) (12.7) (19.1) (1.54)
HYCE3011 30,000 11 15/16 7/8 63/8 11/16 5/8 3/4 4.2
(133) (279.4) (23.8) (22.2) (161.9) (17.5) (15.9) (19.1) (1.91)
HYCE301190 30,000 11 15/16 15/16 63/8 11/16 5/8 3/4 4.57
(133) (279.4) (23.8) (23.8) (161.9) (17.5) (15.9) (19.1) (2.07)
HYCE301590 30,000 15 15/16 15/16 103/8 11/16 5/8 3/4 5.09
(133) (381) (23.8) (23.8) (263.5) (17.5) (15.9) (19.1) (2.31)
HYCE401190 40,000 11 11/32 11/8 65/8 13/16 25/32 7/8 4.87
(178) (279.4) (26.2) (28.6) (168.3) (20.6) (19.8) (22.2) (2.20)

Page 185 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron, Forged Steel
Ductile Iron Hot Line Oval-Eye Pad Eye DUCTILE IRON
HOPE
Hot line oval-eye, pad-eye extension link is W T
used to maintain proper tower clearance
and can be used to connect clevis tongue C
insulators to various associated hardware.
/8”
7
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron Dia
L
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

R
11
/16”
5
/8”
HOPE HOPE90°
Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number lb (kN) L B C R W T lb (kg)

HOPE3012 30,000 12 7 21/8 15/16 15/16 23/32 2.8


(133) (304.8) (177.8) (54) (23.8) (23.8) (18.3) (1.27)
HOPE301290 30,000 12 7 21/8 15/16 15/16 13/16 2.8
(133) (304.8) (177.8) (54) (23.8) (23.8) (20.6) (1.27)

Forged Steel Hot Line Ball Clevis FORGED STEEL


HBC
Hot line ball clevises are used to attach ball and
socket insulators to other associated hardware
within an insulator string. Shoulders are PD
provided to accommodate hot line tools. T Dia S Dia

Material: Body – galvanized steel W


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
B
A
L

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number A L B W PD S Diameter T Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HBC30 30,000 13/4 99/16 57/8 15/16 5/8 7/8 23/32 2.45
(133) (44.5) (242.9) (149.2) (23.8) (15.9) (22.2) (18.3) (1.11)
HBC50 50,000 17/8 101/16 53/8 15/16 7/8 7/8 57/64 3.50
(222) (47.6) (255.6) (136.5) (23.8) (22.2) (22.2) (22.6) (1.59)

NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number. Add “BNK” suffix to specify
link with bolt, nut and cotter key.

Page 186 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Hot Line Y-Clevis Ball T Dia S Dia
FORGED STEEL
HYBC
Hot line Y-clevis balls are used to PD 45°
attach ball and socket insulators to Fig 1
other associated hardware within an
insulator string. Shoulders are provided B
to accommodate hot line tools and the C
bent bolt in the Y-section provides an L

additional point of articulation within

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


an assembly. T Dia

PD 45°
Material: Body – galvanized steel Fig 2
Clevis Pin – galvanized steel S Dia
Cotter Pin – stainless steel B C
L

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Figure
Strength Wt Each
Number Number L B C PD S Diameter T Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
HYBC30 30,000 1 95/16 53/8 11/2 3/4 7/8 23/32 2.8
(133) (236.5) (136.5) (38.1) (19.1) (22.2) (18.3) (1.27)
HYBC5011(1) 50,000 2 11 613/16 111/16 7/8 7/8 57/64 4.42
(222) (279.4) (173) (42.9) (22.2) (22.2) (22.6) (2.00)

Hot Line Oval-Eye Ball


W
FORGED STEEL
HOEB
Hot line oval-eye ball is used to attach ball B A Dia

and socket insulators to other associated


hardware within an insulator string.
Shoulders are provided to accommodate
hot line tools.
L
Material: Body – galvanized steel
PD
S Dia

T Dia

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number A B L W S Diameter T Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)

HOEB30 30,000 11/16 2 11 1 7/8 23/32 2.31


(133) (17.5) (50.8) (279.4) (25.4) (22.2) (18.3) (1.05)

NOTE: For use with class 52-3 and 52-5 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.
(1) For use with class 52-8 and 52-11 insulators per ANSI Spec. C-29.2-71.

Page 187 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Steel
Extension Strap STEEL
ES
Extension straps are used to attach associated D2
T
hardware and maintain proper tower clearance within
a transmission assembly. Because extension straps
may be furnished in a variety of lengths, widths,
thicknesses, as well as hole spacings, please contact
B
factory for dimensional variations and different
ultimate strengths.
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

D1
Material: Body – galvanized steel L

Product Data
Ultimate Approx Wt Each
Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm)
Strength lb (kg)
Number lb (kN) A B D1 D2 W T L Min L Add Per Inch
ES307819L 30,000 11/8 11/8 15/16 15/16 2 3/4 2.62 .44
(133) (28.6) (28.6) (23.8) (23.8) (50.8) (19.1) (1.19) (.60)
ES407819L 40,000 11/2 11/2 15/16 15/16 21/2 3/4 3.67 .55
(178) (38.1) (38.1) (23.8) (23.8) (63.5) (19.1) MIN “L” (1.66) (.25)
ES607819L 60,000 2 2 11/8 11/8 21/2 1 4” PLEASE 5.60 .73
(267) (50.8) (50.8) (28.6) (28.6) (63.5) (25.4) SPECIFY (2.54) (.33)
ES807819L 80,000 2 2 11/4 11/4 3 1 6.72 .87
(356) (50.8) (50.8) (31.8) (31.8) (76.2) (25.4) (3.05) (.39)

NOTE: To specify catalog number, replace “L” with required length in inches. Example: ES40781936 for 40K strap 36”
between hole centers.

Page 188 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron
Clevis Eye Extension Link DUCTILE IRON
CEEL
Clevis eyes are used to connect clevis tongue insulators
to various associated hardware and maintain conductor
spacing in deadend assemblies.
13/4”
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
Dia C C
Hardware – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
D

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Dia

82910-2000
L L
3
/4”
B
B 5
/8”
W
W
CEEL

Product Data

Ultimate Dimension Inches (mm) Approx


Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number L B W C D Diameter
lb (kN) lb (kg)
829102000 20,000 10 11/8 13/16 5/8 7/8 11/16 3.9
(89) (254) (28.6) (20.6) (15.9) (22.2) (17.5) (1.77)
CEEL093065 50,000 93/8 6 1 13/16 13/8 13/16 6.0
(222) (238.1) (152.4) (25.4) (20.6) (34.9) (20.6) (2.72)
CEEL15506 50,000 155/8 21/8 1 3/4 13/8 13/16 7.0
(222) (396.9) (54) (25.4) (19.1) (34.9) (20.6) (3.18)

NOTE: Bolt and nut may be substituted for clevis pin by adding suffix “BNK” to catalog number.

precision
Page 189 | August 2013
Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Hot Line Extension Links FORGED STEEL
H/F
Extension links are forged from high-strength steel and contain no welded
joints. Because of the variety of fittings and lengths, links are made only to
order. Please specify by catalog number and length required.

Material: Body – galvanized steel

Product Data
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Available Range of Lengths Approx Packed


Ultimate Shape And Catalog Figure Weight(1) Per 100
Identification Strength Orientation Minimum Maximum
Number Number Minimum Length
lb (kN) Of Ends Inches (mm) Inches (mm) lb (kg)
30,000 HOO30L 12 144 383
(133) 1 (304.8) (3,658) (174)
HOOT30L
40,000 HOO40L 12 144 383
(178) 2 (304.8) (3,658) (174)
HOOT40L
Chain Eye/Chain Eye
60,000 HOO50L 13 144 536
(267) 3 (330.2) (3,658) (243)
HOOT50L
80,000 HOO80L 14 144 616
(356) 4 (355.6) (3,658) (279)
HOOT80L
30,000 FHCE30L 11 144 366
Clevis Eye (133) 5&9 (279.4) (3,658) (166)
FHCE30L90
30,000 FHYCE30L 11 144 369
Y-Clevis Eye (133) 7&9 (279.4) (3,658) (167)
PRODUCTS

FHYCE30L90
30,000 FOPE30L 11 144 294
Chain Eye/Eye (133) 2&9 (279.4) (3,658) (133)
FOPE30L90
30,000 FHCC30L 12 144 372
Clevis/Clevis (133) 5 (304.8) (3,658) (169)
FHCC30L90
30,000 FHOEC30L 11 144 357
(133) 2&5 (279.4) (3,658) (162)
FHOEC30L90
Chain Eye/Clevis
50,000 FHOEC50L 12 144 527
(222) 3&6 (304.8) (3,658) (239)
FHOEC50L90
30,000 HYCOE30L 11 144 451
(133) 2&7 (279.4) (3,658) (205)
HYCOE30L90
Chain Eye/Y-Clevis
50,000 HYCOE50L 14 144 451
(222) 3&8 (355.6) (3,658) (205)
HYCOE50L90
Clevis/Ball 30,000 HBC30L 5 & 10 10 144 272
(133) (254) (3,658) (123)
30,000 HYBC30L 7 & 10 11 144 342
(133) (279.4) (3,658) (155)
Y-Clevis/Ball
50,000 HYBC50L 8 & 11 11 144 442
(222) (279.4) (3,658) (200)
30,000 HOEB30L 1 & 10 11 144 323
(133) (279.4) (3,658) (147)
Chain Eye/Ball
50,000 HOEB50L 3 & 11 11 144 430
(222) (279.4) (3,658) (195)

NOTE: Link length available 1/2"increments. Use letter “D” to represent decimal point in catalog number when applicable.
Example: HOO3020D5 for 201/2" length. Normal manufacturing tolerances: Up to 50" – ±0.5 inch. Above 50" – ±1%.
(1) For links longer than minimum length, add to packed weight per 100 pieces, 28 pounds per inch for number HOO80L and
HOOT80L. All others, add 17 pounds per inch. Refer to next page for dimensions.

Page 190 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Hot Line Extension Links FORGED STEEL

13
/16” 13
/16”

11
/16” Dia 3
/4” Dia /16”
15
/16”
15

/16”
15
2 /8”
1
15
/16” 2 /8”
3
2 /2”
1
11/8” 21/2” 11/8”

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


11/2”Dia 11/2”Dia 111/16” 111/16”

7
/8” 7
/8” 7
/8” 11/8”

Chain Eye Chain Eye Chain Eye Chain Eye


Ultimate Strength – Ultimate Strength – Ultimate Strength – Ultimate Strength –
30,000 lb 40,000 lb 60,000 lb 80,000 lb
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4

45° 45°
15/8”
13
/16” 23/16” 23/16”
1” 23/16”

5
/8” /8”
7 3
/4” /8”
7

11/2”
2 /8”
1
1 /2”
1
111/16”

111/16”
19/16” 19/16”
/8”
7
7
/8” /8”
7

/8”
7

Clevis Clevis Y-Clevis Y-Clevis


Ultimate Strength – 30,000 lb Ultimate Strength – 50,000 lb Ultimate Strength – 30,000 lb Ultimate Strength – 50,000 lb
Connects with ANSI Class Connects with ANSI Class FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8
52-4 and Class 52-6 insulators 52-12 insulators
FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6

7
/8” 7
/8” 7
/8”

111/16” 11/2” Dia


11/2” Dia

2”
1”
11
/16”
9
/16” 15/8”

Eye Ball Ball


Ultimate Strength – 30,000 lb Ultimate Strength – 30,000 lb Ultimate Strength – 50,000 lb
Connects with ANSI Class ANSI Class 52-3 and Class 52-5 ANSI Class 52-8 and Class 52-11
52-4 and Class 52-6 insulators FIGURE 10 FIGURE 11
FIGURE 9

Page 191 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Turnbuckles FORGED STEEL
TB
Turnbuckles are used as adjustable extension
links to maintain proper tower clearance on
assemblies at tower end.

Jaw ends are supplied with bolt, nut, and


humpback cotter pin.
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Material: Body – galvanized forged steel


Cotter Pin – stainless steel
Type Type Type
JJ EE JE

Product Data
Diameter and Take Up Closed Coupling Length Inches (mm) Wt Each lb (kg)
Catalog Number Inches (mm) Type JJ Type EE Type JJ Eye-Eye Jaw-Eye Jaw-Jaw
TB34XX6BNK 3/4 X 6 15.1 17.2 16.2 3.89 3.87 4.11
(19.1) (152.4) (384) (437) (411) (1.75) (1.74) (1.85)
TB34XX12BNK 12 21.5 23.6 22.6 5.43 5.36 5.65
(304.8) (546) (599) (574) (2.44) (2.41) (2.54)
TB34XX18BNK 18 27.5 29.6 28.6 7.25 7.00 7.00
(457.2) (699) (752) (726) (3.26) (3.15) (3.15)
TB78XX12BNK 7/8 X 12 22.7 24.7 23.7 8.1 8.00 8.17
(22.2) (304.8) (577) (627) (602) (3.65) (3.6) (3.68)
TB78XX18BNK 18 29.1 31.2 30.2 9.25 9.75 9.13
(457.2) (739) (792) (767) (4.16) (4.39) (4.11)
TB1XX6BNK 1X6 17.8 20.2 19.0 9.33 8.92 9.75
(25.4) (152.4) (452) (513) (483) (4.2) (4.01) (4.39)
TB1XX12BNK 12 23.8 26.2 25.0 11.93 11.20 12.00
(304.8) (605) (665) (635) (5.37) (5.04) (5.40)
TB1XX18BNK 18 29.8 32.2 31.0 14.00 13.30 14.00
(457.2) (757) (818) (787) (6.30) (6.00) (6.30)
TB1XX24BNK 24 36.4 38.8 37.6 17.25 17.00 17.00
(609.6) (925) (986) (955) (7.76) (7.65) (7.65)
TB114XX12BNK 11/4 X 12 27.4 30.1 28.8 16.50 20.00 21.50
(31.8) (304.8) (696) (765) (732) (7.43) (9.0) (9.68)
TB114XX18BNK 18 33.4 36.1 34.8 23.00 24.18 24.25
(457.2) (848) (917) (884) (10.35) (10.88) (10.91)
TB114XX24BNK 24 39.9 42.7 41.3 24.00 28.40 28.00
(609.6) (1013) (1085) (1049) (10.80) (12.78) (12.60)
TB112XX12BNK 11/2 X 12 28.8 32.2 30.5 27.50 28.99 30.05
(38.1) (304.8) (732) (818) (775) (12.4) (13.05) (13.52)
TB112XX18BNK 18 37.8 38.2 36.5 31.00 35.00 36.75
(457.2) (960) (970) (927) (13.95) (15.75) (16.54)
TB112XX24BNK 24 41.4 44.9 43.1 37.50 39.18 40.67
(609.6) (1052) (1140) (1095) (16.88) (17.63) (18.36)

NOTE: When ordering, replace XX with Type in Catalog Number. Example: TB34JJ6BNK for jaw-jaw end fittings with 6” take
up. BNK suffix not valid for Type EE turnbuckles. Add “LN” suffix if jam nuts are required. Locking Nuts add cost and lead time
and may provide no benefit under the typical constant-tension, overhead line, utility application. The torque required to rotate
the boss of a turnbuckle under tension can be calculated by the formula:
T = 2 (kdW/12 ) ft-lb
Where: k = Friction factor (0.16)
d = Nominal thread diameter (inches) Example: 3/4 turnbuckle under 4,000 lb tension
W = Applied tension load (lb) T = 2(0.16 x 0.75 x 4000 / 12) = 80 ft-lb

Page 192 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Forged Steel
Turnbuckles F
C
Jaw

D B

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


G

H A

Jaw End Product Data


Dimensions Inches (mm) Ultimate
Strength Rating
A B C D E F G H lb (kN)
3/4 11/2 5/8 15/16 9/16 19/32 41/8 15/8 26,000
(19.1) (38.1) (15.9) (23.8) (14.3) (32.5) (104.8) (41.3) (116)
7/8 13/4 3/4 11/8 11/16 115/32 427/32 17/8 36,000
(22.2) (44.5) (19.1) (28.6) (17.5) (37.3) (123) (47.6) (160)
1 21/16 7/8 13/16 25/32 121/32 517/32 21/8 50,000
(25.4) (52.8) (22.2) (30.2) (19.8) (42.1) (140.5) (54) (222)
11/4 213/16 11/8 13/4 1 23/32 73/16 25/8 76,000
(31.8) (71.4) (28.6) (44.5) (25.4) (53.2) (182.6) (66.7) (338)
11/2 213/16 13/8 21/16 11/16 215/32 77/8 31/8 107,000
(38.1) (71.4) (34.9) (52.8) (27) (64.3) (200) (79.4) (476)

Eye

B A

D
C
Eye End Product Data
E

Dimensions Inches (mm) Ultimate


Strength Rating
A B C D E lb (kN)
3/4 1 5/8 21/8 411/16 26,000
(19.1) (25.4) (15.9) (54) (119.1) (116)
7/8 11/4 3/4 23/8 51/4 36,000
(22.2) (31.8) (19.1) (60.3) (133.4) (160)
1 17/16 7/8 3 63/8 50,000
(25.4) (36.5) (22.2) (76.2) (161.9) (222)
11/4 113/16 11/8 39/16 73/4 76,000
(31.8) (46) (28.6) (90.5) (196.9) (338)
11/2 21/8 11/4 41/8 85/8 107,000
(38.1) (54) (31.8) (104.8) (219.1) (476)

Page 193 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile/Steel
Yoke Plates Delta Configuration DUCTILE/STEEL
YPD
Delta Configuration
These yoke plates may be used to bundle two conductors in
suspension application with a single string of insulators. They
also may be used in deadend applications with two strings of
insulators and one deadend clamp.

Type YPD may be furnished in a variety of sizes, hole spacings


LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

and ultimate strengths. For yokes with corona ring mounting


provision, consult factory.

11/4” Dia Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron or galvanized steel


4 Holes

11/4” Dia 5 Holes /16” Dia with 45°


15

3
/4 ” Chamfer (2 Holes) 11/4” Dia
4” Thick
35/8”
4” 3
/4” Thick
11/16” Dia
4” (2 Holes)
3
/4” 18”
8” 18”

Catalog Number YPD5024685 Catalog Number YPD3018437-3 Catalog Number YPD7211574


Ultimate Strength — 50,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 30,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 72,000 lb
(Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Steel
11/4” Dia
4 Holes
115/16”
11/4” Dia 5 Holes 11/4” Dia 3 Holes

6” 1” Dia
2 Holes
6” 25/8” 35/8” 5”
3
/4”
Thick
4” 6”
4”
9” /4”
3
18”
3
/4” 18”

Catalog Number YPD3015238-2 Catalog Number YPD4018342-4 Catalog Number YPD8018475


Ultimate Strength — 30,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 40,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 80,000 lb
(Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Ductile

11/8” Dia
/16” Dia
15 11/4” Dia 11/16” Dia
4 Holes
3
/4” Thick 5”
15
/16” Dia
/16” Dia
11
61/8”
3
/4” 3 Holes
311/16” Thick
2 Holes 3
/4” Thick
4” 2”
4” 6”
13” 18” 18”

Catalog Number YPD4024465 Catalog Number YPD5018549-1 Catalog Number 947604001


Ultimate Strength — 40,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 50,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 90,000 lb
(Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Steel

11/8”
.94 Dia 13/16” Dia
11/4” Dia
11/4” Dia
1.62 15
/16” Dia
2 Holes
3 Holes
6.06 5”
3.44 61/8”
7
/8”Thick

4” 2”
.69 Dia /4”
3
6”
13.00
with 45° 11/8” Dia 18” 18”
Chamfer (2 Holes) 2 Holes

Catalog Number 796034001 Catalog Number YPD60183771 Catalog Number 951544001


Ultimate Strength — 60,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 60,000 lb Ultimate Strength — 100,000 lb
(Apex Hole). Steel (Apex Hole). Ductile (Apex Hole). Steel

Page 194 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile/Steel
Yoke Plates Rectangular Configuration DUCTILE/STEEL
YPR
Rectangular Configuration

These yoke plates are used with a


double string of insulators to deadend a two
conductor bundle.

Type YPR yoke plates may be furnished in a variety of

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


sizes, hole spacings, ultimate strengths and provisions
for mounting corona rings.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron or galvanized steel

11/16”Dia 11/4”Dia
18” 2 Holes 2 Holes
4”
13/4”

11/2”
6”
6” 3
/4” Thick 5
/8” Thick

18”
11/4” Dia 15/16”Dia
8 Holes 2 Holes Hex Cap Screws (4)

Ductile Steel
Catalog Number YPR30187221 Catalog Number 976113002
Ultimate Strength Per Insulator Ultimate Strength Per Insulator
Attachment Hole – 30,000 lb Attachment Hole – 30,000 lb
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating
11/16”D
4 Holes
18”

11/2”
51/2”
4 /2”
1 3
/4” Thick

11/8” Dia
6 Holes 18”
13
/16”D
4 Holes Hex Cap Screws (4)
Ductile Steel
Catalog Number YPR30173512 Catalog Number 950213002
Ultimate Strength Per Ultimate Strength Per Insulator
Attachment Hole – 30,000 lb Attachment Hole – 50,000 lb
Lifting Hole Rating – 30,000 lb

18” /16”Dia
15
1
/2” 41/2” 41/2” 41/2” Hex Cap Screws (4)
3 Holes

6 3/4”

6” 51/2”
11/2”
3
/4” Thick

/16”Dia
13

/16”Dia
15
4 Holes 18”
3
/4” 1
/2”—13 UNC .015
7 Holes
4 Holes
Ductile Steel
Catalog Number YPR6019401 Catalog Number 929333002
Ultimate Strength Per Insulator Ultimate Strength Per Insulator
Attachment Hole – 60,000 lb Attachment Hole – 40,000 lb
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating

Page 195 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Aluminum, Ductile/Steel
Transmission Corona Rings ALUMINUM
TCR
Type TCR corona rings are primarily used on
deadend assemblies to grade the lower insulators
on a string and shield the associated hot line
hardware from corona and RIV. Type TCR corona
rings are fabricated in a variety of sizes, shapes and
mounting angles, depending on the system voltage
and deadend assembly type.
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Contact factory with deadend assembly details


for assistance in specifying a specific TCR ring
catalog number.
Typical TCR
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron or galvanized steel

Yoke Plates Vee Configuration DUCTILE/STEEL


YPV

These yoke plates are used with a VEE string of


insulators to attach a two conductor bundle.

Type YPV yoke plates may be furnished in a variety


of sizes, hole spacing, ultimate strengths, insulator
attachment angles and provisions for mounting
corona rings.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron or galvanized steel

45° 45°
11/4” Dia
5 Holes
1
/2-13–.015
45° 45° 11/4 Dia
Tapped
/4” Thick
3 5 Holes
(4 Holes)
5” 15/8”
4”
31/2”
5” 3
/4” Thick
18”

3
/4” 18”

Ductile Steel
Catalog Number YPV30172591 Catalog Number 930064004
(With (4) 1/2” - 13 Holes) Ultimate Strength – 40,000 lb
Catalog Number YPV30172592 Per Insulator Attachment Hole
(Without (4) 1/2” - 13 Holes) at Indicated Angle
Ultimate Strength – 30,000 lb Per Insulator
Attachment Hole at Indicated Angle
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating

Page 196 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile/Steel
Yoke Plates Crescent Configuration DUCTILE/STEEL
YPC
These yoke plates are used to bundle two
conductors with a single and v-string, or single
string, of insulators and maintain the proper
running angle of the line.

Type YPC yoke plates may be furnished in a


variety of sizes, hole spacing, ultimate strengths

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


and insulator attachment angles.

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron or galvanized steel

11/4”Dia
5 Holes 11/4” Dia Hole
with 1/8” x 45°
Chamber Both 13
/16” Dia Hole

PRODUCTS
Sides (4 Rec’d)

23° 6.91”
78°

5 1 /2 ” 51/2”
72°
45°

23/4” 9” 9”

Ductile Steel
Catalog Number – YPC30174241 Catalog Number – 945834005
Ultimate Strength – 30,000 lb Per Insulator Ultimate Strength – 50,000 lb Per Insulator
Attachment Hole at Indicated Angle Attachment Holes at Indicated Angle
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating

11/4” Dia
4 Holes 113/4”

15°

11/8” Dia 15°

51/4” 42° 8 Holes 15°

15°

4” 15°

9” 9” 3
/4” 9” 9”

Ductile Ductile
Catalog Number – YPC4024534 Catalog Number – YPC5026001
Ultimate Strength – 40,000 lb Per Insulator Ultimate Strength – 50,000 lb Per Insulator
Attachment Holes at Indicated Angle Attachment Holes at Indicated Angle
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating

Page 197 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron, Steel
Yoke Plates Tee Configuration DUCTILE IRON
YPT
These yoke plates are used to bundle three
conductors with a VEE string of insulators.

Type YPT yoke plates may be furnished in


a variety of sizes, hole spacing, ultimate
strengths, and insulator attachment angles.
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron

9” 9”

4 50 4
50

11/4” Dia
6 Holes

15
/16” Dia Hole
Catalog Number — YPT40236673
18” 5” Ultimate Strength — 40,000 lb Per Insulator
9
/16” Dia 2 Holes Attachment Hole at Indicated Angle
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating

23/4”
3
/4”

Yoke Plate Tee-Batwing Configuration STEEL


YPTB

9.00 9.00

45° 45°

Ø1.25
These yoke plates are used to bundle
three conductors with a double VEE string
of insulators.
4 Corona Ring
Ø0.69
Mounting Bolts
(2 Holes) Type YPTB yoke plates may be furnished
18.00 18.00 in a variety of sizes, hole spacing, ultimate
5.00
strengths, and insulator attachment angles.
Ø1.00
(2 Holes)
Ø1.25 Material: Body – galvanized steel
.13 x 45°
Chamfer
Both Sides
(5 Holes)

Catalog Number — YPTB40114894


Ultimate Strength — 40,000 lb Per Insulator
Attachment Hole at Indicated Angle
Contact Factory for Lifting Hole Rating

Page 198 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile Iron, Steel
Yoke Plate Tension-Adjustment Configuration DUCTILE IRON
YPTA
B

A Type YPTA tension-adjusting yoke plates are


used to attach associated deadend hardware and
maintain desired line tension. Adjustments are
made by varying the assembly attachment point

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Other Holes with the use of a CEEL093065 or similar part.
0.81 Dia Not Shown
(7 Holes) for Clarity
Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron
.75

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Wt Each
Number A B Total Adjustment Step
lb (kN) lb (kg)

YPTA4025052 40,000 21/2 5 21/2 1/2 6.9


(178) (63.5) (127) (63.5) (12.7) (3.13)

DUCTILE IRON
Yoke Plate (Tension-Adjustment Clevis) YPTAC

Type YPTAC tension adjusting yoke plates


W
are used to attach associated deadend
hardware and maintain desired line
tension. Clevis type deadend clamps PD
attach directly to yoke and can then be
B
attached to associated hardware. A

Material: Body – galvanized ductile iron


Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

11/4” Dia
11/8” 3 Holes

Product Data
Ultimate Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Strength Total Wt Each
Number A B C W PD Diameter Step
lb (kN) Adjustment lb (kg)

YPTAC5024658 50,000 51/2 41/2 2 1 3/4 1 1/2 7.5


(222) (139.7) (114.3) (50.8) (25.4) (19.1) (25.4) (12.7) (3.40)
YPTAC5012927(1) 50,000 101/4 73/4 37/16 7/8 3/4 21/2 1/2 12.5
(222) (260.4) (196.9) (87.3) (22.2) (19.1) (63.5) (12.7) (5.68)

(1) Yoke has 6 adjustment holes.

Page 199 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Aluminum
Bundling Yoke Wishbone Configuration ALUMINUM
YPW
Type YPW yokes are used to vertically
bundle conductors on new or rebuilt lines.
Consequently, information as to conductor
sizes, types of armor rod, if used, conductor
spacing, ultimate strengths and existing
clamp details must be given at time of
H
ordering. YPW yokes are designed for use
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

Ult. Strength
0.63
with AndersonTM clamps. Because YPW
yokes may be furnished in a variety of sizes,
conductor spacing, and ultimate strengths
for both low voltage and EHV application,
please contact factory for more details. E

Ult.
Material: Yoke Plate – aluminum alloy Strength/2
Clevis Pin – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel
0.69

Product Data
Suspension Clamp Catalog
(1)
Ultimate Approx
Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm)
Number Series/Size Strength Wt Each
Number
HAS CFS CFSHT lb (kN) E H W lb (kg)

YPW121189 118 — 12,000 9 2.56 1.00 1.9


— (53) (229) (65.1) (25.4) (.86)
YPW1513912 139 139 15,000 12 2.63 1.19 1.8
— (67) (305) (69.9) (30.2) (.82)
YPW1514712 147 — — 15,000 12 2.63 1.18 2.5
(67) (305) (69.9) (30.0) (1.1)
YPW1516212 162 — — 15,000 12 2.84 1.63 2.5
(67) (305) (72.2) (41.3) (1.1)
YPW1520412 204 204 — 15,000 12 3.31 1.75 2.9
(67) (305) (84.1) (44.5) (1.3)
YPW3020412 182 & 204 182 & 204 182 30,000 12 3.50 1.75 3.2
(133) (305) (88.9) (44.5) (1.4)
YPW3021312 213 213 & 227 213 30,000 12 4.06 1.75 3.7
(133) (305) (103) (44.5) (1.7)
YPW3011818 118 118 — 30,000 18 2.63 1.06 4.5
(133) (457) (66.8) (27.0) (2.0)
YPW3013912 139 & 147 139 — 30,000 12 2.87 1.38 3.5
(133) (305) (72.9) (35.1) (1.6)
YPW3013918 139 & 147 139 — 30,000 18 2.87 1.38 4.5
(133) (457) (72.9) (35.1) (2.0)
YPW3018218 182 & 204 182 & 204 182 30,000 18 3.63 1.75 4.2
(133) (457) (92.1) (44.5) (1.9)
YPW3021318 213 213 & 227 213 30,000 18 4.13 1.75 4.7
(133) (457) (105) (44.5) (2.1)
YPW3025218 252 — — 30,000 18 4.24 2.25 5.0
(133) (457) (108) (57.2) (2.3)

NOTE: For vertical bundling yoke designs not covered above, consult factory. Add “BNK” suffix to catalog number for bolt, nut
and cotter key option.
(1) Refer to Suspension Clamp section for details.

Page 200 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Aluminum
Jumper Yoke Plate ALUMINUM
YPJ
These jumper yokes are used to bundle two, three or
four conductors with a single string of insulators on a
deadend tower. All jumper yokes have the provision
for adding hold down weights.

Type YPJ Yoke plates may be furnished in a variety of


conductor sizes and configurations.

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Material: Body – aluminum alloy

/32” Dia
21 3
/4”
2 Holes 11/4” Dia
Cable Range
.974” - 1.259”
3
For Hold Down Weights,
see next page.

4 7
18

Catalog Number - YPJ21018215


Ultimate Strength - 10,000 lbs. Per Insulator Attachment Hole

7”
18”
1 /4 ”
1 3
/4”

Cable Range
1.600” - 1.762”
For Hold Down Weights,
see next page.

5”
18”
5
/8” Dia
2 Holes

7” 5”

Catalog Number - YPJ31024414


Ultimate Strength - 10,000 lb Per Insulator Attachment Hole

Page 201 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Cast Iron
Hold Down Weight Rectangular Configuration CAST IRON
HDWR

C 3
/4” Dia

Rectangular hold down weights may


be attached to jumper yokes to add
weight to the jumper assembly in
LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

23/4” L
various increments.
21/4”
Material: Body – galvanized cast iron

W 31/2” 4” 31/2”

Product Data
Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Wt Each
Number
W L C lb (kg)
21/2 85/8 5/8 50
HDWR50182041
(63.5) (219.1) (15.9) (22.68)
PRODUCTS

43/4 67/8 1 75
HDWR75182045
(120.7) (174.6) (25.4) (34.02)

Hold Down Weight Square Configuration CAST IRON


HDWS
Square hold down weights may be attached to
jumper yokes or three conductor T yokes to add
weight to the assembly. Square hold down weights
can be used in increments of 50 lb.

Material: Body – galvanized cast iron


L

Product Data 9”
CL 15/8” Dia
Catalog Dimension Inches Wt Each
Number lb (kg)
L 13
/16” Dia 5”
25/8 50
HDWS5023648
(66.7) (22.68) CL
9”

11/8“

Page 202 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Ductile/Steel
Hold Down Shackle DUCTILE /STEEL

Hold down shackles are attached to suspension


clamps to provide an attachment point to hook
bolt or eye bolt. The HDWC type circular hold
down weights can be attached in the desired
increments to provide a means of controlling
conductor position by preventing excessive uplift
C
and sway.

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


W T

Material: Body – ductile iron or forged steel


T
Clevis pin – galvanized steel C
PD
PD
Cotter pin – stainless steel
W
L
L
41/2”

B
Type 8000 — Type HDS —
Forged Steel Ductile Iron

Product Data
Catalog Number Dimensions Inches (mm)
Ultimate
Strength Approx
With Clevis Pin With Bolt, Nut
lb (kN) B C L T W PD Wt Each
and Cotter Key and Cotter Key lb (kg)
880152000 900112000 10,000 1/2 37/8 51/16 11/4 27/8 5/8 1.3
(44) (12.7) (98.4) (128) (31.8) (73) (15.9) (.59)
HDS1024675 HDS1024675BNK 10,000 11/16 55/16 71/8 13/8 31/8 5/8 3.10
(44) (17.5) (134) (181) (34.9) (79.5) (15.9) (1.41)
880162000 900122000 10,000 1/2 41/4 6 11/4 31/4 5/8 1.4
(44) (12.7) (108) (152) (31.8) (82.6) (15.9) (0.64)
880172000 900132000 10,000 1/2 45/8 57/8 11/4 35/8 5/8 1.4
(44) (12.7) (117) (149) (31.8) (92.1) (15.9) (0.64)
880182000 900142000 10,000 1/2 51/8 53/4 11/4 41/8 5/8 1.4
(44) (12.7) (130) (146) (31.8) (105) (15.9) (0.64)
880192000 900152000 10,000 1/2 51/2 6 11/4 41/2 5/8 1.5
(44) (12.7) (140) (152) (31.8) (114) (15.9) (0.68)

Product Data
Suspension Clamp(1) Catalog Number Series/Size Recommended Hold Down Shackle
With Clevis Pin With Bolt, Nut
HAS CFS CFSHT and Cotter Key and Cotter Key
85 TO 162 118 to 147 — 880152000 900112000
104 TO 182 118 to162 120 HDS1024675 HDS1024675BNK
118 TO 204 139 to 204 120 TO 139 880162000 900122000
139 TO 227 147 to 227 139 TO 182 880172000 900132000
204 TO 252 182 to 227 182 TO 213 880182000 900142000
— 280 252 880192000 900152000

(1) See page 141 for suspension clamps.

Page 203 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Cast Iron, Steel
Hold Down Weight Circular Configuration CAST IRON
HDWC
W
Circular hold down weights are suspended below
1 /8” Dia
7 a clamp and used to add weight to a jumper or
suspension assembly in 50 lb increments.

D Dia Material: Body – galvanized cast iron


LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE

13
/16” Dia

Product Data
Dimensions Inches (mm) Approx
Catalog Wt Each
Number
W D lb (kg)

HDWC5023868 13/4 12 50
(44.5) (304) (22.68)

Hook Bolt STEEL


HDWH
Material: Body – galvanized steel

Product Data
Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm) Maximum Number of Catalog
Number A B L Number HDWC-5023868 Weights
HDWH502 6 (152) 0.75 (19.1) 9.00 (229) 2
HDWH503 7.5 (191) 0.75 (19.1) 10.50 (267) 3
HDWH504 9 (229) 1 (25.4) 12.00 (305) 4
B
HDWH505 11 (279) 0.75 (19.1) 14.00 (356) 5
HDWH506 12 (305) 1 (25.4) 15.00 (381) 6 L
HDWH507 14 (356) 0.75 (19.1) 17.00 (432) 7
HDWH508 15.75 (400) 1 (25.4) 18.75 (476) 8
A

Page 204 | August 2013


Hardware Fittings — Steel
Spring Bolt STEEL
SBA
Spring bolts are typically used to maintain controlled
tension within spans of substation strain bus.
Associated hardware can be used to connect the
assembly to the insulation string. Spring bolt pressure
is maintained between bearing plate near eye-end of
bolt and structural steel at insulated end of strain bus.

LINE AND TOWER HARDWARE


Material: Spring – galvanized steel
Eyebolt – galvanized steel
Bearing Plate – galvanized ductile iron
Nuts – galvanized steel
Cotter Pin – stainless steel

9
/16” Dia
C /8” Dia
5

B
L

Product Data
Catalog Dimensions Inches (mm) Tension Deflection
Number L B C Range lb Rate lb per in

SBA5831725 171/4 9 21/2 0-3000 1500


(438.2) (228.6) (63.5)
SBA5861725 171/4 111/4 33/4 0-6000 3000
(438.2) (285.8) (95.3)
SBA5862475 243/4 111/4 33/4 0-6000 3000
(628.7) (285.8) (95.3)

NOTE: Contact factory for other lengths and variations.

Page 205 | August 2013


DAMPERS
Dampers

results
Dampers
Vibration Damper 4R Stockbridge
Fargo® 4-R vibration dampers effectively prevent fatigue damage to conductor and static wires
caused by wind-induced aeolian vibration.

The 4-R concept improves on the design of the basic Stockbridge damper, significantly increasing
the efficiency of converting wind-induced energy into heat. The improved design employs
DAMPERS

unequal weights on messengers of unequal length. This configuration doubles the number of
resonant peaks from two generated by the old-style Stockbridge damper to four in the improved
Fargo 4-R. These additional resonant peaks create an envelope of dynamic response that protects
the conductor through the entire range of
dangerous vibration frequencies.
Aluminum Vise Clamp

To assure maximum performance, Fargo Permanently


Secured Weights
utilizes a sophisticated computer simulation
whose development has been verified by
decades of testing and field measurements.
This computer model identifies the optimum Tight Strand Lay
“Tuning Fork”
damper placement on the span. Open Weight Design
Galvanized 19-wire
Hot-dipped Galvanized
Steel Messenger
Iron Large Weight
Cable Short Moment

Fargo 4-R Vibration Damper


Arm
Long Moment Arm Hot-dipped Galvanized Contoured

System Provides You... Iron Small Weight Surfaces

Maximum Protection From Wind- Comprehensive Application Program for


Induced Conductor Bending Strain Optimum Performance
The four-resonant peaks include two separate Provides precise selection and placement through
cantilever response modes and two separate our proprietary computer simulation
rotational response modes of the weight and
messenger cable. These peaks also provide • Computer program based on a mathematical
maximum energy dissipation to reduce strain model verified by decades of laboratory
over the entire spectrum of dangerous testing and field vibration measurements
wind velocities.
• Precisely identifies the vibration performance
• Wide frequency response range optimizes characteristics of transmission lines
protection of your system
• Determines dangerous frequencies for
• Large 19 strand wire and tight strand lay existing or proposed spans
dissipate energy more efficiently
• Identifies the frequency range requiring
• Press fit permanent weight attachment damper protection
technique assures long-term performance
• Identifies proper damper placement for
• Contoured surfaces prevent required vibration energy dissipation
corona discharge
• Results of the above analysis for conductors
and shield wires are available online at:
HubbellPowerSystems.com\Resources\Web
Tools\Fargo 4-R Damper Application Software
See the Reference Materials section of this
catalog for a detailed program description.

Page 208 | August 2013


Dampers
Vibration Damper 4R Stockbridge
Messenger Cable: Materials and stranding Fargo® 4-R vibration dampers effectively prevent
are selected to obtain the best energy fatigue damage to conductor and static wires
absorption characteristics. The galvanized caused by wind-induced aeolian vibration.
steel messenger is manufactured to rigid
engineering standards.

DAMPERS
Weights: Uniquely shaped so that
the resonant peaks are effectively
distributed over the desired frequency
range. All weights are given a
corrosion-resistant finish and have
smooth surfaces and rounded edges to
eliminate possible corona discharge.

C
Clamp: The bolted clamp permits easy
installation on a wide range of conductor
sizes. Aluminum clamping bolt ensures
that damper clamp remains tight as
conductor temperature changes with B
current load cycling.

Product Data
Damper Selection Clamping Dimensions Inches (mm) Weight
Catalog Cable Diameter Range(2) Bolt Torque Each Std Pkg
Number(1) ft-lb A B C lb (kg)
Inches mm
607048 0.250 to 0.438 6.35 to 11.12 20 11.1 (282) 2.38 (60) 1.75 (44) 2.8 (1.3) 10
607051011 0.439 to 0.858 11.12 to 21.8 25 16.1 (409) 2.69 (68) 1.75 (44) 4.8 (2.2) 6
6070511 0.610 to 0.858 15.5 to 21.8 25 16.1 (409) 3.18 (81) 1.75 (44) 4.8 (2.2) 6
6071012 0.859 to 1.130 21.8 to 28.7 25 20.0 (508) 2.91 (74) 2.26 (57) 9.0 (4.1) 6
6071513 1.131 to 1.425 28.7 to 36.2 25 21.9 (556) 3.78 (96) 2.82 (72) 15.7 (7.1) 4
6072014 1.426 to 1.770 36.2 to 44.9 40 24.0 (610) 5.92 (150) 3.54 (90) 22.0 (10) 3

(1) To specify Torque Head/Break Away bolt option, add suffix “O” to catalog number.
(2) Optimum cable range limits. Physical clamp range slightly larger.

Page 209 | August 2013


Dampers
4-R Damper Installation Instructions

Spacing
DAMPERS

Deadend

Spacing

Suspension Clamp

Spacing

Suspension Clamp with Armor Rods

Spacing

Formed Wire Suspension

NOTE: Dampers shall be located from the center of the damper clamp to either the dead end
or the suspension support as shown above. The orientation of the damper weights along the
conductor is optional. For convenience, orient the damper such that the clamp bolt head faces
the installer. When only one damper is required per conductor per span, it can be installed at
either span extremity when the support hardware is identical. When support hardware differs,
place the damper at the suspension structure. When two dampers are required per conductor
per span, the preferred placement is one at each span extremity.

Page 210 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil®

Quadri*Sil®

reliable
Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
With nearly 100 years of Ohio Brass® insulator experience and product
innovation, it’s no surprise that the next generation of insulator reliability
carries the trusted name of Ohio Brass.

Ohio Brass (Hubbell Power Systems) is proud to offer a transmission insulator


that triumphs over today’s unpredictable environment. Appropriately
named, the Quadri*Sil insulator incorporates a revolutionary four-point seal
that, quite simply. . . prohibits moisture intrusion.

In addition, the Quadri*Sil insulator optimizes the Ohio Brass commitment


to excellence and the advancement of processes and materials. With a
proprietary silicone-rubber compound and end-seal design, this direct-bonded
insulator offers assurance that moisture penetration does not occur.
Quadri*Sil®

The Ohio Brass commitment is simple and complete:


we provide our customers the finest, most advanced
products and expert technical assistance, before and
after purchase. Every day. Worldwide.

Today’s Environment is Unpredictable. Your Insulator Can’t Be.

Page 212 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
A Better Design. A Better Insulator.

Quadri*Sil®
Our Exclusive Four-Point Seal
Polymer (RTV) Seal

Counterbore Compression Seal

Radial Compression Seal

Overlap Compression Seal

Page 213 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
Sealing System: This four-point sealing system provides superior performance
by preventing moisture penetration between the silicone rubber and end-
fitting interface. The design is based on four redundant seals that provide
unmatched protection to the fiberglass core rod. RTV (Room Temperature
Vulcanate) is completely encapsulated within the interior of the end-fitting
and is not utilized as an exterior seal as with other silicone designs.

Overlap
Radial Compression Seal
Compression Seal
Revolutionary Four-Point Seal
Quadri*Sil®

The Quadri*Sil Insulator’s


four redundant seals deliver
unmatched protection against
Polymer (RTV) Seal Counterbore Compression Seal moisture intrusion.

Corona Shielding Ring (CSR): The Quadri*Sil end-fitting design provides


superior electric field shielding of the silicone rubber adjacent to the end-
fitting. The superior shielding protects the silicone rubber on applications
where an external corona ring is not required.

Direct Bond: The silicone rubber material is bonded directly to the fiberglass
core rod during the molding process. The resulting bond between the
silicone rubber and fiberglass rod is mechanically stronger than the tear
strength of the silicone rubber.

Crimp Method: A circumferential crimp creates a


PRODUCTS

more uniform stress distribution to ensure


the mechanical integrity of the Quadri*Sil
insulator. Ohio Brass pioneered the
crimping process in 1976 — today it has
become the industry standard.

Page 214 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
Components and Materials
Polymer Weathersheds: The polymer weathershed material utilized in the
Quadri*Sil® insulator design is a proprietary silicone-rubber compound
specifically designed by Ohio Brass® engineers for high-voltage insulator
applications. The polymer weathershed material starts with 100-percent base
silicone rubber before additives and fillers are compounded with the base
rubber. Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) controls the entire process from the
proprietary formulation to the complete mixing process. The proprietary
formulation incorporates the inherent hydrophobicity and UV performance of
silicone rubber while providing superior tracking performance as demonstrated
in dry-band arcing tests. For more information about our silicone rubber,
please contact your HPS representative.

Fiberglass Core Rod: The Quadri*Sil suspension insulator’s fiberglass core


rod is produced with boron-free, corrosion-resistant E-glass and epoxy resin.
Quadri*Sil line post insulators are manufactured with electrical grade glass and

Quadri*Sil®
epoxy resin.

End Fittings: Made of steel


or ductile iron, the end-
fittings are directly attached
to the fiberglass core rod by
a circumferential crimping
process. This crimping
process allows the end
fittings to utilize the rod’s
inherent tensile strength.

Grading Rings: Also known


as corona rings, grading
rings are manufactured using high-grade aluminum alloy, making them
strong, light, and corrosion-resistant. Grading (corona) rings can be packaged
separately or inside the insulator crates with all mounting hardware included.

Leakage Distance
Quadri*Sil suspension insulators feature standard and high leakage distance
weathershed profiles for maximum resistance to contamination and leakage
currents in various environmental applications. The hydrophobic nature of our
silicone rubber ensures superior performance in contaminated environments.

Page 215 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
High Pressure Washing
Quadri*Sil® transmission insulators normally do not require washing or
other routine maintenance. Washing may be required if the insulators
are installed in an area of severe environmental contamination. In the
event that washing is required, the procedures outlined in Section IX of
the “IEEE GUIDE FOR INSULATOR CLEANING,” IEEE STD 957-2005
are generally applicable.

Mechanical Ratings
Quadri*Sil suspension insulators are rated and tested in accordance with
IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12. Quadri*Sil line post insulators are rated and
tested in accordance with IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17. Certified test reports
are available.
Quadri*Sil®

For suspension insulators, SML ratings are 120 kN, 133 kN, 160 kN, 210 kN, 25
kip, 30 kip, 50 kip, 60 kip and 80 kip with appropriate rod size and end fittings.
RTL ratings are consistent with the IEC and ANSI standards. Factory routine
tests are conducted on 100 percent of all insulators to the RTL rating.

Markings
Markings for Quadri*Sil suspension insulators are placed on a UV-resistant label
located on the ground end fitting. Markings for Quadri*Sil line post insulators
are placed on a metal plate on the mounting base of the insulator. Markings
include SML and RTL (for suspension), SCL and RCL (for line post), part number,
assembly date code, and Hubbell Power Systems identification.

These markings are consistent with applicable IEC and ANSI standards.

Insulator Lengths
Quadri*Sil suspension insulators are available in lengths appropriate for 69
kV through 765 kV. Longer lengths can be produced for special projects.
Intermediate lengths – those that fall in between the catalog numbers listed in
the tables – are also available. Length increments are approximately 2.2 inches
(56 mm) for suspension insulators and 2.4 inches (61 mm) for vertical
and horizontal line post insulators.

Page 216 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
Testing
Quadri*Sil insulators have been tested successfully to meet the requirements of IEC
61109 and ANSI C29.11. For a certified test report or additional information related to
product testing, please contact your HPS representative.

Quadri*Sil®
Packaging
Quadri*Sil suspension insulators are packaged in wooden crates 44 inches (111.7
cm) wide with the length of the crate determined by the length of the insulator.
The height of the crate is normally less than 45 inches (114.3 cm). The gross weight
will not exceed 2,000 pounds (909 kg). Crates are available for both domestic and
export transportation.

The Quadri*Sil line post insulators are packaged in appropriate quantities in open
wood crates. Line post insulators are packaged to prevent the metal bases from resting
on the polymer weathershed material.

Page 217 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
Catalog Number Key
The Quadri*Sil Insulators Numbering Scheme is organized according to a smart numbering system.
Each group of digits defines a characteristic of the product you are ordering. To fill out this form, start
on “a: Insulator Type.” Then, fill in your selection in the box corresponding to the letter “a.” Apply the
same rule for all the other sections.

a Insulator Type P — Post or S — Suspension d Weathershed Profile

a) Insulator Type. Defines your insulator type: Post or Suspension


Suspension. Select “P” or “S” for Post or Suspension, S — Standard Leakage Distance (2.5)
respectively, and fill in your selection in the box H — High Leakage Distance (2.9 or 3.3)
designated for “a.” In this example, we selected a E — Extra High Leakage Distance
suspension insulator.
Post
S S — Standard Leakage Distance
E — Extra High Leakage Distance
a b b b c c c d e f f g
Quadri*Sil®

d) Weathershed Profile. Defines the leakage distance


design. For a suspension insulator with standard
b Mechanical Strength
leakage distance, use “S.” For a suspension insulator
with high leakage distance, use “H.” For a line post,
Suspension (SML), Rod Diameter the extra high leakage distance design is available
025 — 25 kip, 5/8” (16 mm) only in 2.5". Fill in your selection in the box designated
030 — 30 kip, 5/8” (16 mm) for “d.” For example, if you want an insulator with high
050 — 50 kip, 7/8” (22 mm) leakage distance, you would place an “H” in the box
060 — 60 kip, 7/8” (22 mm) designated “d.”
080 — 80 kip, 11/4” (32 mm)
120 — 120 kN, 5/8” (16 mm) S 0 2 5 0 4 9 H
133 — 30 kip, 7/8” (22 mm)
a b b b c c c d e f f g
160 — 160 kN, 7/8” (22 mm)
210 — 210 kN, 7/8” (22 mm)
Post
250 — Series 250, standard strength 2.5”, (63.5 mm)
e Top Fitting
300 — Series 300, standard strength 3.0”, (76 mm)
b) Strength. Defines the mechanical strength of your Suspension Insulators Line Post Insulators
insulator. Fill in your selection in the boxes designated
for “b.” 0 — Chain Eye 0 — Tear Drop Blade
1 — ANSI Ball 1 — Horizontal Clamptop
NOTE: kip = Kilopound, kN = Kilonewton 2 — Y-Clevis 2 — Vertical Clamptop
For example, if you want a Suspension insulator with 3 — ANSI Socket 3 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle
25 kip, this is what your form would look like so far: 4 — ANSI Straight Clevis 5/8” (16 mm) Tapped
7 — IEC Ball Fitting Hole
16 mm for 120 kN 5 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt
S 0 2 5 20 mm for 160 kN Circle
and 210 kN 5/8” (16 mm) Through
a b b b c c c d e f f g 8 — IEC Straight Clevis Hole
A — IEC Socket 9 — Long Tear Drop Blade
16 mm for 120 kN
c Polymer Length

20 mm for 160 kN
and 210 kN
3 digits for distance between metal parts, in inches
e) Top Fitting. Defines the top end fitting of your
c) Polymer Length. Defines the polymer length of insulator. Fill in your selection in the box designated
the insulator (please use catalog tables for possible for “e.” For example, if you want a suspension insulator
polymer lengths). Fill in your selection in the boxes with a Y-Clevis top end fitting, you would place a “2”
designated for section “c.” For example, if you want a in the box designated for “e.”
49-inch polymer length, enter:

S 0 2 5 0 4 9 S 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2

a b b b c c c d e f f g a b b b c c c d e f f g

Page 218 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® Insulators — A Century in the Making
Catalog Number Key

f Bottom Fitting Examples:


f) Bottom Fitting. Defines the bottom end fitting of your insulator. Fill in your
selection in the boxes designated for “f.” For example, if you want an ANSI ball Suspension Insulator, 25 kip,
bottom end fitting, you would place “01” in the boxes designated for “f.” 49” of Polymer Length,
Standard Leakage Distance
S 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2 0 1
Profile (2.5), Top Fitting:
a b b b c c c d e f f g
Y-Clevis, Bottom Fitting:
ANSI Ball, No Corona Ring
Suspension Insulators Line Post Insulators

00 — Chain Eye 02 — Aluminum Gain 12” (305 mm) CL1 mounting


03 — Aluminum Flat 8”x 10” (203 mm x 254 mm),
15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter

Quadri*Sil®
01 — ANSI Ball 04 — Aluminum Flat 8”x 13” (203 mm x 330 mm),
15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter hole
02 — Y-Clevis 05 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle, 5/8” (16 mm) tapped hole
07 — Steel Gain 12” (305 mm) CL mounting,
03 — ANSI Socket
15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter
08 — Steel Flat 8”x 13” (203 mm x 330 mm) MS2,
04 — ANSI Straight Clevis
15/16” (24 mm) hole diameter
07 — IEC Ball Fitting
16 mm for 120 kN
15 — 5” (127 mm) Bolt Circle, 5/8” (16 mm) through hole
20 mm for 160 kN
and 210 kN
08 — IEC Straight Clevis Vertical Gain - See page 240 Table B S025049S2010
0A — IEC Socket 1
Center Line
16 mm for 120 kN or 2
Horizontal x Vertical
20 mm for 160 kN
Mounting Pattern Spacing
and 210 kN

g Rings Line Post Insulator, 2.5”


(63.5 mm) Rod Diameter,
0 — No ring required 21.9” Polymer Length,
A — >220 kV, 8” (203 mm) ring for suspension, 12” (305 mm) ring for series 250 post
Standard Leakage Distance,
B — >330 kV, 12” (305 mm) ring for suspension, 15” (381 mm) ring for series 250 post
C — >400 kV, 12” (305 mm) line end and 8” (203 mm) ground end ring for suspension Top Fitting: Tear Drop Blade,
D — >500 kV, 15” (381 mm) line end and 8” (203 mm) ground end ring for suspension Bottom Fitting: 2-Piece
E — >735 kV, 15” (381 mm) line end and 12” (305 mm) ground end ring for suspension Aluminum Gain Base,
No Corona Ring
g) Rings. Defines your need for a Corona Ring. Fill in your selection in the box
designated for “g.” The example below shows a selection of a corona ring for
220 kV, 8” (203 mm) for a suspension insulator. Thus, “A” was placed in the box
designated for “g.”

Your complete part number will be S025049H201A


P250021S0020
S 0 2 5 0 4 9 H 2 0 1 A

a b b b c c c d e f f g

Your final catalog number


should look like this
Fill out boxes according to instructions
a b b b c c c d e f f g

Page 219 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators
Corona Performance
Quadri*Sil insulators are RIV and corona free through 161 kV. The use of an external corona shielding
ring is required at 220 / 230 kV and above. The table below details the rings necessary for 220 / 230 kV
and above.

Recommended Corona Ring Installation Table


Normal Applications: Top Grounded, Bottom Energized
Recommended Corona Rings by Line Voltage 25 kip, 30 kip, 120 kN 50 kip, 133 kN, 160 kN, 210 kN
Ground End Line End Ground End Line End Ground End Line End
220/230 kV None 8" (203 mm) — PSPISCRCL0083002 — PSPISCRCL0083003
Line 330/345 kV None 12" (305 mm) — PSPISCRCL0123002 — PSPISCRCL0123007
Voltage
(kV) 400 kV 8" (203 mm) 12" (305 mm) PSPISCRCL0083002 PSPISCRCL0123002 PSPISCRCL0083003 PSPISCRCL0123007
500 kV 8" (203 mm) 15" (381 mm) PSPISCRCL0083002 PSPISCRCL0153001 PSPISCRCL0083003 PSPISCRCL0153002
Quadri*Sil®

.63” Hex
(16 mm)
2.0”
(50.8 mm)
Quadri*Sil 8.0”
Suspension Insulator (203 mm)

.75” R
(19.05 mm)

1.35”
(34.3 mm)

1.5”
(38.1 mm)

Electrical/Dimensional Changes to the Suspension Insulator with External Corona Ring


Physical and Electrical Characteristics 220/230 kV Ring 330/345 kV Ring 400 kV Ring 500 kV Ring
Dry Arc Distance Inches (mm) -0.63 (-16) -1.32 (33.5) -1.95 (49.5) -2.67 (67.8)
Leakage Distance Inches (mm) 0 0 0 0
ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Dry — kV -10 -20 -20 -30
ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Wet — kV -10 -10 -20 -30
ANSI Critical Flashover Positive — kV -10 -20 -30 -40
ANSI Critical Flashover Negative — kV -10 -20 -30 —
IEC Wet Switching Impulse Withstand — kV N/A N/A N/A N/A
IEC Power Frequency Wet Withstand — kV -10 -10 -20 -30
IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive — kV -10 -20 -30 -40
IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative — kV -10 -20 -30 -50
Net Weight lb (kg) 2.1 (1.0) 2.9 (1.3) 5.0 (2.3) 6.5 (2.9)

Page 220 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators
Most Common End Fittings
ØD Chain Eye 45º
Y-Clevis
Dimensions Inches (mm) Dimensions Inches (mm)
SML
A B C D A
A SML Bolt
A B
A
Diameter
B
C 25 kip 0.62 1.00 2.00 0.62
(111kN) (15.74) (25.4) (50.8) (15.74) B 25 kip 0.75 1.53 .75
(111kN) (19.05) (38.86) (19)
0.62 1.00 2.00 0.62
120 kN (15.74) (25.4) (50.8) (15.74) 0.75 1.53 .75
120 kN (19.05) (19)
(38.86)
30 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85
(133 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) 30 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88
(133 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22)
36 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85
(160 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) 36 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88
(160 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22)
0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85
210 kN (19.05)

Quadri*Sil®
(25.4) (50.8) (21.59) 0.88 1.59 0.88
210 kN (22.35) (22)
(40.39)
50 kip 0.75 1.00 2.00 0.85
(222 kN) (19.05) (25.4) (50.8) (21.59) 50 kip 0.88 1.59 0.88
(222 kN) (22.35) (40.39) (22)

B
Straight Clevis Ball/Socket
A B
Dimensions Inches (mm) SML Class
SML
PD Class A B PD 25 kip
(111 kN) ANSI 52-5
A 25 kip 1.41 0.75 0.62
(111kN) ANSI 52-6 (36) (19) (16)
120 kN IEC 16 mm

PRODUCTS
1.41 0.75 0.62
120 kN IEC 16C (19) (16)
(36) 30 kip
(133 kN) ANSI 52-5
30 kip 1.41 0.75 0.62
(133 kN) ANSI 52-6 (36) (19) (16) 36 kip ANSI 52-8
(160 kN) (IEC 20 mm)
36 kip 1.81 0.83 0.75
(160 kN) IEC 19L (21) (19)
(46)
210 kN IEC 20 mm
1.81 0.83 0.75
210 kN IEC 19L (21) (19)
(46) 50 kip
(222 kN) ANSI 52-11
50 kip N/A
(222 kN)

Page 221 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

Suspension Insulators – Mechanical Ratings SML= 25 kip/120 kN RTL = 12.5 kip/60 kN • Rod Diameter: 5/8” (16 mm)

Nominal Strike Leakage ANSI Values


Selection Guide: Catalog Section
Typical Line Voltage, kV Polymer Distance Distance 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet
Numbers Length
Length Inches Inches Inches Flashover Flashover
ANSI / IEC (mm)
69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Inches (mm) (mm) (kV) (kV)
S025021S2010 / S120021S2010 021 33.3 (846) 21.5 (546) 55 (1397) 220 210
S025021H2010 / S120021H2010 021 33.3 (846) 22 (559) 64 (1626) 220 210
S025023S2010 / S120023S2010 023 35.4 (899) 23.7 (602) 60 (1524) 250 235
S025023H2010 / S120023H2010 023 35.4 (899) 24.1 (612) 71 (1803) 250 235
S025030S2010 / S120030S2010 030 41.9 (1064) 30.2 (767) 77 (1956) 315 305
S025030H2010 / S120030H2010 030 41.9 (1064) 30.6 (777) 90 (2286) 320 305
S025036S2010 / S120036S2010 036 48.4 (1229) 36.6 (930) 93 (2362) 385 365
S025036H2010 / S120036H2010 036 48.4 (1229) 37.1 (942) 110 (2794) 390 370
S025043S2010 / S120043S2010 043 54.9 (1394) 43.1 (1095) 110 (2794) 460 435
S025043H2010 / S120043H2010 043 54.9 (1394) 43.6 (1107) 129 (3277) 465 440
Quadri*Sil®

S025047S2010 / S120047S2010 047 59.2 (1504) 47.4 (1204) 121 (3073) 500 475
S025047H2010 / S120047H2010 047 59.2 (1504) 47.9 (1217) 142 (3607) 510 475
S025051S2010 / S120051S2010 051 63.5 (1613) 51.8 (1316) 132 (3353) 540 510
S025051H2010 / S120051H2010 051 63.5 (1613) 52.2 (1326) 155 (3937) 540 510
S025056S2010 / S120056S2010 056 67.8 (1722) 56.1 (1425) 143 (3632) 585 545
S025056H2010 / S120056H2010 056 67.8 (1722) 56.5 (1435) 168 (4267) 585 550
S025060S2010 / S120060S2010 060 72.1 (1831) 60.4 (1534) 154 (3912) 625 580
S025060H2010 / S120060H2010 060 72.1 (1831) 60.9 (1547) 181 (4597) 625 585
S025064S2010 / S120064S2010 064 76.5 (1943) 64.7 (1643) 165 (4191) 660 615
S025064H2010 / S120064H2010 064 76.5 (1943) 65.2 (1656) 194 (4928) 665 615
S025069S2010 / S120069S2010 069 80.8 (2052) 69 (1753) 176 (4470) 695 650
S025069H2010 / S120069H2010 069 80.8 (2052) 69.5 (1765) 207 (5258) 700 650
S025073S2010 / S120073S2010 073 85.1 (2162) 73.4 (1864) 187 (4750) 735 685
S025073H2010 / S120073H2010 073 85.1 (2162) 73.8 (1875) 220 (5588) 740 690
S025077S2010 / S120077S2010 077 89.4 (2271) 77.7 (1974) 198 (5029) 780 720
S025077H2010 / S120077H2010 077 89.4 (2271) 78.1 (1984) 233 (5918) 780 720
S025081S2010 / S120081S2010 081 93.7 (2380) 82 (2083) 209 (5309) 815 745
S025081H2010 / S120081H2010 081 93.7 (2380) 82.5 (2096) 246 (6248) 820 750
S025086S2010 / S120086S2010 086 98.1 (2492) 86.3 (2192) 220 (5588) 860 780
S025086H2010 / S120086H2010 086 98.1 (2492) 86.8 (2205) 259 (6579) 860 795
S025090S2010 / S120090S2010 090 102.4 (2601) 90.6 (2301) 231 (5867) 890 815
S025090H2010 / S120090H2010 090 102.4 (2601) 91.1 (2314) 272 (6909) 895 820
S025094S2010 / S120094S2010 094 106.7 (2710) 95 (2413) 242 (6147) 925 850
S025094H2010 / S120094H2010 094 106.7 (2710) 95.4 (2423) 285 (7239) 930 855
S025099S2010 / S120099S2010 099 111 (2819) 99.3 (2522) 253 (6426) 960 875
S025099H2010 / S120099H2010 099 111 (2819) 99.7 (2532) 298 (7569) 965 880
S025103S2010 / S120103S2010 103 115.3 (2929) 103.6 (2631) 264 (6706) 990 890
S025103H2010 / S120103H2010 103 115.3 (2929) 104.1 (2644) 310 (7874) 995 895
S025107S2010 / S120107S2010 107 119.7 (3040) 107.9 (2741) 275 (6985) 1010 920
S025107H2010 / S120107H2010 107 119.7 (3040) 108.4 (2753) 323 (8204) 1015 920
S025112S2010 / S120112S2010 112 124 (3150) 112.2 (2850) 286 (7264) 1040 945
S025112H2010 / S120112H2010 112 124 (3150) 112.7 (2863) 336 (8534) 1045 950
S025116S2010 / S120116S2010 116 128.3 (3259) 116.6 (2962) 297 (7544) 1070 975
S025116H2010 / S120116H2010 116 128.3 (3259) 117 (2972) 349 (8865) 1075 980
S025120S2010 / S120120S2010 120 132.6 (3368) 120.9 (3071) 308 (7823) 1100 1000
S025120H2010 / S120120H2010 120 132.6 (3368) 121.3 (3081) 362 (9195) 1105 1005
S025125S2010 / S120125S2010 125 136.9 (3477) 125.2 (3180) 319 (8103) 1125 1030
S025125H2010 / S120125H2010 125 136.9 (3477) 125.7 (3193) 375 (9525) 1130 1035
S025129S2010 / S120129S2010 129 141.3 (3589) 129.5 (3289) 330 (8382) 1155 1055
S025129H2010 / S120129H2010 129 141.3 (3589) 130 (3302) 388 (9855) 1160 1060
S025133S2010 / S120133S2010 133 145.6 (3698) 133.8 (3399) 341 (8661) 1180 1080
S025133H2010 / S120133H2010 133 145.6 (3698) 134.3 (3411) 401 (10185) 1185 1085
S025138S2010 / S120138S2010 138 149.9 (3807) 138.2 (3510) 352 (8941) 1205 1105
S025138H2010 / S120138H2010 138 149.9 (3807) 138.6 (3520) 414 (10516) 1210 1110
S025142S2010 / S120142S2010 142 154.2 (3917) 142.5 (3620) 363 (9220) 1230 1130
S025142H2010 / S120142H2010 142 154.2 (3917) 142.9 (3630) 427 (10846) 1235 1135

Page 222 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

ANSI Values IEC Values Section Length


Critical Critical 60-Hz Impulse Impulse High Leak Design
Impulse Impulse 1-Minute Wet Positive Negative
Positive Negative Withstand Withstand Withstand
(kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV)
370 350 145 315 300
370 350 150 325 305
415 395 165 350 330
415 395 165 355 335 Section Length
525 510 210 445 430 Standard Design
535 515 210 450 435
635 620 255 540 525
645 620 260 540 535
730 725 300 630 625
740 730 305 635 630

Quadri*Sil®
800 795 330 690 685
805 800 330 695 690
865 865 360 750 750 Section Length Adjustment Table
875 870 360 760 755
935 935 385 810 810 Base End Fittings: Y-Clevis-Ball (201)
940 940 390 815 815
Top and Bottom
1000 1005 410 870 875 Length
1010 1010 415 880 880 End Fitting Digits
Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Change
(“e” & “f”) in
1065 1075 435 930 940 Inches (mm)
1070 1075 440 940 945 Catalog Number
1130 1140 465 990 995 Y-Clevis Eye 200 1.62 (41)
1135 1145 465 995 1005 Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball 001 0.02 (0)
1200 1210 490 1050 1060 Eye Eye 000 1.64 (42)
1205 1215 495 1055 1065
1260 1275 515 1105 1120 ANSI 52-5 Socket ANSI 52-5 Ball 301 -1.15 (-29)
1270 1280 515 1115 1125 IEC 16 mm Socket IEC 16 mm Ball A07 -0.03 (-1)
1325 1345 540 1165 1180
1330 1345 540 1170 1185 ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye 400 0.82 (21)
ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-5 Ball 401 -0.8 (-20)
1400 1420 560 1220 1240
1410 1420 565 1225 1245
1460 1485 585 1275 1300
1470 1495 585 1285 1305 NOTE: To determine the section length for an insulator
1520 1545 610 1335 1355 with a different end fitting combination, please add or
1540 1560 615 1340 1365 subtract the displayed length change in the table above. For
1575 1600 630 1395 1415 configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or
1585 1610 635 1395 1425 contact your HPS representative. Dimensional and electrical
1640 1670 655 1445 1475 values displayed in main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis
1645 1670 660 1450 1485 and ball end fittings. For voltages above 400 kV, other section
1690 1725 675 1500 1530 lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS
1695 1730 675 1510 1535 representative. Electrical values are without corona ring. For
1750 1790 695 1555 1590 voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 218
1755 1795 700 1565 1595 for corona rings and associated physical/electrical changes to
1815 1850 720 1615 1645 the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as
1820 1855 720 1620 1655 specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12.
1875 1915 735 1665 1705
1880 1920 740 1670 1710
1935 1975 760 1720 1755
1940 1980 760 1725 1765
1990 2040 780 1770 1815
1995 2045 780 1780 1820
2050 2100 795 1825 1870
2055 2105 800 1830 1875
2110 2160 815 1880 1925
2115 2165 820 1885 1930
2165 2220 835 1930 1980
2170 2225 835 1935 1980

Page 223 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

Suspension Insulators – Mechanical Ratings SML= 30 kip RTL = 15 kip • Rod Diameter: 5/8” (16 mm)

Nominal Section Strike Leakage ANSI Values


Selection Guide: Catalog
Typical Line Voltage, kV Polymer Length Distance Distance 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet Critical Critical
Numbers Length Inches Inches Inches Flashover Flashover Impulse Impulse
ANSI Positive Negative
69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV)
S030021S2010 021 33.3 (846) 21.5 (546) 55 (1397) 220 210 370 350
S030021H2010 021 33.3 (846) 22 (559) 64 (1626) 220 210 370 350
S030023S2010 023 35.4 (899) 23.7 (602) 60 (1524) 250 235 415 395
S030023H2010 023 35.4 (899) 24.1 (612) 71 (1803) 250 235 415 395
S030030S2010 030 41.9 (1064) 30.2 (767) 77 (1956) 315 305 525 510
S030030H2010 030 41.9 (1064) 30.6 (777) 90 (2286) 320 305 535 515
S030036S2010 036 48.4 (1229) 36.6 (930) 93 (2362) 385 365 635 620
S030036H2010 036 48.4 (1229) 37.1 (942) 110 (2794) 390 370 645 620
S030043S2010 043 54.9 (1394) 43.1 (1095) 110 (2794) 460 435 730 725
S030043H2010 043 54.9 (1394) 43.6 (1107) 129 (3277) 465 440 740 730
Quadri*Sil®

S030047S2010 047 59.2 (1504) 47.4 (1204) 121 (3073) 500 475 800 795
S030047H2010 047 59.2 (1504) 47.9 (1217) 142 (3607) 510 475 805 800
S030051S2010 051 63.5 (1613) 51.8 (1316) 132 (3353) 540 510 865 865
S030051H2010 051 63.5 (1613) 52.2 (1326) 155 (3937) 540 510 875 870
S030056S2010 056 67.8 (1722) 56.1 (1425) 143 (3632) 585 545 935 935
S030056H2010 056 67.8 (1722) 56.5 (1435) 168 (4267) 585 550 940 940
S030060S2010 060 72.1 (1831) 60.4 (1534) 154 (3912) 625 580 1000 1005
S030060H2010 060 72.1 (1831) 60.9 (1547) 181 (4597) 625 585 1010 1010
S030064S2010 064 76.5 (1943) 64.7 (1643) 165 (4191) 660 615 1065 1075
S030064H2010 064 76.5 (1943) 65.2 (1656) 194 (4928) 665 615 1070 1075
S030069S2010 069 80.8 (2052) 69 (1753) 176 (4470) 695 650 1130 1140
S030069H2010 069 80.8 (2052) 69.5 (1765) 207 (5258) 700 650 1135 1145
S030073S2010 073 85.1 (2162) 73.4 (1864) 187 (4750) 735 685 1200 1210
S030073H2010 073 85.1 (2162) 73.8 (1875) 220 (5588) 740 690 1205 1215
S030077S2010 077 89.4 (2271) 77.7 (1974) 198 (5029) 780 720 1260 1275
S030077H2010 077 89.4 (2271) 78.1 (1984) 233 (5918) 780 720 1270 1280
S030081S2010 081 93.7 (2380) 82 (2083) 209 (5309) 815 745 1325 1345
S030081H2010 081 93.7 (2380) 82.5 (2096) 246 (6248) 820 750 1330 1345
S030086S2010 086 98.1 (2492) 86.3 (2192) 220 (5588) 860 780 1400 1420
S030086H2010 086 98.1 (2492) 86.8 (2205) 259 (6579) 860 795 1410 1420
S030090S2010 090 102.4 (2601) 90.6 (2301) 231 (5867) 890 815 1460 1485
S030090H2010 090 102.4 (2601) 91.1 (2314) 272 (6909) 895 820 1470 1495
S030094S2010 094 106.7 (2710) 95 (2413) 242 (6147) 925 850 1520 1545
S030094H2010 094 106.7 (2710) 95.4 (2423) 285 (7239) 930 855 1540 1560
S030099S2010 099 111 (2819) 99.3 (2522) 253 (6426) 960 875 1575 1600
S030099H2010 099 111 (2819) 99.7 (2532) 298 (7569) 965 880 1585 1610
S030103S2010 103 115.3 (2929) 103.6 (2631) 264 (6706) 990 890 1640 1670
S030103H2010 103 115.3 (2929) 104.1 (2644) 310 (7874) 995 895 1645 1670
S030107S2010 107 119.7 (3040) 107.9 (2741) 275 (6985) 1010 920 1690 1725
S030107H2010 107 119.7 (3040) 108.4 (2753) 323 (8204) 1015 920 1695 1730
S030112S2010 112 124 (3150) 112.2 (2850) 286 (7264) 1040 945 1750 1790
S030112H2010 112 124 (3150) 112.7 (2863) 336 (8534) 1045 950 1755 1795
S030116S2010 116 128.3 (3259) 116.6 (2962) 297 (7544) 1070 975 1815 1850
S030116H2010 116 128.3 (3259) 117 (2972) 349 (8865) 1075 980 1820 1855
S030120S2010 120 132.6 (3368) 120.9 (3071) 308 (7823) 1100 1000 1875 1915
S030120H2010 120 132.6 (3368) 121.3 (3081) 362 (9195) 1105 1005 1880 1920
S030125S2010 125 136.9 (3477) 125.2 (3180) 319 (8103) 1125 1030 1935 1975
S030125H2010 125 136.9 (3477) 125.7 (3193) 375 (9525) 1130 1035 1940 1980
S030129S2010 129 141.3 (3589) 129.5 (3289) 330 (8382) 1155 1055 1990 2040
S030129H2010 129 141.3 (3589) 130 (3302) 388 (9855) 1160 1060 1995 2045
S030133S2010 133 145.6 (3698) 133.8 (3399) 341 (8661) 1180 1080 2050 2100
S030133H2010 133 145.6 (3698) 134.3 (3411) 401 (10185) 1185 1085 2055 2105
S030138S2010 138 149.9 (3807) 138.2 (3510) 352 (8941) 1205 1105 2110 2160
S030138H2010 138 149.9 (3807) 138.6 (3520) 414 (10516) 1210 1110 2115 2165
S030142S2010 142 154.2 (3917) 142.5 (3620) 363 (9220) 1230 1130 2165 2220
S030142H2010 142 154.2 (3917) 142.9 (3630) 427 (10846) 1235 1135 2170 2225

Page 224 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

IEC Values
60-Hz Impulse Impulse
1-Minute Wet Positive Negative Section Length
Withstand Withstand Withstand High Leak Design
(kV) (kV) (kV)
145 315 300
150 325 305
165 350 330
165 355 335
210 445 430
210 450 435 Section Length
255 540 525 Standard Design
260 540 535
300 630 625
305 635 630

Quadri*Sil®
330 690 685
330 695 690
360 750 750
360 760 755
385 810 810
390 815 815 Section Length Adjustment Table
410 870 875 Base End Fittings: Y-Clevis-Ball (201)
415 880 880
Bottom Fitting Top(“e”
435 930 940 and Bottom End Fitting Digits Length Change
Top Fitting
440 940 945 & “f”) in Catalog Number Inches (mm)
465 990 995 Y-Clevis Eye 200 1.62 (41)
465 995 1005 Eye ANSI 52-5 Ball 001 0.02 (0)
490 1050 1060
495 1055 1065 Eye Eye 000 1.64 (42)
515 1105 1120 ANSI 52-5 Socket ANSI 52-5 Ball 301 -1.15 (-29)
515 1115 1125 IEC 16 mm Socket IEC 16 mm Ball A07 -0.03 (-1)
540 1165 1180
540 1170 1185 ANSI 52-6 Clevis Eye 400 0.82 (21)
560 1220 1240 ANSI 52-6 Clevis ANSI 52-5 Ball 401 -0.8 (-20)
565 1225 1245
585 1275 1300 NOTE: To determine the section length for an insulator with a different end
585 1285 1305
fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed length change in the
610 1335 1355 table above. For configurations not shown, use the Catalog Number Key or
615 1340 1365
contact your HPS representative. Dimensional and electrical values displayed in
630 1395 1415 main table are for an insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. For voltages
635 1395 1425
above 400 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please
655 1445 1475 contact your HPS representative. Electrical values are without corona ring. For
660 1450 1485
voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 218 for corona rings
675 1500 1530
675 1510 1535 and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are
695 1555 1590 within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109 and ANSI C29.12.
700 1565 1595
720 1615 1645
720 1620 1655
735 1665 1705
740 1670 1710
760 1720 1755
760 1725 1765
780 1770 1815
780 1780 1820
795 1825 1870
800 1830 1875
815 1880 1925
820 1885 1930
835 1930 1980
835 1935 1980

Page 225 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

Suspension Insulators – Mechanical Ratings SML = 160 kN RTL = 80 kN Rod Diameter: 7/8” (22 mm)
Nominal Section Strike Leakage ANSI Values
Selection Guide: Catalog Critical
Typical Line Voltage, kV Polymer Length Distance Distance 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet
Numbers Impulse
Length Inches Inches Inches Flashover Flashover
IEC Positive
69 110 132 161 220 330 400 Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) (kV) (kV) (kV)
S160021S2010 021 35.7 (907) 21.6 (549) 55 (1397) 220 210 370
S160021H2010 021 35.7 (907) 22.5 (572) 74 (1880) 225 215 375
S160023S2010 023 37.9 (963) 23.8 (605) 60 (1524) 250 235 415
S160023H2010 023 37.9 (963) 24.7 (627) 82 (2083) 255 240 420
S160030S2010 030 44.4 (1128) 30.3 (770) 77 (1956) 315 305 525
S160030H2010 030 44.4 (1128) 31.1 (790) 104 (2642) 320 310 540
S160036S2010 036 50.8 (1290) 36.8 (935) 93 (2362) 385 365 635
S160036H2010 036 50.8 (1290) 37.6 (955) 126 (3200) 395 375 650
S160043S2010 043 57.3 (1455) 43.2 (1097) 110 (2794) 460 435 730
S160043H2010 043 57.3 (1455) 44.1 (1120) 149 (3785) 470 445 745
Quadri*Sil®

S160047S2010 047 61.6 (1565) 47.6 (1209) 121 (3073) 500 475 800
S160047H2010 047 61.6 (1565) 48.4 (1229) 164 (4166) 510 480 810
S160051S2010 051 66 (1676) 51.9 (1318) 132 (3353) 540 510 865
S160051H2010 051 66 (1676) 52.7 (1339) 179 (4547) 545 515 880
S160056S2010 056 70.3 (1786) 56.2 (1427) 143 (3632) 585 545 935
S160056H2010 056 70.3 (1786) 57.1 (1450) 194 (4928) 590 555 945
S160060S2010 060 74.6 (1895) 60.5 (1537) 154 (3912) 625 580 1000
S160060H2010 060 74.6 (1895) 61.4 (1560) 209 (5309) 630 590 1015
S160064S2010 064 78.9 (2004) 64.8 (1646) 165 (4191) 660 615 1065
S160064H2010 064 78.9 (2004) 65.7 (1669) 224 (5690) 670 620 1075
S160069S2010 069 83.2 (2113) 69.2 (1758) 176 (4470) 695 650 1130
S160069H2010 069 83.2 (2113) 70 (1778) 239 (6071) 705 655 1140
S160073S2010 073 87.6 (2225) 73.5 (1867) 187 (4750) 735 685 1200
S160073H2010 073 87.6 (2225) 74.3 (1887) 254 (6452) 745 695 1210
PRODUCTS

S160077S2010 077 91.9 (2334) 77.8 (1976) 198 (5029) 780 720 1260
S160077H2010 077 91.9 (2334) 78.7 (1999) 268 (6807) 785 725 1275
S160081S2010 081 96.2 (2443) 82.1 (2085) 209 (5309) 815 745 1325
S160081H2010 081 96.2 (2443) 83 (2108) 283 (7188) 825 755 1335
S160086S2010 086 100.5 (2553) 86.4 (2195) 220 (5588) 860 780 1400
S160086H2010 086 100.5 (2553) 87.3 (2217) 298 (7569) 865 800 1415
S160090S2010 090 104.8 (2662) 90.8 (2306) 231 (5867) 890 815 1460
S160090H2010 090 104.8 (2662) 91.6 (2327) 313 (7950) 900 825 1475
S160094S2010 094 109.2 (2774) 95.1 (2416) 242 (6147) 925 850 1520
S160094H2010 094 109.2 (2774) 95.9 (2436) 328 (8331) 935 860 1545
S160099S2010 099 113.5 (2883) 99.4 (2525) 253 (6426) 960 875 1575
S160099H2010 099 113.5 (2883) 100.3 (2548) 343 (8712) 970 885 1590
S160103S2010 103 117.8 (2992) 103.7 (2634) 264 (6706) 990 890 1640
S160103H2010 103 117.8 (2992) 104.6 (2657) 358 (9093) 1000 900 1650
S160107S2010 107 122.1 (3101) 108 (2743) 275 (6985) 1010 920 1695
S160107H2010 107 122.1 (3101) 108.9 (2766) 373 (9474) 1020 925 1700
S160112S2010 112 126.4 (3211) 112.4 (2855) 286 (7264) 1045 950 1755
S160112H2010 112 126.4 (3211) 113.2 (2875) 388 (9855) 1050 955 1760
S160116S2010 116 130.8 (3322) 116.7 (2964) 297 (7544) 1070 975 1815
S160116H2010 116 130.8 (3322) 117.5 (2985) 403 (10236) 1080 985 1825
S160120S2010 120 135.1 (3432) 121 (3073) 308 (7823) 1100 1005 1875
S160120H2010 120 135.1 (3432) 121.9 (3096) 418 (10617) 1110 1010 1885
S160125S2010 125 139.4 (3541) 125.3 (3183) 319 (8103) 1125 1030 1935
S160125H2010 125 139.4 (3541) 126.2 (3205) 433 (10998) 1135 1040 1945
S160129S2010 129 143.7 (3650) 129.6 (3292) 330 (8382) 1155 1055 1995
S160129H2010 129 143.7 (3650) 130.5 (3315) 448 (11379) 1165 1065 2000
S160133S2010 133 148 (3759) 134 (3404) 341 (8661) 1180 1080 2055
S160133H2010 133 148 (3759) 134.8 (3424) 463 (11760) 1190 1090 2060
S160138S2010 138 152.4 (3871) 138.3 (3513) 352 (8941) 1205 1105 2110
S160138H2010 138 152.4 (3871) 139.1 (3533) 478 (12141) 1215 1115 2120
S160142S2010 142 156.7 (3980) 142.6 (3622) 363 (9220) 1230 1130 2170
S160142H2010 142 156.7 (3980) 143.5 (3645) 493 (12522) 1240 1140 2175

Page 226 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

ANSI Values IEC Values


Critical 60-Hz Impulse Impulse
Impulse 1-Minute Wet Positive Negative
Negative Withstand Withstand Withstand
(kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) Section Length
350 145 315 300 High Leak Design
355 150 330 315
395 165 350 330
400 170 360 345
510 210 445 430
520 215 455 445
625 260 540 530
625 265 550 540 Section Length
725 300 630 625 Standard Design
735 310 640 635

Quadri*Sil®
800 330 690 690
805 335 705 700
860 360 755 750
875 365 765 765
935 385 810 810
945 390 825 825
1005 410 870 875
1015 420 885 890
1075
1080
435
445
930
945
940
950
Section Length Adjustment Table
1140 465 990 1000 Base End Fittings: Y-Clevis-Ball (201)
1150 470 1000 1010 Top and Bottom End
1210 490 1050 1060 Length
Fitting Digits
1220 495 1060 1075 Top Fitting Bottom Fitting Change
(“e” & “f”) in
1275 515 1110 1125 Inches (mm)
Catalog Number
1285 520 1120 1130
1345 540 1165 1180 Y-Clevis Eye 200 1.71 (43)
1350 545 1175 1195 Eye ANSI 52-8 Ball 001 0.31 (8)
1420 565 1220 1240 Eye Eye 000 2.02 (51)
1425 570 1235 1255
1485 585 1280 1305 ANSI 52-8 Socket ANSI 52-8 Ball 301 -1.27 (-32)
1500 590 1290 1310 IEC 20 mm Socket IEC 20 mm Ball A07 0.26 (7)
1545 610 1340 1360 Clevis IEC 19-L Eye 800 0.80 (20)
1565 615 1350 1370 Clevis IEC 19-L IEC 20 mm Ball 807 0.06 (2)
1605 630 1395 1420
1615 635 1405 1430
1670 655 1445 1475
1675 660 1460 1485 NOTE: To determine the section length for an insulator with a
1725 675 1505 1530 different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed
1735 680 1515 1545 length change in the table above. For configurations not shown,
1790 700 1560 1590 use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative.
1800 705 1570 1600 Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an
1855 720 1615 1650 insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. For voltages above 400
1860 720 1620 1660 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact
1915 740 1665 1705 your HPS representative. Electrical values are without corona ring. For
1925 745 1680 1715 voltages equal to or greaterthan 220 kV, refer to page 218 for corona
1980 760 1720 1760 rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data.
1985 765 1730 1770 Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109
2040 780 1775 1815 and ANSI C29.12.
2050 780 1785 1825
2100 795 1830 1870
2110 800 1840 1885
2160 815 1880 1925
2170 820 1890 1935
2220 835 1935 1980
2230 840 1940 1990

Page 227 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

Suspension Insulators – Mechanical Ratings SML = 50 kip/210 kN RTL = 25 kip/105 kN Rod Diameter: 7/8” (22 mm)

Nominal Section Strike Leakage ANSI Values


Selection Guide: Critical
Typical Line Voltage, kV Catalog Numbers Polymer Length Distance Distance 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet
ANSI/IEC Length Inches Inches Inches Flashover Flashover Impulse
Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) Positive
69 110 132 161 220 330 400 (kV) (kV) (kV)
S050021S2010 / S210021S2010 021 35.7 (907) 21.6 (549) 55 (1397) 220 210 370
S050021H2010 / S210021H2010 021 35.7 (907) 22.5 (572) 74 (1880) 225 215 375
S050023S2010 / S210023S2010 023 37.9 (963) 23.8 (605) 60 (1524) 250 235 415
S050023H2010 / S210023H2010 023 37.9 (963) 24.7 (627) 82 (2083) 255 240 420
S050030S2010 / S210030S2010 030 44.4 (1128) 30.3 (770) 77 (1956) 320 305 525
S050030H2010 / S210030H2010 030 44.4 (1128) 31.1 (790) 104 (2642) 320 310 540
S050036S2010 / S210036S2010 036 50.8 (1290) 36.8 (935) 93 (2362) 385 365 635
S050036H2010 / S210036H2010 036 50.8 (1290) 37.6 (955) 126 (3200) 395 375 650
S050043S2010 / S210043S2010 043 57.3 (1455) 43.2 (1097) 110 (2794) 460 435 730
S050043H2010 / S210043H2010 043 57.3 (1455) 44.1 (1120) 149 (3785) 470 445 745
Quadri*Sil®

S050047S2010 / S210047S2010 047 61.6 (1565) 47.6 (1209) 121 (3073) 500 475 800
S050047H2010 / S210047H2010 047 61.6 (1565) 48.4 (1229) 164 (4166) 510 480 810
S050051S2010 / S210051S2010 051 66 (1676) 51.9 (1318) 132 (3353) 540 510 865
S050051H2010 / S210051H2010 051 66 (1676) 52.7 (1339) 179 (4547) 545 515 880
S050056S2010 / S210056S2010 056 70.3 (1786) 56.2 (1427) 143 (3632) 585 545 935
S050056H2010 / S210056H2010 056 70.3 (1786) 57.1 (1450) 194 (4928) 590 555 945
S050060S2010 / S210060S2010 060 74.6 (1895) 60.5 (1537) 154 (3912) 625 580 1000
S050060H2010 / S210060H2010 060 74.6 (1895) 61.4 (1560) 209 (5309) 630 590 1015
S050064S2010 / S210064S2010 064 78.9 (2004) 64.8 (1646) 165 (4191) 660 615 1065
S050064H2010 / S210064H2010 064 78.9 (2004) 65.7 (1669) 224 (5690) 670 620 1075
S050069S2010 / S210069S2010 069 83.2 (2113) 69.2 (1758) 176 (4470) 695 650 1130
S050069H2010 / S210069H2010 069 83.2 (2113) 70 (1778) 239 (6071) 705 655 1140
S050073S2010 / S210073S2010 073 87.6 (2225) 73.5 (1867) 187 (4750) 735 685 1200
S050073H2010 / S210073H2010 073 87.6 (2225) 74.3 (1887) 254 (6452) 745 695 1210
S050077S2010 / S210077S2010 077 91.9 (2334) 77.8 (1976) 198 (5029) 780 720 1260
S050077H2010 / S210077H2010 077 91.9 (2334) 78.7 (1999) 268 (6807) 785 725 1275
S050081S2010 / S210081S2010 081 96.2 (2443) 82.1 (2085) 209 (5309) 815 745 1325
S050081H2010 / S210081H2010 081 96.2 (2443) 83 (2108) 283 (7188) 825 755 1335
S050086S2010 / S210086S2010 086 100.5 (2553) 86.4 (2195) 220 (5588) 860 780 1400
S050086H2010 / S210086H2010 086 100.5 (2553) 87.3 (2217) 298 (7569) 865 800 1415
S050090S2010 / S210090S2010 090 104.8 (2662) 90.8 (2306) 231 (5867) 890 815 1460
S050090H2010 / S210090H2010 090 104.8 (2662) 91.6 (2327) 313 (7950) 900 825 1475
S050094S2010 / S210094S2010 094 109.2 (2774) 95.1 (2416) 242 (6147) 925 850 1520
S050094H2010 / S210094H2010 094 109.2 (2774) 95.9 (2436) 328 (8331) 935 860 1545
S050099S2010 / S210099S2010 099 113.5 (2883) 99.4 (2525) 253 (6426) 960 875 1575
S050099H2010 / S210099H2010 099 113.5 (2883) 100.3 (2548) 343 (8712) 970 885 1590
S050103S2010 / S210103S2010 103 117.8 (2992) 103.7 (2634) 264 (6706) 990 890 1640
S050103H2010 / S210103H2010 103 117.8 (2992) 104.6 (2657) 358 (9093) 1000 900 1650
S050107S2010 / S210107S2010 107 122.1 (3101) 108 (2743) 275 (6985) 1010 920 1695
S050107H2010 / S210107H2010 107 122.1 (3101) 108.9 (2766) 373 (9474) 1020 925 1700
S050112S2010 / S210112S2010 112 126.4 (3211) 112.4 (2855) 286 (7264) 1045 950 1755
S050112H2010 / S210112H2010 112 126.4 (3211) 113.2 (2875) 388 (9855) 1050 955 1760
S050116S2010 / S210116S2010 116 130.8 (3322) 116.7 (2964) 297 (7544) 1070 975 1815
S050116H2010 / S210116H2010 116 130.8 (3322) 117.5 (2985) 403 (10236) 1080 985 1825
S050120S2010 / S210120S2010 120 135.1 (3432) 121 (3073) 308 (7823) 1100 1005 1875
S050120H2010 / S210120H2010 120 135.1 (3432) 121.9 (3096) 418 (10617) 1110 1010 1885
S050125S2010 / S210125S2010 125 139.4 (3541) 125.3 (3183) 319 (8103) 1125 1030 1935
S050125H2010 / S210125H2010 125 139.4 (3541) 126.2 (3205) 433 (10998) 1135 1040 1945
S050129S2010 / S210129S2010 129 143.7 (3650) 129.6 (3292) 330 (8382) 1155 1055 1995
S050129H2010 / S210129H2010 129 143.7 (3650) 130.5 (3315) 448 (11379) 1165 1065 2000
S050133S2010 / S210133S2010 133 148 (3759) 134 (3404) 341 (8661) 1180 1080 2055
S050133H2010 / S210133H2010 133 148 (3759) 134.8 (3424) 463 (11760) 1190 1090 2060
S050138S2010 / S210138S2010 138 152.4 (3871) 138.3 (3513) 352 (8941) 1205 1105 2110
S050138H2010 / S210138H2010 138 152.4 (3871) 139.1 (3533) 478 (12141) 1215 1115 2120
S050142S2010 / S210142S2010 142 156.7 (3980) 142.6 (3622) 363 (9220) 1230 1130 2170
S050142H2010 / S210142H2010 142 156.7 (3980) 143.5 (3645) 493 (12522) 1240 1140 2175

Page 228 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators

ANSI Values IEC Values


Critical 60-Hz Impulse Impulse Section Length
Impulse 1-Minute Wet Positive Negative High Leak Design
Negative Withstand Withstand Withstand
(kV) (kV) (kV) (kV)
350 145 315 300
355 150 330 315
395 165 350 330
400 170 360 345
Section Length
510 210 445 430 Standard Design
520 215 455 445
625 260 540 530
625 265 550 540
725 300 630 625
735 310 640 635

Quadri*Sil®
800 330 690 690
805 335 705 700
860 360 755 750
875 365 765 765
935 385 810 810
945 390 825 825
1005 410 870 875
1015 420 885 890
1075 435 930 940
Section Length Adjustment Table
1080 445 945 950 Base End Fittings: Y-clevis-Ball (201)
1140 465 990 1000 Top and Bottom End
1150 470 1000 1010
Fitting Digits Length Change
1210 490 1050 1060 Top Fitting Bottom Fitting
1220 495 1060 1075 (“e” & “f”) in Inches (mm)
Catalog Number
1275 515 1110 1125
1285 520 1120 1130 Y-Clevis Eye 200 1.71 (43)
1345 540 1165 1180 Eye ANSI 52-11 Ball 001 0.31 (8)
1350 545 1175 1195
1420 565 1220 1240 Eye Eye 000 2.02 (51)
1425 570 1235 1255 ANSI 52-11 Socket ANSI 52-11 Ball 301 -0.71 (-18)
1485 585 1280 1305 IEC 20 mm Socket IEC 20 mm Ball A07 0.26 (7)
1500 590 1290 1310
1545 610 1340 1360 Clevis IEC 19-L Eye 800 0.80 (20)
1565 615 1350 1370 Clevis IEC 19-L IEC 20 mm Ball 807 0.06 (2)
1605 630 1395 1420
1615 635 1405 1430
1670 655 1445 1475
1675 660 1460 1485 NOTE: To determine the section length for an insulator with a
1725 675 1505 1530 different end fitting combination, please add or subtract the displayed
1735 680 1515 1545 length change in the table above. For configurations not shown,
1790 700 1560 1590 use the Catalog Number Key or contact your HPS representative.
1800 705 1570 1600 Dimensional and electrical values displayed in main table are for an
1855 720 1615 1650 insulator with Y-clevis and Ball end fittings. For voltages above 400
1860 720 1620 1660 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact
1915 740 1665 1705 your HPS representative. Electrical values are without corona ring. For
1925 745 1680 1715 voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 218 for corona
1980 760 1720 1760 rings and associated physical/electrical changes to the above data.
1985 765 1730 1770
Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61109
2040 780 1775 1815 and ANSI C29.12.
2050 780 1785 1825
2100 795 1830 1870
2110 800 1840 1885
2160 815 1880 1925
2170 820 1890 1935
2220 835 1935 1980
2230 840 1940 1990

Page 229 | August 2013


Suspension Insulators
80k lb (300 kN) Extra High Voltage
Hubbell Power Systems offers an 80k lb insulator for extra high voltage
applications where increased mechanical strength is required. The 80k lb
(300kN) insulator is part of the reliable Quadri*Sil product line, ensuring ultimate
protection against weather and contaminants.

• Ideal for replacing parallel porcelain strains on extra high voltage systems

• Cost reduction due to the increased strength of a single string replacing a


double string

• Significant weight reduction when compared to porcelain counterparts

• Quadri*Sil’s patented four-point sealing system

• Integral corona shielding ring


Quadri*Sil®

• Proprietary silicone-rubber compound

• Uniform circumferential crimp method

strength
Page 230 | August 2013
Suspension Insulators — 80k lb (300 kN) EHV
Mechanical Ratings SML = 80 kip/300 kN RTL = 40 kip/150 kN Rod Diameter: 1.25" (32 mm)
Nominal Section ANSI Values IEC Values
Strike Leakage
Catalog 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet Critical Critical 60-Hz Impulse Impulse

Page 231 | August 2013


kV Polymer Length Distance Distance
Numbers Length Inches (mm) Inches Flashover Flashover Impulse Impulse 1-Minute Wet Positive Negative
(mm) Inches (mm)
Inches (kV) (kV) Positive (kV) Negative (kV) Withstand (kV) Withstand (kV) Withstand (kV)
S080094H0000 94 115.8 (2941) 96.1 (2440) 321 (8153) 940 820 1485 1530 615 1335 1375
S080099H0000 99 120.1 (3050) 100.5 (2552) 336 (8534) 980 855 1550 1595 640 1395 1435
S080103H0000 103 124.5 (3162) 104.8 (2661) 351 (8915) 1025 880 1615 1660 660 1450 1490
S080107H0000 107 128.8 (3271) 109.1 (2771) 365 (9271) 1065 910 1675 1720 680 1505 1545
S080112H0000 112 133.1 (3380) 113.4 (2880) 380 (9652) 1110 940 1740 1785 705 1565 1605

345
S080116H0000 116 137.4 (3490) 117.7 (2989) 394 (10007) 1150 965 1805 1850 720 1620 1665
S080120H0000 120 141.7 (3599) 122.1 (3101) 409 (10388) 1195 995 1870 1910 745 1680 1715
Suspension Insulators

S080125H0000 125 146.1 (3710) 126.4 (3210) 424 (10769) 1240 1020 1935 1975 765 1740 1775
S080129H0000 129 150.4 (3820) 130.7 (3319) 438 (11125) 1280 1045 2000 2035 780 1800 1830
80k lb (300 kN) Extra High Voltage

S080133H0000 133 154.7 (3929) 135 (3429) 453 (11506) 1325 1070 2065 2095 800 1855 1885
S080135H0000 135 156.9 (3985) 137.2 (3484) 460 (11684) 1345 1085 2095 2125 810 1885 1910
S080140H0000 140 161.2 (4094) 141.5 (3594) 475 (12065) 1390 1110 2160 2185 830 1940 1965
S080144H0000 144 165.5 (4203) 145.8 (3703) 490 (12446) 1435 1135 2225 2245 850 2000 2020
S080148H0000 148 169.8 (4312) 150.1 (3812) 504 (12801) 1475 1155 2290 2305 865 2060 2070
S080153H0000 153 174.1 (4422) 154.5 (3924) 519 (13182) 1520 1180 2355 2365 885 2115 2125

500
S080157H0000 157 178.5 (4533) 158.8 (4033) 533 (13538) 1565 1200 2420 2425 900 2175 2180
S080164H0000 164 184.9 (4696) 165.3 (4198) 555 (14097) 1630 1235 2515 2510 925 2260 2255
S080168H0000 168 189.3 (4808) 169.6 (4307) 570 (14478) 1675 1255 2580 2565 940 2320 2305
S080172H0000 172 193.6 (4917) 173.9 (4417) 585 (14859) 1720 1275 2645 2625 955 2380 2360
S080174H0000 174 195.7 (4970) 176.1 (4472) 592 (15036) 1740 1285 2675 2650 960 2405 2385
S080179H0000 179 200.1 (5082) 180.4 (4582) 607 (15417) 1785 1305 2740 2710 975 2465 2435
S080183H0000 183 204.4 (5191) 184.7 (4691) 621 (15773) 1830 1325 2805 2765 990 2520 2485
S080187H0000 187 208.7 (5301) 189 (4800) 636 (16154) 1875 1340 2870 2820 1005 2580 2535
S080192H0000 192 213 (5410) 193.3 (4909) 651 (16535) 1920 1360 2935 2875 1020 2640 2585

765
S080196H0000 196 217.3 (5519) 197.7 (5021) 665 (16891) 1965 1375 3000 2930 1030 2700 2635
S080200H0000 200 221.7 (5631) 202 (5130) 680 (17272) 2010 1390 3065 2980 1040 2755 2680
S080205H0000 205 226 (5740) 206.3 (5240) 694 (17627) 2055 1405 3130 3035 1050 2815 2730
S080209H0000 209 230.3 (5849) 210.6 (5349) 709 (18008) 2100 1420 3190 3085 1065 2870 2775
S080213H0000 213 234.6 (5958) 214.9 (5458) 724 (18389) 2145 1435 3255 3140 1075 2925 2825

Quadri*Sil®
Line Post Insulators
Mechanical Ratings
Line post insulators are cantilever support members, with ratings defined
as follows:
Specified Cantilever Load (SCL)
SCL is the ultimate cantilever strength rating of the Quadri*Sil® line post
insulator. SCL is identical to the minimum average breaking load (ABL) rating
in previous catalogs.
Reference Cantilever Load (RCL)
RCL represents the maximum recommended load in cantilever that a
Quadri*Sil post insulator is designed to withstand during its life span. RCL
equals 50 percent of the SCL, and is identical to the insulator’s maximum
working load (MWL) and maximum design cantilever load (MDCL).
Combined Load Charts
Line design loads for most insulators include tension, or compression, in
Quadri*Sil®

addition to the primary vertical cantilever load. Longitudinal loading should


also be considered. Contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative to
request combined load charts.

Corona Performance

Page 232 | August 2013


Line Post Insulators
Line Post Insulators — 2.5" (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter Horizontal
Application 161 kV and Below 230 kV 345kV

Line End Energized Top - None Top - PSPISCROL0123006 Top - PSPISCROL0123006


Bottom - None Bottom - None Bottom - None
Bottom End Energized Top - None Top - None Top - None
Bottom - None Bottom - PSPISCROL0123006 Bottom - PSPISCROL0123006

Quadri*Sil®
PRODUCTS
Electrical/Dimensional Changes to the Insulator with External Corona Ring
220/230 kV 330/345 kV 400 kV 500 kV
Physical and Electrical Characteristics Ring Ring Rings Rings
Dry Arc Distance Inches (mm) -1.86 (-47) -2.58 (-66) --- ---
Leakage Distance Inches (mm) 0 0 --- ---
ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Dry — kV -20 -30 --- ---
ANSI 60 Hz Flashover Wet — kV -20 -20 --- ---
ANSI Critical Flashover Positive — kV -30 -40 --- ---
ANSI Critical Flashover Negative — kV -30 -40 --- ---
IEC Wet Switching Impulse Withstand — kV --- --- --- ---
IEC Power Frequency Wet Withstand — kV -20 -20 --- ---
IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Positive — kV -30 -40 --- ---
IEC Lightning Impulse Withstand Negative — kV -30 -40 --- ---
Net Weight Pounds (kg) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) --- ---

Page 233 | August 2013


Line Post Insulators
2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter
Hubbell Power Systems offers a 2.5” line post insulator for high strength
applications. The 2.5” post insulator is part of the reliable Quadri*Sil®
product line, ensuring ultimate protection against weather and
contaminants.

• Meets ANSI and IEC requirements.

• Line fittings include two-hole blade, horizontal clamptop, vertical


clamptop and 5” B.C.

• Base fittings include gain base, flat base and 5” B.C.

• Standard Leak

• Extra High Leak


Quadri*Sil®

Section Length

Clamptop:
Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lb (11.1 kN)

Two-Hole Blade:
Maximum Design Tension = 7,500 lb (33.4 kN)

Horizontal Clamptop End Fitting:


Increases the section length
dimensions by 0.75”

Page 234 | August 2013


Horizontal Line Post Insulators — 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter
ANSI Values (2) IEC Values (2)
Selection Guide Nominal Section Strike Leakage
Catalog Polymer Length Distance Distance 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet Critical Critical 60-Hz Impulse Impulse SCL lb
Typical Line Voltage, kV (1) Impulse Impulse 1-Minute Wet

Page 235 | August 2013


Numbers (3) Length Inches Inches Inches Flashover Flashover Positive Negative (kN)
Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) Positive Negative Withstand Withstand Withstand
(kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV)
36 110 132 161 220 330
P250024S0020 024 36.9 (937) 25.0 (635) 63 (1600) 255 235 385 505 195 365 475 5000 (22.2)
P250026S0020 026 39.3 (998) 27.4 (696) 69 (1753) 280 255 425 540 215 400 510 5000 (22.2)
P250031S0020 031 44.0 (1117) 32.2 (818) 82 (2083) 330 300 510 615 255 480 580 4490 (20.0)
P250036S0020 036 48.8 (1239) 37.1 (942) 95 (2413) 380 345 580 690 290 550 655 3950 (17.6)
Line Post Insulators

P250043S0020 043 55.9 (1419) 44.3 (1125) 113 (2870) 455 405 700 800 340 665 760 3340 (14.9)
2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter

P250048S0020 048 60.6 (1539) 49.2 (1250) 126 (3200) 515 450 770 880 380 730 835 3030 (13.5)
P250053S0020 053 65.3 (1658) 54.0 (1372) 139 (3531) 565 495 855 950 420 810 900 2770 (12.3)
P250058S0020 058 70.1 (1780) 58.8 (1494) 151 (3835) 600 525 920 1025 445 870 970 2550 (11.3)
P250060S0020 060 72.4 (1838) 61.3 (1557) 158 (4013) 625 540 955 1065 455 905 1010 2460 (10.9)
P250065S0020 065 77.2 (1960) 66.1 (1679) 170 (4318) 675 580 1035 1140 490 980 1080 2280 (10.1)
P250070S0020 070 81.9 (2080) 70.9 (1801) 183 (4648) 720 615 1115 1215 520 1055 1150 2130 (9.5)
P250075S0020 075 86.6 (2199) 75.8 (1925) 196 (4978) 765 650 1190 1290 550 1130 1225 2000 (8.9)
P250080S0020 080 91.4 (2321) 80.6 (2047) 208 (5283) 815 680 1265 1360 575 1200 1290 1890 (8.4)
P250087S0020 087 98.5 (2501) 87.9 (2233) 227 (5766) 880 735 1380 1475 620 1310 1400 1740 (7.7)
P250092S0020 092 103.2 (2621) 92.7 (2355) 240 (6096) 925 765 1455 1550 650 1380 1470 1650 (7.3)
P250096S0020 096 107.9 (2740) 97.6 (2479) 252 (6401) 975 800 1535 1625 680 1455 1540 1570 (7.0)
P250101S0020 101 112.7 (2862) 102.4 (2601) 265 (6731) 1015 830 1610 1700 705 1525 1615 1500 (6.7)
P250104S0020 104 115.1 (2923) 104.8 (2662) 271 (6883) 1040 845 1650 1735 715 1565 1645 1460 (6.5)
P250106S0020 106 117.4 (2981) 107.2 (2723) 278 (7061) 1060 860 1685 1770 730 1600 1680 1430 (6.4)
P250109S0020 109 119.8 (3042) 109.7 (2786) 284 (7214) 1085 875 1725 1810 740 1635 1715 1400 (6.2)
P250111S0020 111 122.2 (3103) 112.1 (2847) 290 (7366) 1105 890 1765 1850 755 1675 1755 1370 (6.1)

(1) For voltages above 330 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative.
(2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 20 for corona rings and associated physical/
electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.232.
(3) The catalog number shown in the table is for a 2.5" (63.5mm) rod diameter line post with a two hole blade on the line end and a gain base on the
tower end. For other end fitting combinations, please refer to the Catalog Number Key on page 218.

Quadri*Sil®
Line Post Insulators
2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter
Maximum Design Tension =
2,500 lb (11.1 kN)

0.6875’’ Diameter 5” Diameter Bolt Circle


(17 mm ) (127 mm)
Quadri*Sil®

11’’
(279 mm)

0.8125’’ Diameter
(21 mm)
Section
Length 8’’
(203 mm)
0.9375’’ Diameter
4’’ (24 mm)
(102 mm)

4.125’’ 4.125’’
(105 mm) (105 mm) 0.8125’’ Diameter
(21 mm)
8’’
(203 mm)

1.125’’
(29 mm)

3.875’’ 3.875’’
(98 mm) (98 mm)

Catalog Number 75115


Rated 134,400 lb/in

Page 236 | August 2013


Page 237 | August 2013
Vertical Line Post Insulators — 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter

ANSI Values(2) 60-Hz IEC Values(2)


Selection Guide Nominal Section Strike Leakage
Typical Line Voltage, Catalog Polymer Length Distance Distance SCL lb
60-Hz Critical Critical 1-Minute Impulse Impulse
Line Post Insulators

kV(1) Numbers(3) Length Inches Inches Inches 60-Hz Dry (kN)


Wet Impulse Impulse Wet Positive Negative
Flashover
2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter

Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) Flashover Positive Negative Withstand Withstand Withstand
(kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV)
69 110 132 161
P250024S2050 024 35.0 (889) 25.0 (635) 63 (1600) 255 235 385 505 195 365 475 5000 (22.3)
P250026S2050 026 37.4 (950) 27.4 (696) 69 (1753) 280 255 425 540 215 400 510 5000 (22.3)
P250031S2050 031 42.3 (1074) 32.2 (818) 82 (2083) 330 300 510 615 255 480 580 4200 (18.7)
P250036S2050 036 47.1 (1196) 37.1 (942) 95 (2413) 380 345 580 690 290 550 655 3720 (16.6)
P250043S2050 043 54.4 (1382) 44.3 (1125) 113 (2870) 455 405 700 800 340 665 760 3180 (14.2)
P250048S2050 048 59.2 (1504) 49.2 (1250) 126 (3200) 515 450 770 880 380 730 835 2900 (12.9)
P250053S2050 053 64.1 (1628) 54.0 (1372) 139 (3531) 565 495 855 950 420 810 900 2660 (11.8)
P250058S2050 058 68.9 (1750) 58.8 (1494) 151 (3835) 600 525 920 1025 445 870 970 2460 (10.9)
P250060S2050 060 71.3 (1811) 61.3 (1557) 158 (4013) 625 540 955 1065 455 905 1010 2370 (10.5)

(1) For voltages above 161 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative.
(2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 220 kV, refer to page 20 for corona rings and associated
physical/electrical changes to the above data. Dimensions are within allowable tolerances as specified by IEC 61952 and ANSI C29.17.
(3) The catalog number shown on the table is for a 2.5” (63.5mm) rod diameter line post with a vertical on the line end and a 5’’ Bolt Circle
with tapped holes on the ground end. For other end fitting combinations, please refer to the Catalog Number Key on page 218.

Quadri*Sil®
Line Post Insulators
3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter
Hubbell Power Systems offers a 3.0” line post insulator for high strength
applications. The 3.0” post insulator is part of the reliable Quadri*Sil®
product line, ensuring ultimate protection against weather and
contaminants.

• Meets ANSI and IEC requirements.

• Line fittings include two-hole blade, horizontal clamptop, vertical


clamptop and 5” B.C.

• Base fittings include gain base, flat base and 5” B.C.

• Standard Leak
Quadri*Sil®

Section Length
PRODUCTS

Clamptop:
Maximum Design Tension = 2,500 lb (11.1 kN)

Two-Hole Blade:
Maximum Design Tension = 12,500 lb (55.6 kN)

Page 238 | August 2013


Horizontal Line Post Insulators — 3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter
Selection Guide: Nominal Section Strike Leakage ANSI Values(2) ANSI Values(2)
Typical Line Catalog Polymer Length Distance Distance 60-Hz Dry 60-Hz Wet Critical Critical 60-Hz Impulse Impulse SCL lb
Voltage, kV(1) Numbers(3) Length Inches Inches Inches Flashover Flashover Impulse Impulse 1-Minute Wet Positive Negative (kN)
69 115 138 161 230 345 Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) Positive Negative Withstand Withstand Withstand
(kV) (kV)

Page 239 | August 2013


(kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV)
P300025S0020 025 38.5 (978) 27.9 (708) 82 (2083) 275 245 425 520 200 400 485 7500 (33.4)
P300026S0020 026 39.7 (1008) 29.2 (741) 88 (2223) 290 255 445 540 215 415 505 7500 (33.4)
P300031S0020 031 44.4 (1128) 34.0 (863) 101 (2555) 335 300 520 615 255 490 575 7500 (33.4)
P300036S0020 036 49.1 (1247) 38.9 (988) 116 (2934) 385 345 595 690 285 560 650 6670 (29.7)
P300042S0020 042 55.0 (1397) 44.9 (1140) 134 (3406) 445 400 690 785 340 685 740 5810 (25.8)
P300047S0020 047 59.7 (1516) 49.8 (1265) 149 (3785) 490 445 765 860 375 725 815 5261 (23.4)
Line Post Insulators

P300052S0020 052 64.4 (1636) 54.7 (1389) 164 (4163) 540 490 840 935 410 790 884 4820 (21.4)
3.0” (76.2 mm) Rod Diameter

P300053S0020 053 65.6 (1666) 55.9 (1420) 168 (4260) 550 500 860 955 425 810 900 4720 (20.9)
P300057S0020 057 69.1 (1755) 59.5 (1511) 179 (4544) 585 535 915 1010 450 865 955 4440 (19.8)
P300058S0020 058 70.3 (1786) 60.7 (1542) 183 (4638) 600 545 935 1030 460 880 975 4350 (19.3)
P300063S0020 063 75.0 (1905) 65.6 (1666) 198 (5017) 645 590 1010 1105 495 950 1045 4040 (17.9)
P300064S0020 064 76.2 (1935) 66.8 (1697) 201 (5110) 660 600 1030 1125 510 970 1065 3970 (17.7)
P300068S0020 068 79.7 (2024) 70.4 (1788) 212 (5395) 695 635 1085 1180 535 1025 1120 3770 (16.8)
P300069S0020 069 80.9 (2055) 71.6 (1819) 216 (5489) 705 645 1105 1200 545 1045 1140 3710 (16.5)
P300074S0020 074 85.6 (2174) 76.5 (1943) 231 (5867) 755 690 1180 1275 585 1115 1210 3480 (15.5)
P300078S0020 078 90.3 (2294) 81.4 (2068) 246 (6246) 800 735 1255 1350 620 1185 1280 3280 (14.6)
P300083S0020 083 95.0 (2413) 86.2 (2189) 261 (6624) 850 780 1330 1430 655 1255 1350 3100 (13.8)
P300085S0020 085 96.2 (2443) 87.4 (2220) 265 (6721) 860 790 1350 1445 670 1275 1370 3050 (13.6)
P300089S0020 089 100.9 (2563) 92.3 (2344) 280 (7099) 910 835 1425 1520 705 1345 1440 2900 (12.9)
P300094S0020 094 105.6 (2682) 97.1 (2466) 294 (7478) 955 880 1500 1600 740 1420 1515 2760 (12.3)
P300095S0020 095 106.8 (2713) 98.4 (2499) 298 (7412) 970 890 1520 1615 755 1435 1530 2720 (12.1)
P300099S0020 099 110.4 (2804) 102.0 (2591) 309 (7856) 1005 925 1575 1675 780 1490 1585 2630 (11.7)
P300100S0020 100 111.5 (2832) 103.2 (2621) 313 (7950) 1015 935 1595 1690 790 1510 1605 2600 (11.6)
P300105S0020 105 116.2 (2951) 108.0 (2743) 328 (8329) 1065 980 1670 1770 825 1580 1675 2480 (11.0)

(1) For voltages above 345 kV, other section lengths, or end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative.
(2) Electrical values are without corona ring. For voltages equal to or greater than 230 kV, please contact your HPS representative.
(3) The catalog number shown in the table is for a 3.0” (76.2mm) rod diameter line post with a two-hole blade on the line end and an
aluminum gain base on the tower end. For other end fitting combinations, please contact your HPS representative.

Quadri*Sil®
Line Post Assembly
2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter 7.44’’
(189 mm)

5.75’’
(146 mm) 2.0’’
(51 mm)

2.0’’
(51 mm)
A

D
Quadri*Sil®

1.625’’ (41 mm)

D
7.438’’
(189 mm)

B Table B
“D”
“C” Length
“XX” “B” Length Length
Style Inches
Code(2) Inches (mm) Inches
(mm) (mm)
20 Face 20 (508) 12 (305) 0.8125 (21)
Table A 21 Side 20 (508) 12 (305) 0.8125 (21)
Selection Guide: Nominal “A” 22 Face 20 (508) 12 (305) 0.9375 (24)
Typical Line Catalog Polymer Length
Voltage, kV(1) Numbers(2) Length Inches 23 Side 20 (508) 12 (305) 0.9375 (24)
69 110 132 161 Inches (mm) 24 Face 31.75 (806) 16 (406) 0.8125 (21)
P250024S2XX0 024 34.7 (881) 25 Side 31.75 (806) 16 (406) 0.8125 (21)
P250026S2XX0 026 37.1 (942) 26 Face 31.75 (806) 16 (406) 0.9375 (24)
P250031S2XX0 031 42 (1067) 27 Side 31.75 (806) 16 (406) 0.9375 (24)
P250036S2XX0 036 46.8 (1189)
(1) Insulators in Table A have the same electrical and
P250043S2XX0 043 54.1 (1374) mechanical characteristics as those on page 238 with a
P250048S2XX0 048 58.9 (1496) vertical clamptop on the line end and a 5" bolt circle on
the ground end.
P250053S2XX0 053 63.6 (1615)
(2) According to your preferred mounting configuration,
P250058S2XX0 058 68.4 (1737) replace the “xx” in catalog number from Table A with
the two-digit “xx” code from Table B.
P250060S2XX0 060 70.7 (1796)

Page 240 | August 2013


Base Fittings for 2.5" (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter

Aluminum &
G
I
Steel Gain

H 14’’ 8’’ Diameter


A B Diameter (203 mm)
(356 mm)
7’’ Diameter
(178 mm)

Quadri*Sil®
3.38’’ (86 mm)

F J 4.44’’ (113 mm)


D

Aluminum &
Steel Flat
I G

H
A B

F C
D

Page 241 | August 2013


Base Fittings for 2.5” (63.5 mm) Rod Diameter
Horizontal and Vertical Bases — Inches (mm)
Type Code) A B C D E F G H I J K Material
5" Bolt Circle 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 — — — 0.69 — — 60-40-18 D.I.
(15) (121) (159) (92) (23) (127) (18)
5" Bolt Circle 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 — — — 5/8 - 11 — — 60-40-18 D.I.
(05) (121) (159) (92) (23) (127) UFS
Aluminum Gain 12.0 14.0 8.06 6.13 5.56 0.5 0.94 0.94 X
(02) (305) (356) — (205) (156) (141) (13) 12º (24) 1.31 — 6063 T5 AL
(24x33)
Aluminum Gain 12.0 14.0 — 8.06 6.13 5.56 0.5 12º 0.81 0.94 X 1.31 — 6063 T5 AL
(12) (305) (356) (205) (156) (141) (13) (21) (24x33)
Steel Gain 12.0 15.0 8.33 6.5 6.04 0.38 0.94 0.94 X 2.0
(07) (305) (381) — (212) (165) (153) (10) 12º (24) (24x51) — Low Carbon Steel

Aluminum Flat 10.0 12.0 8.0 10.0 5.0 4.0 0.5 0.94
Quadri*Sil®

(03) (254) (305) (203) (254) (127) (102) (13) 12º (24) — — 6063 T5 AL
Aluminum Flat 10.0 12.0 8.0 10.0 5.0 4.0 0.5 12º 0.81 — — 6063 T5 AL
(13) (254) (305) (203) (254) (127) (102) (13) (21)
Steel Flat 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.38 1.125 X 0.94 X 2.0 12.0
(08) (330) (381) (203) (254) (165) (102) (10) 12º 0.94 (24x51) (305) Low Carbon Steel
(26x24)
Aluminum Flat 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12º 0.94 0.94 X 1.31 12.0 6063 T5 AL
(04) (330) (381) (203) (254) (165) (102) (13) (24) (24x33) (305)
Aluminum Flat 13.0 15.0 8.0 10.0 6.5 4.0 0.5 12º 0.81 0.81 X 1.31 12.0 6063 T5 AL
(14) (330) (381) (203) (254) (165) (102) (13) (21) (21x33) (305)

Page 242 | August 2013


Line Fittings
2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter

Two Hole Blade


I

F
B
E
L G

L is outer radius J

Quadri*Sil®
M is inner radius
M
A
D

Horizontal Clamptop
A
E I
F

C
J

Traverse Compressing Swing Angle


for Conductor Suspension Clamp

2 Hole Blade (Std) 2 Hole Long Blade


40° Maximum 64° Maximum

NOTE: 12º upsweep is already included.

Page 243 | August 2013


Line Fittings
2.5" (63.5mm) Rod Diameter
5" Bolt Circle Vertical Clamptop
Line or Base Fitting Part per ANSI C29.7

B
I

D C
I

E
F

C
Quadri*Sil®

D
B
E

Horizontal and Vertical End Fittings — Inches (mm)


Type (Code) A B C D E F G H I J L M Material

2 Hole Blade 5.73 4.0 — 0.75 5.25 1.25 1.50 2.00 1.0 1.44 0.5R 0.44R 60-40-18 D.I.
(146) (102) (19) (133) (32) (38) (51) (25) (37) (12.7R) (11R)

2 Hole Long 5.73 4.0 — 0.75 7.75 1.25 4.0 4.5 1.0 1.44 0.5R 0.44R 60-40-18 D.I.
Blade (146) (102) (19) (197) (32) (102) (114) (25) (37) (12.7R) (11R)

H. Clamptop 8.24 4.0 3.30 1.12 4.72 4.0 — — 5/8 - 11 UFS 0.75 — — 60-40-18 D.I.
(1) (209) (102) (84) (28) (120) (102) (19)

5" Bolt Circle 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 — — — 5/8 - 11 UFS — — — 60-40-18 D.I.
(3) (121) (159) (92) (23) (127)

5" Bolt Circle 4.75 6.25 3.63 0.90 5.0 — — — 0.69 x Holes — — — 60-40-18 D.I.
(121) (159) (92) (23) (127) (18 x Holes)

V. Clamptop 5.88 4.0 3.30 1.12 5.37 4.0 1.06 — 5/8 - 11 UFS — — — 60-40-18 D.I.
(2) (149) (102) (84) (28) (136) (102) (27)

Page 244 | August 2013


Clamptop Clamps

3.875’’
(98 mm)

15º

5.25’’
(133 mm)

20º

Quadri*Sil®
0.594’’ Diameter
(15 mm)
Figure 1

PRODUCTS
3.875’’
(98 mm)

15º

5.25’’
(133 mm)

20º
0.594’’ Diameter
(15 mm)
Figure 2

Figure Catalog Body and Keeper Clamping Range Ultimate Body


Number Number Material Inches (mm) Strength lb (kN)
1 TSC57 356-T6 AL 0.25 - 0.57 (6.3 - 14.4) 2800 (1.273)
1 TSC106 356-T6 AL 0.50 - 1.06 (12.7 - 26.9) 2800 (1.273)
1 TSC150 356-T6 AL 1.00 - 1.50 (25.4 - 38.1) 2800 (1.273)
2 TSC200 356-T6 AL 1.50 - 2.00 (38.1 - 50.8) 2800 (1.273)

Page 245 | August 2013


Braced Line Post Assemblies

The need to minimize tower size and visual impact of transmission lines has prompted increased interest
in braced line posts, horizontal-V, and pivoting V assemblies. These insulating structures offer vastly
improved vertical load capabilities over conventional line posts, while retaining the advantages of a fixed
conductor position.

A braced line post insulator uses a conventional line post


with a suspension string tied to the tower face. Some of the
characteristics of a braced line post are:

• It uses a traditional fixed base line post.

• The longitudinal strength is limited to the RCL rating of


the line post component.

• It generates high tower torque (Z-direction) under


Quadri*Sil®

longitudinal loading.

A horizontal-V insulator uses a conventional line post with a suspension string at a fixed offset extending
from the tower face, adding a stabilizing force to the assembly. Some of the characteristics of a
horizontal-V assembly are:

• It uses a fixed base horizontal line post (zero degree upsweep).

• It has an inclined hinge axis to add resistance to longitudinal movement.

• It employs a suspension insulator ground end stub arm (vang).

• The longitudinal strength is limited to the RCL rating of the line post component.

• It generates high tower torque (Z-direction) under longitudinal loading.

A pivoting horizontal-V insulator uses a conventional suspension string with a line post insulator fastened
to the structure with a hinged base. Some of the characteristics of a pivoting horizontal-V are:

• It pivots about an inclined axis.

• It employs a suspension insulator ground end stub arm (vang).

• It uses a universal joint or pivot base on the strut.

• It has high longitudinal strength.

• It generates low tower torque (Z-direction) under


longitudinal loading.

• The assembly’s swing angle is a function of the vertical load


and the tower offset pivot angle.

• The assembly’s maximum longitudinal loading is a function of


the tensile rating of the strut.

The tables included on the following pages, and the images on the
assembly drawings page, cover typical arrangements that provide
an efficient means of withstanding unusual loads. For more
information on these and numerous other variations of line post
assemblies, contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative.

Page 246 | August 2013


Assembly Drawings

AS-50 ’
5’ )
Braced Line Post Horizontal-V
3. mm
9
(8 Supplied by Customer
AS-50
X ’’
3.5 mm)
(89
X
D
B

D
C B
C
APPROX 62º
9 ’’
)
m
APPROX 50º
(8 3.5
m

Quadri*Sil®
AS-50

3.5’’
(89 mm)
12º AS-50

A A

Pivoting Base Mounting


8.0’’
Pivoting Horizontal-V
2.75’’ (203 mm)
(70 mm) 3.5’’ (89 mm)
AS-50

8.0’’
(203 mm) X

2.75’’ D
0.81’’ Diameter B
(70 mm) (21 mm)
C
Gain Base Mounting APPROX 50º
12.0’’
(305 mm)

8.06’’
(205 mm)
3.5’’ (89 mm)
AS-50

0.94’’ 1.31’’
(24 mm) (33 mm) A

4.0’’
Flat Base Mounting
(102 mm) 10’’
(254 mm)
0.94’’ Diameter
(24 mm)
10.0’’
(254 mm) 8’’
(203 mm)

Page 247 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil®

Braced Line Post Assembly

Typical Catalog Catalog Component Insulators A B C D X Maximum Loadings


System Number Gain Number Flat Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
kV Base Base (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Vertical Tension Compression Longitudinal
Post Suspension lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
115/138 BLP043G12000 BLP043F12000 P250043S0XX0 S025060S0000 55.9 73.8 74.0 80.8 2.0 (51) 11130 (49.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1625 (7.2)
(1420) (1875) (1880) (2052)
58.2 80.3 82.0 87.3
Dimensions and Strength Ratings

115/138 BLP046G12000 BLP046F12000 P250046S0XX0 S025066S0000 (1478) (2040) (2083) (2217) 2.0 (51) 11350 (50.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1550 (6.9)

161 BLP051G12000 BLP051F12000 P250051S0XX0 S025075S0000 63.0 88.9 90.0 95.9 2.0 (51) 11390 (50.7) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1415 (6.3)
(1600) (2258) (2286) (2436)
161 BLP058G12000 BLP058F12000 P250058S0XX0 S025084S0000 70.1 97.5 96.0 104.5 2.0 (51) 11240 (50) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1250 (5.6)
(1781) (2477) (2438) (2654)
230 BLP075G12000 BLP075F12000 P250075S0XX0 S025107S000A 86.6 121.3 118.0 128.3 2.0 (51) 11220 (49.9) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 985 (4.4)
(2200) (3081) (2997) (3259)
230 BLP080G12000 BLP080F12000 P250080S0XX0 S025116S000A 91.4 129.9 127.0 136.9 2.0 (51) 11260 (50.2) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 930 (4.1)
(2322) (3299) (3226) (3477)

Page 248 | August 2013


Page 249 | August 2013
Horizontal-V Assembly

Typical Catalog Catalog Component Insulators A B C D X Maximum Loadings


System Number Gain Number Flat Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
kV Base Base (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Vertical Tension Compression Longitudinal
Post Suspension lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
115/138 BLP041G00000 BLP041F00000 P250041S0XX0 S025040S0000 54.7 54.3 51.0 61.3 18.0 10050 (44.7) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1715 (7.6)
(1389) (1379) (1295) (1557) (457)
Dimensions and Strength Ratings

115/138 BLP046G00000 BLP046F00000 P250046S0XX0 S025045S0000 59.5 58.7 55.0 65.7 20.0 10070 (44.8) 7500 (33.4 7500 (33.4) 1550 (6.9)
(1511) (1491) (1397) (1669) (508)
161 BLP053G00000 BLP053F00000 P250053S0XX0 S025053S0000 66.8 67.3 61.0 74.3 22.0 10000 (44.5) 7500 (33.4 7500 (33.4) 1355 (6.0)
(1697) (1709) (1549) (1887) (559)
161 BLP055G00000 BLP055F00000 P250055S0XX0 S025058S0000 69.2 71.6 66.0 78.6 24.0 10240 (45.5) 7500 (33.4 7500 (33.4) 1300 (5.8)
(1758) (1819) (1676) (1996) (610)
230 BLP072G00000 BLP072F00000 P250072S0XX0 S025075S000A 86.1 88.9 79.0 95.9 28.0 10010 (44.5) 7500 (33.4 7500 (33.4) 1015 (4.5)
(2187) (2258) (2007) (2436) (711)
230 BLP080G00000 BLP080F00000 P250080S0XX0 S025084S000A 93.4 97.5 85.0 104.5 30.0 9960 (44.3) 7500 (33.4 7500 (33.4) 930 (4.1)
(2372) (2477) (2159) (2654) (762)

Quadri*Sil®
Quadri*Sil®

PRODUCTS

Pivoting Horizontal-V Assembly

Typical Catalog Catalog Component Insulators A B C D X Maximum Loadings


System Number Gain Number Flat Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
kV Base Base (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Vertical Tension Compression Longitudinal
Post Suspension lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
115/138 __ BLP041P00000 P250041S0390 S025043S0000 53.1 52.2 50.0 59.2 18.0 (457) 10140 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
(1349) (1326) (1270) (1504)
57.9 58.7 56.0 65.7
Dimensions and Strength Ratings

115/138 __ BLP048P00000 P250048S0390 S025049S0000 (1471) (1491) (1422) (1669) 20.0 (508) 10270 (45.7) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)

161 __ BLP053P00000 P250053S0390 S025051S0000 65.2 65.1 60.0 72.1 22.0 (559) 10070 (44.8) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
(1656) (1654) (1524) (1831)
161 __ BLP055P00000 P250055S0390 S025056S0000 67.6 69.5 65.0 76.5 24.0 (610) 10310 (45.9) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
(1717) (1765) (1651) (1943)
230 __ BLP072P00000 P250070S0390 S025075S000A 84.5 88.9 81.0 95.9 28.0 (711) 10150 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
(2146) (2258) (2057) (2436)
230 __ BLP080P00000 P250080S0390 S025081S000A 91.8 95.4 84.0 102.4 30.0 (762) 10150 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
(2332) (2423) (2134) (2601)

Page 250 | August 2013


Catalog Number Key

a Assembly Type e Internal Use

The first three digits define the insulator type. In this 000 - Sequential number to address each variation or
example, we picked a Braced Line Post; therefore, we model.
entered “BLP” in the boxes designated “A”.
Fill in your selection in the box designated for section
“e”. In this example, the braced line post is the first
B L P in a series designated by “001”.
a a a b b b c d d e e e
B L P 0 7 5 F 1 2 0 0 1
b a a a b b b c d d e e e
Polymer Length
Your complete part number
Polymer length of the line post member (inches). The will be BLP075F12001
nominal polymer length (inches) of the line post insulator

Quadri*Sil®
is specified to help define voltage rating of the braced line
post assembly. Refer to the Horizntal Line Post Insulators
table on page 235 for appropriate polymer lengths. Example
Fill your selection in the boxes designated for section b.
For example, if you want a Braced Line Post with a 75-
inch polymer length, enter “075”. Braced Line Post Insulator, 75" Line Post Polymer
Length, Flat Base, 12º of Upsweep Angle,
Variation/Model 001 BLP075F12001
B L P 0 7 5
a a a b b b c d d e e e

c Type of Line Post Base

A single letter is used to identify the type of base. Refer


to the base drawings for hole patterns and dimensions
located on page 241 or page 247.
F - Flat
G - Gain
P - Pivoting
Fill in your selection in the box designated section “c”.
For example if you want a flat base, enter “F”.

B L P 0 7 5 F
a a a b b b c d d e e e

d Upsweep Angle

The upsweep angle of the assembly is defined to help


identify the assembly.
Typical braced line post assemblies will have 12º of
upsweep angle, and horizontal-V and pivoting-V
assemblies will have 0º.
Fill in your selection in the box designated for section “d”
for the upsweep angle. For example, if you choose a
braced line post assembly, enter “12”.

B L P 0 7 5 F 1 2
a a a b b b c d d e e e

Page 251 | August 2013


Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

innovation
Utility Helical Anchors, Foundations & Installing Tools
for Transmission & Substations
Warranty - Material

The Chance Company warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined
in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's
exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory,
at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to
the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR
OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY
SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any
consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

to the first Buyer of a product from


the Company, from the Company's
distributor, or from an original
equipment manufacturer reselling
the Company's product, and is non-
assignable and non-transferable
and shall be of no force and effect
if asserted by any person other than
such first Buyer. This warranty applies
only to the use of the product as
intended by Seller and does not
cover any misapplication or misuse
of said product.
Warranty - Application

The Chance Company does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system
performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies
regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free
of charge.

Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser.
In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by The Chance Company, its
liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

For applications or instruction please see our Encyclopedia of Anchoring at


hubbellpowersystems.com/literature/encyclopedia-anchoring/

NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right
to change design and specifications without notice.

©
Copyright 2012 Hubbell Incorporated, 210 North Allen Street, Centralia, MO 65240 USA
hubbellpowersystems.com   Email: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com

Page 254 | August 2013


Chance® Helical Anchors/Piles
Introduction
A helical anchor/pile is a segmented deep foundation system with helical bearing
plates welded to a central steel shaft. Load is transferred from the shaft to the soil
through these bearing plates. Central steel shafts are available in either Type SS
(Square Shaft) series or Type RS (Round Shaft) series. The Type SS series are available
in 11/2" to 21/4" square sizes. The Type RS series are available in 227/8" to 85/8" diameter
sizes. Type SS-RS combinations are also available for compression applications in soil
conditions where dense/hard soils must be penetrated with softer/loose soils above
the bearing strata. The Helical Pulldown Micropile series is also used in applications
similar to those requiring the use of the Type SS-RS combinations.

Segments or sections are joined with bolted couplings. Installation depth is limited only
by soil density and practicality based on economics. A helical bearing plate or helix is

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


one pitch of a screw thread. All helices, regardless of their diameter, have a standard
3" pitch. Being a true helical shape, the helices do not auger into the soil but rather
screw into it with minimal soil disturbance. Helical plates are spaced at distances
far enough apart that they function independently as individual bearing elements;
consequently, the capacity of a particular helix on a helical anchor/pile shaft is not
influenced by the helix above or below it.

Lead Section and Extensions


The first section or lead section contains the
Standard Helix Sizes — Table 1
helical plates. This lead section can consist of Lead Section and Extensions
a single helix or up to four helices. Additional
helices can be added, if required, with the use of Diameter Area
helical extensions. Standard helix sizes are shown Inches (cm) ft 2 (m 2)
in Table 1. The helices are arranged on the shaft 6 (15) 0.185 (0.0172)
such that their diameters increase as they get
8 (20) 0.336 (0.0312)
farther from the pilot point. The practical limits
on the number of helices per anchor/pile is four 10 (25) 0.531 (0.0493)
to five if placed in a cohesive soil and six if placed 12 (30) 0.771 (0.0716)
in a cohesionless or granular soil. 14 (35) 1.049 (0.0974)
Plain extensions are then added in standard 16 (40) 1.385 (0.1286)
lengths of 3, 5, 7 and 10 feet until the lead
section penetrates into the bearing strata.
Standard helix configurations are provided in
the product series tables in this section. Note
that lead time will be significantly reduced if a
standard helix configuration is selected.

Page 255 | August 2013


Chance® Helical Round Corner Square Shaft Products
Chance Square Shaft (SS) Helical Product Ratings — Table 2

Uplift/Compression
Torque Rating Ultimate Tension Strength(1)
Product Series Capacity Limit(2)
ft-lbs (Nm) kip (kN) kip (kN)

SS5 5,500 (7 500) 70 (312) 55 (245)


SS150 7,000 (9 500) 70 (312) 70 (312)
SS175 11,000 (14 900) 100 (445) 110 (489)
SS200 16,000 (21 700) 150 (668) 150 (668)(3)
SS225 23,000 (31 200) 200 (890) 200 (890)(3)
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

(1) Based on Mechanical Strength of Coupling


(2) Based on Torque Rating – Uplift/Compression Capacity Limit = Torque Rating x Kt.
“Default” Kt for Type SS = 10 ft-1 (33 m-1)
(3) Based on Mechanical Strength of Coupling Bolt
Higher Compression Capacities Available with Helical Pulldown Micropile

Chance Square Shaft Helical Cross Sections — Figure 1

1.25 1.50 1.75


Y
Y XY
Y XY
XY

X X X X X X

1.56
1.91
XY Y 2.27
XY Y
XY Y

2.25
2.00
Y
Y XY
XY

X X X X

2.57
XY 2.93
Y
XY Y

Page 256 | August 2013


Chance® Square Shaft
Chance Square Shaft (SS) Helical Section Properties — Table 3
Moment of Section Modulus
Shaft Size Wall Metal Area Perimeter Inertia Inches 3 (cm 3 )
Product Series Inches (mm) Thickness Inches 2 (cm 2 ) Inches (cm) Inches 4 (cm 4 )
Ix-x, Iy-y, Ix-y Sx-x Sy-y Sx-y
SS5 1.5 (38) solid 2.2 (14.2) 5.6 (14.2) 0.40 (16.5) 0.53 (8.7) 0.42 (6.9)
SS150 1.5 (38) solid 2.2 (14.2) 5.6 (14.2) 0.40 (16.5) 0.53 (8.7) 0.42 (6.9)
SS175 1.75 (44) solid 3.1 (19.4) 6.6 (16.7) 0.75 (31.1) 0.85 (13.9) 0.66 (10.8)
SS200 2 (51) solid 3.9 (25.3) 7.5 (18.9) 1.26 (52.4) 1.26 (20.6) 0.98 (16.1)
SS225 2.25 (57) solid 5.0 (32.1) 8.5 (21.5) 2.04 (84.9) 1.81 (29.7) 1.40 (22.9)

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


Chance Square Shaft (SS) Helix Thickness and Mechanical Strength — Table 4
Default (Standard) Options
Mechanical Mechanical
Helix Grade Thickness Helix Grade Thickness
Product Series Strength Strength
ksi (mPa) Inches (mm) ksi (mPa) Inches (mm)
kip (kN) kip (kN)
50 (345) ½ (13) 45 (200)
SS5 50 (345) 3/8 (9.5) 40 (178) 80 (552) 3/8 (9.5) 40 (178)
80 (552) ½ (13) 50 (222)
SS150 80 (552) 3/8 (9.5) 40 (178) 50 (345) ½ (13) 45 (200)
SS175 80 (552) 3/8 (9.5) 50 (222) 80 (552) ½ (13) 60 (267)
SS200 80 (552) ½ (13) 60 (267) — — —
SS225 80 (552) ½ (13) 60 (267) — — —

PRODUCTS
NOTE: The mechanical strength ratings in Table 4 are minimum values. The helix diameter, grade, and thickness along with
the shaft series to which an individual helix is connected effect the mechanical strength rating of a helix. A higher
mechanical strength rating of an individual helix is possible depending on the combination of these variables.

Page 257 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 1 ½" Round Corner Square Shaft Products
Type SS5 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Plate Diameter
Catalog Number Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(1) lb

T1100676 6 8 — — 3 29.7 50 50
012642AE 8 10 — — 3 32.7 39 50
012642AEJ 8 10 12 — 5.5 60.2 67 50
012642AEJN 8 10 12 14 10 116.9 109 50
T1100677 10 — — — 7 76.2 62 50
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

012642EJ 10 12 — — 3.5 38.9 55 50


012642EJN 10 12 14 — 7 76.2 63 50
012642EJNS 10 12 14 14 10.5 116.9 131 50

(1) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations — Plain Extension


Plate Diameter Effective
Catalog Number Nominal Weight
Length Helix Grade Coating
(See NOTE Page 262) A B Length ft lb
Inches(1)
12655 — — 3.5 37.4 28 — GALV
12656 — — 5 57.2 40 — GALV
12657 — — 7 80.2 57 — GALV
12658 — — 10 119.7 78 — GALV
12655J 12 — 5 57.2 54 50 GALV
12656N 14 — 5 57.2 60 50 GALV

(1) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.

Extension with Helical Plate Plain Extension

A Dia

Page 258 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 1 ½" Round Corner Square Shaft Products
Type SS150 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Number Plate Diameter Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(1) lb
T1100513 6 8 10 — 5 57.2 58 36
C1100385 8 10 — — 3 29.7 39 80
C1100386 8 10 12 — 5 60.2 70 80
T1100521 8 10 12 14 10 116.9 127 80
T1100631 10 12 14 — 7 76.2 96 80
C1100504 14 14 14 — 10 116.9 135 80

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


(1) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Number Plate Diameter Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C Length ft Length Inches(1) lb
C1100388 — — — 3.5 37.4 27 — 
C1100470 — — — 5 57.2 41 —
C1100389 — — — 7 80.2 54 —
C1100440 — — — 10 127.2 81 —
C1100471 14 — — 4 44.9 28 80
C1100454 14 14 — 7 80.2 93 80
C1100475 14 14 14 10 122.2 142 80

(1) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia

Extension with Helical Plate Plain Extension

Page 259 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 1 ¾" Round Corner Square Shaft Products
Type SS175 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Number Plate Diameter Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(1) lb
C1100227 8 10 — — 3.5 30.1 51 80
C1100235 8 10 12 — 5 57.8 82 80
C1100884 10 12 — — 5 57.8 80 80
C1100505 14 14 14 — 10 122.3 158 80
T1100730 14 14 — — 7 76.3 114 80
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

(1) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Number Plate Diameter Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C Length ft Length Inches(1) lb
C1100136 — — — 3.5 36.8 35 — 
C1100137 — — — 5 58.3 56 —
C1100138 — — — 7 79.8 76 —
C1100140 — — — 10 123.1 112 —
C1100472 14 — — 4 45.6 66 80
C1100450 14 14 — 7 79.8 116 80
C1100476 14 14 14 10 123.1 168 80

(1) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia

Extension with Helical Plate Plain Extension

Page 260 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 2" Round Corner Square Shaft Products
Type SS200 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Number Plate Diameter(1) Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(2) lb
C1100569 6T 8T 10T — 5 59.2 97 80
C1100571 6T 8T 10T 12T 7 78.9 136 80
C1100570 8T 10T 12T — 5 59.2 120 80
C1100573 8T 10T 12T 14T 10 125.2 213 80
C1100572 14T 14T 14T — 10 125.2 228 80

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1/2" thick helix.
(2) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Number Plate Diameter(1) Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 262) A B C Length ft Length Inches(2) lb
C1100563 —  —  —  3 36.6 50 — 
C1100564 — — — 5 58.6 75 —
C1100565 — — — 7 80.1 100 —
C1100566 — — — 10 123.2 150 —
C1100577 14T — — 3 45.6 78 80
C1100581 14T 14T — 7 80.1 152 80
C1100586 14T 14T 14T 10 123.1 225 80

(1)“T” after plate diameter means 1/2" thick helix.


(2) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia

Extension with Helical Plate Plain Extension

Page 261 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 2 ¼" Round Corner Square Shaft Products
Type SS225 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Number Plate Diameter(1) Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Below) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(2) lb
C1100543 6T 8T 10T — 5 52.3 108 80
C1100544 8T 10T 12T — 7 72.5 146 80
C1100591 8T 10T 12T 14T 10 112.8 142 80
C1100545 14T 14T 14T — 10 142.8 250 80

(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1/2" thick helix.


Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

(2) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Number Plate Diameter(1) Nominal Effective Weight Helix Grade
(See NOTE Below) A B C Length ft Length Inches(2) lb
C1100646 — — — 5 52.1 88 —
C1100647 — -— — 7 72.1 116 —
C1100650 14T — — 5 52.1 79 80
C1100652 14T 14T — 7 72.1 170 80
PRODUCTS

(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1/2” thick helix.


(2) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.

A Dia B Dia

Extension with Helical Plate Plain Extension

NOTE: Included Connection Hardware:


SS5 and SS150 1½” Material: ¾” diameter bolt per ASTM A325 Type 1 and nut.
SS175 1¾” Material: 7⁄8” diameter bolt per ASTM A193 Grade B7 and nut.
SS200 2” Material: 11⁄8” diameter bolt per ASTM A193 Grade B7and nut.
SS225 2¼" Material: 1¼" diameter bolt per ASTM A193 Grade B7 and nut.
All helices are spaced 3 times the diameter of the preceding helix unless otherwise specified by the customer.

The standard helix has a sharpened leading edge. All products are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153.

Page 262 | August 2013


Chance® Helical Round Corner Square Shaft
Termination Adapters

1 1/2” to 2 1/4” Square Bar Products

L3

L3 L3 L3 L3
L3

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


Socket Clevisc Socket Socket Clevisc Socket Clevisc

THIMBLEYE® TWINEYE® TRIPLEYE® Ovaleye Threaded


Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter

Chain TRIPLEYE®
Shackle Chain Shackle

Termination Adapters — Hot-Dip Galvanized


SS 5 / SS 150 SS 175 SS 220 SS 225
Description
Cat No Notes L 3
Cat No Notes L3
Cat No Notes L3
Cat No Notes L3
Thimbleye Adapter C1020023 — 17" T1100311(3) — 17" T1100312(3) — 17" — — —
Twineye Adapter C1020024 — 17" T1100964 (3)
— — — — — — — —
Tripleye Adapter C1020025 — 17" T1100465 (3)
— 17" T1100629 c
— — — — —
Ovaleye Adapter C1100041 — 17" — — — — — — — — —
Threaded Adapter C1100026 L =13½
5
20" 1100352 (1) (3)
L =36"
5
48" — — — — — —
Chain Shackle C1100574 (2)
L =1 ½
4
51⁄8" T1100134 L =1 ⁄16"
4 13
6⁄"
58
C1100557 L =2 ⁄ "
4 14
8⁄"
14
C1100558 L =2 ⁄ "
4 38
9"

(1) T1100352 includes two nuts


(2) Tripleye shackle
(3) Clevis fitting. Others have socket fitting.

Page 263 | August 2013


Helical Pulldown® Micropiles

The Helical Pulldown Micropile is a method used to form a grout column around the shaft of a
standard helical anchor/pile. The installation process can employ grout only (see Figure 2) or grout in
combination with either steel or PVC casing (see Figure 3).

To begin the process, a helical anchor/pile is placed into the soil by applying torque to the shaft. The
helical shape of the bearing plates creates a significant downward force that keeps the foundation
advancing into the soil. After the Lead Section with the helical plates penetrates the soil, a Lead
Displacement Plate and Extension are placed onto the shaft. Resuming torque on the assembly
advances the helical plates and pulls the displacement plate downward, forcing soil outward to create
a cylindrical void around the shaft. From a reservoir at the surface, a flowable grout immediately
fills this void surrounding the shaft. Additional extensions and displacement plates are added until
the helical bearing plates reach the minimum depth required or competent load-bearing soil. This
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

displacement pile system does not require removing spoils from the site.

Uncased Helical Pulldown Micropile Cased Helical Pulldown Micropile


Figure 2 Figure 3

Grout
Reservoir

Neat Cement Grout


(Very Flowble) Standard Square Shaft
(SS) Extension

Extension Cased Extension


Displacement Displacement Plate
Plate
Steel Casing
4’ SCH 40 Steel Pipe
Standard Square Shaft
(SS) Extension Cased Lead
Displacement Plate
Lead Displacement Plate
Thin Wall Steel Pipe

Standard Lead Section Standard Lead Section

Page 264 | August 2013


Displacement Plates for Cased Grout Columns

Lead Displacement Plates Extension Displacement Plates


Plate Casing Plate Casing
Catalog Product Catalog Product
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Number Series Number Series
Inches Inches Inches Inches

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


T1100911 5 4 SS5 / SS150 T1100913 5 4 SS5 / SS150
C1100912 7 6 SS175 C1100914 7 6 SS175

Displacement Plates for Uncased Grout Columns

Lead Displacement Plates Extension Displacement Plates


Catalog Plate Diameter Product Catalog Plate Diameter Helical
Number Inches Series Number Inches Connection
T1100915 5 SS5 / SS150 T1100917 5 SS5 / SS150
C1100916 5 SS175 C1100918 5 SS175

Chance® Helical Round-Cornered Square Shaft Leads


used with Helical Pulldown® Micropile(1)

Common Lead Configurations


Catalog Helix Plate Diameter Inches Nominal Effective Weight Helix
Type Number A B C D Length ft Length Inches lb Grade
SS5 C1100921 8 10 12 — 7 76.2 79 50
SS175 C1100922 8 10 12 — 7 76.2 100 50

(1) Helical Pulldown Micropiles use Standard Extensions.

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Page 265 | August 2013


Helical Round Shaft Foundations
Catalog Numbering System
NOTICE: Chance® can custom design a helical foundation for given loads and soil conditions, and is not limited to the options
shown below. For more information, please contact your Hubbell Power Systems representative.

C R S X X X X X X X X X X X X

Position 4: Position 5: Position 6,7,8 & 9: Position 10 & 11:


Helix Diameter Length
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

Type Pipe Diameter x Wall


L = Lead Section Thickness A = 8” 03 = 3.5’
E = Extension Section  A = 2.875” O.D. x .203” B = 10” 05 = 5’
B = Baseplate Foundation  B = 2.875” O.D. x .276” C = 12” 07 = 7’
T = Baseplate Foundation  C = 3.5” O.D. x .300” D = 14” 10 = 10’
Extension  D = 4.5” O.D. x .337” E = 16”
 E = 6.625” O.D. x .280”  F = None
 F = 8.625” O.D. x .25”
 G = 10.75” O.D. x .25”

Position 12: Position 13 & 14: Position 15:


Baseplate Type Bolt Circle Maximum Bolt Diameter
Blank = No Baseplate Blank = No Baseplate Blank = No Baseplate
 A = Square & Slotted 06 = 6” A = 1/2”
 B = Square & Drilled 08 = 8” B = 3/4”
 C = Round & Slotted 10 = 10” C = 1”
 D = Round & Drilled 12 = 12”
14 = 14”

Note: All catalog number combinations are subject to factory approval.Baseplate models do not include bolts and nuts.
Torque ratings may be limited by baseplate design. Example: CRSBECFFF10B08B = baseplate foundation with helix: on pipe
shaft of 6.625" diameter with .280" wall thickness; 1 helix of 12" diameter; 10 feet long; square & drilled baseplate with 8"
maximum bolt circle for use with ¾"bolts.

Page 266 | August 2013


Chance® Helical Round Shaft Products

Chance Round Shaft (RS) Helical Product Ratings — Table 5


Uplift/Compression
Torque Rating Ultimate Tension Strength(1)
Product Series Capacity Limit(2)
ft-lb (Nm) kip (kN) kip (kN)
RS2875.203 5,500 (7 500) 60 (267) 49.5 (220)
RS2875.276 8,000 (10 846) 90 (400) 72 (320)
RS3500.300 13,000 (17 600) 120 (534) 91 (405)
RS4500.337 23,000 (31 200) 140 (623) 138 (614)

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


RS6625.280 40,000 (54 233) 200 (890) 200 (890)
RS8625.250 60,000 (81 349) 300 (1 334) 300 (1 334)

(1) Based on mechanical strength of coupling


(2) Based on torque rating – uplift/compression capacity limit = torque rating x Kt
“Default” Kt for Type RS2875 Series = 9 ft-1 (30 m-1); for Type RS3500.300 = 7 ft-1 (23 m-1);
for Type RS4500.337 = 6 ft-1 (20 m-1);
for Type RS6225.280 = 5 ft-1 (13 m-1);
for Type RS8624.250 = 4 ft-1 (13 m-1);

Chance Round Shaft Helical Cross Sections — Figure 4


2.88 2.88 3.50 4.50
0.20 0.28 0.30 0.34
Y
Y
Y Y

X X X X X X X X

Y Y
Y
Y
8.63 6.63
Y
0.25 0.28
Y

X X X X

Page 267 | August 2013


Chance® Helical Round Shaft Products
Chance Round Shaft (RS) Helical Section Properties — Table 6
Moment of Section Modulus
Product Shaft Size Wall Thickness Metal Area Perimeter Inertia Inches3 (cm3)
Series Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches2 (cm2) Inches (cm) Inches 4 (cm 4 )
Ix-x, Iy-y, Ix-y Sx-x Sy-y Sx-y
RS2875.203 2.875 (73) 0.203 (5.2) 1.7 (11.0) 9.0 (22.9) 1.53 (63.7) 1.06 (17.4) 1.06 (17.4)
RS2875.276 2.875 (73) 0.276 (7.0) 2.3 (14.8) 9.0 (22.9) 1.92 (79.4) 1.34 (22.0) 1.34 (22.0)
RS3500.300 3.5 (89) 0.300 (7.6) 3.0 (19.5) 11.0 (27.9) 3.89 (162) 2.23 (36.5) 2.23 (36.5)
RS4500.337 4.5 (114) 0.337 (8.6) 4.4 (28.4) 14.1 (35.9) 9.61 (400.0) 4.27 (70.0) 4.27 (70.0)
RS6625.280 6.625 (168) 0.28 (7) 5.58 (36.0) 20.8 (52.8) 28.1 (1,168) 8.5 (139) 8.5 (139)
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

RS8625.250 8.625 (219) 0.25 (6) 6.58 (42.5) 27.1 (68.8) 57.7 (2,400) 13.38 (219) 13.38 (219)

Chance Round Shaft (RS) Helix Thickness and Mechanical Strength — Table 7
Default (Standard) Options
Mechanical Mechanical
Helix Grade Thickness Helix Grade Thickness
Product Series Strength Strength
ksi (mPa) Inches (mm) ksi (mPa) Inches (mm)
kip (kN) kip (kN)
RS2875.203 50 (345) 3⁄8 (9.5) 40 (178) 50 (345) ½ (13) 50 (222)
RS2875.276 80 (552) 3⁄8 (9.5) 60 (267) 50 (345) ½ (13) 50 (222)
RS3500.300 50 (345) ½ (13) 60 (267) 50 (345) 3⁄8 (9.5) 50 (222)
RS4500.337 80 (552) ½ (13) 60 (267) 50 (345) ½ (13) 60 (267)
Note: The mechanical strength ratings in Table 7 are minimum values. The helix diameter, grade, and thickness along with
the shaft series to which an individual helix is connected effect the mechanical strength rating of a helix. A higher mechanical
strength rating of an individual helix is possible depending on the combination of these variables.

Page 268 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 2 7/8” Diameter Round Shaft Products
Type RS2875.203 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Plate Diameter
Catalog Number Nominal Effective Weight Helix
Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C D Length ft Length in(1) lb Edge(2)

CRSLAABFF05 8 10 — — 5 56.5 45 50 SLE


CRSLAABFF07 8 10 — — 7 78.3 57 50 SLE
CRSLAABCF05 8 10 12 5 56.5 53 50 SLE
CRSLABFFF05 10 — — — 5 56.5 40 50 SLE
CRSLABFFF07 10 — — — 7 76.3 48 50 SLE

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


CRSLABCFF05 10 12 — — 5 56.5 53 50 SLE
CRSLABCFF07 10 12 — — 7 76.3 60 50 SLE
CRSLABCDF07 10 12 14 — 7 76.3 78 50 SLE
CRSLABCDF10 10 12 14 — 10 188.3 122 50 SLE
CRSLACFFF05 12 — — — 5 56.5 46 50 SLE
CRSLACFFF07 12 — — — 7 76.3 54 50 SLE
CRSLADFFF07 14 — — — 7 76.3 57 50 SLE
CRSLADFFF10 14 — — — 10 118.3 100 50 SLE

(1) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.
(2) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge
A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Plate Diameter

PRODUCTS
Catalog Number Nominal Effective Weight Helix
Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C Length ft Length in(1) lb Edge(2)

CRSEAFFFF03 — — — 3.5 36.0 19 — —


CRSEAFFFF05 — — — 5 57.0 32 — —
CRSEAFFFF07 — — — 7 78.3 42 — —
CRSEAFFFF10 — — — 10 120 64 — —
CRSEADDFF07 14 14 — 7 78.0 75 50 SLE
CRSEADFFF05 14 — — 5 57.0 70 50 SLE

(1) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.


(2) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge

Extension with
Helical Plate A Dia B Dia Plain Extension

Page 269 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 2 7/8” Diameter Round Shaft Products
Type RS2875.276 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Plate Diameter Effective
Catalog Number Nominal Weight Helix
Length Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C D Length ft lb Edge(2)
Inches(1)
CRSLBBFFF07 10 — — — 7 76.3 68 80 SLE
CRSLBBFFF05 10 — — — 5 56.3 53 80 SLE
CRSLBBCFF05 10 12 — — 5 56.3 62 80 SLE
CRSLBABCF07 8 10 12 — 7 76.3 80 80 SLE
CRSLBBCDF07 10 12 14 — 7 76.3 92 80 SLE
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

CRSLBABCD10 8 10 12 14 10 118.3 123 80 SLE


CRSLBABFF05 8 10 — — 5 56.3 56 80 SLE
CRSLBBCFF07 10 12 — — 7 76.3 71 80 SLE
CRSLBBCDD10 10 12 14 14 10 118.3 135 80 SLE

(1) Effective length: from leading edge of bottom helix to center of bolt hole.
(2) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge

A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia

3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Plate Diameter Effective
Catalog Number Nominal Weight Helix
Length Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C Length ft lb Edge(2)
Inches(1)
CRSEBFFFF03 — — — 3 36.0 37 —   —
CRSEBFFFF05 — — — 5 57.0 52 —   —
CRSEBFFFF07 — — — 7 78.0 56 — —
CRSEBFFFF10 — — — 10 120.0 93 —  — 
CRSEBDFFF03 14 — — 3 36.0 52 50 SLE
CRSEBBFFF03 10 — — 3 36.0 44 50 SLE

(1) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.


(2) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge

Extension with Helical Plate Plain Extension

A Dia

Page 270 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 3 1/2” Diameter Round Shaft Products
Type RS3500.300 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Number Plate Diameter(1) Nominal Effective Weight Helix Helix
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(2) lb Grade Edge(3)
CRSLCABFF03 8T 10T — — 3 33.3 6 50 BLE
CRSLCABCD10 8T 10T 12T 14T 10 117.3 145 50 BLE
CRSLCABCF07 8T 10T 12T — 7 74.5 73 50 BLE
CRSLCBBFF07 10T 10T — — 7 74.5 78 50 BLE
CRSLCBCFF07 10T 12T — — 7 74.5 91 50 BLE

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


CRSLCBCFF05 10T 12T — — 5 41.3 65 50 BLE
CRSLCBCFF10 10T 12T — — 10 117.3 121 50 BLE
CRSLCBCDF07 10T 12T 14T — 7 74.5 106 50 BLE
CRSLCBCDD10 10T 12T 14T 14T 10 117.3 164 50 BLE
CRSLCCDFF05 12T 14T — -— 5 41.3 73 50 BLE
CRSLCCDDF10 12T 14T 14T — 10 117.3 158 50 BLE
CRSLCCDDD10 12T 14T 14T 14T 10 117.3 105 50 BLE

(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1⁄2”


thick helix. A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia
(2) Effective length: from leading edge of
bottom helix to center of bolt hole. 3” or 6”
(3) BLE = Blunt Leading Edge

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Number Plate Diameter (1)
Nominal Effective Weight Helix
Helix Grade
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C Length ft Length Inches(2) lb Edge(3)
CRSECFFFF05 — — — 5 56.0 60 —  —
CRSECFFFF07 — — — 7 77.0 77 —  —
CRSECFFFF10 — — — 10 119.0 115 — —
CRSECCDFF07 12T 14T — 7 77.0 105 50 BLE
CRSECDFFF03 14T — — 3 43.5 72 50 BLE
CRSECDDFF07 14T 14T — 7 77.0 114 50 BLE
CRSECDDDF10 14T 14T 14T 10 119.0 173 50 BLE

(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1⁄2” thick helix.


A
(2) Effective length:AfromDiabolt hole to bolt
Dia B Dia
B Diahole. CC Dia
Dia

(3) BLE = Blunt Leading Edge


Extension
Extension with
with Helical
Helical Plate
Plate Plain
Plain
Extension
Extension

Page 271 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 4 1/2” Diameter Round Shaft Products
Type RS4500.337 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Plate Diameter(1)
Catalog Number Nominal Effective Weight Helix Helix
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C D Length ft Length Inches(2) lb Grade Edge(3)

CRSLDAFFF07 8T — — — 7 74.5 112 80 SLE


CRSLDAFFF10 8T — — — 10 115.5 169.5 80 SLE
CRSLDAAFF10 8T 8T — — 10 115.5 171.5 80 SLE
CRSLDABCF07 8T 10T 12T — 7 74.5 136 80 SLE
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

CRSLDABBF07 8T 10T 10T — 7 74.5 134 80 SLE


CRSLDABCD10 8T 10T 12T 14T 10 115.5 208 80 SLE
CRSLDBCDD10 10T 12T 14T 14T 10 115.5 220 80 SLE
CRSLDBCDF10 10T 12T 14T — 10 115.5 200 80 SLE
CRSLDDFFF10 14T — — — 10 74.5 177 80 SLE

(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1⁄2”


thick helix.
A Dia B Dia C Dia D Dia
(2) Effective length: from leading edge of
bottom helix to center of bolt hole.
(3) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge 3” or 6”

Common Extension Configurations


Plate Diameter(1)
Catalog Number Nominal Effective Weight Helix Helix
(See NOTE Page 275) A B C D Length ft Length in(2) lb Grade Edge(3)

CRSEDFFFF03 — — — — 3.5 36.0 53 — —


CRSEDFFFF05 -— — — — 5 57.0 78 — —
CRSEDFFFF07 — — — — 7 78.0 105 — —
CRSEDFFFF10 — — — — 10 120.0 158 — —
CRSEDBCDD10 10T 12T 14T 14T 10 120.0 219 80 SLE
CRSEDCCDF07 12T 12T 14T — 7 78.0 150 80 SLE
CRSEDDFFF05 14T — — — 5 57.0 97 80 SLE
CRSEDDFFF07 14T — — — 7 78.0 124 80 SLE

Extension with
(1) “T” after plate diameter means 1⁄2” thick helix. Helical Plate A Dia B Dia C Dia P
(2) Effective length: from bolt hole to bolt hole.
(3) SLE = Sharpened Leading
Extension Edge
with
Helical Plate A Dia B Dia C Dia Plain Extension

Page 272 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 6 5/8” Diameter Round Shaft Products
Type RS6625.280 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Plate Diameter Nominal Weight Helix Helix
Number Description Coating
A B C D Length ft lb Grade Edge(1)
(See NOTE Page 275)

CRSLECFFF07 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 12 — — — 7 141 80 SLE Galv


(b) 12” X 7’, 6” Pipe

CRSLEDFFF15 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 14 — — — 15 297 80 SLE Galv


(b) 14” X 15’, 6” Pipe

CRSLEEFFF10 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 16 — — — 10 240 80 SLE Galv


(b)16” X 10’, 6” Pipe

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


C3031521 Anchor, Installing Tool, LDPP, 6” — — — — — — Painted

(1) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge

Extension with
Helical Plate A Dia B Dia C Dia Plain Exte

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Plate Diameter Nominal Weight
Number Description Coating
A B C D Length ft lb
(See NOTE Page 275)
CRSEEFFFF05 Anchor, Ext, LDPP, 5’, — — — — 5 95 Galv
6” Pipe, Galvanized
CRSEEFFFF07 Anchor, Ext LDPP, 7’, — — — — 7 132.9 Galv
6” Pipe, Galvanized
CRSEEFFFF10 Anchor, Ext, LDPP, — -— -— — 10 245 Galv
10’ x 6” Pipe, Galvanized

A Dia B Dia C Dia Plain Extension

Page 273 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 8 5/8” Diameter Round Shaft Products
Type RS8625.250 Series
Common Lead Configurations
Catalog Plate Diameter Nominal Weight Helix Helix
Number Description Coating
A B C D Length ft lb Grade Edge(1)
(See NOTE Page 275)

CRSLFBCDF10 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 10 12 14 — 10 266 80 SLE Galv


10” x 12” x 14”, 10’, 8”

CRSLFDFFF07 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 14 — — — 7 167 80 SLE Galv


(b) 14” x 7’, 8” Pipe

CRSLFEFFF15 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 16 — — — 15 356 80 SLE Galv


(b) 16” x 15’, 8” Pipe
Anchors, Foundations & Installing Tools

CRSLFEEEF10 Anchor, Lead, LDPP 16 16 16 — 10 255 80 SLE Galv


(3) 16” x 10’, 8” Pipe
(1) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge

Extension with
Helical Plate A Dia B Dia C Dia Plain Extension

Common Extension Configurations


Catalog Plate Diameter Nominal Weight Helix Helix
Number Description Coating
A B C D Length ft lb Grade Edge(1)
(See NOTE Page 275)

CRSEFEFFF10 Anchor, Ext, LDPP 16 — — — 10 233 80 SLE Galv


(b) 16” x 10’, 8” Pipe

CRSEFEEFF10 Anchor, Ext, LDPP 16 16 — — 10 369 80 SLE Galv


10’, 8” Pipe, Galvanized

CRSEFFFFF20 Anchor, Ext, LDPP — — — — 20 448 — — Galv


20’, 8” Pipe, Galvanized
Anchor, Ext,LDPP
PRODUCTS

CRSEFFFFF05 5’, 8” Pipe, Galvanized — — — — 5 117 — — Galv

CRSEFFFFF07 Anchor, Ext, LDPP — — — — 7 157 — — Galv


7’, 8” Pipe, Galvanized

C3031508 Anchor, Installing Tool, LDPP 8” — — — — 96 — — Painted

(1) SLE = Sharpened Leading Edge

B Dia C Dia Plain Extension

Page 274 | August 2013


Chance® Helical 8 5/8” Diameter Round Shaft Products

NOTE: Included Connection Hardware:


RS2875.203 27⁄8” Diameter Material: (2) 3⁄4” x 41⁄4” bolt per SAE J429 Grade 5 and nuts.
RS2875.276 27⁄8” Diameter Material: (2) 3⁄4” x 41⁄4” bolt per SAE J429 Grade 5 and nuts.
RS3500.300 31⁄2” Diameter Material: (3) 3⁄4” x 53⁄4” bolt per SAE J429 Grade 5 and nuts.
RS4500.337 41⁄2” Diameter Material: (2) 1” x 51⁄2” bolt per SAE J429 Grade 8 and nuts.
RS6625.280 6” Diameter Material: (4) 1” x 8” Threaded Stud and nuts.
RS8625.250 8” Diameter Material: (4) 11⁄4” x 101⁄2” Threaded Stud and nuts.
All helices are spaced 3 times the diameter of the preceding helix unless otherwise specified by
the customer.
All products are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153.

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

expertise
Page 275 | August 2013
Chance® Helical Square and Round Shaft Combinations
Type SS/RS Combination Helical Piles
Chance Helical Transition Coupler
Adapts Type SS to Type RS Pile Shafts

The Type SS/RS Combination Pile is used mainly in compression applications in areas where soft/
loose soils are located above the bearing strata (hard/dense soils) for the helices. The Type RS
material with a much greater section modulus will resist columnar buckling in the soft/loose soil.
The Type SS material will allow adequate penetration of the helices into the hard/dense material
without “spin-out”, i.e., loss of thrust of the helices in the soft/loose material.

The transition section (see Figure 5) adapts Type SS helical lead sections to Type RS plain extensions.
Installation of this combination pile is the same as a standard helical pile. Table 8 provides the
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

various standard transition couplers that are available along with their ratings. Special transition
couplers, such as RS2875 to RS4500, are also available.

The design should be prepared by a Registered Professional Engineer with suitable soil information.

Pile Assembly with


RS Transition Coupler — Figure 5

Round Shaft Transition Couplers — Table 8


Extension
Catalog Torque
Description
Number Ratings
C2780150 SS5/SS150 square shaft to a 5,500 ft-lb
RS2875.203 round shaft
T1070808 SS175 square shaft to a 11,000 ft-lb
Square Shaft RS3500.300 diameter round shaft
to Round Shaft
Transition T1070809 SS200 square shaft to a 13,000 ft-lb
RS3500.300 diameter round shaft
C2780004 SS5/SS150 square shaft to a 7,000 ft-lb
RS2875.276 diameter round shaft
Square Shaft
Forged Integral
Coupling and Bolt

Square Shaft
Lead Section

Page 276 | August 2013


Assemblies and Hardware
Accessories and Termination Devices for Chance® Helical Anchors/Piles
Specifying exactly what you need is easy with Chance Helical Foundation Support
Products. Chance offers a variety of standard accessories and special termination devices
depending on the project and application. This section illustrates some of our standard
termination devices along with their mechanical ratings. If your project requires a special
termination device, please contact factory.

Top of Grade

Bolt Hole
for Uplift

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


New Construction Pile Cap
for Compression and Uplift

Chance Helical New Construction Pile Caps


Catalog Plate Dimensions Inches Number Working Rating kip
Fits Shaft Size Galvanized
Number Length Width of Holes Compession Tension
C1100904 1.50” square shaft 7 7 1 No 70 46
C1100905 1.75” square shaft 8 8 1 No 110 74
C1100906 2.00” square shaft 12 12 1 No 150 130
C1100907 2.25” square shaft 12 12 1 No 200 92
C1100904G 1.50” square shaft 7 7 1 Yes 70 46
C1100905G 1.75” square shaft 8 8 1 Yes 110 74
C1100906G 2.00” square shaft 12 12 1 Yes 150 130
C1100907G 2.25” square shaft 12 12 1 Yes 200 92
C1100887 2.875” pipe shaft 7 7 2 No 72 72
C1100888 3.5” pipe shaft 10 10 3 No 120 120
C1100889 4.5” pipe shaft 12 12 2 No 130 130
C1100887G 2.875” pipe shaft 7 7 2 Yes 72 72
C1100888G 3.5” pipe shaft 10 10 3 Yes 120 120
C1100889G 4.5” pipe shaft 12 12 2 Yes 130 130

Page 277 | August 2013


Assemblies and Hardware
Grillages and Other Terminations for Chance® Helical Anchors/Piles
Grillages are used to attach helical piles to structure bases or tower legs. Grillages can
be designed to fit various possible combinations of piles and structure designs. Please
contact factory for additional information about specific projects.
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

Tripod Grillage

Quadrupod Grillage

Tower Leg Adapters

Stub Angle

Page 278 | August 2013


Installation Tools
Installing Tools for Helical Anchors and Piles

WARNING
Do not weld, cut, alter or modify any of the equipment shown in this
publication. Doing so will void all warranties and could create hazardous
conditions for anyone in the vicinity of the equipment when in use.

Portable Anchor Installers for Small Foundations


2,500 ft-lb torque capacity hydraulic power drive
Economical manual operation and portability for remote sites, common anchor installations

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


For most shaft-driven guy anchors and smaller Built-in bypass valve limits output to 2,500 ft-lb
screw foundations, these compact drivers get maximum, two-way foot pedal gives operator direct
into areas where large equipment cannot go or is control over drive and reverse directions, hoses (two
impractical. Operator does not need to resist the 12-ft and two 25-ft) come with quick couplers for all
torque generated by anchor installation. Counter connections from power supply to foot control to
torque transmits through a torque bar from the drive head. Pivoting drive-head yoke connects with
drive head to the earth or other restraint. This bent-arm pin to square-tubular torque bar which
frees the operator for the task of guiding the telescopes from 8 feet to 10 feet as needed.
anchor path.

Catalog Number C3031032


Medium-Duty Installer requires 1550 psi at 8 gpm flow rate
to deliver 2,500 ft-lb maximum torque.

Catalog Number C3031244


Heavy-Duty Installer requires 1900 psi at 8 gpm flow rate
to deliver 2,500 ft-lb maximum torque.

Page 279 | August 2013


2,500 ft-lb Portable Anchor Installers Ordering Information
Medium Duty — Catalog Number C3031032 Heavy Duty — Catalog Number C3031244
Grease-filled gear case. Single Catalog Number Sealed oil-filled gear case. Single Catalog Number
above includes all items below. Each item also above includes all items below. Each item also
may be ordered by separate number. may be ordered by separate number.
Hydraulic Control Valve(1) C3031031 Hydraulic Control Valve(1) C3031247
Two 25-ft Hydraulic Hoses C4176121 (each) Two 25-ft Hydraulic Hoses C4176121 (each)
Hydraulic Drive Head (1)
C3031180 Hydraulic Drive Head (1)
C3031233
Yoke Assembly E3030680 Yoke Assembly E3030680
Two 12-ft Hydraulic Hoses (1)
E3030876 (pair) Two 12-ft Hydraulic Hoses (1)
E3031253 (pair)
Square Torque Bar Assembly E3031041 Square Torque Bar Assembly E3031041
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

Output shaft is 2” Hex. – Requires Kelly Bar Adapter P630013 Output shaft is 2” Hex. – Requires Kelly Bar Adapter P630013
and flanged drive tool (order separately) to install all anchors. and flanged drive tool (order separately) to install all anchors.
(1) Hydraulic components are not interchangeable between (1) Hydraulic components are not interchangeable between
C3031032 and C3031244. C3031032 and C3031244.

Anchor Drive Tools


NOTE: All 51⁄4” bolt-circle tools may be connected directly to Heavy Duty Portable
Anchor Installer Catalog Number C3031244. Adapter Tool Catalog Number
Adapter Tool C3031230 is required to connect 51⁄4” bolt-circle tools to Medium Duty Portable
Catalog Number   Anchor Installer Catalog Number C3031032. If needed, order Adapter C3031230
C3031230 as a separate item.

Optional Hydraulic Power Unit - Catalog Number C3031201


For easy wheeling to worksite, hydraulic drive head and foot control secure by rubber strap
included to angle braces atop the cart frame and hoses ride on handles.

Cart-mounted on 5⁄8” diameter axle with two 4.80 x 8


inflatable (30psi) tires; 271⁄4” wide x 341⁄2” high x 36” long;
shipping weight with oil: 275 lb.

Hydraulic Pump with fan cooling system:

• Typical output pressure 2500 psi

• Pump displacement 8 gpm @ 3400 rpm

• Reservoir capacity 5 gallons US

• Shipping cap and vented fill cap provided

Gasoline Engine System:

• 16 hp Briggs & Stratton

• Industrial/Commercial Model 326437, Type 2527

• 12-Volt pushbutton start, 3600 rpm (maximum)

Page 280 | August 2013


Anchors/Foundation Drive Heads
Operating instructions are included with anchor installer
and hydraulic power unit.

• Vehicle Mounted

• Hydraulic Powered

• 3,500, 6,000 & 11,500 ft-lb Torque Ratings

Specially suited for vertical installations of screw-type


anchors, foundations and bumper posts.

The drive head comes in two torque-rating ranges.


The design also delivers other features for rugged

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


field conditions.

• Precision planetary gears and bearings in oil-filled,


sealed gear case

• Heavy-duty output housing and bearings

• Heavy-duty bail flange mounted to gear case housing


provides balanced load-sharing torque restraint

• Dual-pin mounting provides drive-head positioning for


controlled installations

• Drive-head also readily accepts earth augers for hole digging

PRODUCTS
Hose assemblies are not furnished with drive heads. For hydraulic flow more
than 20 gpm, 3⁄4” diameter hose is recommended. For flow rates of 20 gpm
and below, 1⁄2” hose may be used. Swivel joint and swivel joint adapter are
furnished. Thread size is 1”-111⁄2” NPSM (National Pipe Straight Mechanical).

Skid-Steer Utility Plate, Bail and Jib Components


To order, refer to information below and on next page. Specify one each:
Drive Head, Utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly, and Kelly Bar Adapter.

3,500 and 6,000 ft-lb maximum torque

For Bobcat Skid-Steers ONLY


Catalog Number (1)
Description
C3030999 3,500 ft-lb Utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly
C3031014 6,000 ft-lb Utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly
For Skid-Steers other than Bobcat
(for field welding to utility plates on Skid-Steers)
C3031015 3,500 ft-lb Bail & Jib Assembly less Utility Plate
C3031016 6,000 ft-lb Bail & Jib Assembly less Utility Plate

(1) Catalog numbers do not include drive head, hoses or Kelly Bar adapter as shown in the photo.

Page 281 | August 2013


Backhoe Mounting Components
To order, specify components in Typical Tool-String Assemblies below.

3,500, 6,000 and 11,500 ft-lb maximum torque

1.75” Diaa
Backhoe Mounting Brackets
Catalog Dimensions Inches Backhoe Bracket
a
Number A(1) B Brand Name Description A
C3030969 10.1 1.5 Case 6K & 11.5K ft-lb Eskridge
C3030970 10.1 1.0 Case 3.5K ft-lb Eskridge
10.5“
C3030971 7.00 1.5 JCB 6K & 11.5K ft-lb Eskridge
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

C3030972 7.00 1.0 JCB 3.5K ft-lb Eskridge


C3030973 8.18 1.5 John Deere 6K & 11.5K ft-lb Eskridge
C3030974 8.18 1.0 John Deere 3.5K ft-lb Eskridge
B Dia
(1) Bracket accepts boom up to 10.2” wide (1.75” Diameter pin). For
booms 7” & 8.18” wide, 2 spacer bushings supplied. Other bushings
available for backhoes not listed.

Typical Backhoe Tool-Strings


For SS5 and SS150 (1 1⁄2” Square Shaft) For SS175 (1 3⁄4” Square Shaft) Series Anchors
Series Anchors
Backhoe Mounting Backhoe Mounting
Bracket Bracket

6,000
or 11,500 ft-lb
6,000 Drive Head
Headroom Drive or 11,500 ft-lb Headroom Drive
Dimension Head Drive Head Dimension Head
Inches ft-lb Inches ft-lb
525/8 6,000 563/4 6,000
52 /
5 8
11,500 56 /
3 4
11,500

Kelly Bar Adapter Kelly Bar Adapter


Shear-Pin Torque
Shear-Pin Torque Indicator C3030044
Indicator C3030044
Wrench Adapter
Anchor Drive Tool T3030166
639001 Anchor Drive Tool
C3030195

Page 282 | August 2013


Anchors/Foundation Drive Heads

A Dia
2" Mounting Pins
Holes D
C Hyd
F Dia
Dia Motor
Case
Bail
Hex Shaft

0.81" Dia
Auger Retainer
Bolt Hole 6³/8"

B E

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


Each of these Kelly Bar Adapters has a 51⁄4” bolt circle and comes with (6)
⁄ ” bolts, nuts and lock washers and a Bent-Arm Pin with Coil Lock.
12
X

Kelly Bar Adapters


Part Number X Y Z Z

Y
630013 2” Hex 5” 61/8”

630011HD 21/2” Hex 41/4” 81/8”


Kelly Bar Adapter

14000
(19,000) 40

12000 35
(16,300)

30
Driver Output Speed, rpm

10000
(13,600)
Torque, ft-lb (Nm)

8 27
92 25
8000
03-0 - 09
(10,800)
C3 03
20 C3
6000
(8,100)
7 928
15
-092 3-0
4000 C303 C30
(5,400) 10

2000
(2,700) 5

0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
(34 00

(69 00

50

(10 500

50

(13 000

50

(17 500
75

(38.0) (76.0) (114.0) (151.0)


.0)

.0)

)
3.0

8.0

2.0
5

10

12

17

22
1

Pressure, psi (BARS) – Drop Across Motor Flow Rate, gpm (Ipm)

Catalog Running Running Dimensions Inches (cm)


Flow Speed Wt Wt
Torque Torque
Number ft-lb gpm rpm lb kg A B C D E F
Nm

C3030927 6,000 @ 8,100 @ 40 39 246 112 1.5 (3.81) 29.5 (74.9) 10.7 (27.0) 13 (33.0) 11.4 (28.9) 2.5 (6.4)
2,400 psi 165 BARS

C3030928 11,500 @
2,400 psi
15,600 @
165 BARS 40 20 246 112 1.5 (3.81) 29.5 (74.9) 10.7 (27.0) 13 (33.0) 11.4 (28.9) 2.5 (6.4)

Page 283 | August 2013


Torque Indicators
Digital Torque Indicator
Catalog Number C3031578
For Installing Torques up to 30,000 ft-lb

Using the Chance® Torque Indicator, you can install screw anchors to a pre-determined
torque value which gives a positive indication of anchor holding capacity in any type soil.
This tool also helps your crew avoid excessive torsional loading which could cause damage
to the anchor and/or other anchor tools during installation.

The Indicator mounts between the Kelly bar adapter


and drive tool or locking dog assembly.

The LED display is easy to read in full daylight and


Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

gives the operator a direct readout of installation


torque at all times.

• No Shear pins to replace.

• Torque is measured using strain gauges.

• Powered by a standard 9V battery.

• Accuracy: ±500 ft-lb at any reading.

• Operational temperature range: -40° to 80° C


(-40° to 175° F)

• Digital Torque Indicator is not recommended


in heavy, rocky soil applications.

Advantages:

• Protection for anchors and installing tools by


disconnecting the power when the installing
torque reaches a preselected level. Top and bottom flange, each provides six holes
tapped 1⁄2”-13 on a 51⁄4” bolt circle and twelve
• Usable in very rocky soil. holes tapped 5⁄8”-11 on a 75⁄8” bolt circle.

• Durable — does not require special storage or


handling.

Catalog Weight
Description
Number lb

Digital Torque Indicator


• Twelve 1/2” Grade 5 bolts and lockwashers for use on
51/4” Bolt Circle tools
 C3031578 65
• Twenty-four 5/8” Grade 2 bolts and lockwashers for use on
73/8” Bolt Circle tools
• Standard 9V battery

Page 284 | August 2013


Torque Indicators
Shear Pin Torque Limiter
Catalog Number C3030044
For Installing Torques up to 10,000 ft-lb

Ordering Information
Catalog Weight
Description
Number lb
C3030044 Shear Pin Torque Limiter 54

C3030045(1) Carton of Shear Pins (Approx 1700 pins) 50

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


T3031420(1) Box of Shear Pins (Approx 510 pins) 15

(1) Each Shear Pin provides 500 ft-lb of torque.

Top and bottom each has


six holes tapped 1⁄2” - 13
5 1/4” to 7 7/8” Bolt Circle Adapter on a 51⁄4” bolt circle.

Catalog Number T3030166


For Installing Torques up to 10,000 ft-lb

This adapter is used to connect two tools having


incompatible bolt circles:
One with a 51⁄4” bolt circle and
One with a 75⁄8” bolt circle.

Ordering Information
Catalog Weight
Description
Number lb

Bolt circle adapter with one 1/2” x 51/4” bolt


T3030166 18
circle and one 5/8” x 75/8” bolt circle

Page 285 | August 2013


Kelly Bar Adapters
Selecting the Correct Kelly Bar Adapter is Key to Building a Proper Drive String.
Follow these two easy steps: X

• Remove the auger from the driver and carefully X


measure the X and Y dimensions of the Kelly Bar.
Kelly
• Match the shape of the Kelly Bar and the X and Bar
Y dimensions with the Kelly Bar Adapter charts Z
below. The Y dimension on the Kelly Bar Adapter
must be equal to or greater than the Y dimension Y
Y
on the intended Kelly Bar.

Dimensions
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

Bolt Circle Inches Maximum Torque A Note About Bolt Circles


(6) / Grade 5 bolts on 5¼ Bolt Circle
1 2
10,000 ft-lb Chance® anchor installing tools are provided with appropriate
bolt circles for the expected service. The torque limitations for
(12) / Grade 2 bolts on 75⁄8 Bolt Circle
5 8
20,000 ft-lb the two standard bolt circles are given below. Never exceed
the rated torque of any Chance installing tool.

5 ¼” Bolt Circle Kelly Bar Adapters for 10,000 ft-lb Maximum Installing Torque
Kelly Bar Dimensions Inches
Catalog Number Kelly Bar Shape Weight lb
X Y Z
630016 Square 2¼ 2¼ 3½ 10
630017 Square 2½ 2¼ 3½ 10
630013 Hex 2 5 61⁄8 10
630013A Hex 2 3¼ 61⁄8 10
PRODUCTS

630012HD Hex 25⁄8 4¼ 81⁄8 12


630011HD Hex 2½ 4¼ 81⁄8 12

NOTE: Each of these Kelly Bar Adapters has six holes for 1⁄2” bolts on a 51⁄4” bolt circle and comes with six 1⁄2”
Grade 5 bolts, nuts & lock washers, Bent-Arm Pin with Coil Lock.

7 5/8" Bolt Circle Kelly Bar Adapters for 20,000 ft-lb Maximum Installing Torque
Kelly Bar Dimensions Inches
Catalog Number Kelly Bar Shape Weight lb
X Y Z
C3030936 Hex 2½ 43⁄8 8¼ 23
C3030937 Hex 25⁄8 43⁄8 8¼ 23
C3030940 Hex 3 3½ 8 27
C3030955 Hex 2½ 2¼ 7 22
C3030958 Square 3 3½ & 21⁄16 7 23

NOTE: Each of these Kelly Bar Adapters has twelve holes for 5⁄8” bolts on a 75⁄8” bolt circle and comes with
twelve 5⁄8” Grade 2 bolts, nuts & lockwashers, Bent-Arm Pin with Coil Lock.

Page 286 | August 2013


Bent Arm Pins

To retain Kelly Bar Adapters and drive tools for Bumper Posts and SS Anchors

Each Chance® plated-steel Bent Arm Pin is designed to attach a Kelly Bar Adapter to a Kelly bar.
The pin also is used to secure SS Anchors and Bumper Posts to their drive tools.

Bent Arm pins are included with new tools as required. Order replacement pins for existing tools
as listed at right.

Dimensions
Bent Arm Pin and Size
Coil Lock Assembly Inches

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


C3031222 5 x 5/8

C3031223 41⁄2 x ½

C3031225 31⁄2 x 3/4

C3031226 3 x 5/8

C3031227 5 x 3/4 WARNING:


The Chance Bent Arm Pin and Coil Lock
are the only tested and approved means
for through-pin attachment of drive
tools. Do not use any other means Shown Here as Used
Bent Arm Pin and of attachment. with a Kelly Bar Adapter
Kelly Bar Adapter Coil Lock Assembly
Bent Arm Pin
630011HD C3031223

630012HD C3031223

630013 C3031223
Coil Lock(1)
630013A C3031223

630016 C3031223

630017 C3031227 Bent Arm Pin and


Kelly Bar Adapter Coil Lock Assembly
C3030936 C3031223
C3030937 C3031223
SS Anchor Bent Arm Pin and
Series Tool Coil Lock Assembly C3030940 C3031222
639001 C3031226 C3030955 C3031227

C3030195 C3031225 C3030958 C3031227

C3030020 C3031226

Bent Arm Pin and


NOTE: For Coil Lock only, order Part No P3031215P. Bumper Post Tool Coil Lock Assembly
(1) Each new Kelly Bar Adapter or Anchor Drive Tool listed C3030737 C3031227
above includes a bent-arm pin with coil lock.

Page 287 | August 2013


Anchor Drive Tools

SS Helical Pier Anchors Drive Tool


These drive tools require the appropriate Kelly bar adapter.
Each comes with bolts, nuts and lock washers
and a bent-arm retaining pin with coil lock.
Catalog SS Anchor Approximate
Bolt Circle, Holes
Number Series Tool Weight lb
639001 SS5/SS150 51/4", (6) 1/2" holes, 7
C3030195 (1)
SS175 75/8", (12) 5/8" holes 18
C3030201(1) SS200 75/8", (12) 5/8" holes 30
Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools

C3030202 (1)
SS225 75/8", (12) 5/8" holes 30

(1) Coupling to a Kelly bar adapter with a 5 1⁄4" bolt circle requires use of
T3030166 adapter and limits tool’s maximum torque rating to 10,000 ft-lb.

Catalog Approximate
Description Unit Fits:
Number Weight lb
C3030020 STANDARD Locking Dog Assembly 8
SS5/SS150/RR
Drive Tool
C3031035 Tough One® Locking Dog Assembly 11
T3031403 SS175 Drive Tool 26
Tough One Locking Dog Assembly
C3031077 SS200 Drive Tool 23

NOTE: These tools slide into locking dog adapter and are retained by spring
loaded dogs.

RS278 Helical Pier Anchors Drive Tool


Each comes with bolts, nuts and lockwashers.
Catalog Number Bolt Circle, Holes Approximate Weight lb

C3031490(1) 51/4" , (6) 1/2" holes 19

(1) Maximum torque rating10,000 ft-lb.

RS3500 Helical Pier Anchors Drive Tool


Each comes with bolts, nuts and lock washers.
Catalog Number Bolt Circle, Holes Approximate Weight lb

C3030754(1) 75/8" , (6) 5/8" holes 27

(1) Coupling to a Kelly bar adapter with a 51/4" bolt circle requires use of
T3030166 adapter and limits tool’s maximum torque rating to 10,000 ft-lb.

Page 288 | August 2013


Anchor Drive Tools

RS4500 Drive Tool


Each comes with bolts, nuts and lockwashers
Catalog Number Bolt Circle, Holes Approx Weight lb

C3031546(1) 75/8" , (12) 5/8" holes 30

(1) Maximum torque rating 20,000 ft-lb C3031546

RS6625 and RS8625 Drive Tool

Anchors, Foundation & Installing Tools


Model Catalog Number Bolt Circle, Holes Approx Weight lb

RS6625 C3031521 75/8", (12) 5/8" holes 90

RS8625 C3031508 75/8", (12) 5/8" holes 96

C3031521 C3031508

Base Plate Drive Tool


Fits on 10"-Square Base Plate Foundations
for 20,000(1) ft-lb Maximum Installing Torque

This tool weighs approximately 60 pounds and has 12 holes on a 75/8" bolt circle,
tapped for 5/8" bolts furnished with compatible Kelly Bar adapters.
C3031526
(1) Coupling to a Kelly Bar adapter with a 5¼"bolt circle requires use of
T3030166 adapter and limits 5/8 tool’s maximum torque rating to 10,000 ft-lb.

Universal Tools for Base Plate Foundations


These Tools Fit Foundation Anchors with 9" to 13½" Bolt Circles

Catalog Number Bolt Circle, Holes Approx Weight lb

C3030139(1) 5¼", (6) ½" tapped holes 18


C3030139
C3030684(2) 75/8", (6) 5/8" drilled holes 49

NOTE: C3030139 connects direct to a Kelly Bar adapter with (6) ½" furnished bolts.
C3030684 includes (12) 5/8" bolts.
(1) Maximum torque rating for C3030139: 10,000 ft-lb.
(2) Maximum torque rating for C3030684: 20,000 ft-lb. Coupling C3030684 to a Kelly
Bar adapter with a 5¼" bolt circle requires use of T3030166 adapter and limits tool’s
maximum torque rating to 10,000 ft-lb.
C3030684

Page 289 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips

reputation
Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
Non-Adjustable Type for Structure Attachment of Guy Strand
Quick and easy to install. No special tools, eye pins, thimbles, clevises, twisted-loop grips.

By design, each size is rated to hold more than the rated breaking strength of the guy strand it fits
(see tables below).

Proper tensioning: With rod subsets unwrapped, wedge and socket assembly retains a substantial
percentage of strand strength rating. For proper deadend performance, guy tension should be at
least 5% of strength rating at time of structure erection and at least 10% after final tensioning.

For use on galvanized ASTM A475 or


For Galvanized Steel Strands Per ASTM A475
aluminum-coated strand per A474 and/or
Catalog
B416, see Dimensions and Hardware Strand Strength Color Weight Per
Recommendations on page 293. Number Size Inches Rating lb Code 100 lb

12GA0 1/2 Diameter 26,900 Blue 675


7 or 19W
916GA0 9/16 Diameter 35,000 Yellow 675
7 or 19W
Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips

58GA0 5/8 Diameter 42,400 Black 413


7 or 19W
3/4 Diameter
34GA0 19W 58,300 Red 588

78GA0 7/8 Diameter 79,700 Geen 1,550


19W
1GA0 1 Diameter 104,500 Blue 2,300
19 or 37W
Left-Hand Lay Standard

For Aluminum Coated Strands Per ASTM A474 or B416


These “zero-adjust” Adjust-A-Grip
deadend grips apply at the structure Catalog Strand Strength Color Weight Per
end of guy strands. Number Size Inches Rating lb Code 100 lb
572AWA0 0.572 Diameter 34,290 Yellow 650
See page 294 for adjustable (18" of U-bolt 19-No 9
adjustment) Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips
642AWA0 0.642 Diameter 43,240 Black 413
to apply at the anchor end on the same 19-No 8
guy strand sizes.
.0713 Diameter 52,950
37-No 10
717AWA0 Red 575
0721 Diameter 51,730
19-No 7
0.801 Diameter 66,770
37-No 9
JAM
805AWA0 Green 1,500
LOAD NUTS
0810 Diameter 61,700
NUTS
19-No6
0.899 Diameter 84,200
U BOLT WEDGES 387-No 8
905AWA0 Blue 2,200
0.910 Diameter 73,350
19-No 5
1010AWA0 1.010 Diameter 100,700 Orange 2,300
37-No 7
SOCKET BODY
1130AWA0 1.130 Diameter 120,200 Yellow 3,650
37-No 6
ROD SUBSET 1270AWA0 1.270 Diameter 143,900 Black 7,800
37-No 5
Left-Hand Lay Standard

Page 292 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
Non-Adjustable Type for Structure End of Guy Strand
D
E
Catalog Dimension Inches (Radius) 30”
TYP
Number A B C D E F
12GA0 27 3/
1 4
/
5 8
3/
1 4
/
3 4
34
916GA0 28 3/
1 4
/
5 8
3/
1 4
/
3 4
35 F

58GA0 31 /
1 2
3/
1 2
/
3 4
3/
1 2
1/
1 4
39
34GA0 36 4 /
7 8
4 1/
1 4
45
78GA0 36 /
1 2
4/
1 2
1 4/
1 2
1/
1 2
46
B
1GA0 45 5 11/8 53/8 11/2 56
572AWA0 27 31/4 /
5 8
31/4 /
3 4
34
642AWA0 28 /
1 2
3/
1 2
/
3 4
3/
1 2
1/
1 4
36
717AWA0 33 4 /
7 8
4 1/
1 4
42 C

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips


805AWA0 361/2 41/2 1 41/2 11/2 46 A
905AWA0 41 5 1/
1 8
5/
3 8
1/
1 2
52
1010AWA0 45 5 1/
1 8
5/
3 8
1/
1 2
56
1130AWA0 48 /
1 2
5/
1 2
1/
1 4
5/
3 8
2 61
1270AWA0 531/2 61/2 13/8 77/8 2 67

Tower Plate
Hardware
Recommendations

PRODUCTS
C
Chamfer
Installations on Plate Installation on a Shackle
Recommended distances If Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips are
at left, below, ensure that D installed on a pin, as in a shackle, the
interference cannot occur B minimum pin diameters are shown in
A
between Adjust-A-Grip PL THK Hole Diameter table below:
deadend grip U-bolt and
the attachment plate.

Recommended Plate Dimensions Inches Shackle


U-Bolt
Adjust-A-Grip Minimum
Diameter
Deadend Sizes A B C D Pin Diameter
Inches Inches
12GA0, 916GA0, 572AWA0 /
5 8
11/16 1 / x 45°
1 8
1 /
7 8

58GA0, 642AWA0 /
3 4
11/8 11/4 / x 45°
1 8
11/8 /
7 8

34GA0, 717AWAO /
7 8
13/8 11/2 / x 45°
1 8
11/4 11/8
78GA0, 805AWA0 1 1/
5 8
1/
1 2
/ x 45°
3 16
1/
1 4
11/8
1GA0, 905AWA0, 1010AWAO 11/8 17/8 13/4 / x 45°
1 4
15/8 13/8
1130AWA0 11/4 21/8 13/4 / x 45°
1 4
17/8 11/2
1270AWA0 13/8 21/4 27/8 / x 45°
5 16
2 13/4

NOTE: For unusual applications or requirements, consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

Page 293 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
Adjustable Type for Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand
Quick and easy to install. No special tools, eye pins, thimbles. Retensioning up to 18 inches at ground
level without removal.

By design, each size is rated to hold more than the rated breaking strength of the guy strand it fits
(see tables below).

Vandal Resistant: With rod subsets unwrapped, wedge and socket assembly retains a substantial
percentage of strand strength rating. For proper deadend performance, guy tension should be at least
5% of strength rating at time of structure erection and at least 10% after final tensioning.

For use on galvanized strand made per ASTM A475 or aluminum coated strand per A474 and/or B416.
See dimensions and hardware recommendations on page 296.

Serving sleeves are required on adjustable Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips when used on structures of 200
feet and taller. To include serving sleeves with Adjust-A-Grip, add suffix “S” to the catalog number.
Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips

For Galvanized Steel Strands Per ASTM A475


Catalog Strand Strength U-Bolt Color Weight Per
Number(1) Size Rating lb Adjustment Code 100 lb
Inches Inches
/ Diameter
1 2
12GA18 26,900 18 Blue 1,000
7 or 19W
/ Diameter
9 16
916GA18 35,000 18 Yellow 1,025
7 or19W
/ Diameter
5 8
58GA18 42,400 18 Black 663
7 or 19W
/ Diameter
3 4
34GA18 58,300 18 Red 938
19W
/ Diameter
7 8
78GA18 79,700 18 Green 2,450
19W
1 Diameter
1GA18 104,500 18 Blue 3,450
19 or 37W

Left-Hand Lay Standard


(1) To order the above Adjust-A-Grip® with serving sleeve included,
With 18” of adjustment, these Adjust-A- add the suffix “S” to the catalog number (i.e., 12GA18S).
Grip® deadend grips apply at the anchor
end of guy strands.

Serving Sleeve

Page 294 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
Adjustable Type for Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand
For Aluminum Coated Strands Per ASTM A474 or B416
Catalog Strand Strength U-Bolt Weight
Color
Number(1) Size Rating lb Adjustment Per
Code
Inches Inches 100 lb
572AWA018 0.572 Diameter 34,290 18 Yellow 1,000
19-No 19
642AWA18 0.642 Diameter 43,240 18 Black 663
19-No 8
0.713 Diameter 52,950
37-No 10
717AWA18 18 Red 925 Rod
0.721 Diameter 51,730 Subset
19-No 7
0.801 Diameter 66,770
37-No 9
805AWA18 18 Green 2,400
0.810 Diameter 61,700

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips


19-No 6
Socket Body
0.899 Diameter 84,200
37-No 8
905AWA18 18 Blue 3,400
0.910 Diameter 73,350
19-No 5 U Bolt
1010AWA18 1.010 Diameter 100,700 18 Orange 3,500
37-No 7 Wedges
1130AWA18 1.130 Diameter 120,200 18 Yellow 4,950
37-No 6 Jam Load
Nuts Nuts
1270AWA18 1.270 Diameter 142,900 18 Black 10,000
37-No 5

Left-Hand Lay Standard


(1) To order the above Adjust-A-Grip with serving sleeve included, add the Spacer Bar
suffix “S” to the catalog number (i.e., 572AWA18S).

See page 292 for “zero-adjust”


Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips to
apply at structure end on same guy
strand sizes.

Serving Sleeve

Page 295 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
Adjustable Type for Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand

Dimensions Inches
Catalog
Number Serving Sleeve
A B C D E F Catalog No
A
C 12GA18 27 31/4 /
5 8
31/4 /
3 4
51 GA1
916GA18 28 3/
1 4
/
5 8
3/
1 4
/
3 4
52 GA1
58GA18 31 /
1 2
3/
1 2
/
3 4
3/
1 2
1/
1 4
5 GA2
B 34GA18 36 4 /
7 8
4 1/
1 4
62 GA2
78GA18 361/2 41/2 1 41/2 11/2 63 GA3
(Max
Length)
F 1GA18 45 5 1/
1 8
5/
3 8
1/
1 2
73 GA4
572AWA18 27 3/
1 4
/
5 8
3/
1 4
/
3 4
51 GA1
642AWA18 28 /
1 2
3/
1 2
/
3 4
3/
1 2
1/
1 4
53 GA2
Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips

717AWA18 33 4 /
7 8
4 1/
1 4
59 GA3
Spacer
Bar 805AWA18 36 /
1 2
4/
1 2
1 4/
1 2
1/
1 2
63 GA3
30”
Typ 905AWA18 41 5 1/
1 8
5/
3 8
1/
1 2
69 GA4
E
(Radius)
D
1010AWA18 45 5 1/
1 8
5/
3 8
1/
1 2
73 GA4
1130AWA18 481/2 51/2 11/4 53/8 2 78 GA5
1270AWA18 53 /
1 2
6/
1 2
1/
3 8
7/
7 8
2 84 GA5

Tower Plate
Hardware
Recommendations C
Chamfer
Installations on Plate Installation on a Shackle
Recommended distances If Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips are
at left, below, ensure that D installed on a pin, as in a shackle, the
interference cannot occur B minimum pin diameters are shown in
A
between Adjust-A-Grip PL THK Hole Diameter table below:
deadend grip U-bolt and
the attachment plate.

Recommended Plate Dimensions Inches Shackle


U-Bolt
Adjust-A-Grip Minimum
Diameter
Deadend Sizes A B C D Pin Diameter
Inches Inches
12GA18, 916GA18, 572AWA18 /
5 8
11/16 1 / x 45°
1 8
1 /
7 8

58GA18, 642AWA18 /
3 4
1/1 8
1/
1 4
/ x 45°
1 8
1/
1 8
/
7 8

34GA18, 717AWA18 /
7 8
1/3 8
1/
1 2
/ x 45°
1 8
1/
1 4
1/ 1 8

78GA18, 805AWA18 1 15/8 11/2 / x 45°


3 16
11/4 11/8
1GA18, 905AWA18, 1010AWA18 1/
1 8
1/7 8
1/
3 4
/ x 45°
1 4
1/
5 8
13/8
1130AWA18 11/4 21/8 13/4 / x 45°
1 4
17/8 11/2
1270AWA18 13/8 21/4 27/8 / x 45°
5 16
2 13/4

NOTE: For unusual applications or requirements, consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

Page 296 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
For Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand
Measuring Guy Tension to Load-Nut Torque
Guy tensions may be closely approximated
by measuring the torque on the U-Bolt load 16
nuts. For accurate results, the U-Bolt thread
and nut must be lubricated with an anti-seize

Guy Tension X 1000 lb


5/8” U-Bolt
compound (a commercially available one is 12 for
called “Never-Seez”). 12GA18
916GA18
To use these charts, determine the applicable 8 572AWA18
chart based on the Adjust-A-Grip number or Adjust-A-Grips
the U-bolt diameter. Then select the desired
tension on the vertical scale and move across
4
the chart to the intersect line, read the torque
required from the horizontal scale.
Nut Torque (ft-lb)

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips


20 40 60 80 100

16 16
Guy Tension X 1000 lb
Guy Tension X 1000 lb

12 12
3/4” U-Bolt 7/8” U-Bolt
for for
8 58GA18 8 34GA18
642AWA18 717AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips Adjust-A-Grips
4 4

Nut Torque (ft-lb) Nut Torque (ft-lb)

20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100

16 16

1” U-Bolt 1 1/8” U-Bolt


Guy Tension X 1000 lb

for for
Guy Tension X 1000 lb

12 12
78GA18 1GA18
805AWA18 905AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips 1010AWA18
8 8 Adjust-A-Grips

4 4

Nut Torque (ft-lb) Nut Torque (ft-lb)

20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100

Page 297 | August 2013


Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips
Adjustable Type for Anchor Attachment of Guy Strand
32

1 1/4” U-Bolt
28
for
1130AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
24
Guy Tension X 1000 lb

20

16

12
Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips

20 60 100 140 180 220 260 300


Nut Torque (ft-lb)

45

40 1 3/8” U-Bolt
PRODUCTS

for
1270AWA18
35
Adjust-A-Grips

30
Guy Tension X 1000 lb

25

20

15

10

100 200 300


Nut Torque (ft-lb)

Page 298 | August 2013


Formed Wire

Formed Wire

technology
Formed Wire
Guy Wire GALVANIZED STEEL

For deadend applications of support guy wires. FWDE

Fargo® FWDE series formed wire deadends are designed for


use on all types of galvanized guy wire (EHS, High Strength,
Common, Siemens-Martin, Utilities and Bell System Strand).

FWDE will hold a minimum of 100% of the guy wire rated


breaking strength.

Consult factory for information on other


applications. Left hand lay standard.

Material: Wire — EHS Steel, Zinc-plated to cover Class “B” coating per
ASTM A641.
Formed Wire

Color Code for Identification of the Conductor


and Where Application Should Start

Grit Present in Inner Formed Area

FWDE
Catalog Nominal Size Maximum Nominal Length (L) Packaging Per Box
Color Code
Number Inches RBS lb Inches mm Units Weight lb
FWDE1104(1) 1/4 6,650 25 636 Yellow 50 36
FWDE1106 (1)
5/16 11,200 31 789 Black 50 49
FWDE1107 (1)
3/8 15,400 35 891 Orange 50 43
FWDE1108 (1)
7/16 20,800 37 942 Green 25 43
FWDE2115 1/2 26,900 49 1247 Blue 20 60
FWDE2116 9/16 35,000 56 1422 Yellow 10 48

NOTE: Rated at 100% of guy strand RBS for EHS, HS, Siemens-Martin, Common and Utility Grades.
(1) RUS Technically Accepted.

Page 300 | August 2013


Formed Wire
Guy Wire Alumoweld® ALUMINUM / STEEL
ADWE
For deadend applications of support guy wires.

Fargo® AWDE series formed wire deadends are designed for


use on Alumoweld® type guy wire.

AWDE will hold a minimum of 100% of the guy wire rated


breaking strength.

Consult factory for information on other applications. Left


hand lay standard.

Color Code for Identification of the Conductor


and Where Application Should Start

Formed Wire
Grit Present in Inner Formed Area

ADWE
Catalog Maximum Nominal Length (L) Packaging Per Box
Nominal Size Color Code
Number RBS lb Inches mm Units Weight lb
AWDE4110(1) 7#12, 6M, 3#9 6,000 24 610 Yellow 50 20
AWDE4113(1) 3#8, 8M, 7#11 8,050 24 610 Blue 50 20
AWDE4116 (1)
3#7, 10M, 7#10 10,000 26 662 Black 50 30
AWDE4119 (1)
3#6, 12.5M, 7#9 12,500 29 738 Yellow 50 32
AWDE4120 (1)
14M 14,000 33 838 Blue 50 53
AWDE4122 (1)
3#5, 16M, 7#8 16,000 32 813 Orange 50 55
AWDE4124 18M 18,000 34 865 Black 25 28
AWDE4125 7#7 19,060 36 916 Green 25 32
AWDE4126 (1)
20M 20,000 38 965 Yellow 10 22
AWDE4128 7#6 22,730 39 991 Blue 10 23
AWDE4130 25M 25,000 39 991 Red 10 31
AWDE4131 7#5 27,030 44 1118 Yellow 10 32

NOTE: Rated at 100% of guy strand RBS for Alumoweld®.


(1) RUS Technically Accepted.

Page 301 | August 2013


REFERENCE MATERIAL
reference material
reference material
Reference Material
At Hubbell Power Systems, we recognize that loyalty
is not built on product alone. After all, we are in the
business to supply products and services that support
mission-critical infrastructure.
When products are as important as ours, they need to be better than “good
enough.” Our products need to withstand the harshest environments so lights,
telecommunications and other vital utilities don’t fail.
You need a knowledgeable partner to answer your questions and provide
you the right information when you need it most. With our collective field
experience, Hubbell Power Systems has the knowledge of materials, processes and
manufacturing technologies you need in order to get your project safely finished
on time and on budget.
Hubbell Power Systems is the trusted resource you need; connecting you to the
right products to effectively transmit electrical power.

That’s what you expect. That’s what we deliver.

Page 305 | August 2013


Conductor Charts
Conductor Charts

value
AAAC Conductor Chart
Conductor Charts

Diameter
Conductor Rod
Strand Diameter Over Armor
Code Name Diameter
Rods
AKRON AAAC 6 str (7) 0.197 0.439 0.121
ATHENS AAAC 5 str (7) 0.221 0.463 0.121
ALTON AAAC 4 str (7) 0.248 0.540 0.146
AUSTIN AAAC 3 str (7) 0.279 0.571 0.146
AMES AAAC 2 str (7) 0.314 0.586 0.136
ASTORIA AAAC 1 str (7) 0.352 0.644 0.146
AZUSA AAAC 1/0 str (7) 0.395 0.729 0.167
ANAHEIM AAAC 2/0 str (7) 0.448 0.782 0.167
AMHERST AAAC 3/0 str (7) 0.503 0.837 0.167
ALLIANCE AAAC 4/0 str (7) 0.565 0.929 0.182
BUTTE AAAC 312.8 kcmil str (19) 0.642 1.006 0.182
CANTON AAAC 394.6 kcmil str (19) 0.721 1.129 0.204
CAIRO AAAC 466.3 kcmil str (19) 0.784 1.284 0.250
DARIEN AAAC 559.6 kcmil str (19) 0.858 1.358 0.250
ELGIN AAAC 652.4 kcmil str (19) 0.927 1.427 0.250
FLINT AAAC 740.8 kcmil str (37) 0.991 1.611 0.310
AAAC 833.6 kcmil str (37) 1.051 1.671 0.310
GREELEY AAAC 927.2 kcmil str (37) 1.108 1.728 0.310
AAAC 932.6 kcmil str (37) 1.112 1.732 0.310
AAAC 1000 kcmil str (37) 1.151 1.771 0.310
AAAC 1092.3 kcmil str (61) 1.204 1.824 0.310
AAAC 1100 kcmil str (37) 1.207 1.827 0.310
AAAC 1127 kcmil str (37) 1.221 1.951 0.365
AAAC 1193.9 kcmil str (61) 1.259 1.989 0.365
AAAC 1200 kcmil str (61) 1.263 1.993 0.365
AAAC 1250 kcmil str (61) 1.288 2.018 0.365
AAAC 1272 kcmil str (61) 1.300 2.030 0.365
AAAC 1300 kcmil str (61) 1.314 2.044 0.365
AAAC 1400 kcmil str (61) 1.364 2.094 0.365
AAAC 1431 kcmil str (61) 1.382 2.112 0.365
AAAC 1500 kcmil str (61) 1.411 2.283 0.436
AAAC 1600 kcmil str (61) 1.458 2.330 0.436
AAAC 1691 kcmil str (61) 1.498 2.370 0.436
AAAC 1700 kcmil str (61) 1.502 2.374 0.436
AAAC 1750 kcmil str (61) 1.525 2.397 0.436
AAAC 1800 kcmil str (61) 1.546 2.418 0.436
AAAC 1900 kcmil str (61) 1.588 2.460 0.436
AAAC 2000 kcmil str (61) 1.630 2.502 0.436
AAAC 2049.5 kcmil str (61) 1.650 2.522 0.436
AAAC 2300 kcmil str (91) 1.749 2.621 0.436
AAAC 2500 kcmil str (91) 1.823 2.695 0.436

Page 308 | August 2013


ACAR Conductor Chart

Conductor Charts
Diameter Rod
Strand Diameter Over Armor Diameter
Rods
ACAR 503.6 kcmil (15/4) 0.814 1.314 0.250
ACAR 545 kcmil (15/7) 0.850 1.350 0.250
ACAR 587.2 kcmil (15/4) 0.879 1.379 0.250
ACAR 649.5 kcmil (18/19) 0.927 1.427 0.250
ACAR 653.1 kcmil (12/7) 0.927 1.427 0.250
ACAR 653.1 kcmil (12/7) 0.927 1.427 0.250
ACAR 739.8 kcmil (18/19) 0.990 1.610 0.310
ACAR 853.7 kcmil (30/7) 1.063 1.683 0.310
ACAR 853.7 kcmil (24/13) 1.063 1.683 0.310
ACAR 927.2 kcmil (24/13) 1.108 1.728 0.310
ACAR 1024.5 kcmil (30/7) 1.165 1.785 0.310
ACAR 1024.5 kcmil (24/13) 1.165 1.785 0.310
ACAR 1080.6 kcmil (24/13) 1.196 1.816 0.310
ACAR 1080.6 kcmil (18/19) 1.196 1.816 0.310
ACAR 1109.0 kcmil (30/7) 1.212 1.942 0.365
ACAR 1109.0 kcmil (24/13) 1.212 1.942 0.365
ACAR 1172.0 kcmil (30/7) 1.246 1.976 0.365
ACAR 1172.0 kcmil (18/19) 1.246 1.976 0.365
ACAR 1198.0 kcmil (30/7) 1.259 1.989 0.365
ACAR 1198.0 kcmil (24/13) 1.259 1.989 0.365
ACAR 1277.0 kcmil (54/7) 1.302 2.032 0.365
ACAR 1277.0 kcmil (42/19) 1.302 2.032 0.365
ACAR 1361.5 kcmil (54/7) 1.345 2.075 0.365
ACAR 1534.4 kcmil (42/19) 1.427 2.299 0.436
ACAR 1703.0 kcmil (48/13) 1.504 2.376 0.436
ACAR 1798.0 kcmil (42/19) 1.545 2.417 0.436
ACAR 1933.0 kcmil (42/19) 1.602 2.474 0.436
ACAR 2338.0 kcmil (42/19) 1.762 2.634 0.436
ACAR 2338.0 kcmil (48/13) 1.762 2.634 0.436
ACAR 2493.0 kcmil (54/37) 1.821 2.693 0.436
ACAR 2493.0 kcmil (72/19) 1.821 2.693 0.436
ACAR 2500.0 kcmil (84/7) 1.823 2.695 0.436

Page 309 | August 2013


AAC Conductor Chart
Conductor Charts

Conductor Diameter Over Rod Diameter Over Line Guard


Strand Diameter
Code Name Armor Rods Diameter Line Guards Diameter
AAC 14 sol 0.064 — — — —
AAC 12 sol 0.081 — — — —
AAC 10 sol 0.102 — — — —
REFERENCE MATERIAL

AAC 9 sol 0.114 — — — —


AAC 8 sol 0.129 — — — —
AAC 7 sol 0.144 — — — —
AAC 6 sol 0.162 0.404 0.121 — —
AAC 5 sol 0.182 0.424 0.121 — —
PEACHBELL AAC 6 str (7) 0.184 0.426 0.121 0.388 0.102
AAC 4 sol 0.204 0.446 0.121 0.408 0.102
AAC 3 sol 0.229 0.471 0.121 0.471 0.121
ROSE AAC 4 str (7) 0.232 0.524 0.146 0.474 0.121
AAC 3 str (7) 0.260 0.552 0.146 0.502 0.121
IRIS AAC 2 str (7) 0.292 0.584 0.146 0.534 0.121
PANSY AAC 1 str (7) 0.328 0.620 0.146 0.570 0.121
AAC 1 str (19) 0.332 0.624 0.146 0.574 0.121
POPPY AAC 1/0 str (7) 0.368 0.660 0.146 0.610 0.121
AAC 1/0 str (19) 0.373 0.665 0.146 0.615 0.121
ASTER AAC 2/0 str (7) 0.414 0.706 0.146 0.656 0.121
AAC 2/0 str (19) 0.419 0.711 0.146 0.661 0.121
PHLOX AAC 3/0 str (7) 0.464 0.798 0.167 0.706 0.121
AAC 3/0 str (19) 0.470 0.804 0.167 0.712 0.121
OXLIP AAC 4/0 str (7) 0.522 0.856 0.167 0.764 0.121
AAC 4/0 str (19) 0.528 0.862 0.167 0.770 0.121
VALERIAN AAC 250 kcmil (19) 0.574 0.938 0.182 0.816 0.121
AAC 250 kcmil (37) 0.575 0.939 0.182 0.817 0.121
LAUREL AAC 266.8 kcmil (19) 0.586 0.950 0.182 0.878 0.146
AAC 266.8 kcmil (37) 0.593 0.957 0.182 0.885 0.146
PEONY AAC 300 kcmil (19) 0.629 0.993 0.182 0.921 0.146
AAC 300 kcmil (61) 0.631 0.995 0.182 0.923 0.146
TUILP AAC 336.4 kcmil (19) 0.666 1.030 0.182 0.958 0.146
DAFFODIL AAC 350 kcmil (19) 0.679 1.043 0.182 0.971 0.146
AAC 350 kcmil (37) 0.681 1.089 0.204 0.973 0.146
CANNA AAC 397.5 kcmil (19) 0.727 1.135 0.204 1.019 0.146
AAC 400 kcmil (37) 0.728 1.136 0.204 1.020 0.146
AAC 450 kcmil (37) 0.772 1.180 0.204 1.064 0.146

Page 310 | August 2013


AAC Conductor Chart (continued)

Conductor Charts
Conductor Diameter Over Rod Diameter Over Line Guard
Strand Diameter
Code Name Armor Rods Diameter Line Guards Diameter
COSMOS AAC 477 kcmil (19) 0.793 1.293 0.250 1.085 0.146
SYRINGA AAC 477 kcmil (37) 0.795 1.295 0.250 1.087 0.146
ZINNIA AAC 500 kcmil (19) 0.811 1.311 0.250 1.103 0.146
AAC 500 kcmil (37) 0.813 1.313 0.250 1.105 0.146
AAC 550 kcmil (61) 0.855 1.355 0.250 1.147 0.146
DAHLIA AAC 556.5 kcmil (19) 0.856 1.356 0.250 1.148 0.146
MISTLETOE AAC 556.5 kcmil (37) 0.858 1.358 0.250 1.150 0.146
MEADOWSWEET AAC 600 kcmil (37) 0.891 1.391 0.250 1.183 0.146
AAC 600 kcmil (61) 0.893 1.393 0.250 1.185 0.146
ORCHID AAC 636 kcmil (37) 0.918 1.418 0.250 1.252 0.167
AAC 650 kcmil (61) 0.929 1.429 0.250 1.263 0.167
AAC 650 kcmil (91) 0.930 1.430 0.250 1.264 0.167
AAC 700 kcmil (61) 0.964 1.464 0.250 1.328 0.182
VIOLET AAC 715.5 kcmil (37) 0.974 1.474 0.250 1.338 0.182
NASTURTIUM AAC 715.5 kcmil (61) 0.975 1.475 0.250 1.339 0.182
AAC 750 kcmil (61) 0.998 1.618 0.310 1.362 0.182
ARBUTUS AAC 795 kcmil (37) 1.026 1.646 0.310 1.390 0.182
LILAC AAC 795 kcmil (61) 1.028 1.648 0.310 1.392 0.182
AAC 800 kcmil (61) 1.031 1.651 0.310 1.395 0.182
ANEMONE AAC 874.5 kcmil (37) 1.077 1.697 0.310 1.485 0.204
CROCUS AAC 874.5 kcmil (61) 1.078 1.698 0.310 1.486 0.204
COCKSCOMB AAC 900 kcmil (37) 1.092 1.712 0.310 1.500 0.204
AAC 900 kcmil (91) 1.093 1.713 0.310 1.501 0.204
AAC 900 kcmil (61) 1.094 1.714 0.310 1.502 0.204
MAGNOLIA AAC 954 kcmil (37) 1.124 1.744 0.310 1.624 0.250
GOLDENROD AAC 954 kcmil (61) 1.126 1.746 0.310 1.626 0.250
AAC 1000 kcmil (61) 1.152 1.772 0.310 1.652 0.250
BLUEBELL AAC 1033.5 kcmil (37) 1.170 1.790 0.310 1.670 0.250
LARKSPUR AAC 1033.5 kcmil (61) 1.172 1.792 0.310 1.672 0.250
AAC 1100 kcmil (91) 1.209 1.939 0.365 1.709 0.250
MARIGOLD AAC 1113 kcmil (61) 1.216 1.946 0.365 1.716 0.250
HAWTHORN AAC 1192.5 kcmil (61) 1.258 1.988 0.365 1.758 0.250
AAC 1200 kcmil (91) 1.263 1.993 0.365 1.763 0.250
AAC 1250 kcmil (91) 1.289 2.019 0.365 1.789 0.250

Page 311 | August 2013


AAC Conductor Chart (continued)
Conductor Charts

Conductor Diameter Over Rod Diameter Over Line Guard


Strand Diameter
Code Name Armor Rods Diameter Line Guards Diameter
NARCISSUS AAC 1272 kcmil (61) 1.300 2.030 0.365 1.800 0.250
AAC 1300 kcmil (91) 1.314 2.044 0.365 1.814 0.250
COLUMBINE AAC 1351.5 kcmil (61) 1.340 2.070 0.365 1.840 0.250
AAC 1400 kcmil (91) 1.364 2.094 0.365 1.864 0.250
CARNATION AAC 1431 kcmil (61) 1.379 2.109 0.365 1.879 0.250
AAC 1500 kcmil (91) 1.412 2.284 0.436 2.032 0.310
AAC 1510.5 kcmil (61) 1.417 2.289 0.436 2.037 0.310
COREOPSIS AAC 1590 kcmil (61) 1.454 2.326 0.436 2.074 0.310
AAC 1590 kcmil (91) 1.454 2.326 0.436 2.074 0.310
AAC 1600 kcmil (127) 1.459 2.331 0.436 2.079 0.310
AAC 1700 kcmil (127) 1.504 2.376 0.436 2.124 0.310
AAC 1750 kcmil (127) 1.526 2.398 0.436 — —
AAC 1800 kcmil (127) 1.548 2.420 0.436 — —
AAC 1900 kcmil (127) 1.590 2.462 0.436 — —
COWSLIP AAC 2000 kcmil (91) 1.630 2.502 0.436 — —
AAC 2000 kcmil (127) 1.632 2.504 0.436 — —
AAC 2250 kcmil (91) 1.729 2.601 0.436 — —
PIGWEED AAC 2300 kcmil (91) 1.748 2.620 0.436 — —
LUPINE AAC 2500 kcmil (91) 1.823 2.695 0.436 — —
AAC 2500 kcmil (127) 1.824 2.696 0.436 — —
AAC 2750 kcmil (91) 1.912 N/A N/A — —

progress

Page 312 | August 2013


ACSR ACSS Conductor Chart

Conductor Charts
Diameter Diameter Line Size = ACSR
Conductor Core Cable Over Rod Over
Strand Guard Where
Code Name Diameter Diameter Armor Diameter Line Diameter Offered
Rods Guards
Turkey ACSR 6 (6/1) 0.066 0.198 0.440 0.121 0.402 0.102 —
Swan ACSR 4 (6/1) 0.083 0.250 0.542 0.146 0.492 0.121 —
Swanate ACSR 4 (7/1) 0.102 0.257 0.549 0.146 0.499 0.121 —
Sparrow ACSR 2 (6/1) 0.105 0.316 0.588 0.136 0.558 0.121 —
Sparate ACSR 2 (7/1) 0.129 0.325 0.617 0.146 0.567 0.121 —
Robin ACSR 1 (6/1) 0.118 0.355 0.647 0.146 0.597 0.121 —
Raven ACSR 1/0 (6/1) 0.132 0.398 0.732 0.167 0.640 0.121 —
Quail ACSR 2/0 (6/1) 0.149 0.447 0.781 0.167 0.689 0.121 —
Petrel ACSR 101.8 kcmil (12/7) — 0.461 0.795 0.167 0.703 0.121 —
Minorca ACSR 110.8 kcmil (12/7) — 0.481 0.815 0.167 0.723 0.121 —
Pigeon ACSR 3/0 (6/1) 0.167 0.502 0.836 0.167 0.744 0.121 —
Leghorn ACSR 134.6 kcmil (12/7) 0.187 0.530 0.864 0.167 0.772 0.121 —
Penguin ACSR 4/0 (6/1) 0.187 0.563 0.927 0.182 0.805 0.121 —
Guinea ACSR 159.0 kcmil (12/7) — 0.576 0.940 0.182 0.818 0.121 —
Dotterel ACSR 176.9 kcmil (12/7) — 0.607 0.971 0.182 0.899 0.146 —
Waxwing ACSR 266.8 kcmil (18/1) 0.121 0.609 0.973 0.182 0.901 0.146 ACSS 266.8 kcmil (18/1)
Dorking ACSR 190.8 kcmil (12/7) — 0.631 0.995 0.182 0.923 0.146 —
Owl ACSR 266.8 kcmil (6/7) — 0.633 0.997 0.182 0.925 0.146 —
Partridge ACSR 266.8 kcmil (26/7) 0.236 0.642 1.006 0.182 0.934 0.146 ACSS 266.8 kcmil (26/7)
Junco ACSR 266.8 kcmil (30/7) 0.283 0.660 1.024 0.182 0.952 0.146 ACSS 266.8 kcmil (30/7)
Cochin ACSR 211.3 kcmil (12/7) — 0.663 1.027 0.182 0.955 0.146 —
Ostrich ACSR 300.0 kcmil (26/7) 0.251 0.680 1.088 0.204 0.972 0.146 ACSS 300.0 kcmil (26/7)
Merlin ACSR 336.4 kcmil (18/1) 0.136 0.684 1.092 0.204 0.976 0.146 ACSS 336.4 kcmil (18/1)
Woodcock ACSR 336.4 kcmil (22/7) 0.206 0.701 1.109 0.204 0.993 0.146 ACSS 336.4 kcmil (22/7)
Brahma ACSR 203.2 kcmil (16/19) — 0.714 1.122 0.204 1.006 0.146 —
Linnet ACSR 336.4 kcmil (26/7) 0.265 0.720 1.128 0.204 1.012 0.146 ACSS 336.4 kcmil (26/7)
Oriole ACSR 336.4 kcmil (30/7) 0.318 0.741 1.149 0.204 1.033 0.146 ACSS 336.4 kcmil (30/7)
Chickadee ACSR 397.5 kcmil (18/1) 0.148 0.743 1.151 0.204 1.035 0.146 ACSS 397.5 kcmil (18/1)
Ptarmigan ACSR 397.5 kcmil (20/7) 0.188 0.752 1.160 0.204 1.044 0.146 ACSS 397.5 kcmil (20/7)
Brant ACSR 397.5 kcmil (24/7) 0.257 0.772 1.180 0.204 1.064 0.146 ACSS 397.5 kcmil (24/7)
Ibis ACSR 397.5 kcmil (26/7) 0.288 0.783 1.283 0.250 1.075 0.146 ACSS 397.5 kcmil (26/7)
Lark ACSR 397.5 kcmil (30/7) 0.345 0.806 1.306 0.250 1.098 0.146 ACSS 397.5 kcmil (30/7)
Pelican ACSR 477.0 kcmil (18/1) 0.162 0.814 1.314 0.250 1.106 0.146 ACSS 477.0 kcmil (18/1)
Tailorbird ACSR 477.0 kcmil (20/7) 0.206 0.823 1.323 0.250 1.115 0.146 ACSS 477.0 kcmil (20/7)
Flicker ACSR 477.0 kcmil (24/7) 0.282 0.846 1.346 0.250 1.138 0.146 ACSS 477.0 kcmil (24/7)
Hawk ACSR 477.0 kcmil (26/7) 0.316 0.858 1.358 0.250 1.150 0.146 ACSS 477.0 kcmil (26/7)

Page 313 | August 2013


ACSR ACSS Conductor Chart (continued)
Conductor Charts

Diameter Diameter Line Size = ACSR


Conductor Core Cable Over Rod Over
Strand Guard Where
Code Name Diameter Diameter Armor Diameter Line Diameter Offered
Rods Guards
Osprey ACSR 556.5 kcmil (18/1) 0.175 0.879 1.379 0.250 1.171 0.146 ACSS 556.5 kcmil (18/1)
Hen ACSR 477.0 kcmil (30/7) 0.378 0.883 1.383 0.250 1.175 0.146 ACSS 477.0 kcmil (30/7)
Sapsucker ACSR 556.5 kcmil (22/7) 0.265 0.901 1.401 0.250 1.235 0.167 ACSS 556.5 kcmil (22/7)
Parakeet ACSR 556.5 kcmil (24/7) 0.305 0.914 1.414 0.250 1.248 0.167 ACSS 556.5 kcmil (24/7)
Dove ACSR 556.5 kcmil (26/7) 0.341 0.927 1.427 0.250 1.291 0.182 ACSS 556.5 kcmil (26/7)
Swift ACSR 636.0 kcmil (36/1) 0.133 0.930 1.430 0.250 1.294 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (36/1)
Kingbird ACSR 636.0 kcmil (18/1) 0.188 0.940 1.440 0.250 1.304 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (18/1)
Peacock ACSR 605.0 kcmil (24/7) 0.318 0.953 1.453 0.250 1.317 0.182 ACSS 605.0 kcmil (24/7)
Eagle ACSR 556.5 kcmil (30/7) 0.407 0.953 1.453 0.250 1.317 0.182 ACSS 556.5 kcmil (30/7)
Squab ACSR 605.0 kcmil (26/7) 0.356 0.966 1.466 0.250 1.330 0.182 ACSS 605.0 kcmil (26/7)
Goldfinch ACSR 636.0 kcmil (22/7) 0.283 0.963 1.463 0.250 1.327 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (22/7)
Rook ACSR 636.0 kcmil (24/7) 0.326 0.977 1.597 0.310 1.341 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (24/7)
Grosbeak ACSR 636.0 kcmil (26/7) 0.365 0.990 1.610 0.310 1.354 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (26/7)
Wood Duck ACSR 605.0 kcmil (30/7) 0.426 0.994 1.614 0.310 1.358 0.182 ACSS 605.0 kcmil (30/7)
Teal ACSR 605.0 kcmil (30/19) 0.426 0.994 1.614 0.310 1.358 0.182 ACSS 605.0 kcmil (30/19)
Flamingo ACSR 666.6 kcmil (24/7) 0.333 1.000 1.620 0.310 1.364 0.182 ACSS 666.6 kcmil (24/7)
Gannet ACSR 666.6 kcmil (26/7) 0.374 1.014 1.634 0.310 1.378 0.182 ACSS 666.6 kcmil (26/7)
Scooter ACSR 636.0 kcmil (30/7) 0.437 1.019 1.639 0.310 1.383 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (30/7)
Egret ACSR 636.0 kcmil (30/19) 0.437 1.019 1.639 0.310 1.383 0.182 ACSS 636.0 kcmil (30/19)
Stilt ACSR 715.5 kcmil (24/7) 0.345 1.036 1.656 0.310 1.400 0.182 ACSS 715.5 kcmil (24/7)
Coot ACSR 795.0 kcmil (36/1) — 1.040 1.660 0.310 1.404 0.182 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (36/1)
Starling ACSR 715.5 kcmil (26/7) 0.387 1.051 1.671 0.310 1.415 0.182 ACSS 715.5 kcmil (26/7)
Macaw ACSR 795.0 kcmil (42/7) 0.463 1.055 1.675 0.310 1.419 0.182 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (42/7)
Tern ACSR 795.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.266 1.063 1.683 0.310 1.427 0.182 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (45/7)
Redwing ACSR 715.5 kcmil (30/19) 0.463 1.081 1.701 0.310 1.489 0.204 ACSS 715.5 kcmil (30/19)
Cuckoo ACSR 795.0 kcmil (24/7) 0.364 1.092 1.712 0.310 1.500 0.204 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (24/7)
Condor ACSR 795.0 kcmil (54/7) 0.364 1.092 1.712 0.310 1.500 0.204 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (54/7)
Drake ACSR 795.0 kcmil (26/7) 0.408 1.108 1.728 0.310 1.608 0.250 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (26/7)
Ruddy ACSR 900.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.283 1.131 1.751 0.310 1.631 0.250 ACSS 900.0 kcmil (45/7)
Catbird ACSR 954.0 kcmil (36/1) — 1.140 1.760 0.310 1.640 0.250 ACSS 954.0 kcmil (36/1)
Mallard ACSR 795.0 kcmil (30/19) 0.489 1.140 1.760 0.310 1.640 0.250 ACSS 795.0 kcmil (30/19)
Crane ACSR 874.5 kcmil (54/7) — 1.146 1.766 0.310 1.646 0.250 ACSS 874.5 kcmil (54/7)
Canary ACSR 900.0 kcmil (54/7) 0.387 1.162 1.782 0.310 1.662 0.250 ACSS 900.0 kcmil (54/7)
Rail ACSR 954.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.291 1.165 1.785 0.310 1.665 0.250 ACSS 954.0 kcmil (45/7)

Page 314 | August 2013


ACSR ACSS Conductor Chart (continued)

Conductor Charts
Diameter Diameter Line Size = ACSR
Conductor Core Cable Over Rod Over
Strand Guard Where
Code Name Diameter Diameter Armor Diameter Line Diameter Offered
Rods Guards
Towhee ACSR 954.0 kcmil (48/7) 0.329 1.175 1.795 0.310 1.675 0.250 ACSS 954.0 kcmil (48/7)
Tanager ACSR 1033.5 kcmil (36/1) — 1.186 1.806 0.310 1.686 0.250 ACSS 1033.5 kcmil (36/1)
Redbird ACSR 954.0 kcmil (24/7) 0.399 1.196 1.816 0.310 1.696 0.250 ACSS 954.0 kcmil (24/7)
Cardinal ACSR 954.0 kcmil (54/7) 0.399 1.196 1.816 0.310 1.696 0.250 ACSS 954.0 kcmil (54/7)
Snowbird ACSR 1033.5 kcmil (42/7) 0.262 1.203 1.823 0.310 1.703 0.250 ACSS 1033.5 kcmil (42/7)
Ortolan ACSR 1033.5 kcmil (45/7) 0.303 1.212 1.942 0.365 1.712 0.250 ACSS 1033.5 kcmil (45/7)
Curlew ACSR 1033.5 kcmil (54/7) 0.415 1.245 1.975 0.365 1.745 0.250 ACSS 1033.5 kcmil (54/7)
Canvasback ACSR 954.0 kcmil (30/19) 0.535 1.248 1.978 0.365 1.748 0.250 ACSS 954.0 kcmil (30/19)
Bluejay ACSR 1113.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.315 1.259 1.989 0.365 1.759 0.250 ACSS 1113.0 kcmil (45/7)
Finch ACSR 1113.0 kcmil (54/19) 0.431 1.293 2.023 0.365 1.793 0.250 ACSS 1113.0 kcmil (54/19)
Bunting ACSR 1192.5 kcmil (45/7) 0.326 1.302 2.032 0.365 1.802 0.250 ACSS 1192.5 kcmil (45/7)
Skylark ACSR 1272.0 kcmil (36/1) 1.316 2.046 0.365 1.816 0.250 ACSS 1272.0 kcmil (36/1)
Grackle ACSR 1192.5 kcmil (54/19) 0.446 1.338 2.068 0.365 1.838 0.250 ACSS 1192.5 kcmil (54/19)
Bittern ACSR 1272.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.336 1.345 2.075 0.365 1.845 0.250 ACSS 1272.0 kcmil (45/7)
Pheasant ACSR 1272.0 kcmil (54/19) 0.461 1.382 2.112 0.365 1.882 0.250 ACSS 1272.0 kcmil (54/19)
Dipper ACSR 1351.5 kcmil (45/7) 0.347 1.386 2.116 0.365 1.886 0.250 ACSS 1351.5 kcmil (45/7)
Martin ACSR 1351.5 kcmil (54/19) 0.475 1.424 2.296 0.436 2.044 0.310 ACSS 1351.5 kcmil (54/19)
Bobolink ACSR 1431.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.357 1.427 2.299 0.436 2.047 0.310 ACSS 1431.0 kcmil (45/7)
Plover ACSR 1431.0 kcmil (54/19) 0.489 1.465 2.337 0.436 2.085 0.310 ACSS 1431.0 kcmil (54/19)
Nuthatch ACSR 1510.5 kcmil (45/7) 0.366 1.466 2.338 0.436 2.086 0.310 ACSS 1510.5 kcmil (45/7)
Ratite ACSR 1590.0 kcmil (42/7) 0.324 1.492 2.364 0.436 2.112 0.310 ACSS 1590.0 kcmil (42/7)
Lapwing ACSR 1590.0 kcmil (45/7) 0.376 1.502 2.374 0.436 2.122 0.310 ACSS 1590.0 kcmil (45/7)
Parrot ACSR 1510.5 kcmil (54/19) 0.502 1.505 2.377 0.436 2.125 0.310 ACSS 1510.5 kcmil (54/19)
Falcon ACSR 1590.0 kcmil (54/19) 0.515 1.545 2.417 0.436 — — ACSS 1590.0 kcmil (54/19)
Chukar ACSR 1780.0 kcmil (84/19) 0.437 1.602 2.474 0.436 — — ACSS 1780.0 kcmil (84/19)
Seahawk ACSR 1869.0 kcmil (68/7) 1.603 2.475 0.436 — — ACSS 1869.0 kcmil (68/7)
Mockingbird ACSR 2034.5 kcmil (72/7) 0.336 1.681 2.553 0.436 — 0.365 ACSS 2034.5 kcmil (72/7)
Roadrunner ACSR 2057.0 kcmil (76/19) 0.384 1.700 2.572 0.436 — 0.365 ACSR 2057.0 kcmil (76/19)
Kiwi ACSR 2167.0 kcmil (72/7) 0.347 1.735 2.607 0.436 — 0.365 ACSS 2167.0 kcmil (72/7)
Bluebird ACSR 2156.0 kcmil (84/19) 0.481 1.762 2.634 0.436 — — ACSS 2156.0 kcmil (84/19)
Thrasher ACSR 2312.0 kcmil (76/19) 0.407 1.802 2.674 0.436 — — ACSS 2312.0 kcmil (76/19)
Joree ACSR 2515.0 kcmil (76/19) 0.425 1.880 2.752 0.436 — — ACSS 2515.0 kcmil (76/19)

Page 315 | August 2013


ACSR/TW & ACSS/TW Conductor Chart
Conductor Charts

Diameter Diameter
Conductor Core Cable Rod Line Guard
Strand Over Over
Code Name Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Armor Rods Line Guards
Partridge 266.8 kcmil Type 16 0.236 0.591 0.955 0.182 0.833 0.121
Oriole 336.4 kcmil Type 23 0.318 0.693 1.101 0.204 0.985 0.146
Flicker 477.0 kcmil Type 13 0.282 0.776 1.184 0.204 1.068 0.146
Hawk 477.0 kcmil Type 16 0.316 0.789 1.289 0.250 1.081 0.146
Hen 477.0 kcmil Type 23 0.378 0.825 1.325 0.250 1.117 0.146
Parakeet 556.5 kcmil Type 13 0.305 0.835 1.335 0.250 1.127 0.146
Dove 556.5 kcmil Type 16 0.341 0.852 1.352 0.250 1.144 0.146
Calumet 565.3 kcmil Type 16 0.344 0.858 1.358 0.250 1.150 0.146
Mohawk 571.7 kcmil Type 13 0.309 0.846 1.346 0.250 1.138 0.146
Rook 636.0 kcmil Type 13 0.326 0.890 1.390 0.250 1.182 0.146
Grosbeak 636.0 kcmil Type 16 0.365 0.908 1.408 0.250 1.242 0.167
Oswego 664.8 kcmil Type 16 0.373 0.927 1.427 0.250 1.261 0.167
Mystic 666.6 kcmil Type 13 0.333 0.913 1.413 0.250 1.247 0.167
Wabash 762.8 kcmil Type 16 0.399 0.990 1.610 0.310 1.354 0.182
Maumee 768.2 kcmil Type 13 0.359 0.977 1.597 0.310 1.341 0.182
Tern 795.0 kcmil Type 7 0.266 0.960 1.460 0.250 1.324 0.182
Condor 795.0 kcmil Type 13 0.364 0.993 1.613 0.310 1.357 0.182
Drake 795.0 kcmil Type16 0.408 1.010 1.630 0.310 1.374 0.182
Canary 900.0 kcmil Type 13 0.387 1.080 1.700 0.310 1.488 0.204
Fraser 946.7 kcmil Type 10 0.346 1.077 1.697 0.310 1.485 0.204
Rail 954.0 kcmil Type 7 0.291 1.061 1.681 0.310 1.425 0.182
Cardinal 954.0 kcmil Type 13 0.399 1.084 1.704 0.310 1.492 0.204
Kettle 957.2 kcmil Type 7 0.292 1.060 1.680 0.310 1.424 0.182
Suwanee 959.6 kcmil Type 16 0.448 1.108 1.728 0.310 1.608 0.250
Columbia 966.2 kcmil Type 13 0.401 1.092 1.712 0.310 1.500 0.204
Ortolan 1033.5 kcmil Type 7 0.303 1.102 1.722 0.310 1.602 0.250
Curlew 1033.5 kcmil Type 13 0.415 1.129 1.749 0.310 1.629 0.250
Bluejay 1113.0 kcmil Type 7 0.315 1.143 1.763 0.310 1.643 0.250
Finch 1113.0 kcmil Type 13 0.431 1.185 1.805 0.310 1.685 0.250
Genesee 1158.0 kcmil Type 7 0.323 1.165 1.785 0.310 1.665 0.250
Hudson 1158.4 kcmil Type 13 0.440 1.196 1.816 0.310 1.696 0.250
Cheyenne 1168.1 kcmil Type 5 0.278 1.155 1.775 0.310 1.655 0.250

Page 316 | August 2013


ACSR/TW & ACSS/TW Conductor Chart (continued)

Conductor Charts
Diameter Diameter
Conductor Core Cable Rod Line Guard
Strand Over Over
Code Name Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Armor Rods Line Guards
Bunting 1192.5 kcmil Type 7 0.326 1.181 1.801 0.310 1.681 0.250
Grackle 1192.5 kcmil Type 13 0.446 1.225 1.955 0.365 1.725 0.250
Yukon 1233.6 kcmil Type 13 0.455 1.245 1.975 0.365 1.745 0.250
Nelson 1257.1 kcmil Type 7 0.335 1.213 1.943 0.365 1.713 0.250
Scissortail 1272.0 kcmil Type 5 0.290 1.203 1.933 0.365 1.703 0.250
Bittern 1272.0 kcmil Type 7 0.336 1.220 1.950 0.365 1.720 0.250
Pheasant 1272.0 kcmil Type 13 0.461 1.264 1.994 0.365 1.764 0.250
Thames 1334.6 kcmil Type 13 0.472 1.290 2.020 0.365 1.790 0.250

REFERENCE MATERIAL
Dipper 1351.5 kcmil Type 7 0.347 1.256 1.986 0.365 1.756 0.250
Martin 1351.5 kcmil Type 13 0.475 1.300 2.030 0.365 1.800 0.250
Mackenzie 1359.7 kcmil Type 7 0.348 1.259 1.989 0.365 1.759 0.250
Truckee 1372.5 kcmil Type 5 0.301 1.248 1.978 0.365 1.748 0.250
Bobolink 1431.0 kcmil Type 7 0.357 1.291 2.021 0.365 1.791 0.250
Plover 1431.0 kcmil Type 13 0.489 1.337 2.067 0.365 1.837 0.250
Merrimack 1433.6 kcmil Type 13 0.489 1.340 2.070 0.365 1.840 0.250
Miramichi 1455.3 kcmil Type 7 0.360 1.302 2.032 0.365 1.802 0.250
St. Croix 1467.8 kcmil Type 5 0.312 1.292 2.022 0.365 1.792 0.250
Rio Grande 1533.3 kcmil Type 13 0.506 1.382 2.112 0.365 1.882 0.250
Potomac 1557.4 kcmil Type 7 0.372 1.345 2.075 0.365 1.845 0.250
Platte 1569.0 kcmil Type 5 0.322 1.334 2.064 0.365 1.834 0.250
Lapwing 1590.0 kcmil Type 7 0.376 1.358 2.088 0.365 1.858 0.250
Falcon 1590.0 kcmil Type 13 0.515 1.408 2.280 0.436 2.028 0.310
Pecos 1622.0 kcmil Type 13 0.532 1.424 2.296 0.436 2.044 0.310
Schuykill 1657.4 kcmil Type 7 0.384 1.386 2.116 0.365 1.886 0.250
James 1730.6 kcmil Type13 0.538 1.470 2.342 0.436 2.090 0.310
Pee Dee 1758.6 kcmil Type 7 0.396 1.427 2.299 0.436 2.047 0.310
Chukar 1780.0 kcmil Type 8 0.437 1.445 2.317 0.436 2.065 0.310
Cumberland 1926.9 kcmil Type 13 0.567 1.545 2.417 0.436 — —
Athabaska 1949.6 kcmil Type 7 0.418 1.504 2.376 0.436 2.124 0.310
Powder 2153.8 kcmil Type 8 0.481 1.602 2.474 0.436 — —
Bluebird 2156.0 kcmil Type 8 0.481 1.608 2.480 0.436 — —
Santee 2627.3 kcmil Type 8 0.531 1.762 2.634 0.436 — —

Page 317 | August 2013


AW EHS Conductor Chart
Conductor Charts

Alumoweld® EHS Steel


Diameter Diameter
Rod Rod
Strand Diameter Over Strand Diameter Over
Diameter Diameter
Armor Rods Armor Rods
AW 3 # 10 0.220 0.424 0.102 EHS 1/4” str (3) 0.250 0.422 0.086
AW 7 # 12 0.242 0.446 0.102 EHS 1/4” str (7) 0.250 0.422 0.086
AW 3 # 9 0.247 0.451 0.102 EHS 5/16” str (3) 0.312 0.512 0.100
AW 3 # 8 0.277 0.505 0.114 EHS 5/16” str (7) 0.312 0.512 0.100
AW 7 # 10 0.306 0.534 0.114 EHS 5/16” str (7) 0.312 0.512 0.100
AW 3 # 7 0.311 0.539 0.114 EHS 3/8” str (3) 0.360 0.560 0.100
AW 7 # 9 0.343 0.571 0.114 EHS 3/8” str (7) 0.360 0.560 0.100
AW 3 # 6 0.349 0.577 0.114 EHS 7/16” str (7) 0.435 0.673 0.119
AW 7 # 8 0.385 0.613 0.114 EHS 1/2” str (7) 0.495 0.771 0.138
AW 3 # 5 0.392 0.648 0.128 EHS 1/2” str (19) 0.495 0.771 0.138
AW 7 # 7 0.433 0.648 0.128 EHS 9/16” str (7) 0.562 — —
AW 7 # 6 0.486 0.689 0.128 EHS 9/16” str (19) 0.562 — —
AW 19 # 10 0.509 0.742 0.128 EHS 5/8” str (7) 0.625 — —
AW 7 # 5 0.546 0.797 0.144 EHS 5/8” str (19) 0.625 — —
AW 19 # 9 0.572 0.834 0.144 EHS 11/16” str (19) 0.688 — —
AW 19 # 8 0.642 — — EHS 3/4” str (19) 0.750 — —
AW 37 # 10 0.713 — — EHS 13/16” str (19) 0.813 — —
AW 19 # 7 0.721 — — EHS 7/8” str (19) 0.875 — —
AW 37 # 9 0.801 — — EHS 15/16” str (19) 0.938 — —
AW 19 # 6 0.810 — — EHS 1” str (19) 1.000 — —
AW 37 # 8 0.899 — — EHS 1” str (37) 1.000 — —
AW 19 # 5 0.910 — — EHS 11/16” str (37) 1.063 — —
AW 37 # 7 1.010 — — EHS 11/8” str (37) 1.125 — —
AW 37 # 6 1.130 — — EHS 13/16” str (37) 1.188 — —
AW 37 # 5 1.270 — — EHS 11/4” str (37) 1.250 — —

Page 318 | August 2013


BLP Combined Load Curves
Combined Load Curves

technology
Combined Load Curves
BLP Combined Load Curves

Braced Line Post Assembly


BLP043X12000
BLP043X12000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
400 – lb
810 – lb
1210 – lb

Page 320 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves

BLP Combined Load Curves


Braced Line Post Assembly
BLP046X12000
BLP046X12000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
380 – lb
770 – lb
1160 – lb

Page 321 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves
BLP Combined Load Curves

Braced Line Post Assembly


BLP051X12000 BLP051X12000

12000

10000
REFERENCE MATERIAL

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
350 – lb
700 – lb
1060 – lb

Page 322 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves

BLP Combined Load Curves


Braced Line Post Assembly
BLP058X12000
BLP058X12000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
310 – lb
620 – lb
930 – lb

Page 323 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves
BLP Combined Load Curves

Braced Line Post Assembly


BLP075X12000 BLP075X12000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
240 – lb
490 – lb
730 – lb

Page 324 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves

BLP Combined Load Curves


Braced Line Post Assembly
BLP080X12000 BLP080X12000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
230 – lb
460 – lb
690 – lb

Page 325 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves
BLP Combined Load Curves

Horizontal V Assembly
BLP041X00000
BLP041X00000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
420 – lb
850 – lb
1280 – lb

Page 326 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves

BLP Combined Load Curves


Horizontal V Assembly
BLP046X00000
BLP046X00000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
380 – lb
770 – lb
1160 – lb

Page 327 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves
BLP Combined Load Curves

Horizontal V Assembly
BLP053X00000
BLP053X00000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
330 – lb
670 – lb
1010 – lb

Page 328 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves

BLP Combined Load Curves


Horizontal V Assembly
BLP055X00000
BLP055X00000

12000

10000

REFERENCE MATERIAL
8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
320 – lb
650 – lb
970 – lb

Page 329 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves
BLP Combined Load Curves

Horizontal V Assembly
BLP072X00000 BLP072X00000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
250 – lb
500 – lb
760 – lb

Page 330 | August 2013


Combined Load Curves

BLP Combined Load Curves


Horizontal V Assembly
BLP080X00000
BLP080X00000

12000

10000

8000
Vertical Load (lb)

6000

4000

2000

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load (lb) Tension

Longitudinal Loads Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base
for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
0 – lb
230 – lb
460 – lb
690 – lb

Page 331 | August 2013


LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES
Line Post Application Curves

results
2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250024S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250024S0XX0

3000

2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF
REFERENCE MATERIAL

1500

1000

500

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
600 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1800 Longitudinal
2400 Longitudinal

Page 334 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250026S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250026S0XX0

3000

2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF

1500

1000

500

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
0 Longitudinal
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
600 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1800 Longitudinal
2400 Longitudinal

Page 335 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250031S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250031S0XX0

2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF

1500

1000

500

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
0 Longitudinal
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
500 Longitudinal
1000 Longitudinal
1500 Longitudinal
2000 Longitudinal

Page 336 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250036S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250036S0XX0
2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF

1500

1000

500

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
0 Longitudinal
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
400 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1600 Longitudinal

Page 337 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250043S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250043S0XX0

2000

1800

1600

1400
Vertical Load, LBF

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0
-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
400 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1600 Longitudinal

Page 338 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250048S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250048S0XX0

1800

1600

1400
Vertical Load, LBF

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0
-8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
300 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).

600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 339 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250053S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250053S0XX0

1600

1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
0 Longitudinal
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
300 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 340 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250058S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250058S0XX0

1600

1400
Vertical Load, LBF

1200

1000

REFERENCE MATERIAL
800

600

400

200

0
-6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
300 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 341 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250060S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250060S0XX0

1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
300 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 342 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250065S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250065S0XX0

1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-5000 -4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
200 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).

400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 343 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250070S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250070S0XX0

1200

1000

800
Vertical Load, LBF

600

400

200

-4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 344 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250075S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250075S0XX0

1200

1000

800
Vertical Load, LBF

600

400

200

0
-4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 345 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250080S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250080S0XX0
1200

1000

800
Vertical Load, LBF
REFERENCE MATERIAL

600

400

200

0
-4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 346 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250087S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250087S0XX0

1000

900

800

700
Vertical Load, LBF

600

500

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 347 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250092S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250092S0XX0

1000

900

800

700
Vertical Load, LBF

600

500

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 348 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250096S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250096S0XX0

900

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
100 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).

200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 349 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250101S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250101S0XX0
900

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
100 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 350 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250104S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250104S0XX0

900

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 351 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250106S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250106S0XX0

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 352 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250109S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P250109S0XX0

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

REFERENCE MATERIAL
300

200

100

0
-2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
100 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 353 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P250111S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P250111S0XX0

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 354 | August 2013


3” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P300026S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P300026S0XX0

4000

3500

3000
Vertical Load, (lb)

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0
-15000 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 15000 15000
Compression Transverse Load, (lb) Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
900 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).

1800 Longitudinal
2700 Longitudinal
3600 Longitudinal

Page 355 | August 2013


3” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P300042S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P300042S0XX0

3500

3000

2500
Vertical Load, (lb)

2000

1500

1000

500

0
-15000 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 15000
Compression Transverse Load, (lb) Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
700 Longitudinal
1400 Longitudinal
2100 Longitudinal
2800 Longitudinal

Page 356 | August 2013


3” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P300057S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P300057S0XX0

2500

2000
Vertical Load, (lb)

1500

1000

500

0
-15000 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, (lb) Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
500 Longitudinal
1000 Longitudinal
1500 Longitudinal
2000 Longitudinal

Page 357 | August 2013


3” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P300069S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P300069S0XX0

2500

2000

1500
Vertical Load, (lb)

1000

500

0
-8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Compression Transverse Load, (lb) Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
400 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
800 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1600 Longitudinal

Page 358 | August 2013


3” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P300085S0XX0

LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES


P300085S0XX0

1800

1600

1400

1200
Vertical Load, (lb)

1000

800

600

400

200

0
-6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Compression Transverse Load, (lb) Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
300 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 359 | August 2013


3” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Two Hole Blade Top Cap
P300095S0XX0
LINE POST APPLICATION CURVES

P300095S0XX0

1600

1400

1200
Vertical Load, (lb)

1000

800

600

400

200

0
-6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000
Compression Transverse Load, (lb) Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
300 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).

600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 360 | August 2013


2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs
2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves

value
2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250024S1XX0
P250024S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

3000

2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF

1500

1000

500

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
600 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1800 Longitudinal
2400 Longitudinal

Page 362 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250026S1XX0
P250026S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


3000

2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF

1500

1000

500

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
600 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1800 Longitudinal
2400 Longitudinal

Page 363 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250031S1XX0
P250031S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

2500

2000
Vertical Load, LBF

1500

1000
REFERENCE MATERIAL

500

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
500 Longitudinal on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).

1000 Longitudinal
1500 Longitudinal
2000 Longitudinal

Page 364 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250036S1XX0
P250036S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


2000

1800

1600

1400
Vertical Load, LBF

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
400 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1600 Longitudinal

Page 365 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250043S1XX0
P250043S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

1800

1600

1400

1200
Vertical Load, LBF

1000

800

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
400 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal
1600 Longitudinal

Page 366 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250048S1XX0
P250048S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


1600

1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
300 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 367 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250053S1XX0
P250053S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

1600

1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
300 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 368 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250058S1XX0
P250058S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
300 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
900 Longitudinal
1200 Longitudinal

Page 369 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250060S1XX0
P250060S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

1400

1200

1000
Vertical Load, LBF

800

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 370 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250065S1XX0
P250065S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


1200

1000

800
Vertical Load, LBF

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 371 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250070S1XX0
P250070S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

1200

1000

800
Vertical Load, LBF

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 372 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250075S1XX0
P250075S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


1200

1000

800
Vertical Load, LBF

600

400

200

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 373 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250080S1XX0
P250080S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

1000

900

800

700
Vertical Load, LBF

600

500

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 374 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250087S1XX0
P250087S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


1000

900

800

700
Vertical Load, LBF

600

500

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 375 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250092S1XX0
P250092S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

1000

900

800

700
Vertical Load, LBF

600

500
REFERENCE MATERIAL

400

300

200

100

0
-3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
200 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal
600 Longitudinal
800 Longitudinal

Page 376 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250096S1XX0
P250096S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


900

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 377 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250101S1XX0
P250101S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

900

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 378 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250104S1XX0
P250104S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


900

800

700

600
Vertical Load, LBF

500

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 379 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250106S1XX0
P250106S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

800

700

600

500
Vertical Load, LBF

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 380 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250109S1XX0
P250109S1XX0

2.5” line post COMBINED load CURVEs


800

700

600

500
Vertical Load, LBF

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
0 Longitudinal
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 381 | August 2013


2.5” Line Post Combined Load Curves
Horizontal Clamptop Cap
P250111S1XX0
P250111S1XX0
2.5” LINE POST combined load CURVES

800

700

600

500
Vertical Load, LBF

400

300

200

100

0
-2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Compression Transverse Load, LBF Tension

Note: The loads were determined independent of the type of base


0 Longitudinal for all horizontal post applications. The loads were determined based
on the working load (50% of ultimate) of the insulator(s).
100 Longitudinal
200 Longitudinal
300 Longitudinal
400 Longitudinal

Page 382 | August 2013


quadri*sil® insulators
Quadri*Sil® Insulators

trust
Corona Protection of Quadri*Sil® Transmission Insulators
A Better Design. A Better Insulator.
Quadri*Sil insulators are designed to be RIV and corona free through 161 kV. The term “corona
free” is a reference to visible corona. The use of an external corona shielding ring is required at
voltages above 161 kV to ensure there is no visible corona.

Research by the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) on the effects of wet and dry corona;
have led to the recommendation of applying corona rings at lower transmission voltages.
Depending upon the magnitude of the electric field on the surface of the polymer material, it is
Quadri*Sil® Insulators

possible for water droplets to go into corona as their shape distorts and spreads on the surface
of the polymer material. EPRI is recommending that corona rings be applied to an insulator if the
electric field magnitude on the surface of the polymer material exceeds 420 V/mm over a 10 mm
section. This implies if the electric field magnitude drops below 420 V/mm over a 10 mm section,
there is not enough energy in the electric field to put the water droplet into corona. Based on
this recommendation, it requires the installation of corona rings on the “conductor side” of the
insulator at voltages as low as 138 kV. In some configurations, it may require the application of
corona rings at voltages as low as 115 kV in order to ensure the magnitude of the electric field is
below the 420 V/mm threshold as referenced above.

If your goal is to comply with the EPRI recommendation, the best way to ensure you do this for
a particular application is via analysis of the E-field. This can be done with 3D modeling software
and provides the transmission engineer with the necessary data. It is important to note, all
polymer insulator designs are different and the size of the integral corona ring on the end-fitting
plays an important role in protecting the polymer material at lower transmission voltages. The
Quadri*Sil insulator was designed with one of the largest integral corona rings (on the end-
fitting) used in the industry. The following table was developed as a general rule to comply
with the EPRI recommendation. It should be noted that the E-field magnitudes can vary by
configuration and structure design and should be verified by reviewing the E-field model of the
complete assembly.

Corona Ring Diameter


Ground End Line End
Line Voltage Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
138 kV None 8 (203)
161 kV None 8 (203)
230 kV None 8 (203)
345 kV None 12 (305)
400 kV 8 (203) 12 (305)
500 kV 8 (203) 15 (381)

If you need assistance with any applications regarding Quadri*Sil polymer transmission
insulators, please contact your local Hubbell Power Systems representative.

Page 384 | August 2013


Insulator Selection Guide
Transmission
Customer: __________________________________________________________________________________________________
End User: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Completed by: ______________________ Date: ________________________ Required by: ___________________________
Phone Number: ________________________________________ Email: _______________________________________________

Please fill out all available information. *Asterisk indicates required field.

CRITICAL INFORMATION

quadri*sil® insulators
*System L-L voltage (kV) ________________________________ Housing Material:  ESP  SILICONE

Insulator Type:  Suspension  Line Post  Station Post Labelling Units:  English  Metric

Insulator Dimensional and Electrical Requirements (Provide as many as possible):


*Section Length (In/mm) _______________________ 50/60 Hz Flashover (kV) Dry _________ Wet _________
Leakage/Creepage (In/mm) _____________________ Impulse Withstand (kV) (+) _________ (-)
_________
Dry Arc Distance (In/mm) _______________________ Critical Impulse Flashover (kV) (+) _________ (-)
_________

SUSPENSION INSULATORS

*Specified Mechanical Load (SML):________________________


REFERENCE MATERIAL
*End Fittings: Line End Ground End
 Chain Eye  Chain Eye
 Ball, ANSI  Ball, ANSI
 Y-Clevis  Y-Clevis
 Socket, ANSI  Socket, ANSI or IEC (circle one)
 Straight Clevis  Straight Clevis
 Socket, IEC: 16 mm  20 mm   Socket, IEC: 16 mm  20 mm 
 Ball, IEC: 16 mm  20 mm   Ball, IEC: 16 mm  20 mm 
 Other _______________________  Other ________________________

LINE POST INSULATORS

Line Post Insulators:  Horizontal  Vertical

*Max Design Cantilever Load (MDCL):_____________________



Horizontal:
*Base fitting  Gain (round pole)  Flat Material:
Mounting Bolt Size _______________ Steel 
Mounting Bolt Spacing ___________ Aluminum 

*Line fitting  Two hole blade


 Clamp top
 Other __________________
Vertical:
*Base fitting  5” Bolt Circle Material:
 Gain (round pole) Steel 
 Flat Aluminum 

*Line fitting  Clamp top


 Other __________________

STATION POST INSULATORS

Station Post:
Technical Reference (T.R.) number of equivalent Porcelain Insulator: ___________________________________________________
BIL (kV): ____________________ Height (in / mm) ___________________ Max Design Cantilever lb (kN) __________________
Bolt Circle:  3”  5”

Page 385 | August 2013


Quadri*Sil® BLP
BLPSelection
selectionGuides
guide
Braced Line Post Selection Guides

expert
Braced Line Post Selection Guide
Assembly Drawings
Supplied by Customer

Braced Line Post AS-50 Horizontal-V


AS-50
5’’ ) ’’
3. mm 3.5 mm)
9 9
(8 (8
X
X

D D
B B
C
blp selection guide

C APPROX 50º

APPROX 62º
9 ’’
)
(8 3.5
m

3.5’’
m

(89 mm)
AS-50 AS-50

A
12º

Gain Base Mounting


A 12.0’’
(305 mm)

8.06’’
(205 mm)

Pivoting Horizontal-V
3.5’’ (89 mm) 0.94’’ 1.31’’
(24 mm) (33 mm)
AS-50

Flat Base Mounting


4.0’’
X (102 mm) 10’’
(254 mm)
0.94’’ Diam
(24 mm)
10.0’’
(254 mm) 8’’
D (203 mm)
B

APPROX 50º
Pivoting Base Mounting
8.0’’
2.75’’ (203 mm)
(70 mm)

3.5’’ (89 mm)


AS-50
8.0’’
(203 mm)

2.75’’
(70 mm) 0.81’’ Diam
(21 mm)

Page 388 | August 2013


Braced Line Post Assembly
Typical Catalog Catalog Component Insulators A B C D X Maximum Loadings
System Number Number Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Vertical Tension Compression Longitudinal
kV Gain Base Flat Base Post Suspension (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

Page 389 | August 2013


115/138 BLP043G12000 BLP043F12000 P250043S0XX0 S025060S0000 55.9 (1420) 73.8 (1875) 74.0 (1880) 80.8 (2052) 2.0 (51) 11130 (49.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1625 (7.2)
115/138 BLP046G12000 BLP046F12000 P250046S0XX0 S025066S0000 58.2 (1478) 80.3 (2040) 82.0 (2083) 87.3 (2217) 2.0 (51) 11350 (50.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1550 (6.9)
161 BLP051G12000 BLP051F12000 P250051S0XX0 S025075S0000 63.0 (1600) 88.9 (2258) 90.0 (2286) 95.9 (2436) 2.0 (51) 11390 (50.7) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1415 (6.3) 161
161 BLP058G12000 BLP058F12000 P250058S0XX0 S025084S0000 70.1 (1781) 97.5 (2477) 96.0 (2438) 128.3 (3529 2.0 (51) 11240 (50) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1250 (5.6)
230 BLP075G12000 BLP075F12000 P250075S0XX0 S025107S000A 86.6 (2200) 121.3 (3081) 118.0 (2997) 128.3 (3259) 2.0 (51) 11220 (49.9) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 985 (4.4)
230 BLP080G12000 BLP080F12000 P250080S0XX0 S025116S000A 91.4 (2322) 129.9 (3299) 127.0 (3226) 136.9 (3477) 2.0 (51) 11260 (50.2) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 930 (4.1)

Horizontal-V Assembly
Typical Catalog Catalog Component Insulators A B C D X Maximum Loadings
System Number Number Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Vertical Tension Compression Longitudinal
kV Gain Base Flat Base Post Suspension (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
115/138 BLP041G00000 BLP041F00000 P250041S0XX0 S025040S0000 54.7 (1389) 54.3 (1379) 51.0 (1295) 61.3 (1557) 18.0 (457) 10050 (44.7) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1715 (7.6)
115/138 BLP046G00000 BLP046F00000 P250046S0XX0 S025045S0000 59.5 (1511) 58.7 (1491) 55.0 (1397) 65.7 (1669) 20.0 (508) 10070 (44.8) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1550 (6.9)
Braced Line Post Selection Guide

161 BLP053G00000 BLP053F00000 P250053S0XX0 S025053S0000 66.8 (1697) 67.3 (1709) 61.0 (1549) 74.3 (1887) 22.0 (559) 10000 (44.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1355 (6.0)
161 BLP055G00000 BLP055F00000 P250055S0XX0 S025058S0000 69.2 (1758) 71.6 (1819) 66.0 (1676) 78.6 (1996) 24.0 (610) 10240 (45.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1300 (5.8)
230 BLP072G00000 BLP072F00000 P250072S0XX0 S025075S000A 86.1 (2187) 88.9 (2258) 79.0 (2007) 95.9 (2436) 28.0 (711) 10010 (44.5) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 1015 (4.5)
230 BLP080G00000 BLP080F00000 P250080S0XX0 S025084S000A 93.4 (2372) 97.5 (2477) 85.0 (2159) 104.5 (2654) 30.0 (762) 9960 (44.3) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 930 (4.1)

Pivoting Horizontal-V Assembly


Catalog Catalog Component Insulators
Typical Number A B C D X Maximum Loadings
System Gain Number Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Vertical Tension Compression Longitudinal
kV Post Suspension (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Base Flat Base lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
115/138 — BLP041P00000 P250041S0390 S025043S0000 53.1 (1349) 52.2 (1326) 50.0 (1270) 59.2 (1504) 18.0 (457) 10140 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
115/138 — BLP048P00000 P250048S0390 S025049S0000 57.9 (1471) 58.7 (1491) 56.0 (1422) 65.7 (1669) 20.0 (508) 10270 (45.7) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
161 — BLP053P00000 P250053S0390 S025051S0000 65.2 (1656) 65.1 (1654) 60.0 (1524) 72.1 (1831) 22.0 (559) 10070 (44.8) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
161 — BLP055P00000 P250055S0390 S025056S0000 67.6 (1717) 69.5 (1765) 65.0 (1651) 76.5 (1943) 24.0 (610) 10310 (45.9) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
230 — BLP072P00000 P250070S0390 S025075S000A 84.5 (2146) 88.9 (2258) 81.0 (2057) 95.9 (2436) 28.0 (711) 10150 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)
230 — BLP080P00000 P250080S0390 S025081S000A 91.8 (2332) 95.4 (2423) 84.0 (2134) 102.4 (2601) 30.0 (762) 10150 (45.1) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4) 7500 (33.4)

BLPSelection
Quadri*Sil® BLP guide
selectionGuides
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

assurance
Select 4-R™
Select 4-R™
Fargo® 4-R Vibration Damper Application Software Instructions
Select 4-R™ is Hubbell Power Systems’ online software for the application of Fargo 4-R
Stockbridge-type dampers to provide vibration protection of open-wire overhead power
line conductors and shield wire cables.

Damper recommendations are based on user-defined inputs of basic line design and
operating environment data for specific line construction or reconductor projects.

The vibration dampers recommended are designed to protect conductors and shield wire
cables from bending strains associated with small-amplitude conductor motion known as
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

aeolian vibration.

Large-amplitude, low-frequency conductor/cable motion known as galloping is typically


associated with uneven ice formation on conductors/cables and strong winds. Galloping
can damage line components, including vibration dampers, and must be prevented by
other measures which are the responsibility of the line designer to specify and implement.

For additional information, visit our website at HubbellPowerSystems.com.

Thank you for specifying Fargo 4-R dampers to provide aeolian vibration protection for
conductors/cables on your power line projects.

Aluminum Vise Clamp

ently
d Weights

Tight Strand Lay


Fork”
Weight Design
Galvanized 19-wire
ot-dipped Galvanized
Steel Messenger
on Large Weight
Cable Short Moment
Arm
Long Moment Arm Hot-dipped Galvanized Contoured
Iron Small Weight Surfaces

Page 392 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Registration/Login
Select 4-R™ Damper Application Program access is offered online to utility transmission line
designers who register with Hubbell Power Systems and agree to the program terms of use.

To register for program access, and to login once registered, establish your internet
connection and go to hpsapps.com/damper. When the following screen appears...

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


Search

Home Products Applications Resources What's New About Us Contact Us

User Login
Please login using the form below.

Not a registered user? Please


visit new user registration.

Login:

Password:

LOGIN
Fargo 4-R Damper
Application Software

Version 1.0

All contents Copyright® 2001 - 2012 Hubbell Incorporated. All rights reserved. Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement,
we reserve the right to change the design specifications without notice.
Terms of Use | Contact Us | Site Map

…click “New User Registration.” Complete the registration screen inputs and click on “Submit
Request.” Registration requests will be reviewed and, on approval, your user account will be
set up and confirmed by return email.

Should others in your organization need program access, they should also complete the
registration process. Allowing others to log on using your user ID could block program access
when you need it.

Program screen copies with comments and instructions are provided on the following pages.

Page 393 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Project Screen
Required Inputs:

• Project Name

• Line Voltage

• Line Owner/Utility
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

Line Environment Notes:

• If terrain along line route varies, select “Flat, Open/Open Water Crossing” for a
conservative damper protection recommendation for the entire line.

Project Files:

• Click on “Existing Project List” link to view a list of damper selection projects you have
created previously. Project recommendation files are saved online until user deletes them
or until server file storage limits are reached.
REFERENCE MATERIAL

• Existing Project files may be opened to add-to or change line design inputs, or simply to audit
details (e.g., individual span lengths) not included in the recommendation summary output.

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 | New Project


» Existing Project List » Log Out

Project Specifications

* Required Fields

Project Name: TL 151 *

For assistance with the Select4R Fargo Damper


File Reference: W/O 105644 Application, please contact hpscs@hubbell.com

Line Voltage: 230 kV *

Line Owner/Utility: GPE *

Construction: New Conductor Installation

Line Environment
Terrain along line route:

Flat, Open / Open Water Crossing

Next

Download the Damper Application User Instructions

Page 394 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Cable Selection Screen
Position the list using Cable Filter value inputs.

• Cable type default is ACSR. Use drop down arrow to select other types.

• Manually enter Size to subset cables in the Type.

• Click on a conductor/cable to select.

• Bold font indicates cables with damper recommendation data currently available online.

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


• Selection of cables in non-bold font will allow user to submit line design inputs needed
by Hubbell to analyze that cable in detail using its conductor modeling and damper
response software, provide a project-specific recommendation, and allow for an update
of the online recommendations database.

Cable Application

• “Phase” indicates phase conductor.

• “Shield” indicates shield wire cable.

Some program logic is tied to the application type.

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Cable Selection for TL 151 File Name: W/O 105644

Cable Filter:
Type: Size: Stranding: Description:

ACSR 795 Apply Filter Clear Filter

Displaying 7 matches. Damper recommendation data currently available for BOLDED cable descriptions.

Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application


ACSR COOT 795 36/1 0.805 16710 1.040 Phase

ACSR TERN 795 45/7 0.896 22100 1.063 Phase

ACSR PUFFIN 795 22/7 0.957 24800 1.177 Phase

ACSR CUCKOO 795 24/7 1.024 27900 1.092 Phase

ACSR CONDOR 795 54/7 1.024 28200 1.092 Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 1.108 Phase

ACSR MALLARD 795 30/19 1.235 38400 1.140 Phase

Page 395 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Line Configuration
Phase Conductor

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Line Configuration for TL 151 File Name: W/O 105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application Wires # Circuits Phase
Circuit

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 1.108 Phase ----

Number of Conductors / Circuits

Number of Circuits: 1

Phases/Circuit: 3

Conductors/Phase: 1

Next

Change default inputs to match line design for number of Circuits, Phases/Circuit and
Conductors/Phase, or number of shield wires (if applicable). Program calculation of total
damper quantity in damper recommendations is based on these parameters.

Shield Wire

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Line Configuration for TL 151 File Name: W/O 105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

STEEL 1/2 EHS (19) 1/2 19 0.504 26700 0.500 Shield ---- ---- ----

Number of Shield Wires (this cable): 1

Next

Page 396 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Spans (Suspension)
Required Inputs

• Ruling Span and Maximum Span length — keyed in by user or Ruling, Minimum and
Maximum Span values are calculated and displayed if a list of actual span lengths within the
ruling span is entered into the Individual Span List input field. Spans List entry may be copied
from a line-design program span listing, or keyed-in with individual spans separated by a
comma or return/enter key.

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


Optional Inputs

• Ruling Span ID (up to 10 characters).

• Minimum Span length when only Ruling Span and Maximum Span lengths are keyed
(Individual Spans List entry not used).

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Spans for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 1.108 Phase ---- 1 3 1

Ruling Span Data: RS01

Check if single Deadend-to-Deadend span

ID: RS01 (Optional)

Ruling Span Length: 624 ft

Minimum Span: 550 ft

Maximum Span: 585.6 ft

Number of Span(s): 12

Individual Span List


Enter individual span lengths separated by commas or on separate lines.
You can also input span list via cut and paste from separate work file.

550,571.2,633,575.7, 625.5,605.4,655,625.3,594,641.2,685.6,675

Update Form

Next

Page 397 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Spans (Single Deadend)
Required Inputs

• Deadend-to-Deadend check box (closes input fields not applicable).

• Ruling Span length.

Optional Input
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

• Ruling Span ID (up to 10 characters).

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Spans for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 1.108 Phase ---- 1 3 1

Ruling Span Data: RS02

Check if single Deadend-to-Deadend span

ID: RS02 (Optional)

Span Length: 655 ft

Next

Page 398 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Spans (Importing Span Data)
When a second cable is added, spans data can be imported (copied) from the first
cable entered.

In this example, a shield wire cable is being added to the same structures supporting the
795 ACSR “Drake” phase conductor added earlier. Thus, the spans data for the phase
conductor can be copied/imported to the shield wire for damper selection analysis.

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Spans for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

STEEL 1/2 EHS (19) 1/2 19 0.504 26700 0.500 Shield 1 ---- ---- ----

REFERENCE MATERIAL
Ruling Span Data: RS01

Select an existing ruling span to copy span figures to this form.

Import Existing Ruling Spans from RS01 (ACSR DRAKE Import

Check if single Deadend-to-Deadend span

ID: RS01 (Optional)

Ruling Span Length: 624 ft

Minimum Span: 550 ft

Maximum Span: 586 ft

Number of Span(s): 12

Individual Span List


Enter individual span lengths separated by commas or on separate lines.
You can also input span list via cut and paste from separate work file.

550,571.2,633,575.7, 625.5,605.4,655,625.3,594,641.2,685.6,675

Update Form

Page 399 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Ruling Span Tension
Required Inputs

• Initial Unloaded Tension (if new conductor installation).

• Final Unloaded Tension.

• Tension values may be input as %RBS (Rated Breaking Strength) if actual


design tensions are not yet defined, or if utility standard practice limits
unloaded tension to a fixed % of cable RBS.
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

Input Limits

• Tension range limits are 1 to 40% of cable RBS.

• Final Tension cannot be greater than Initial Tension.

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Ruling Span Tension for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 10108 Phase ---- 1 3 1

Enter unloaded tension (lb/N) or % cable RBS at annual average minimum temperature (AAMT)

Initial Unloaded Tension at AAMT: 7875 lb/N %RBS: 25 Include Initial Tension if New Conductor Installation

Final Unloaded Tension at AAMT: 6930 lb/N %RBS: 22

Update Cancel & Return to Recommendations Display

Page 400 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Supports (Suspension Type)
Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Conductor Supports for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 10108 Phase ---- 1 3 1

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


Select Suspension Type: Clamps on bare cable
Clamps on bare cable
Clamps with Line Guards
Clamps with Armor Rods
Next Formed-wire Suspension (AGS)

Selection Input

• Suspension type applies to all suspension spans of selected conductor/cable.

• This screen does not appear for deadend-to-deadend spans.

• Line Guards not available for some cable sizes. In those cases the suspension
type selection “Clamps with Line Guards” will not appear.

Number of Span(s):

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Conductor Supports for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 10108 Phase ---- 1 3 1

Select Suspension Type: Clamps with Armor Rods

Standard Armor Rods for selected conductor/cable:

Rod Diameter: 0.310 in


Rod Length: 100 in

Check if non-standard rods used and input data below.

Next

When Clamps with Armor Rods or Formed Wire Suspension supports are selected, the user
has the option to specify support rods of non-standard dimensions. If non-standard rods are
specified, the online database recommendations may not apply, and a message will appear
later in the process prompting the user to submit the design inputs via an email request for
a custom damper recommendation.
Number of Span(s):

Page 401 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Recommendation Summary (Phase Conductor View)
Note:

• Summary display: Two cable project example with Phase Conductor cable
recommendation shown. Click on the second cable ID to toggle display to Shield Wire
cable recommendation.

• Edit links available — Click on RS ID, Tension, or Suspension Type (drop down list).

• To view Ruling Span graphic with spacing dimension references, click on the magnifying
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

glass icon next to Ruling Span ID.

• Click on Damper Catalog Number to view damper specifications in the online catalog.

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Damper Recommendations for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

Cables in this project ... ACSR DRAKE STEEL 1/2 EHS (19)

Conductor/Cable: ACSR DRAKE Delete Total Dampers This Cable: 42

Suspension Type: Clamps with Armor Rods Damper Catalog Number: 60710-12

Terrain along line route: Flat - Open or Open Water Crossing

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

ACSR DRAKE 795 26/7 1.094 31500 10108 Phase ---- 1 3 1

Click on magnifying glass icon below to see span graphic and spacing reference dimensions A & B or C & D.

Dampers Per Span Damper Spacing (in)


Span and Unloaded Tension Maximum Protected Span (ft) Suspension Deadend

RS Ruling Span (ft) Maximum Span (ft) # Spans Tension (lb.) 0 1 2 A B C D # Dampers

del RS01 624 686 12 7403 332 1639 --- 55 --- --- --- 36

del RS02 655 655 1 6765 423 1916 --- 55 --- --- --- 6

Add Ruling Span Add Another Cable Create Report

Resource Links
Installation Instructions for Fargo 4-R Vibration Dampers
Tranmission Catalogs
Damper Technical Bulletin

Page 402 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Recommendation Summary (Shield Wire View)
Note:

• Summary display — Two cable project example with Shield Wire cable recommendation
shown. Click on the first cable ID to toggle display to Phase Conductor recommendation.

• Edit links available — Click on RS ID, Tension, or Suspension Type (drop down list).

• To view Ruling Span graphic with spacing dimension references, click on the magnifying
glass icon next to Ruling Span ID.

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


• Click on Damper Catalog Number to view damper specifications in the online catalog.

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Damper Recommendations for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

Cables in this project ... ACSR DRAKE STEEL 1/2 EHS (19)

Conductor/Cable: STEEL 1/2 EHS (19) Delete Total Dampers This Cable: 14

Suspension Type: Clamps on Bare Cable Damper Catalog Number: 60705-1011

Terrain along line route: Flat - Open or Open Water Crossing

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

STEEL 1/2 EHS (19) 1/2 19 0.504 26700 0.500 Shield 1 ---- ---- ----

Click on magnifying glass icon below to see span graphic and spacing reference dimensions A & B or C & D.

Dampers Per Span Damper Spacing (in)


Span and Unloaded Tension Maximum Protected Span (ft) Suspension Deadend

RS Ruling Span (ft) Maximum Span (ft) # Spans Tension (lb.) 0 1 2 A B C D # Dampers

del RS01 624 686 12 5167 439 2689 --- 20 --- --- --- 12

del RS02 655 655 1 5607 371 --- 2421 --- --- 20 40 2

Add Ruling Span Add Another Cable Create Report

Resource Links
Installation Instructions for Fargo 4-R Vibration Dampers
Tranmission Catalogs
Damper Technical Bulletin

Page 403 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Recommendation — Detail Display (Suspension Ruling Span)
Note:

• Detail Display is temporary view for Selected Ruling Span only. Close this window
to return to program.

• Report print output for all ruling spans is generated from Recommendation
Summary screen.
ACSR DRAKE
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Recommendation Detail For Selected Ruling Span

Conductor/Cable: ACSR DRAKE

Suspension Type: Clamps With Armor Rods Damper Catalog Number: 60710-12

Terrain along line route: Flat - Open or Open Water Crossing

Dampers Per Span Damper Spacing (in)


REFERENCE MATERIAL

Span and Unloaded Tension Maximum Protected Span (ft) Suspension Deadend

RS Ruling Span (ft) Maximum Span (ft) # Spans Tension (lb.) 0 1 2 A B C D

RS01 624 686 12 7403 232 1639 3278 55 55 --- ---

276 1522 3044

Close Window

Page 404 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Recommendation — Detail Display (Deadend Span)
Note:

• Detail Display is temporary view for Selected Ruling Span only. Close this window to
return to program.

• Report print output for all ruling spans is generated from Recommendation
Summary screen.

Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application


Hubbell | Select 4-R - Fargo Damper Application v1.0 |

» Existing Project List » Create a New Project » Log Out

Damper Recommendations for TL 151 File Name: W/O105644

Cables in this project ... ACSR DRAKE STEEL 1/2 EHS (19)

Conductor/Cable: STEEL 1/2 EHS (19) Delete Total Dampers This Cable: 14

Suspension Type: Clamps on Bare Cable Damper Catalog Number: 60705-1011

Terrain along line route: Flat - Open or Open Water Crossing

# Shield Phases/ Conductors/


Description Size Stranding Wt (lb/ft) RBS (lb) Dia (in) Application # Circuits
Wires Circuit Phase

STEEL 1/2 EHS (19) 1/2 19 0.504 26700 0.500 Shield 1 ---- ---- ----

Click on magnifying glass icon below to see span graphic and spacing reference dimensions A & B or C & D.

Dampers Per Span Damper Spacing (in)


Span and Unloaded Tension Maximum Protected Span (ft) Suspension Deadend

RS Ruling Span (ft) Maximum Span (ft) # Spans Tension (lb.) 0 1 2 A B C D # Dampers

del RS01 624 686 12 5167 439 2689 --- 20 --- --- --- 12

del RS02 655 655 1 5607 371 --- 2421 --- --- 20 40 2

Add Ruling Span Add Another Cable Create Report

Resource Links
Installation Instructions for Fargo 4-R Vibration Dampers
Tranmission Catalogs
Damper Technical Bulletin

Page 405 | August 2013


Select 4-R™
Submit Recommendation Request
Where damper solutions are not currently available for a given conductor or cable, the
program includes a Submit Request feature to allow users to select a cable, input line
design parameters and submit a request for recommendation to Hubbell Power Systems
via an email interface.

Typical request-for-recommendation scenarios:

• Conductor/cable in user’s project has not yet been analyzed by Hubbell Power
Systems for a specific Fargo® 4-R damper recommendation.
Select 4-RTM Vibration Damper Application

• Project cable support (suspension type) “Clamps with Armor Rods” or “Formed-Wire
Suspensions” are being specified with non-standard rod diameters or rod lengths.
The user triggers this type of request submittal option when non-standard rod
dimensions are keyed during the selection of Conductor Support suspension type.

• Project cable unloaded tension input exceeds the maximum value in the online
damper recommendation database for that specific cable.

Once the user has input the required project and line design parameters and selected the
Submit Via Email function, the program will pull the inputs into a file and send it as an
attachment to the user-generated email.

Hubbell Power Systems will review the submitted data and reply with a specific damper
recommendation. The default email reply address will be the one provided by user
during online registration for program access — it may be edited on the Email Submit
Form if it has changed.

Hubbell Power Systems’ analysis of the submitted data will typically be a custom
recommendation report returned via email and, for common conductors, general
recommendations data will be generated and used to update the online database for
future online recommendation access.

Page 406 | August 2013


Ohio Brass® Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

support
Ohio Brass® — Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Utility Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________


Requested By: ______________________________________________ Date: ___________________________________________
Line Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Line Location (County, State, Country): ____________________________________________________________________________
 New Line  Single Circuit
 Existing Line  Double Circuit
Actual Miles of Line (Report is based on 100 miles):________________________________________________________________
Line to Line System Voltage: Voltage Regulation (Percent): ______
System Configuration:  Wye (Star)  Delta
System Neutral:  Grounded  Ungrounded/Impedance Grounded
Max Fault Current (kA):_________________________________ Duration of Fault (cycles):_______________________________
 Station Class  Intermediate Class
Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

 Metal Oxide Varistor  Silicon Carbide


_______ Duty Cycle (kV) _______ MCOV (kV)
Present Structure Footing Resistance (Ohms):____________________________________________________________________
Alternate Structure Footing Resistance to be Analyzed (Ohms):___________________________________________________
Span Length (ft):_____________________________ Structure Grounds are Located Every (ft): ___________________________
Soil Resistivity (Ohm-meters) / Dielectric Constant: _____ / _____
Rich Agricultural Land 100 / 15
Pastoral Land 200 / 13
Marshy Forest Flat Land 125 / 12
Rocky Hills or Dry Sand 500 / 10
Gravel (partly air) 100 / 7
Rocky Mountains 1000 / 5
City (residential) 500 / 5
Crushed Coarse Rock (mostly air) 100 / 3
Terrain:  Flat Natural Shielding:  Yes
 Hilly  No
 Mountainous
Conductor Diameter (in), Standing & Type: ______________________________________________________________________
Conductor Sag (ft): ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Does his Line Have an Overhead Shield Wire?:  Yes  No
Overhead Shield Wire Diameter (in) & Quantity (1 or 2): __________________________________________________________
OHSW Sag (ft): _______________________________________________________________________________________________
Insulator Type, Manufacturer, Catalog #: _______________________________________________________________________
Insulator Critical Impulse F/O: Pos.____________________ Neg.____________________
Insulator Bases Bonded to Ground?:  Yes  No (Will use wood arm at 50 kV/ft)
Isokeraunic Level or Ground Flash Density: ___________________ = IL or ___________________ = GFD
Current Number of Annual Lightning Flashovers /100 Miles: _____________________________________________________
Target Number of Annual Lightning Flashovers /100 Miles: ______________________________________________________
Structure Type (see attached):___________________________________________________________________________________

Please complete attached sketch of typical configuration, including dimensions.

Page 408 | August 2013


Ohio Brass® — Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Environmental and System Considerations — Hubbell Power Systems believes in producing the highest quality
Protecta*Lite designs at economical prices that meet our customers’ expectations. However, we realize that our
customers sometimes have service territories with certain environmental or system factors that require special
hardware. In order to better serve your needs, please provide us with any specific environmental, system, or
other needs that we need to take into consideration when designing your Protecta*Lite system. Please fill out the
information below:

Will your line be exposed to wind or ice loading:  Yes  No


Please explain:_________________________________________________________________________________________________

If your line experiences high wind forces please answer the following:
Are the wind forces parallel to the line?  Yes  No
Are the wind forces perpendicular to the line?  Yes  No

Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet


Are the wind forces multi-directional?  Yes  No

Do your lines experience conductor sway?  Yes  No


Please explain:_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Do your lines experience galloping or Aeolian vibrations?  Yes  No


Please explain:_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Will your Protecta*Lite system be exposed to pollution?  Yes  No


What type(s) (e.g. salt, chemical, industry/utility by-products)?_________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
How much?___________________________________________________________________________________________________

Do you have any corrosion resistance requirements?  Yes  No


Please explain:_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Do you have any additional mechanical requirements that need to be addressed?  Yes  No
Please explain:_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Please indicate any other requirements or concerns you may have._____________________________________________________


_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 409 | August 2013


Ohio Brass® — Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Select the appropriate structure, mark the dimensions and return with your completed data sheet.
Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Type A Type C

Type B Type D

Page 410 | August 2013


Ohio Brass® — Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Select the appropriate structure, mark the dimensions and return with your completed data sheet.

Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet


REFERENCE MATERIAL
Type E Type G

Type F Type H

Page 411 | August 2013


Ohio Brass® — Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Select the appropriate structure, mark the dimensions and return with your completed data sheet.
Protecta*Lite® Data Sheet

Type I Type J - Other (Please Sketch Above)

* Isokeraunic Level is a general observed value of annual thunderstorm days for a


given region. Ground Flash Density is a more accurate measure of lightning frequency.
Ohio Brass, in cooperation with Global Atmospherics, can provide a variety of
analyses. These analyses could be used to more accurately Depresent the lightning
activity in the vicinity of the line in question. Furthermore, the same lightning data
could be used to quickly confirm the performance improvement provided by
strategically locating Ohio Brass surge arresters.

Page 412 | August 2013


Glossary
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY
Glossary
Glossary
Adjust-A-Grip Deadend: An adjustable device that
connects the guy wire to the tower or guy wire to the
anchor. The adjustable feature allows for adjustment
during installation or at a later time if required.

Allowable Load: The maximum load allowed on


an anchor/pile or pier as determined by an approved
formula, load test or method of analysis.

Anchor: A foundation element used to attach or support an uplift


load at the surface of the earth.

ANSI: The American National Standards Institute verifies that the standard developers
are complying with the consensus and all other approval criteria.

ANSI Ball and Socket Sizes: Ball and socket characteristics as defined by ANSI (American National
Standards Institute) C29.2 with respect to insulators. General industry rating for 52-3 and 52-5 fittings is
30,000 pounds while the industry rating for 52-8 and 52-11 fittings is 50,000 pounds.

Bearing Stratum: Soil layers of sufficient strength to be capable of resisting the applied axial load
transferred by a pile or pier.

BNK: Bolt, nut and cotter key.

Bolted Connector: A connector in which the contact between the conductor and the connector is
applied and maintained by pressure exerted by one or more clamping bolts.

Boron-free E-Glass: Electrical grade fiberglass that has corrosion resistance greater than boron
containing E-glass. It is environmentally friendly due to the lack of boron and fluorine.

Combined Load Charts: Also referred to as application curves; a graphical representation that shows
how the maximum working loads interact for a given line post or braced line post assembly.

Compression Connector: A connector in which the contact between the conductor and the
connector is made by means of compression using a hydraulic press and specifically sized die.

Conductor: A carrier of electric current that is constructed from conducting material. Popular types
would consist of ACSR, ACSS, AAC, AAAC, ACAR and trapezoidal versions of ACSR and ACSS.

Conventional Two-Die Deadend: Deadend connector utilizing one die size for the aluminum body
and another die size for the steel eye. Aluminum body and steel eye components are included in the
deadend assembly but are not factory compressed together.

Page 415 | August 2013


Glossary
GLOSSARY

Corona: A luminous discharge resulting from ionization of the air surrounding a conductor around
which a voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value exists.

Creep: The movement that occurs during the Creep Test of an anchor/pile or pier under a constant load.

Damper: Vibration dampers reduce fatigue damage to conductor and static wire caused by
wind-induced aeolian vibrations.

Design Load (DL): The maximum anticipated service load applied to a


pile or pier, comprised of calculated dead and live loads. Also known
as Working Load (WL).

Discharge Voltage: The voltage level that the arrester clamps to


GLOSSARY

during a surge in kV. Sometimes referred to as IR.

Dry Band Arcing: Electrical flashes that occur between wet and dry
spots over the contaminated surface of an insulator.

E-Glass: Electrical grade fiberglass. The first glass used for high- volt-
age insulators.

EHV Connectors: Connectors designed and manufactured specifically to


prevent corona discharge. For use at nominal system voltages of greater
than or equal to 345 kilovolts. Some end users also consider 230 kilovolts
as EHV.

Flashover: A disruptive discharge that is capable of breaking the


insulation level provided by the air around the insulator, which cre-
ates an arc between parts of different potential or polarity.

Full Tension Connector: Connector capable of withstanding a conductor tensile load equal to at
least 95% of the rated strength of the conductor.

Helical Extension: A helical anchor/pile component installed immediately following the lead section
(if required) to increase the bearing area of the foundation. This component consists of one or more
helical plates welded to a central steel shaft.

Helical Pile: A bearing type foundation consisting of a lead section, helical extension (if required
by site conditions), plain extension section(s) and a pile cap. Also known as a Helical Screw Pile or
Helical Screw Foundation.

Helical Pulldown® Micropile: A small diameter, soil displacement, cast-in-place helical pile in which
most of the applied load is resisted by the central steel shaft and steel reinforcement, if installed.
Load transfer to the soil is both end bearing and friction. The design is protected under United States
Patent 5,707,180, Method and Apparatus for Forming Piles In-Situ.

Hotline Links: Hardware fittings which include shoulders to accommodate hot line tools.

IEC: The International Electrotechnical Commission develops and publishes international standards
for all electrical technologies.

Inhibitor: A compound used to inhibit the growth of oxides on electrical connection interfaces and
to prevent the ingress of contaminants into electrical connection interfaces.

Page 416 | August 2013


Glossary

GLOSSARY
Installation Torque (T): The resistance generated by a helical anchor/
pile when installed into soil. The installation resistance is a function of
the soil plus the size and shape of the various components of the helical
anchor/pile. The installation energy must equal the resistance to pen-
etrate the soil (penetration energy) plus the energy loss due to friction
(friction energy).

Leakage Distance: The distance between the conductive end fittings


of the insulator across the insulator surface, moving in and out of the
sheds. Also commonly referred to as the creep or creepage distance.

MCOV (Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage): Continuous line to


ground rating of arrester in kV.

Minimum Tension Connector: Connector capable of withstanding a conduc-


tor tensile load equal to at least 5% of the rated strength of the conductor.

MOV (Metal Oxide Varistor): The power semi-conductor that limits the surge
voltage allowing the arrester to perform its protection function. 

Normal Tension Connector: Connector capable of withstanding a conductor


tensile load equal to at least 60% of the rated strength of the conductor.

Partial Tension Connector: Connector capable of withstanding a conductor ten-


sile load equal to at least 40% of the rated strength of the conductor.

Pile Cap: A means of connection through which structural loads are transferred to
a pile or pier. The type of connection varies depending on the requirements of the
project and the type of pile/pier material used.

NOTE: Care must be used in the design of pile caps to ensure adequate structural
load transfer. Design constraints such as expansive soils, compressible soils and seis-
mic loads must be accounted for in pile cap design.

PISA® System: The acronym for Power Installed Screw Anchor. The PISA System
was originally developed for the power utility industry in the late 1950’s.

Proof Test: The incremental loading of a pile or pier, where the load is held for a period
of time and the total movement is recorded at each load increment.

RCL: Reference Cantilever Load is the maximum design cantilever load (MDCL), which is
rated at 50% of the part’s SCL.

RIV: Radio-Interference Voltages are caused by electric currents that produce magnetic
and electrostatic fields that are capable of inducing high-frequency voltage pulses in
nearby radio antennas. The RIV of an insulator is measured under conditions speci-
fied by industry standards.

RTL: Routine Test Load is the maximum design tension load, which is rated
at 50% of the part’s SML. All parts are tested at this rating prior to being
shipped.

Page 417 | August 2013


Glossary
GLOSSARY

RTV: Room Temperature Vulcanate (elastomer sealant) is a silicone rubber that cures at
room temperature.

SCL: Specified Cantilever Load is the minimum ultimate cantilever strength of the part.

Section Length: The straight-line distance between the coupling points of the insulator’s
end fittings.

SML: Specified Mechanical Load is the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the part.

Splice: A connector joining two or more conductor ends.

Square Shaft (SS): A solid steel, round-cornered-Square central Shaft element ranging in size from
11/4” to 21/4”. Also known as Type SS for Chance® Helical Anchors.

Strike Distance: The shortest distance across the insulator surface, between the end fittings of the
insulator; also commonly referred to as the dry arc distance or tight string distance.

Surge Arrester: A protective device for limiting surge voltages on equipment by diverting surge
current and returning the device to its original status.  It is capable of repeating these functions.

Suspension Clamp: A clamp used as the interface between the conductor and the insulator string as a
means of mechanically supporting the conductor while reducing applicable stresses.

Tee Connector: A connector joining a run (main) conductor and a tap conductor.

Torque Rating: The maximum torque energy that can be applied to a helical anchor/pile during
installation in soil. Also known as Allowable Torque or Safe Torque.

TOV (Temporary Over-Voltage): A power frequency voltage greater than that at which a device or
circuit is designed to normally operate.

TowerPak™: Kitting methodology as defined by the customer to pack transmission hardware


assemblies by phase or tower.

UNI-GRIP® Deadend: Deadend connector utilizing one die size for complete installation. The
aluminum body is factory compressed onto the steel eye.

dependable
Page 418 | August 2013
r se
TM

e ve omi
n mpr
co
Hubbell Power Systems
210 N. Allen
Centralia, MO 65240 USA

Catalog T-1201 ©Copyright 2012 Hubbell Incorporated

HUBBELL ® NEVER COMPROMISE ™


hubbellpowersystems.com
Power Systems

You might also like